[Federal Register Volume 74, Number 7 (Monday, January 12, 2009)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 1280-1453]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E8-29584]
[[Page 1279]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Transportation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Aviation Administration
14 CFR parts 65, 119, 121 et al.
Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft
Dispatchers; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 1280]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Federal Aviation Administration
14 CFR parts 65, 119, 121, 135 and 142
[Docket No. FAA-2008-0677; Notice No. 08-07]
RIN 2120-AJ00
Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft
Dispatchers
AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
ACTION: Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The FAA proposes to amend the regulations for crewmember and
dispatcher training programs in domestic, flag, and supplemental
operations. The proposed regulations enhance traditional training
programs by requiring the use of flight simulation training devices for
flight crewmembers and including additional training requirements in
areas that are critical to safety. The proposal also reorganizes and
revises the qualification and training requirements. The proposed
changes are intended to contribute significantly to reducing aviation
accidents.
DATES: Comments must be received on or before May 12, 2009.
ADDRESSES: You may send comments identified by Docket Number FAA-2006-
26139 using any of the following methods:
Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to http://www.regulations.gov and follow the online instructions for sending your
comments electronically.
Mail: Send comments to the Docket Management Facility,
U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West
Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590.
Fax: Fax comments to the Docket Management Facility at
202-493-2251.
Hand Delivery: Bring comments to the Docket Management
Facility in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New
Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday
through Friday, except Federal holidays.
For more information on the rulemaking process, see the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section of this document.
Privacy: We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
http://www.regulations.gov, including any personal information you
provide. Using the search function of our docket Web site, anyone can
find and read the comments received into any of our dockets, including
the name of the individual sending the comment (or signing the comment
for an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review DOT's
complete Privacy Act Statement in the Federal Register published on
April 11, 2000 (65 FR 19477-78).
Docket: To read background documents or comments received, go to
http://www.regulations.gov at any time or to the Docket Management
Facility in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New
Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday
through Friday, except Federal holidays.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For flight crewmember information
contact Ed Cook, for flight attendant information contact Nancy Lauck
Claussen, and for aircraft dispatcher information contact David Maloy,
Air Carrier Training Branch (AFS-210), Flight Standards Service,
Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue, SW.,
Washington, DC 20591; telephone (202) 267-8166. For legal questions,
contact Anne Bechdolt, Office of Chief Counsel (AGC-200), Federal
Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC
20591; telephone (202) 267-7230; e-mail: [email protected].
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Later in this preamble under the Additional
Information section, we discuss how you can comment on this proposal
and how we will handle your comments. Included in this discussion is
related information about the docket, privacy, and the handling of
proprietary or confidential business information. We also discuss how
you can get a copy of this proposal and related rulemaking documents.
Authority for This Rulemaking
The FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety is found in
Title 49 of the United States Code. This rulemaking is promulgated
under the authority described in 49 U.S.C. 44701(a)(5), which requires
the Administrator to promulgate regulations and minimum standards for
other practices, methods, and procedures necessary for safety in air
commerce and national security.
Table of Contents
I. Summary of the Proposal
II. Qualification Performance Standards (QPS) Appendices
III. Background
A. Current Qualification and Training Requirements
B. Need for Safety Improvements and FAA Actions
C. Qualification To Serve as a Required Crewmember or Aircraft
Dispatcher
D. Subparts N and O Aviation Rulemaking Committee (ARC)
E. Training Program Vocabulary and Instructional Design
IV. The Proposal
A. Major Changes Affecting Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers
B. Major Changes Affecting Flight Crewmembers
C. Major Changes Affecting Flight Attendants
D. Major Changes Affecting Aircraft Dispatchers
V. Impact Statements
I. Summary of the Proposal
Purpose
The primary purpose of this NPRM is to establish new requirements
for traditional air carrier training programs to ensure that safety-
critical training is included. These changes are expected to make a
significant contribution to the FAA's accident reduction goal. The
secondary purpose of this rulemaking project is to reorganize, simplify
and modernize all rule language associated with crewmember and aircraft
dispatcher qualification and training under part 121. This proposal
revises and recodifies the crewmember qualification and training
requirements in subparts N and O into a new subpart BB of part 121 and
revises and recodifies the aircraft dispatcher qualification and
training requirements in subparts N and P into subpart CC of part 121.
This rulemaking is part of the FAA's efforts to reduce fatal
accidents in which human error was a major contributing cause. The
proposed changes would reduce human error and improve performance among
flight crewmembers, flight attendants, and aircraft dispatchers.
The FAA is proposing the following safety improvements to its
qualification and training requirements:
Train and evaluate flight crewmembers in a complete flight
crew environment.
Require Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT) to be
administered to flight crewmembers in a full flight simulator (FFS)
during recurrent training.
Require the use of a qualified flight simulation training
device (FSTD) for training, testing, and checking flight crewmembers.
Require special hazard training for flight crewmembers,
such as loss of control and Controlled Flight Into Terrain (CFIT).
[[Page 1281]]
Require additional training and practice in the use of
Crew Resource Management (CRM) principles.
Require flight attendants to complete ``hands on''
performance drills using emergency equipment and procedures every 12
months.
Require flight attendants to complete operating experience
by aircraft type for the certificate holder.
Require trained and qualified flight attendant ground
instructors and evaluators.
Standardize the training and experience requirements for
check dispatchers and dispatcher instructors.
Implement supervised operating experience (SOE)
requirements for aircraft dispatchers.
Establish Requalification training for aircraft
dispatchers and crewmembers.
Require a continuous analysis process (CAP) for
certificate holders.
In addition, the FAA's recent ``Call to Action'' plan elevated
short-, mid-, and long-term goals to address safety improvement at
airport runways. This proposed rule states that the tasks listed in the
rule, and the Flight Crewmember Operating Manual (FCOM) required by the
rule, must be integrated with one another and must reflect the
certificate holder's operations and the specific aircraft. The proposed
rule also includes tasks that directly address the runway safety goals.
Specifically, they include the following:
(1) Using an airport diagram (surface movement) chart to aid in
maintaining positional awareness.
(2) Obtaining the appropriate clearance before crossing or entering
active runways.
(3) Observing runway hold lines, localizer and glide slope critical
areas, beacons, and other surface movement guidance control markings
and lighting.
(4) Ensuring takeoff clearance is received and that the correct
runway is being entered for takeoff prior to crossing the hold short
line.
The FAA is issuing this proposal under the authority described in
Subtitle VII, Part A, subpart i, 49 U.S.C. 44701. The FAA is charged
with regulating air commerce in a way that best promotes safety.
Compliance Issues
To help transition from the current regulations to the revised
requirements for qualification, service, and use of crewmembers and
aircraft dispatchers, the FAA is proposing to continue the current
regulations under subparts N, O, and P, for 5 years after the effective
date of the final rule. On the date the current regulations expire, all
certificate holders, crewmembers, and aircraft dispatchers must be in
compliance with the requirements in subparts BB and CC of part 121.
Therefore, it will be necessary for certificate holders to begin
training under subparts BB and CC in sufficient time to ensure that all
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers are trained, qualified, and meet
the applicable look back provisions of subparts BB and CC, before the
expiration of regulations pertaining to qualification, service, and use
of crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers in subparts N, O, and P.
Proposed 14 CFR121.1202 and 121.1402 require certificate holders to
submit a transition plan that specifies the transition completion date,
which must be before the expiration of the current regulations.
The effective date of the final rule will be 120 days after
publication in the Federal Register. Persons who have an approved
training program before the effective date of the final rule or have
submitted a training program for approval before the effective date of
the final rule may comply with existing regulations, subparts BB and
CC, or both. The proposed rule permits simultaneous compliance to allow
the certificate holder to continue using its approved programs while
transitioning to the new requirements. Although the rule allows the
certificate holder to simultaneously comply with the existing
regulations and the new rules, each individual crewmember or aircraft
dispatcher must be trained and qualified under the requirements of
either subparts BB and CC, or subparts N, O, and P.
For example, during the transition period, the air carrier may
decide to train all newly hired flight attendants in accordance with
the proposed rules, while continuing to train existing flight
attendants under the current requirements. However, individual flight
attendants, in the above example, would be required to be fully in
compliance with the requirements of the existing regulations or with
the proposed regulations. If a certificate holder submits a training
program for a new aircraft type after the effective date of the rule,
the training program developed for this new aircraft type must be in
compliance with and approved under proposed subparts BB and CC.
Therefore, any flight attendants qualified on this new aircraft type
would be trained in accordance with the new rules, while flight
attendants qualified on aircraft types currently operated by the
certificate holder could be trained in accordance with the existing
regulations in subparts N, O, and P.
Setting the effective date for 120 days after publication of the
final rule and allowing use of the existing regulations for 5 years
after this period provides existing certificate holders and the FAA
time to smoothly transition to the new requirements. By using this
approach, certificate holders seeking FAA approval for a new training
program will not have to develop one training program to comply with
the old regulations, then develop another training program to comply
with the new regulations.
The proposed rule also contemplates that when a new training
program is submitted for approval after the rule's effective date, the
training program must meet the requirements of subparts BB or CC, as
applicable. The FAA does not intend that non-significant modifications
that may be proposed to a current training program under the existing
regulations would require the certificate holder to initiate
development of a training program to comply with Subpart BB or CC any
earlier than they had planned in accordance with their current business
plan.
The FAA has included a grandfather provision in proposed subpart BB
to allow persons qualified for a crewmember duty position under the
current rules to meet the requirements of the proposed rule without
having to repeat certain categories of training they have already
completed under the current rules. Proposed subpart CC contains a
similar grandfather provision for aircraft dispatchers.
In addition, the FAA is proposing to amend requirements in current
Sec. 121.543 in proposed Sec. 121.1241(b)(3)(v). Proposed Sec.
121.1241(b)(3)(v) requires that all flight crewmembers at the controls
are current and qualified, including landing recency. Under the current
rules, landing recency is not required for relief pilots. This proposal
codifies current industry practice and ensures proficiency in all tasks
necessary for safe operation of the aircraft.
II. Qualification Performance Standards (QPS) Appendices
The FAA is proposing to add four QPS appendices in 14 CFR part 121:
pilots, appendix Q; flight engineers, appendix R; flight attendants,
appendix S; and aircraft dispatchers, appendix T. The QPS appendices
contain minimum training and evaluation standards as well as procedures
for crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers to become qualified and
maintain qualification. The material in the proposed QPS appendices is
based on the subjects and
[[Page 1282]]
tasks in subparts N, O, and P. In addition, the pilot QPS is based on
current part 121 practical training and checking standards in
appendices E and F, and flight simulation performance guidelines in
appendix H. The FAA has separated the material in the QPS appendices
into two sections: ``QPS Requirements'' and ``Information.'' The ``QPS
Requirements'' sections are regulatory and are in addition to the
requirements in part 121. The ``Information'' sections are advisory,
and are not regulatory. Future changes and additions to the QPS
Requirements would be subject to notice and comment rulemaking
procedures under the Administrative Procedure Act, unless ``good
cause'' (see 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B)) exists to justify proceeding without
notice and comment.
The FAA does not expect that many changes to the QPS appendices
will justify the expenditure of time and resources at the highest
levels of the agency that the standard procedures for final review of
rulemakings require. The Administrator will delegate authority for
final review and issuance of changes to the QPS appendices to the
Director of the Flight Standards Service. This delegation of authority
will be exercised with the concurrence of the Office of the Chief
Counsel. This streamlined process will result in timely responses to
incident and accident data, continuous analysis process (CAP) changes,
and advances in aircraft or simulation technology. If at any time
during the amendment process the Administrator or the Director of the
Flight Standards Service determines that a proposed amendment is not
appropriate for this streamlined process, the rulemaking project will
proceed in accordance with the agency's standard rulemaking procedures.
III. Background
A. Current Qualification and Training Requirements
The regulations governing certificate holder crewmember and
aircraft dispatcher qualification and training requirements appear in
14 CFR part 121 subparts N, O, and P. Subpart N contains the
requirements for establishing and maintaining a training program for
crewmembers, aircraft dispatchers, and other operations personnel.
Subpart N also contains the requirements for the use of airplane
simulators and other training devices. Subpart O contains crewmember
qualification requirements. Subpart P contains aircraft dispatcher
qualification requirements. Appendix E to part 121 establishes the
flight training tasks required in pilot initial, transition, and
upgrade training. Appendix F to part 121 establishes the flight
checking tasks required in pilot proficiency checks. Appendix H to part
121 provides guidelines and a means for using advanced airplane
simulators in training and checking of flight crewmembers.
B. Need for Safety Improvements and FAA Actions
FAA Initiatives
Among the leading causes of fatal accidents for U.S. air carriers
from 1987 through 1996 were loss of control and CFIT. Human error was
identified as a major contributing cause in a large percentage of these
accidents. The FAA took immediate steps toward preventing these types
of accidents by developing technological standards and encouraging
simulator training in CFIT avoidance and to improve flight crewmember
response in loss of control situations. The FAA also reviewed its
regulations in 14 CFR part 121 subparts N, O, and P to identify
improvements in training for flight crewmembers, flight attendants, and
aircraft dispatchers.
As part of the regulatory review, the FAA evaluated its experience
with the Advanced Qualification Program (AQP) currently in place at
many part 121 air carriers. AQP is an alternative method using advanced
simulation equipment and objective performance standards for training
and testing crewmembers.\1\ The FAA's review of AQP revealed the need
to improve the traditional qualification and training programs
conducted under subparts N, O, and P.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The FAA codified AQP in 14 CFR part 121 subpart Y (September
16, 2005; 70 FR 54810).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) investigations
identified several areas of inadequate training that were the probable
cause of an accident, such as Incomplete Manuals, Inadequate Standards/
Procedures, Lack of a Stabilized Approach Below 500 Feet, Crew Resource
Management, Turbulence, Thunder Storms, Wind Shear, IFR Conditions,
Cross Wind, and Tail Wind.
During the 1985 through 2004 time period, the NTSB determined that
inadequate training was the probable cause of 169 accidents involving
the affected populations. We believe that many of these accidents could
have been prevented if the proposed training initiatives were in place
during that 20-year period. Of the 169 accidents, 43 (about 25%)
involved one or more fatalities and 126 (about 75%) had no fatalities.
These accidents resulted in 988 fatalities and 250 serious injuries. In
addition to the injuries and fatalities, there was also significant
damage or complete hull loss for these accidents. This proposal
contains changes to address the causes and factors identified by the
NTSB.
NTSB Recommendations
The changes proposed in this NPRM also address several NTSB
recommendations. The NTSB recommendations addressed Crewmember Resource
Management (CRM) training (Recommendations A-88-71 and A-94-196); use
of simulators to conduct LOFT (Recommendations A-94-191 through 194);
TCAS RA training (Recommendation A-93-46); training of flight crews to
respond to sudden, unusual or unexpected aircraft upsets
(Recommendation A-96-120); flight attendant training (Recommendations
A-92-67, A-92-70, A-92-71, A-92-74, and A-92-77); and training to
respond to inflight fires (Recommendations A-01-83 through A-01-85).\2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The NTSB Safety Recommendation Letters are available online
at http://www.ntsb.gov/Recs/letters/letters.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The FAA recognizes that the NTSB has already closed some of these
recommendations. However, we reviewed NTSB recommendations concerning
training to make the proposed training requirements as effective as
possible. For specific information on how the FAA is responding to
these NTSB recommendations, see section IV, ``The Proposal,'' later in
this preamble.
C. Qualification To Serve as a Required Crewmember or Aircraft
Dispatcher
There are several requirements for a crewmember to become qualified
to serve in part 121 operations. Just because an individual is
``qualified'' under this proposal does not mean that he or she can
serve in part 121 operations without meeting additional requirements.
For example, pilots are ``qualified'' under this proposal when they
hold the appropriate certificates and ratings and have completed the
required curricula. However, to serve unsupervised in part 121
operations they must also meet the operating experience, initial line
check, crew pairing, operating limitations, and route and airport
qualification requirements. In addition, when they first serve in part
121 operations they must be supervised. Further, once they obtain their
initial authorization to serve, they must continually meet a different
set of requirements to retain that authorization. This is similar to
current requirements.
[[Page 1283]]
D. Subparts N and O Aviation Rulemaking Committee (ARC)
On May 3, 2004, the FAA established the ARC as a forum for the FAA
and the aviation community to discuss crewmember and aircraft
dispatcher qualification and training. The ARC focused on changes to
improve flight safety issues; the application of simulation to flight
crewmember training, testing, or checking activities; and the
implementation of technical changes in training and qualification
standards. The ARC included participants from the FAA, Air Line Pilots
Association, Air Transport Association, Airbus Training Center, Airline
Dispatchers Federation, Alteon Training, America West Airlines,
American Airlines, Association of Flight Attendants, Association of
Professional Flight Attendants, Boeing, CAE, Independence Air, JetBlue
Airways, Northwest Airlines, Omni Air International, Pan Am, Regional
Airline Association, and Southwest Airlines. The ARC submitted
recommendations to the Associate Administrator for Aviation Safety in
April 2005. These recommendations focused on changes to the regulatory
requirements, the development of QPS appendices specific to the needs
of pilots, flight engineers, flight attendants, and aircraft
dispatchers, and organization of the regulations.
E. Training Program Vocabulary and Instructional Design
The purpose of a certificate holder's training program is to
produce and maintain competency necessary for job performance. In this
proposal, the FAA is introducing new terms associated with training
programs.
At the highest level, training programs have ``curricula'' to
qualify a person for a duty position for an aircraft type. A pilot in
command (PIC), second in command (SIC), flight engineer, or a flight
attendant serving in operations under this part holds a ``crewmember
duty position.'' A flight instructor (aircraft or simulator), flight
engineer instructor (aircraft or simulator), flight attendant
instructor, check person (check pilot, aircraft; check pilot,
simulator; check flight engineer, aircraft; check flight engineer,
simulator; or check flight attendant), or person authorized to
administer flight attendant proficiency tests holds a ``training'' or
``evaluation'' duty position. The curriculum for each crewmember duty
position and training or evaluation duty position includes categories
of training and the appropriate segments for each category.
Within a curriculum, ``categories of training'' (also called
``training categories'') relate to qualification experience levels,
first time qualification for a certificate holder, first time
qualification in type, configuration differences within type or series,
maintaining and regaining qualification, and changes in operation. The
categories of training within a curriculum include: New hire; initial;
transition; conversion (full and core); upgrade (full and core);
emergency; differences; recurrent; requalification; and special.
Each category of training includes two ``segments of training''--
academic and job performance. Academic is training and evaluation that
provides students with the required knowledge and cognitive skills
necessary to perform the tasks required for the crewmember duty
position or training or evaluation duty position. Academic training
could be completed in either a classroom setting or through distance
learning. Job performance is training and evaluation in the duty or job
environment that provides students with the practical, hands on
experience of integrating knowledge and skills and learning the related
motor skills necessary to perform the job.
For flight crewmembers, the proposed term ``academic training'' is
currently known as ``ground training.'' For flight crewmembers, the
proposed term ``job performance training'' is currently known as
``flight training.'' The FAA has proposed these new terms in order to
ensure they accurately apply to all training populations affected by
the proposed rule, including those that do not conduct flight training,
such as flight attendants and aircraft dispatchers.
Segments of training have subsets called ``modules.'' Certificate
holders create modules based on the task requirements in the applicable
QPS. The FAA approves all modules as part of the approved training
program.
The following table compares the proposed terminology with the
current usage.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current rule Proposed rule
------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAINING PROGRAM TRAINING PROGRAM
(Curriculum and Resources) (Curriculum and
Resources)
CURRICULUM CURRICULUM
CATEGORIES OF TRAINING CATEGORIES OF
TRAINING
Aircraft
Flight crewmember: Flight attendant: dispatchers:
Basic Indoctrination New Hire New Hire Initial
Initial Initial Initial Transition
Transition Transition Transition Recurrent
Upgrade Conversion Recurrent Requalification
Recurrent Upgrade Requalification Differences
Requalification Recurrent Differences Special
Differences Requalification Special
Crewmember Emergency Differences Emergency
Special
------------------------------------------------------------------------
CURRICULUM SEGMENTS CURRICULUM SEGMENTS
(Two Types--Ground and Flight) (Two Types--
Academic and Job
Performance)
MODULE MODULE
LESSON LESSON
ELEMENT ELEMENT
IV. The Proposal
This section addresses the major changes proposed in this document
and includes a general description of each change and supporting
rationale. You can find a detailed description of these and other
proposed changes in the ``Section-by-Section Discussion'' in the docket
for this rulemaking at http://
[[Page 1284]]
www.regulations.gov. In addition to the ``Section-by-Section
Discussion'' document, the docket also contains ``Derivation and
Distribution Tables'' for the proposed Subparts BB and CC. The
``Derivation and Distribution Tables'' will help commenters track how
the proposed sections relate to the current sections in part 121. The
following table lists the major changes and their applicability to
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers.
Major Changes and Their Applicability to Crewmembers and Aircraft
Dispatchers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major changes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers
1. Provide more accurate and complete operating procedures and
crewmember and aircraft dispatcher duties.
2. Integrate subparts N, O, and P into new subparts BB and CC.
3. Require baseline and minimum programmed hours.
4. Require integration of Crew Resource Management (CRM) and
Dispatcher Resource Management (DRM).
5. Add ``Special'' training category.
6. Establish phased Requalification.
7. Establish provisions for initial cadre.
8. Continuous analysis process.
B. Flight Crewmembers
1. Require the use of FSTD for job performance training and
evaluation.
2. Train and evaluate flight crewmembers in a full crew environment.
3. Require Special Hazards training.
4. Require Recurrent LOFT.
5. Reduce the frequency of performance drills using emergency
equipment and procedures.
C. Flight Attendants
1. Establish qualification and training requirements for check
flight attendants, flight attendant instructors, and evaluators.
2. Require operating experience by aircraft type specific to the
certificate holder.
3. Increase the frequency of performance drills using emergency
equipment and procedures.
D. Aircraft Dispatchers
1. Establish dispatcher instructors and check dispatchers.
2. Require supervised operating experience specific to the
certificate holder.
3. Establish optional aircraft dispatcher Combined Certification and
Initial Curriculum.
4. Establish qualification requirements for Dispatch Program
Designees.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Major Changes Affecting Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers
1. Provide for More Accurate and Complete Operating Procedures and
Crewmember and Aircraft Dispatcher Duties
Training effectiveness is enhanced when operational procedures and
crewmember duties are thoroughly and accurately defined for the type of
operation. The FAA reviewed numerous accidents where a lack of properly
defined procedures and duties were a direct or contributing factor. The
following proposals will improve the completeness and accuracy of the
duties and procedures for crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers.
Add Standard Operating Procedures, Abnormal or Non-normal
Procedures, Emergency Procedures, Weight and Balance (or Loading), and
Performance sections to the Operating Limitations section of the FAA-
approved Flight Crew Operating Manual (FCOM) as mandatory instructions
for all persons operating a civil aircraft in operations under this
part.
Require that training and evaluation of monitoring duties
for the pilot not flying the aircraft be provided in addition to the
traditional pilot flying (at the controls).
Include procedures in the FCOM for executing the tasks
authorized for the certificate holder. These procedures may come from
the following: (1) The FAA-approved Airplane Flight Manual (AFM); (2)
the generic procedures provided in the QPS; or other procedures as
modified by the certificate holder and approved by the Principal
Operations Inspector (POI), such as those contained in Operations
Specifications (OpSpecs).
Provide training in approved procedures in critical
environments (e.g., windshear for takeoff and landing).
Provide awareness performance statements relative to each
task (e.g., be aware of the autoflight configuration at all times).
Require that the material in the current certificate
holder's manual (Sec. Sec. 121.133, 121.135, and 121.141) pertaining
to crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers be contained in the Flight Crew
Operating Manual (FCOM), Flight Attendant Operating Manual (FAOM), and
Aircraft Dispatcher Procedures Manual (ADPM).
The requirement for operating procedures and crewmember duties is
not new. However, a thorough and accurate compilation of the
information will improve safety of flight operations. It will also
result in better training program definition and development.
2. Integrate Subparts N, O, and P Into New Subparts BB and CC
Under the proposal, the current regulations governing drug and
alcohol testing and hazardous material training would remain in
subparts N and O. The crewmember qualification and training
requirements in subparts N and O would be moved into subpart BB of part
121 and the aircraft dispatcher qualification and training requirements
in subparts N and P would be moved into subpart CC of part 121. Other
changes include the addition of new appendices, Q, R, S, and T as QPS
appendices for pilots, flight engineers, flight attendants, and
aircraft dispatchers. The proposal also removes obsolete references to
flight navigators.
3. Require Baseline and Minimum Programmed Hours
This proposal prescribes programmed hour requirements for
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers. Programmed hours are the required
academic and job performance training hours for categories of training.
The proposed programmed hours are contained in the applicable QPS. The
programmed hours consist of baseline and minimum hours for academic and
job performance training segments. The term baseline hours refers to
the starting point for determining the number of programmed
[[Page 1285]]
hours required for FAA approval. The FAA may allow a reduction from the
baseline hours in certain circumstances. However, the FAA will not
allow a reduction below the minimum number of hours prescribed in the
QPS appendices.
For example, in accordance with Table 1 of the Pilot QPS, the
baseline for transition academic training is 92 hours. The FAA may
allow a certificate holder to reduce the number of programmed hours if
the certificate holder demonstrates that circumstances justify a lesser
amount. However, the FAA will not approve a reduction below the minimum
hours stated in the Pilot QPS, which is 62 hours for transition
academic training. These proposed requirements would improve the
consistency of reductions to training hours.
The programmed hours do not include other required training, such
as training for hazardous materials and security. In addition, periods
of time when training is not occurring, such as lunch and travel
between facilities, do not count toward required programmed hours. The
proposed programmed hours give certificate holders flexibility in
developing training programs. The proposed programmed hours also ensure
that training programs have a sufficient number of hours for
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers to gain and maintain proficiency.
Flight Crewmember Programmed Hours
Programmed hours consist of baseline and minimum hour requirements.
The FAA bases the proposed baseline and minimum program training hours
on national norms, FAA handbooks, traditional and AQP training
programs, and problems routinely encountered by a POI. The baseline
hours for flight training are not reducible. The baseline hours for
academic training could be reduced to the minimum hours if the
certificate holder applied for a reduction under proposed Sec.
121.1335(b). The Administrator would consider the factors outline in
proposed Sec. 121.1337(e) before granting a reduction in programmed
hours. These factors are:
The pass/fail rate in the curriculum.
The quality and effectiveness of the teaching-learning
process.
The experience levels of the students, instructors, and
check persons.
The certificate holder's type and scope of operations.
The complexity of make, model, and series of aircraft
used.
Current regulations prescribe minimum programmed hours for flight
training. However, under Sec. 121.409(c), the minimum programmed hours
do not apply if the training program includes a course of flight
crewmember training in an FSTD. Since one of the purposes of this rule
is to require all certificate holders to use FSTD in their job
performance training programs, the FAA proposes to delete the exception
in current Sec. 121.409(c). Under Sec. 121.1335 of this proposal, all
training programs are required to have the programmed hours specified
in the applicable QPS.
Flight Attendant Programmed Hours
Similar to flight crewmember programmed hours, flight attendant
programmed hours are also based on current regulatory and advisory
material. In Recommendation A-92-67, the NTSB stated the FAA should
establish procedures for reducing required hours of flight attendant
Recurrent training. Specifically, the NTSB recommended the procedures
be based on the following:
The number of types of aircraft for which flight
attendants are qualified.
The accuracy and effectiveness of training devices and
simulators.
The methods used to test and evaluate proficiency.
The FAA proposes to change the way it allocates flight attendant
programmed hours for Initial training for each aircraft type. The FAA
proposes to increase the number of baseline hours for Initial training
on the first aircraft type. Under the proposal, the FAA requires 12
hours of training on general subjects (such as CRM, passenger handling,
and theory of flight) and 12 hours of aircraft type specific training.
For each subsequent aircraft type, the FAA does not require the flight
attendant to repeat training on the general subjects.
The FAA also proposes a baseline of 24 hours for flight attendant
emergency training. These hours may not be reduced for flight
attendants qualified in overwater operations. For flight attendants not
qualified in overwater operations, the required hours may be reduced to
a minimum of 22 hours. This proposal codifies the national norms that
the FAA has included in FAA Order 8400.10 Air Transportation Operations
Inspector's Handbook (http://www.faa.gov/library/manuals/examiners_inspectors/8400/), and is consistent with industry practice and NTSB
recommendations.
In addition, the FAA is proposing new programmed hours for
transition training. Transition training would allow a flight attendant
to qualify on an aircraft type if the flight attendant has been
qualified for at least 180 days and served in the previous 180 days on
an aircraft as a flight attendant for that certificate holder.
Under the proposal, the baseline programmed hours for transition
training are 12 hours to ensure adequate training for flight
attendants. The baseline may be reduced to a minimum of 8 hours.
Aircraft Dispatcher Programmed Hours
The proposed aircraft dispatcher regulations contain programmed
hour requirements similar to crewmember programmed hours, including
authorizations for reductions. For example, the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS
outlines a baseline programmed hour requirement of 8 hours for
supervised operating experience. These programmed hours may not be
reduced below the baseline.
4. Require Integration of Crew Resource Management (CRM) and Dispatcher
Resource Management (DRM)
CRM and DRM training is the incorporation of team management
concepts in flight operations. Resource management training focuses on
the interaction among flight crewmembers, flight attendants, aircraft
dispatchers, maintenance personnel, air traffic controllers, and
others. CRM and DRM activities include team building and maintenance,
information transfer, problem solving, decision making, maintaining
situational awareness, and using automated systems. This proposal
revises current CRM and DRM requirements by integrating CRM and DRM
proficiencies throughout the training and evaluation programs for
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers. These proposed changes address
NTSB recommendations concerning CRM training (Recommendations A-88-71
and A-94-196).
The proposed requirements provide details about how certificate
holders must include CRM and DRM training in specific subject areas.
The QPS appendices describe specific CRM and DRM subject areas, such
as: Communication processes and decisions, workload management, and
situational awareness. The proposed Pilot and Flight Engineer QPS
appendices require CRM training and evaluation during recurrent LOFT
sessions and line checks. Training in these areas helps prevent errors
such as taxiing on a wrong runway, misinterpreting tower controller
information, and incompletely preparing for takeoff because of
interruptions. The Flight Attendant QPS incorporates CRM proficiencies
into performance drills. The Aircraft Dispatcher QPS requires that
certificate
[[Page 1286]]
holders evaluate DRM indicators throughout the entire Proficiency Test
or Check.
5. Add ``Special'' Training Category
When certain changes are made to the certificate holder's
operations or equipment, the certificate holder must make conforming
changes to its training program. For example, a certificate holder may
begin conducting Reduced Vertical Separation Minimums (RVSM) or
Extended Operations (ETOPs) and would need to amend its training
program to address these new operations. Another example is the
addition of equipment to aircraft (e.g., Automated External
Defibrillators). In these situations, it may be difficult to determine
when specific crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers have been trained.
To address this situation, some certificate holders have developed a
``Special'' training category. The modules for this ``Special''
training category are temporary and used by the certificate holder to
ensure that all crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers receive the new
training. The certificate holder integrates the module for this
``Special'' training into the existing training categories. The
proposed language has adopted this strategy by codifying a ``Special''
category of training.
6. Establish Phased Requalification
Flight Crewmembers
Proposed Sec. 121.1239 establishes Requalification requirements
for flight crewmembers who become unqualified by not meeting Recurrent
training requirements. The proposed changes clarify that an unqualified
person may not necessarily be required to repeat all of the Initial
training to regain qualification. Instead, the FAA has based the
Requalification requirements on the amount of time that has elapsed
since the person last served in the duty position in operations under
this part.
Proposed Sec. 121.1239(b) outlines three phases of
Requalification:
Phase I Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for less than 9 months.
Phase II Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for at least 9 months, but less than 27 months.
Phase III Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for 27 months or more.
The specific tasks that the flight crewmember must complete for
requalification are outlined in the appropriate QPS.
Flight Attendants
Proposed Sec. 121.1309 establishes Requalification requirements
for flight attendants who become unqualified by not meeting Recurrent
training requirements. This rule is necessary because the current
regulations imply that an unqualified person must repeat all required
training. In some cases this is not necessary because a previously
qualified flight attendant retains some of the knowledge and skills
that he or she has learned. Thus, proposed Sec. 121.1309 establishes
that, to be requalified, the person must meet either the basic
qualification requirements (new hire, initial, transition, and
emergency training, and differences training, if necessary), or
requalification requirements based on the amount of time the person has
been unqualified.
Proposed Sec. 121.1309 outlines three phases of requalification:
Phase I Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for less than 12 months.
Phase II Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for at least 12 months, but not more than 24 months.
Phase III Requalification program--the person has been
unqualified for more than 24 months.
The specific tasks that the flight attendant is required to
complete for Requalification are outlined in the proposed Flight
Attendant QPS.
Dispatchers
Proposed Sec. 121.1419 contains aircraft dispatcher
requalification requirements that are similar to crewmember
requalification requirements.
Proposed Sec. 121.1419 outlines five phases of requalification:
Phase I Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for less than 6 months.
Phase II Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for 6 months or more, but less than 12 months.
Phase III Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for 12 months or more, but less than 24 months.
Phase IV Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for 24 months or more, but less than 36 months.
Phase V Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for 36 months or more.
The specific tasks that the dispatcher must accomplish for
requalification are outlined in the appropriate QPS.
7. Establish Provisions for Initial Cadre
A start-up part 119 certificate holder or an existing certificate
holder starting-up operations using a new aircraft type is not able to
meet all of the requirements for check pilots, check flight engineers,
and check flight attendants. Those certificate holders lack qualified
personnel to fill these duty positions. The FAA has over 40 years of
experience authorizing check persons as the initial cadre. The existing
practice has served the safety goals of the FAA for the following
reasons: (1) The FAA requires highly qualified and recently experienced
personnel to participate in the initial cadre; (2) the FAA directly
oversees the evaluation and observation of the initial cadre; and (3)
the FAA limits the duration of the initial cadre to a period not to
exceed 24 months. Proposed Sec. 121.1257 codifies a long-standing FAA
policy to allow initial cadre personnel to serve as check pilots or
check flight engineers during the period of initial cadre status.
Proposed Sec. Sec. 121.1425 and 121.1323 for check dispatchers and
check flight attendants are similar to proposed Sec. 121.1257 for
initial cadre check pilots and check flight engineers. These sections
codify requirements for qualifying an initial cadre of check persons.
Most of the proposed requirements are based on current industry
practice and FAA policy.
8. Continuous Analysis Process
The proposal adds a continuous analysis process for crewmember and
aircraft dispatcher training programs. These new requirements are
similar to the existing Sec. 121.373, which addresses continuing
analysis and surveillance for maintenance programs. The proposal
requires certificate holders to establish procedures for validating and
maintaining the effectiveness of the continuous analysis process and
the training program. Additionally, it requires certificate holders to
analyze crewmember and aircraft dispatcher evaluations to identify
areas that need to be addressed and training program improvements that
need to be made. The continuous analysis process ensures that
certificate holders identify and correct deficiencies in their training
programs. The proposal also establishes a notification and appeal
process that ensures the FAA approves any changes to the training
program, consistent with the approval and amendment process.
[[Page 1287]]
B. Major Changes Affecting Flight Crewmembers
1. Require the Use of FSTD for Job Performance Training and Evaluation
Current appendix H of part 121 permits certificate holders to use
simulators for varying amounts of the training, testing, and checking
required by the FAA. Appendix H is a voluntary alternative to training
and checking in the airplane. The only required use of an FSTD in the
current regulations is the windshear requirements in Sec. 121.409(d).
The proposal requires that all creditable pilot and flight engineer
training and evaluation be completed in a qualified FSTD approved by
the POI for those tasks specified in the applicable QPS. Using FSTD,
rather than airplanes, allows for more in-depth training in a safer
environment, including the practice of critical emergency procedures.
FSTD also provide benefits such as reducing noise, air pollution, and
air traffic congestion, and conserving petroleum resources. This
proposal addresses concerns raised by NTSB Recommendations A-94-191
through 194, which stated that part 121 flight training and checking
should be required in FSTD wherever possible.
The FAA recognizes that in a few cases, certificate holders
initially may not be able to comply with the requirements to use FSTD
for all of their job performance training and evaluation. Accordingly,
the proposed rule includes provisions for requesting a deviation in
Sec. 121.1345(b) through (e). Proposed paragraph (b) describes the
limited circumstances when a certificate holder may receive a deviation
from the requirement in paragraph (a). Proposed paragraph (c) requires
a person requesting a deviation to demonstrate to the FAA why the
circumstances warrant a deviation from the requirement to use a
qualified FSTD. The FAA does not intend that the deviation provide a
loophole for certificate holders who want to continue training and
evaluating in aircraft. Rather, the deviation is designed to
accommodate those certificate holders who use aircraft for which there
are no FSTD available (e.g., DC-6) or, for extraordinary reasons, do
not have access to an FSTD for the aircraft type they operate.
2. Train and Evaluate Flight Crewmembers in a Full Crew Environment.
The existing recurrent qualification and training requirements for
a PIC and SIC differ in several respects. Current regulations require
different tasks and events for PIC and SIC, and the training is
separate. For example, PIC receive more training tasks and more
frequent proficiency checks than SIC. In addition, PIC train on a 6-
month basis, and SIC train on a 12-month basis. The disparity between
the training requirements for PIC and SIC is not consistent with actual
line operations. During actual operations, pilots must work as a flight
crew unit. Typically, today's flight operations involve PIC and SIC
performing both pilot flying and monitoring duties.
The proposed rule eliminates the differences in training for PIC
and SIC. The training cycles for PIC and SIC are no longer separate.
Under the proposal, PIC and SIC are required to complete Recurrent
training on a 9-month basis. The requirement is such that each must
complete all of the academic subjects and all of the job performance
tasks listed in the applicable QPS where each subject, task, or
environment may be required once each 9-month period; once each 18-
month period, or once each 36-month period. Proposed Sec. 121.1333 and
the QPS require the same tasks and events for PIC and SIC. Both PIC and
SIC must demonstrate proficiency in the flying and monitoring duties
associated with the prescribed tasks and events. The QPS also requires
the same number of programmed hours for PIC and SIC training. For
example, there are 24 programmed hours for transition flight training.
During that 24 hours of training, both the PIC and the SIC must
demonstrate proficiency in flying and monitoring duties. The proposed
changes facilitate training flight crewmembers in a complete crewmember
environment.
In addition to leveling the requirements regarding tasks and task
performance between PIC and SIC, this proposal provides additional
advantages. The change in frequency of training exposure provides an
increase in the actual training exposure for both PIC and SIC over an
equal time period. Additionally, while this proposal reduces the
frequency with which PIC return for training, it increases the
frequency with which SIC return for training. The FAA anticipates a
reduction in previous piloting experience for pilots entering the air
carrier industry in the near future; almost all of these new pilots
will start their air carrier service as SIC. This proposal would
provide these new, lesser experienced, pilots with more training at
each training event and provide those training events more frequently
than under today's regulations.
In addition to integrating the training for PIC and SIC, the
proposal will also integrate the training for flight engineers with the
training for PIC and SIC, when applicable. Proficiency tests,
proficiency checks, proficiency reviews, LOFT, and FSTD Course of
Instruction require all flight crewmember duty positions to be occupied
by a person who is qualified to serve in that crewmember duty position
(including a qualified crewmember, instructor, check pilot, and aircrew
program designee (APD)), or is in student status learning to serve in
that crewmember duty position.
3. Require Special Hazards Training
In 1996, the NTSB recommended the FAA require training to better
prepare flight crewmembers to respond to sudden or unexpected aircraft
upsets (Recommendation A-96-120). Also, the NTSB recommended the FAA
develop CFIT training requirements for all pilots operating under part
121.
The QPS includes special hazard academic training subjects such as
CFIT and Ground Proximity Escape maneuvers, upset and loss of control,
and runway incursions. In addition to academic training in special
hazards, the FAA is proposing to include job performance training
during Initial, Conversion, Transition, Upgrade, Requalification, and
Recurrent training. For pilots, this training includes inflight
maneuvers in upset and disturbance recovery, low altitude windshear
avoidance and escape, and ground proximity warning system (GPWS) and
terrain awareness warning system (TAWS) alert recognition and escape
maneuvers.
4. Require Recurrent LOFT
LOFT is training in an FSTD with a complete flight crew. LOFT uses
representative flight segments containing standard operating
procedures, abnormal procedures, non-normal procedures, and emergency
procedures expected in line operations. LOFT used in Recurrent training
is called ``recurrent LOFT.'' LOFT used to qualify for line operations
is called ``qualification LOFT.''
Proposed Sec. 121.1353 includes the general requirements for
conducting LOFT. The proposed requirements are more specific than the
current regulations and codify existing advisory material (AC 120-35C,
Line Operational Simulations: Line Oriented Flight Training, Special
Purpose Operational Training, Line Operational Evaluation). A LOFT is
conducted as a line operation and allows for no interruption by the
instructor during the session except for a non-disruptive acceleration
of uneventful en route segments. Interruptions are not allowed in LOFT
[[Page 1288]]
sessions because they disrupt the flow and undermine the realistic
nature of line operations.
The proposal requires 4 hours of training in an FSTD, plus a
briefing and debriefing. In addition, each duty position must be filled
by a person who is qualified or in student status to serve in that
position. This proposed requirement is needed because the training
value of LOFT is diminished when inappropriate crew substitutions are
made, such as using an SIC to substitute for a PIC. The certificate
holder selects the tasks to be performed from the list provided in the
applicable QPS, and the FAA approves the selected tasks. In this way,
the FAA is certain the selected tasks are appropriate for the
certificate holder's operations.
Under proposed Sec. 121.1353, any person serving in a flight
crewmember position during a LOFT who does not perform satisfactorily
may not serve as a required crewmember or operate under part 121
without receiving additional training to correct the deficiencies. This
is common industry practice and consistent with FAA advisory material.
The certificate holder must schedule a separate training session to
correct the deficiencies. This additional training ensures that the
substandard performance is corrected before the person performs line
operations.
5. Reduce the Frequency of Performance Drills Using Emergency Equipment
and Procedures
The current rule requires all crewmembers to have recurrent
emergency ``hands on'' performance drill training on the use of
portable emergency equipment (e.g., fire extinguishers, protective
breathing equipment, portable oxygen equipment, flotation equipment)
and aircraft exits every 24 months. This proposal adjusts the frequency
of flight crewmember ``hands on'' training from 24 months to 36 months.
This matches the newly adjusted frequency for flight crewmember
Recurrent training. It also addresses FAA guidance recommending that
flight crewmembers land the aircraft as quickly as possible to minimize
the effect of an on-board fire, and that flight crewmembers remain on
the flight deck, consistent with the post-9/11 security procedures. In
addition, current policy places increased responsibility on the flight
attendant to respond to emergency situations in the aircraft cabin.
While this proposal decreases the frequency of hands on drills for
flight crewmembers, it increases the frequency of hands on drills for
flight attendants. Although the FAA is proposing to reduce the
frequency for flight crewmember emergency ``hands on'' drills, we are
also proposing to add an unannunciated fire (fire in the aircraft
cabin) drill to flight training.
C. Major Changes Affecting Flight Attendants
The proposed rule and associated Flight Attendant QPS appendix
would revise flight attendant requirements in several areas to address
NTSB recommendations and to enhance flight attendant training and
evaluation.
1. Establish Qualification and Training Requirements for Check Flight
Attendants, Flight Attendant Instructors, and Evaluators
Check Flight Attendants
The proposed rule includes eligibility, approval, qualification,
and continuing qualification requirements for check flight attendants.
These proposed requirements provide regulatory standards for initially
qualifying a flight attendant to serve as a check flight attendant as
well as continuing qualification for that flight attendant. The
requirements ensure that check flight attendants are familiar with the
certificate holder's operations as well as the aircraft type on which
they will be conducting operating experience, that they are line-
qualified for the certificate holder before evaluating other flight
attendants, and that they are qualified to evaluate flight attendants
who are completing operating experience. The FAA is proposing to add
these requirements to ensure that effective and qualified evaluators
conduct the evaluation of the person completing operating experience.
Flight Attendant Instructors
The proposed rule requires each flight attendant instructor to
complete basic qualification or Recurrent training requirements, as
appropriate, for the certificate holder. The FAA recognizes that a
flight attendant instructor may not be physically able to perform
certain performance drills due to injury, pregnancy, or disability.
Therefore, the FAA also proposes to allow those individuals to complete
the required training to qualify as a flight attendant instructor, with
the exception of those performance drills the person cannot physically
perform. However, the FAA only allows flight attendant instructors to
teach performance drills that they are able to demonstrate at the time
of instruction. In addition, the flight attendant instructors must have
performed the drills within the past 12 months as part of their basic
qualification or Recurrent flight attendant training. This requirement
provides certificate holders with flight attendant instructor staffing
flexibility, while ensuring that flight attendant training is delivered
by knowledgeable instructors who have completed the FAA approved flight
attendant training program for that certificate holder. The FAA based
the proposed rule on current effective industry practices.
Persons Authorized To Administer Flight Attendant Proficiency Tests
The FAA is proposing new requirements to ensure that an individual
who evaluates flight attendant proficiency tests is approved by the
Administrator and has appropriate training to administer the test. This
ensures that effective and qualified evaluators administer the
proficiency tests. The FAA based these requirements on current
effective industry practice regarding qualification of instructors and
evaluators in flight attendant training programs.
2. Require Operating Experience by Aircraft Type Specific to the
Certificate Holder
The proposed rule increases the requirements for flight attendants
to complete operating experience on each aircraft type operated by the
certificate holder prior to becoming qualified on that aircraft type.
The proposed rule requires flight attendants to gain aircraft operating
experience after completion of Initial training for each aircraft type.
This is different from the current rule which only requires a flight
attendant to complete operating experience on one aircraft type (Group
I or Group II, as applicable) in part 121 operations during the flight
attendant's career. The proposal ensures that a flight attendant
qualified on a large number of different aircraft types has more
extensive training on each aircraft type than under the current rules.
The proposed rule also requires that a person receive operating
experience on each aircraft type for each certificate holder for whom
the person is employed. This requirement is necessary because flight
attendant procedures can differ significantly between certificate
holders, even for the same aircraft type.
The proposed rule also gives certificate holders more flexibility
than the current rule regarding the instructional design of basic
qualification curricula. For example, under the current rule, a person
must complete all Basic Qualification training before beginning
operating experience. However, under the proposed rule, a person must
only complete new hire
[[Page 1289]]
and Initial training on the aircraft type prior to beginning aircraft
operating experience on that aircraft type. This approach allows
certificate holders to incorporate the increased operating experience
requirements into their training programs more efficiently.
The proposed rule also requires flight attendants to complete
aircraft operating experience within 90 days of completing Initial
training on that aircraft type. This is consistent with the concept of
consolidating knowledge and skills learned in Initial training on that
aircraft type.
The proposed rule also establishes new supervision requirements for
aircraft operating experience and limits the number of persons who may
receive or administer operating experience on any one operating cycle.
For example, a check flight attendant cannot supervise more than four
persons on any one operating cycle, and there can be no more than two
check flight attendants supervising on any one operating cycle. These
requirements help ensure a realistic operating environment where
effective evaluation of the person receiving operating experience can
occur, and are consistent with current effective industry practices and
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) recommendations for
Cabin Attendant's Safety Training.
The proposed rule also requires that when completing operating
experience, a person perform the assigned duties of a flight attendant
on at least two cycles on each aircraft type. This ensures that a
person completing operating experience is actually gaining experience
during takeoffs and landings, which are the most critical phases of
flight. However, the person could not serve as a required crewmember,
because the person is not a fully qualified flight attendant. The
proposed rule continues the current requirement that a person receive
aircraft operating experience for 5 hours. All operating experience
must be gained during line operations. The proposal does not allow
operating experience credit for training conducted in a full-scale
cabin training device. The FAA considers experience gained in a ``line
operations'' environment to be a significant training event that
combines the demonstration of knowledge and skill. A ground based cabin
training device is not considered an adequate substitute for operating
experience gained during actual line operations with passengers
onboard.
3. Increase the Frequency of Performance Drills Using Emergency
Equipment and Procedures
The proposed rule requires flight attendants to perform emergency
procedure drills with the appropriate emergency equipment every 12
months, as opposed to the 24-month interval in the current rule. These
drills provide critical practice in the actions that flight attendants
must take in an emergency. As stated in NTSB Report, Flight Attendant
Training and Performance During Emergency Situations (NTSB/SIR-92/02),
[e]mergency procedures, such as those required to prepare an
airplane for an evacuation or a ditching, extinguish an in-flight
fire, supervise the cabin following a decompression, handle a hijack
situation, or manage passengers during an emergency evacuation, are
rarely, if ever, used. Flight attendants must immediately change
from passenger service oriented roles to their critical safety-
related roles in an emergency. Emergency situations typically
require quick, assertive, and decisive action with little time for
analysis of the situation. For most flight attendants, the only
opportunity to practice skills needed in an emergency is during
Initial and Recurrent training. These skills are perishable, and
continuing and effective training is essential for maintaining them.
In addition to responding to the NTSB, this proposal codifies
current industry practice, as well as ICAO recommendations for Cabin
Attendant's Safety Training.
D. Major Changes Affecting Aircraft Dispatchers
1. Establish Dispatcher Instructors and Check Dispatchers
The proposal establishes qualification requirements for dispatcher
instructors and check dispatchers. The new requirements are based on
current FAA policy and industry practice. Codifying these requirements
standardizes requirements for dispatcher instructors and check
dispatchers.
The proposal adds new requirements that a dispatcher instructor
either hold an aircraft dispatcher certificate, maintain aircraft
dispatcher currency, and meet certain instructor training requirements
or be a subject matter expert. The proposal provides flexibility by
allowing people who do not have an aircraft dispatcher certificate to
be subject matter experts and instruct in specific subjects as approved
by the Administrator (e.g., weather). The proposed requirements ensure
that all dispatcher instructors (subject matter experts and
certificated aircraft dispatchers) are knowledgeable in the subjects
they are teaching. In addition, the proposal ensures that dispatcher
instructors who are certificated aircraft dispatchers are knowledgeable
in the certificate holder's facilities, equipment, and procedures, and
use equipment and facilities specifically approved for the certificate
holder's training program.
The proposal also codifies check dispatcher qualification
requirements. The proposed term ``check dispatcher'' replaces current
terms ``supervisor or ground instructor'' used in Sec. 121.422(b). The
proposal requires check dispatchers to hold an aircraft dispatcher
certificate, maintain aircraft dispatcher currency, and meet certain
training and experience requirements. For example, a check dispatcher
must have performed the duties of an aircraft dispatcher for at least 8
hours in a 24-hour period in the preceding 60 days, and be current and
qualified as an aircraft dispatcher for a part 121 domestic or flag
operation for at least 3 of the previous 5 years. The FAA believes that
the proposed recency of experience requirement is necessary because
currently dispatchers who administer competency checks are not required
to have recent practical work experience. The FAA believes recent
experience is necessary for check dispatchers to competently evaluate
aircraft dispatchers. This is consistent with proposed subpart BB for
crewmembers.
The proposed new section also specifies curriculum requirements for
Initial and Recurrent training for check dispatchers. These
requirements are consistent with the proposed requirements in subpart
BB for check pilots and check flight engineers and with current
industry practice.
2. Require Supervised Operating Experience Specific to the Certificate
Holder
The proposal establishes a new requirement that aircraft
dispatchers receive supervised operating experience for the certificate
holder. This proposal improves safety by ensuring that aircraft
dispatchers are familiar with the certificate holder's operations, and
have an opportunity to practice knowledge and skills during actual
operations. The proposal prescribes minimum hours of supervised
operating experience that the aircraft dispatcher must meet before
serving unsupervised.
The proposal also imposes specific criteria for persons supervising
operating experience. The supervising dispatcher does not need to be a
check dispatcher. However, the supervising dispatcher must meet the
same experience requirements as a check dispatcher. Requiring the
supervising dispatcher to have the same experience as a check
dispatcher provides adequate
[[Page 1290]]
safety for supervised operating experience and staffing flexibility for
certificate holders.
The proposed rule also clarifies that supervised operating
experience may not begin until the person has completed Initial,
Combined Certification and Initial, or Requalification training and
operating familiarization. This new requirement ensures that supervised
operating experience provides an opportunity to consolidate knowledge
and skills acquired in training.
The proposal also prohibits an aircraft dispatcher administering
operating experience from supervising more than one person at a time.
This ensures that the supervising aircraft dispatcher has a manageable
workload.
3. Establish Optional Aircraft Dispatcher Combined Certification and
Initial Curriculum
Currently a person may obtain an aircraft dispatcher certificate
only under the requirements in part 65 subpart C. After obtaining a
certificate from the FAA, the aircraft dispatcher is then trained in
the certificate holder's approved training program to become qualified
to serve as an aircraft dispatcher in the certificate holder's
operations.
The proposed rule continues to allow certification of aircraft
dispatchers under part 65, but it also integrates part 65 requirements
into part 121 training programs to allow certification through a
certificate holder's approved Combined Certification and Initial
training curriculum (in-house).\3\ Under the proposal, a person could
receive the necessary training, be tested by the certificate holder's
dispatch program designee, and be issued an aircraft dispatcher
certificate. The aircraft dispatcher's certificate would be issued
under part 65, not part 121. Integrating a certification program into a
certificate holder's training program allows a certificate holder to
draw potential dispatchers from its pool of employees and train them
``in-house'' to become aircraft dispatchers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ ``In-house'' is used in this preamble to mean as part of the
part 121 operator's FAA-approved training program. This option is
described in detail in the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS as the ``combined
certification & initial training curriculum.'' Use of the phrase
``in-house'' does not mean that the training necessarily would only
be conducted by the certificate holder or in the certificate
holder's facility. Some training could still be out sourced to an
FAA-approved training provider.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The requirements for obtaining an in-house dispatcher certificate
are contained in the proposed Aircraft Dispatcher QPS. These proposed
requirements are based on the requirements in Appendix A of part 65 and
provide an equivalent level of training and safety. The proposed
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS also contains training requirements for
aircraft dispatchers who receive certificates through a traditional FAA
approved part 65 program.
Under the proposal, a certificate holder with a Combined
Certification and Initial curriculum administers practical and
proficiency tests to their dispatcher candidates. This process is
illustrated in Flowchart 1 of the proposed Aircraft Dispatcher QPS. The
dispatcher candidate completes the practical test, undergoes supervised
operating experience, and then completes a proficiency test. A dispatch
program designee for the certificate holder or the FAA must administer
the practical test.
4. Establish Qualification Requirements for Dispatch Program Designees
This proposed section establishes qualification requirements for a
dispatch program designee. These requirements are consistent with those
proposed for aircrew program designees in subpart BB. Part 65 currently
allows designated aircraft dispatcher examiners to administer practical
tests for certification to graduates from certain approved courses. The
proposal would allow dispatch program designees to administer practical
tests for certification to graduates of the specific certificate
holder's in-house training program. The FAA has used designees for
pilot, maintenance, and aircraft certification for decades and has been
satisfied with designee performance. Therefore, the FAA proposes to
extend the use of designees to aircraft dispatcher certification in
part 121 operations to provide greater flexibility while maintaining
the highest level of safety. Dispatch program designees evaluate
aircraft dispatcher candidates based on the specific operational
requirements of the certificate holder; therefore, the FAA believes it
is in the best interest of safety for dispatch program designees to be
limited to a specific certificate holder.
V. Impact Statements
Privacy Impact Statement for Proposed 14 CFR Part 121 Subparts BB and
CC--Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft
Dispatchers
Legal Requirements
Section 522 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2005
instructs DOT to conduct a privacy impact assessment (PIA) of proposed
rules that will affect the privacy of individuals. The PIA should
identify potential threats relating to the collection, handling, use,
sharing and security of the data, the measures identified to mitigate
these threats, and the rationale for the final decisions made for the
rulemaking as a result of conducting the PIA.
Definitions
Certificate holder means a person certificated under part 119 of
this chapter that conducts operations under part 121 of this chapter,
or a person certificated under part 119 of this chapter that conducts
operations under part 135 of this chapter and is permitted or required
by Sec. 135.3 of this chapter to conduct training curricula in
compliance with this subpart.
Individual means a living human being, especially a citizen of the
United States or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence.
Personally Identifiable Information (PII) is any information that
permits the identity of an individual to whom the information applies
to be reasonably inferred by either direct or indirect means, singly or
in combination with other data. Examples of PII include but are not
limited to physical and online contact information, Social Security
number and driver's license number.
Privacy Impact Assessment is an analysis of how a rulemaking would
impact the way information is handled in order to ensure data handling
conforms to applicable legal, regulatory, and policy requirements
regarding privacy, determine the risks and effects the rulemaking will
have on collecting, maintaining and sharing PII, and examine and
evaluate protections and alternative processes for handling information
to mitigate potential privacy risks.
Requirements for the Submission and Retention of PII as Part of
Compliance With Proposed 14 CFR Part 121 Subparts BB and CC--
Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers
The FAA proposes to amend the training regulations for pilots,
flight engineers, flight attendants and aircraft dispatchers serving in
part 121 operations. There are 34,000 affected pilots in part 121
operations, 1,600 flight engineers, 2,700 aircraft dispatchers, and
106,600 flight attendants. Therefore, the total number of individuals
that would be impacted by the proposed rule is approximately 150,000.
Under the proposal, certificate holders are required to develop a
record keeping system demonstrating that each
[[Page 1291]]
person has completed the required training and evaluation to serve in a
particular duty position for the certificate holder. The proposed rule
does not require a certificate holder to maintain PII. However, the FAA
recognizes that certain PII may be contained in the certificate
holder's records. This information may include the person's name, date
of birth, address, telephone number, duty position, social security
number, medical records, and type ratings. The FAA routinely reviews
training records in the course of exercising its safety oversight
authority and may request a certificate holder to disclose PII for
investigation, compliance, or enforcement purposes.
In addition to the certificate holders' records, the FAA also
maintains PII for all certificated airmen, including pilots and
aircraft dispatchers. The FAA records for certificated airmen include
the name, date of birth, social security number, driver's license
number, passport number, or government ID number, physical description
(height, weight, hair and eye color, sex, and citizenship), address
(airmen only), medical records, and airmen certificate number. The FAA
also maintains PII for flight attendants who have obtained a
Certificate of Demonstrated Proficiency.
The FAA protects PII in its possession in accordance with ``Privacy
Act Notice DOT/FAA 847--Aviation Records on Individuals (formerly
General Air Transportation Records on Individuals).'' The Privacy Act
Notice is available at http://cio.ost.dot.gov/DOT/OST/Documents/files/records.html.
The FAA did not conduct a PIA for this rulemaking because this
proposed rule does not specifically require the collection of any PII.
However, in August 2004, the FAA released a PIA for airmen
certification records. The PIA addresses the methodology the agency
uses to collect, store, distribute, and protect PII for certificated
airmen and flight attendants. The PIA is available at http://www.dot.gov/pia/faa_rms.htm.
For more information or for comments and concerns on our privacy
practices, please contact our Privacy Officer, Carla Mauney at
[email protected], or by phone at (202) 267-9895.
Paperwork Reduction Act
This proposal contains the following new information collection
requirements. As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44
U.S.C. 3507(d)), the FAA has submitted the information requirements
associated with this proposal to the Office of Management and Budget
for its review.
Title: Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft
Dispatchers.
Summary: The FAA proposes to amend the regulations for crewmember
and dispatcher training programs in domestic, flag, and supplemental
operations. The proposed regulations enhance traditional training
programs by requiring the use of flight simulation training devices for
flight crewmembers and including additional training requirements in
areas that are critical to safety. The proposal also reorganizes and
revises the qualification and training requirements. The proposed
changes are intended to contribute significantly to reducing aviation
accidents.
Use of: This project is in direct support of the Department of
Transportation's Strategic Plan--Strategic Goal--SAFETY; i.e., to
promote the public health and safety by working toward the elimination
of transportation-related deaths and injuries. This request for
clearance reflects requirements necessary under Title 14 CFR parts 65,
119, 121, 135, and 142, to ensure safety-of-flight by making certain
that complete and adequate training, testing, checking, and experience
is obtained and maintained by those who operate under these parts of
the regulation and that the use of flight simulation is utilized to its
maximum practical extent in achieving these goals. The FAA will use the
information it collects and reviews to ensure compliance and adherence
to regulations and, where necessary, to take enforcement action on
violators of the regulations.
Respondents (including number of): The FAA estimates there are 118
certificate holders who would be required to provide information in
accordance with the proposed rule. The respondents to this proposed
information requirement are certificate holders using the training
requirements in 14 CFR part 121.
Frequency: The FAA estimates certificate holders will have a one
time information collection, then will collect or report information
occasionally thereafter.
Burden Estimate: This proposal would result in a 10-year
recordkeeping and reporting burden as follows:
Summary of time and costs (10-year) addressed in question 12:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section Cost Hours
------------------------------------------------------------------------
121.133/121.135:
Flight Crew Operating Manual............ $1,272,212 42,480.0
Flight Attendant and Aircraft Dispatcher 424,071 14,160.0
Operating Manuals......................
121.1413................................ 13,295 320.0
121.1421................................ 83 2.0
121.1433
(a)(i).............................. 13,273 355.0
(b)(i).............................. 159,281 4,260.0
(b)(ii)............................. 159,281 4,260.0
(b)(iii)............................ 106,188 2,840.0
(b)(iv)............................. 42,475 1,136.0
121.1457................................ 16,618 400.0
121.1459................................ 16,618 400.0
121.1307................................ 105,618 2,840.0
121.1331
(a)(i).............................. 208,253 2124.0
(a)(ii)............................. 1,041,266 10620.0
(b)(i).............................. 5,263 142.0
(b)(ii)............................. 39,469 1065.0
(c)(i)(A)........................... 122,081 3195.0
(c)(i)(B)........................... 16,277 426.0
(c)(i)(C)........................... 8,139 213.0
(c)(ii)(A).......................... 651,098 17,040.0
(c)(ii)(B).......................... 542,582 14,200.0
(c)(ii)(C).......................... 108,516 2,840.0
[[Page 1292]]
(d)................................. 601 35.5
121.1355
Pilots and Flight Engineers......... 273,133 3068.0
Flight Attendants................... 79,980 1,846.0
Dispatchers......................... 76,693 1,846.0
-------------------------------
Total........................... 5,502,366 132,113.5
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The agency is soliciting comments to:
(1) Evaluate whether the proposed information requirement is
necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency,
including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden;
(3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to
be collected; and
(4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those
who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated,
electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or
other forms of information technology.
Individuals and organizations may submit comments on the
information collection requirement by May 12, 2009, and should direct
them to the address listed in the ADDRESSES section of this document.
Comments also should be submitted to the Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs, OMB, New Executive Building, Room 10202, 725 17th
Street, NW., Washington, DC 20053, Attention: Desk Officer for FAA.
According to the 1995 amendments to the Paperwork Reduction Act (5
CFR 1320.8(b)(2)(vi)), an agency may not collect or sponsor the
collection of information, nor may it impose an information collection
requirement unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The OMB control number for this information collection will be
published in the Federal Register, after the Office of Management and
Budget approves it.
International Compatibility
In keeping with U.S. obligations under the Convention on
International Civil Aviation, it is FAA policy to comply with
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Standards and
Recommended Practices to the maximum extent practicable. The FAA has
reviewed the corresponding ICAO Standards and Recommended Practices and
has identified no differences with these proposed regulations.
Economic Assessment, Initial Regulatory Flexibility Determination,
Trade Impact Assessment, and Unfunded Mandates Assessment
Changes to Federal regulations must undergo several economic
analyses. First, Executive Order 12866 directs that each Federal agency
shall propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination
that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs. Second,
the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) requires
agencies to analyze the economic impact of regulatory changes on small
entities. Third, the Trade Agreements Act (Pub. L. 96-39) prohibits
agencies from setting standards that create unnecessary obstacles to
the foreign commerce of the United States. In developing U.S.
standards, this Trade Act requires agencies to consider international
standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis of U.S.
standards. Fourth, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L.
104-4) requires agencies to prepare a written assessment of the costs,
benefits, and other effects of proposed or final rules that include a
Federal mandate likely to result in the expenditure by State, local, or
tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100
million or more annually (adjusted for inflation with base year of
1995). This portion of the preamble summarizes the FAA's analysis of
the economic impacts of this proposed rule. We suggest readers seeking
greater detail read the full regulatory evaluation, a copy of which we
have placed in the docket for this rulemaking.
In conducting these analyses, FAA has determined that this proposed
rule: (1) Has benefits that justify its costs, (2) is a ``significant
regulatory action'' as defined in section 3(f) of Executive Order
12866, requiring review by the Office of Management and Budget, (3) is
``significant'' as defined in DOT's Regulatory Policies and Procedures;
(4) would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of
small entities; (5) would not create unnecessary obstacles to the
foreign commerce of the United States; and (6) would not impose an
unfunded mandate on State, local, or tribal governments, or on the
private sector by exceeding the threshold identified above. These
analyses are summarized below.
The purpose of this rulemaking is to establish new requirements for
air carrier training programs to enhance safety-critical training.
These changes are expected to significantly reduce aviation accidents.
The secondary purpose of this rulemaking project is to reorganize,
simplify, and modernize all rule language associated with crewmember
and aircraft dispatcher qualification and training under part 121. This
proposal revises and recodifies the crewmember qualification and
training requirements in subparts N and O into a new subpart BB of part
121, and revises and recodifies the aircraft dispatcher qualification
and training requirements in subparts N and P into subpart CC of part
121. The rulemaking is necessary because the existing regulations have
not been revised since 1970. They do not reflect current best practices
or technological advances that have emerged over the last 30 years.
Over a 10-year period, the total cost of the proposed rule would be
approximately $372.7 million ($229.7 million, discounted). The total
cost is composed of the costs of subparts BB and CC. The total the cost
of subpart BB (crewmember training) would be approximately $368.1
million ($226.3 million, discounted), and the cost of subpart CC
(aircraft dispatcher training) would be approximately $4.6 million
($3.4 million, discounted).
Based on FAA analysis, the FAA believes the proposed training
improvements, both in content and application, are expected to produce
safety benefits (i.e., accidents avoided) of $1.11 billion and $2.46
billion over the first 10 years. Presently, part 121 carriers may train
crewmembers under existing subparts N and O to part 121 or under the
Advanced Qualification Program (AQP), which is in subpart Y to part
121. We believe that current AQP training programs already meet the
safety improvements contained in this NPRM. Because the proposed rule
would principally affect part 121 and
[[Page 1293]]
part 121/135 operators not conducting training under an Advanced
Qualification Program (AQP) and because only 42.8 percent of the part
121 and part 121/135 pilots are not trained under AQP, we only claim
42.8 percent of these potential safety benefits. After this adjustment,
the safety benefits would be between $476 million and $1.05 billion
over the 10-year period. Several requirements of this proposed rule are
phased-in over several years. Taking into account the phasing in of the
proposed rule requirements, we believe the potential benefits of this
rulemaking to be between $333 million and $737 million over the 10-year
period, with an expected benefit value of $535 million. The proposed
rule would also generate qualitative benefits for dispatchers, flight
attendants, and flight engineers.
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
A. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis for Subpart BB
A.1. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Determination for Subpart BB
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) (RFA)
establishes ``as a principle of regulatory issuance that agencies shall
endeavor, consistent with the objectives of the rule and of applicable
statutes, to fit regulatory and informational requirements to the scale
of the businesses, organizations, and governmental jurisdictions
subject to regulation. To achieve this principle, agencies are required
to solicit and consider flexible regulatory proposals and to explain
the rationale for their actions to assure that such proposals are given
serious consideration.'' The RFA covers a wide range of small entities,
including small businesses, not-for-profit organizations, and small
governmental jurisdictions.
Agencies must perform a review to determine whether a rule will
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small
entities. If the agency determines that it will, the agency must
prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis as described in the RFA.
However, if an agency determines that a rule is not expected to
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small
entities, section 605(b) of the RFA provides that the head of the
agency may so certify and a regulatory flexibility analysis is not
required. The certification must include a statement providing the
factual basis for this determination, and the reasoning should be
clear.
The Small Business Administration size standard for ``small'' air
carrier is 1,500 or fewer employees, as defined in 13 CFR 121.201,
NAICS Code 48111. For subpart BB, the FAA identified a total of 73 out
of 102 air carriers affected by this rule that meet this definition.
For each of these entities, the FAA attempted to retrieve annual
revenue data from Back Aviation Solutions. The FAA found revenue data
for 17 of the 73 small entities that would be impacted by the rule. The
FAA then compared this revenue data with the annualized compliance
costs (see Appendix H, Table H.1, in the full regulatory evaluation
available in the docket). Of the 17 entities, the FAA expects that the
projected annualized cost per entity of the rule would be $104,000. The
FAA also expects that the projected annualized costs of the rule would
be 1% or higher than the annual revenue for five of them (29%), which
we believe is a significant economic impact. For the remaining 56 small
entities, we believe that the annualized cost of the rule would also be
significant for 29%, or sixteen or more of them. Accordingly, the FAA
concludes that Subpart BB of the proposed rule would have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
A.2. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis for Subpart BB
Under section 603(b) of the RFA (as amended), each initial
regulatory flexibility analysis is required to address the following
points: (1) Reasons why the agency considered the rule, (2) the
objectives and legal basis for the rule, (3) the type and number of
small entities to which the rule will apply, (4) the reporting,
recordkeeping, and other compliance requirements of the rule, and (5)
all Federal rules that may duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the
rule. In addition, 5 U.S.C. 603(c) requires that the analysis also
describe any significant alternatives to the proposed rule which
accomplish the stated objectives of applicable statutes and which
minimize any significant impact of the proposed rule on small entities.
Reasons Why the FAA Considered the Rule
The FAA reviewed its crewmember and dispatcher training regulations
in 14 CFR part 121 to identify improvements in training program content
and application that would reduce human error among crewmembers and
dispatchers, particularly in situations with special hazards. Based on
this review, the FAA proposed improvements to the current rule, as
discussed in the Background section of this Regulatory Evaluation
(Section II.).
The Objectives and Legal Basis for the Rule
The objective of the rule is to enhance crewmember and aircraft
dispatcher training programs by including additional training
requirements in areas that are critical to safety. The proposed changes
are intended to contribute significantly to reducing aviation accidents
and improving crewmember and dispatcher performance.
The legal basis for the rule is 49 U.S.C. 44701 et seq., which
provides that for regulations related to airmen certification, the FAA
must consider the duty of an air carrier to provide service with the
highest possible degree of safety in the public interest. The FAA must
also consider, as a matter of policy, reducing or eliminating the
possibility of recurrence of accidents in air transportation (49 U.S.C.
44701(c)).
The Type and Number of Small Entities to Which the Rule Will Apply
Of the 102 air carriers affected by the rule, there are 73 air
carriers that meet the SBA size standard of small business. Of these 73
air carriers, we retrieved net income and balance sheet data on 20 of
these identified air carriers. A brief financial profile of these small
entities is provided in Tables H.2 (net income) and H.3 (current
assets, current liabilities, and financial solvency ratios) in the full
regulatory evaluation available in the docket.
Federal Rules That May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict With the Rule
The FAA is unaware of any Federal rules that duplicate, overlap, or
conflict with the rule.
Other Considerations:
Affordability Analysis
For the purpose of this analysis, the degree to which small
entities can ``afford'' the cost of compliance is predicated on the
availability of financial resources. Initial implementation costs can
be paid from existing company assets, from borrowing, or from obtaining
additional equity capital. Continuing annual costs of compliance may be
accommodated by accepting reduced profits, raising ticket prices, or
finding other ways to offset costs.
Other means of assessing the affordability is the ability of each
of the small entities to meet its short-term obligations, as shown in
Tables H.2 (net income) and H.3 (working capital and financial solvency
ratios) of the full
[[Page 1294]]
regulatory evaluation available in the docket. A company's short-term
financial strength is substantially influenced by its working capital
and its ability to pay short-term liabilities. Net working capital is
the excess of current assets over current liabilities. It represents
the margin of short-term debt-paying ability over existing short-term
debt. In addition to the amount of net working capital, two other
analytical indexes of current position are often computed: (1) Current
ratio; and (2) quick ratio. The current ratio (i.e., current assets
divided by current liabilities) helps put the amount of net working
capital into perspective by showing the relationship between current
assets and short-term debt. The quick ratio (sometimes called the acid
test ratio) focuses on immediate liquidity (e.g., cash, marketable
securities, accounts receivable) divided by current liabilities. A
decline in net working capital, the current ratio, and the quick ratio
over a period of time (such as 3 or 4 years) may indicate that a
company is losing financial solvency. Negative net working capital is
an indication of financial difficulty. If a company is experiencing
financial difficulty, it is less likely to be able to afford additional
costs.
To assess the affordability of affected entities, we can also
consider the amount of the annualized costs of the rule relative to net
income. The lower the relative importance of the costs, the greater the
likelihood that implementing offsetting cost-saving efficiencies or
raising fares to cover increased costs will not substantially decrease
the number of passengers.
The financial information shown in Tables H.2 and H.3 of the full
regulatory evaluation, available in the docket, suggest the following:
Five of these entities appear to be generally profitable
and solvent, as shown in Table H.2 and H.3, respectively, for most or
all of the 5-year period examined. Therefore, they probably will have
financial resources available to meet the requirements of this rule.
For 10 entities, the FAA is unable to determine the
ability to financially comply with the rule because of contradictory
results (e.g., the companies were profitable, yet their net working
capital has been negative, and their current and quick ratios have been
below 1.00).
The FAA has identified five small entities that may have
trouble financing the expected compliance cost of this rule. Those
entities had net losses as well as negative net working capital,
current ratios, and quick ratios below 1.00 for most of the years
examined. This amounts to 25% of the entities for which we found data.
Additionally, there is little or no data in 53 cases to
make any financial assessment. However, based on the information on the
companies that we do have information on, we believe that 25%, or
thirteen or more of these entities, also may have trouble financing the
expected costs of the rule.
Competitiveness Analysis
Due to the financial problems that certain aircraft operators are
experiencing, there may be an impact on the relative competitive
position of these carriers in the markets they serve.
Business Closure Analysis
The FAA is unable to determine with certainty the extent to which
those small entities that would be significantly impacted by this
proposed rule would have to close their operations. However, the
profitability information shown in Table H.2 in the full regulatory
evaluation, available in the docket, and the affordability analysis can
be indicators of the likelihood of a business closure.
A number of these small entities are already in serious financial
difficulty. To what extent the proposed rule makes the difference in
whether these entities remain in business is difficult to determine.
However, the FAA believes that the likelihood of business closure is
high for three of the 20 (15%) entities for which financial data was
available. (See Table H.2 in the full regulatory evaluation, available
in the docket). Therefore, we believe that for the remaining 53 small
entities, 15% or more may have similar difficulties.
Alternatives
The FAA considered alternatives to the rule for the small air
carriers. A discussion of these alternatives follows.
Alternative 1--12-month recurrent training cycle for small
entities.
Currently, PICs train every 6 months and SICs train every 12
months. The FAA could extend the recurrent training cycle for PICs
working for small entities to 12 months to coincide with current SIC
recurrent training cycles, instead of proposing to require PICs and
SICs to attend recurrent training on a 9-month training cycle. This
would result in cost savings for small entities. Again, in the proposal
the FAA has required improvements that would reduce human error among
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers, particularly in situations with
special hazards. Reducing the training cycle for PICs to a 12-month
cycle is contrary to the purpose of this rulemaking.
Conclusion. In the proposal, the FAA has required improvements that
would reduce human error among crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers,
particularly in situations with special hazards. Because these problems
are equally incurred by all part 121 air carriers, regardless of size,
it would be contrary to our policy for one high level of safety in all
part 121 operations to exclude certain operators simply because they
are small entities. Thus, the FAA does not consider this to be a
significant alternative in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 603(d).
Alternative 2--Extending the final compliance date to 7 years for
small entities.
Extending the final compliance date from 5 years to 7 years for
small entities reduces the costs to the industry by approximately 40
percent. Under this alternative, the FAA expects that the projected
annualized cost of the rule would still be significant for 2 of the 20
operators studied, or 10 percent of the small entities. Since there are
73 known small operators impacted by this rule, this alternative not
only does not eliminate the problem for a substantial number of small
entities, but also it would be contrary to our policy for one level of
safety.
Conclusion: In the proposal, the FAA has required improvements that
would reduce human error among crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers,
particularly in situations with special hazards. Because these problems
are equally incurred by all part 121 air carriers, regardless of size,
it would be contrary to our policy for one high level of safety in all
part 121 operations to exclude certain operators simply because they
are small entities. Thus, the FAA does not consider this to be a
significant alternative in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 603(d).
Based on this analysis, the FAA expects that subpart BB may have a
significant impact on small entities. Please provide comment on any or
all provisions in the rule with regard to the impact of the provisions
on small entities, including any benefits and costs, as well as any
alternatives that would meet the FAA's safety objectives but also
result in reducing the costs and burdens for these small entities. All
comments must be accompanied with clear and detailed supporting data.
B. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Determination for Subpart CC
In accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA) the
FAA reviewed subpart CC to determine
[[Page 1295]]
whether there would be a significant economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. Over a 10-year period, enactment of subpart
CC would impose costs of $25,500 ($18,400, discounted) per small entity
or applicant (see Appendix I in the full regulatory evaluation,
available in the docket, for further details). The Small Business
Administration size standard for ``small'' air carrier is 1,500 or
fewer employees, as defined in 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS Code 48111 (2008).
A review of the air carriers listed by the FAA concluded that 73 of the
firms met this criterion, which employ on average 13 dispatchers. These
dispatchers would incur a one-time cost for the initial and transition
dispatchers' training and an annual cost for the recurrent training.
Because the initial and transition training costs are different from
the recurrent training cost, costs would vary on a per year basis, but
the annualized cost per small entity would only be $2,600 ($18,400 x
0.14238), which is less than 1% of the annual revenue of small
entities. As a result, subpart CC would not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small entities. The FAA, however,
invites industry comments and requests that all comments be accompanied
with clear and detailed supporting data.
VII. International Trade Impact Assessment
The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96-39) prohibits Federal
agencies from establishing any standards or engaging in related
activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of
the United States. Legitimate domestic objectives, such as safety, are
not considered unnecessary obstacles. The statute also requires
consideration of international standards and, where appropriate, that
they be the basis for U.S. standards. The FAA has assessed the
potential effect of this proposed rule and has determined that it would
have only a domestic impact and therefore no effect on any trade-
sensitive activity.
VIII. Unfunded Mandates Assessment
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-
4) requires each Federal agency to prepare a written statement
assessing the effects of any Federal mandate in a proposed or final
agency rule that may result in an expenditure of $100 million or more
(adjusted annually for inflation with the base year 1995) in any one
year by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by
the private sector; such a mandate is deemed to be a ``significant
regulatory action.'' The FAA currently uses an inflation-adjusted value
of $136.1 million in lieu of $100 million.
This proposed rule does not contain such a mandate.
Executive Order 13132, Federalism
The FAA has analyzed this proposed rule under the principles and
criteria of Executive Order 13132, Federalism. We determined this
action would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the
relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the
distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of
government, and therefore would not have federalism implications.
Environmental Analysis
FAA Order 1050.1E identifies FAA actions that are categorically
excluded from preparation of an environmental assessment or
environmental impact statement under the National Environmental Policy
Act in the absence of extraordinary circumstances. The FAA has
determined this proposed rulemaking action qualifies for the
categorical exclusion identified in paragraph 312f and involves no
extraordinary circumstances.
Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or
Use
The FAA has analyzed this NPRM under Executive Order 13211, Actions
Concerning Regulations that Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use (May 18, 2001). We have determined that it is not
a ``significant energy action'' under the executive order because it is
not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply,
distribution, or use of energy.
Additional Information
Comments Invited
The FAA invites interested persons to participate in this
rulemaking by submitting written comments, data, or views. We also
invite comments relating to the economic, environmental, energy, or
federalism impacts that might result from adopting the proposals in
this document. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion
of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and
include supporting data. To ensure the docket does not contain
duplicate comments, please send only one copy of written comments, or
if you are filing comments electronically, please submit your comments
only one time.
We will file in the docket all comments we receive, as well as a
report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel
concerning this proposed rulemaking. Before acting on this proposal, we
will consider all comments we receive on or before the closing date for
comments. We will consider comments filed after the comment period has
closed if it is possible to do so without incurring expense or delay.
We may change this proposal in light of the comments we receive.
Proprietary or Confidential Business Information
Do not file in the docket information that you consider to be
proprietary or confidential business information. Send or deliver this
information directly to the person identified in the FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT section of this document. You must mark the
information that you consider proprietary or confidential. If you send
the information on a disk or CD-ROM, mark the outside of the disk or
CD-ROM and also identify electronically within the disk or CD-ROM the
specific information that is proprietary or confidential.
Under 14 CFR 11.35(b), when we are aware of proprietary information
filed with a comment, we do not place it in the docket. We hold it in a
separate file to which the public does not have access, and we place a
note in the docket that we have received it. If we receive a request to
examine or copy this information, we treat it as any other request
under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552). We process such a
request under the DOT procedures found in 49 CFR part 7.
Availability of Rulemaking Documents
You can get an electronic copy of rulemaking documents using the
Internet by--
1. Searching the Federal eRulemaking Portal (http://www.regulations.gov);
2. Visiting the FAA's Regulations and Policies Web page at http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/; or
3. Accessing the Government Printing Office's Web page at http://www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/index.html.
You can also get a copy by sending a request to the Federal
Aviation Administration, Office of Rulemaking, ARM-1, 800 Independence
Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by calling (202) 267-9680. Make
sure to identify the docket number, notice number, or amendment number
of this rulemaking.
You may access all documents the FAA considered in developing this
proposed rule, including economic analyses and technical reports, from
the Internet through the Federal
[[Page 1296]]
eRulemaking Portal referenced in paragraph (1).
List of Subjects
14 CFR Part 65
Aircraft, Airmen, Aviation safety, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
14 CFR Part 119
Administrative practice and procedure, Air carriers, Aircraft,
Aviation safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
14 CFR Part 121
Air carriers, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Safety, Transportation.
14 CFR Part 135
Air taxis, Aircraft, Airmen, Aviation safety, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
14 CFR Part 142
Administrative practice and procedure, Airmen, Educational
facilities, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Schools,
Teachers.
The Proposed Amendment
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation
Administration proposes to amend Chapter 1 of Title 14, Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) parts 65, 119, 121, 135, and 142, as follows:
PART 65--CERTIFICATION: AIRMEN OTHER THAN FLIGHT CREWMEMBERS
1. The authority citation for part 65 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701-44703, 44707, 44709-
44711, 45102-45103, 45301-45302.
2. Amend Sec. 65.57 by revising the introductory text and adding
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
Sec. 65.57 Experience or training requirements.
An applicant for an aircraft dispatcher certificate must present
documentary evidence satisfactory to the Administrator that he or she
has the experience prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section or has
accomplished the training described in paragraph (b) of this section or
has completed a dispatcher training program in accordance with
paragraph (c) of this section as follows:
* * * * *
(c) Successfully completed an aircraft dispatcher training program
approved in accordance with subpart CC of part 121 of this chapter.
3. Amend Sec. 65.70 by revising the introductory text of paragraph
(a) to read as follows:
Sec. 65.70 Aircraft dispatcher certification courses: Records.
(a) The operator of a part 65 appendix A aircraft dispatcher course
must maintain a record for each student, including a chronological log
of all instructors, subjects covered, and course examination and
results. The record must be retained for at least 3 years after
graduation. The course operator must also prepare for its records, and
transmit to the Administrator not later than January 31 of each year, a
report containing the following information for the previous year:
* * * * *
PART 119--CERTIFICATION: AIR CARRIERS AND COMMERCIAL OPERATORS
4. The authority citation for part 119 continues to read as
follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 1153, 40101, 40102, 40103, 40113,
44105, 44106, 44111, 44701-44717, 44722, 44901, 44903, 44904, 44906,
44912, 44914, 44936, 44938, 46103, 46105.
5. Amend Sec. 119.65 by adding new paragraph (a)(6) to read as
follows:
Sec. 119.65 Management personnel required for operations conducted
under part 121 of this chapter.
(a) * * *
(6) At least one line qualified check pilot, and, if appropriate,
at least one check flight engineer, for each aircraft make and model
and aircraft type for which the certificate holder has more than five
pilots. A check pilot or check flight engineer may hold the additional
position of Director of Safety, Director of Operations, or Chief Pilot,
if the check pilot or check flight engineer meets the requirements of
the additional position.
* * * * *
6. Amend Sec. 119.67 by adding paragraph (f) to read as follows:
Sec. 119.67 Management personnel: Qualifications for operations
conducted under part 121 of this chapter.
* * * * *
(f) To serve as a Check Pilot or Check Flight Engineer for an
aircraft type under Sec. 119.65(a) a person must be qualified in
accordance with Sec. Sec. 121.1251, 121.1253, and 121.1255 of this
chapter.
7. Amend Sec. 119.69 by adding paragraph (a)(4) to read as
follows:
Sec. 119.69 Management personnel required for operations conducted
under part 135 of this chapter.
(a) * * *
(4) A line qualified check pilot or check flight engineer for each
aircraft make and model and aircraft type for which the certificate
holder has more than five pilots and is required to have, or elects to
have, an approved training program under part 121 of this chapter. A
check pilot or check flight engineer can hold the additional position
of Director of Safety, Director of Operations, or Chief Pilot, if the
check pilot or check flight engineer meets the requirements of the
additional position.
* * * * *
8. Amend Sec. 119.71 by redesignating paragraphs (e) and (f) as
paragraphs (f) and (g) and adding a new paragraph (e) to read as
follows:
Sec. 119.71 Management personnel: Qualifications for operations
conducted under part 135 of this chapter.
* * * * *
(e) To serve as a Check Pilot for an aircraft make and model and
aircraft type under Sec. 119.69 a person must be qualified in
accordance with Sec. 121.1251 of this chapter.
* * * * *
PART 121--OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: DOMESTIC, FLAG, AND SUPPLEMENTAL
OPERATIONS
9. The authority citation for part 121 continues to read as
follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 40119, 44101, 44701-44702,
44705, 44709-44711, 44713, 44716-44717, 44722, 44901, 44903-44904,
44912, 46105.
10. Revise Sec. 121.1(c) to read as follows:
Sec. 121.1 Applicability.
* * * * *
(c) Each person who applies for initial or provisional approval of
an Advanced Qualification Program curriculum, curriculum segment, or
portion of a curriculum under subpart Y of this part and each person
employed or used by a person authorized to conduct operations under
this part to perform training, qualification, or evaluation functions
in accordance with an Advanced Qualification Program under subpart Y of
this part.
* * * * *
11. Add new Sec. 121.9 to read as follows:
Sec. 121.9 Fraud, falsification, or incorrect statements.
(a) No person may make, or cause to be made, any of the following:
(1) A fraudulent or intentionally false statement in any
application or any amendment thereto, or in any other record or test
result required by this part or by any QPS associated with this part.
[[Page 1297]]
(2) A fraudulent or intentionally false statement in, or a known
omission from, any record or report that is kept, made, or used to show
compliance with this part or with any QPS associated with this part, or
to exercise any privileges under this chapter.
(b) The commission by any person of any act prohibited under
paragraph (a) of this section is a basis for any one or any combination
of the following:
(1) A civil penalty.
(2) Suspension or revocation of any certificate held by that person
that was issued under this chapter.
(3) The denial of an application for approval of a training program
established under this part.
(4) The removal of approval for a training program established
under this part.
(c) The following may result in denial of an application or removal
of approval for a training program established under this part:
(1) An incorrect statement, upon which the FAA relied or could have
relied, made in support of an application for approval of a training
program.
(2) An incorrect entry, on which the FAA relied or could have
relied, made in any training records or test results required to be
kept, made, or used to show compliance with any requirement of this
part or with any QPS associated with this subpart.
12. Revise Sec. 121.133 to read as follows:
Sec. 121.133 Preparation.
(a) Each certificate holder must prepare and keep current a manual
for the use and guidance of flight and ground operations, and
management personnel in conducting its operations.
(b) The certificate holder may prepare the manual, in whole or in
part, in printed form or other form acceptable to the Administrator.
The manual must include the instructions and information necessary to
allow crewmembers or aircraft dispatchers to perform their required
safety related duties and responsibilities with the highest possible
degree of safety. The manual, and any changes, must be approved by the
Administrator and contain the following:
(1) A Flight Attendant Operating Manual (FAOM) for all of the
aircraft types operated by the certificate holder in operations under
this part.
(2) A Flight Crewmember Operating Manual (FCOM) for each aircraft
type operated by the certificate holder in operations under this part.
(3) An Aircraft Dispatcher Procedures Manual (ADPM) for all types
of operations and aircraft types, if required.
13. Amend Sec. 121.135 by revising paragraph (b)(16),
redesignating paragraph (b)(26) as (b)(28), and adding new paragraphs
(b)(26) and (b)(27) to read as follows:
Sec. 121.135 Manual contents.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(16) Each training program curriculum required by Sec. 121.1333.
* * * * *
(26) Each task specified in each of the crewmember and aircraft
dispatcher Qualification Performance Standards (QPS) must be tailored
to the specific aircraft type as provided in the FAOM, FCOM, or ADPM
and must be trained or evaluated as indicated in the appropriate QPS.
(27) Each FCOM must also include the contents described in Sec.
23.1581(a)(1) or Sec. 25.1581(a)(1), as appropriate for the specific
aircraft type.
* * * * *
14. Revise Sec. 121.141 to read as follows:
Sec. 121.141 Airplane Flight Manual.
Each certificate holder must keep a current approved Airplane
Flight Manual for each type of airplane that it operates except for
nontransport category aircraft certificated before January 1, 1965.
15. Add new Sec. 121.392 to read as follows:
Sec. 121.392 Personnel identified as flight attendants.
(a) Any person identified by the certificate holder as a flight
attendant on an aircraft in operations under this part must be trained
and qualified in accordance with subpart BB of this part. This
includes:
(1) Flight attendants provided by the certificate holder in excess
of the number required by Sec. 121.391(a) and (b);
(2) Flight attendants provided by the certificate holder on an
aircraft having a passenger seating capacity of 9 or less; and
(3) Flight attendants provided by the certificate holder on an
aircraft with a payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less and a
passenger seating capacity of 19 or less.
(b) Any person serving as a crewmember on an aircraft in operations
under this part, who has not completed the requirements of Sec.
121.1301(a)(1) and (a)(2) for the certificate holder, may not be
identified to passengers as a flight attendant.
Sec. 121.393 [Amended]
16. Amend Sec. 121.393(a) by removing the reference to ``Sec.
121.417'' and adding in its place ``Sec. 121.1373 or 121.417, as
applicable''.
17. Amend Sec. 121.400 by adding paragraph (d) and a note to
paragraph (d), to read as follows:
Sec. 121.400 Applicability and terms used.
* * * * *
(d) Except for Sec. 121.429, the provisions of this subpart, and
Appendices E, F, and H of this part, expire on [date 5 years and 120
days after publication of the final rule]. After [date 5 years and 120
days after publication of the final rule], all training programs must
be established and maintained in accordance with the provisions in
subparts BB and CC of this part, or in accordance with the certificate
holder's approved Advanced Qualification Program under subpart Y of
this part.
Note to paragraph (d): See Sec. Sec. 121.1202 and 121.1402 for
provisions outlining the process for transitioning from training
programs established in accordance with subparts N, O, and P of this
part, to the training program requirements provided in subparts BB
and CC of this part.
18. Amend Sec. 121.431 by adding paragraph (c), and a note to
paragraph (c), to read as follows:
Sec. 121.431 Applicability.
* * * * *
(c) Except for Sec. Sec. 121.455, 121.457, 121.458, and 121.459,
the provisions of this subpart, and Appendices E, F, and H of this
part, expire on [date 5 years and 120 days after publication of the
final rule]. After [date 5 years and 120 days after publication of the
final rule], all training programs must be established and maintained
in accordance with the provisions in subparts BB and CC of this part,
or in accordance with the certificate holder's approved Advanced
Qualification Program under subpart Y of this part.
Note to paragraph (c): See Sec. Sec. 121.1202 and 121.1402 for
provisions outlining the process for transitioning from training
programs established in accordance with subparts N, O, and P of this
part, to the training program requirements provided in subparts BB
and CC of this part.
Sec. 121.461 [Amended]
19. Amend Sec. 121.461 by removing the words ``Qualifications
and'' from paragraph (a).
Sec. 121.463 [Removed]
20. Remove Sec. 121.463.
[[Page 1298]]
Sec. 121.465 [Amended]
21. Amend Sec. 121.465 by removing paragraph (c).
22. Add Sec. 121.540 to read as follows:
Sec. 121.540 Manual procedures requirements.
Each crewmember must perform and each certificate holder must
ensure that each crewmember performs the respective job function in
accordance with the information, instructions, duties, and
responsibilities contained in the manual required by Sec. 121.133. The
information, instructions, duties, and responsibilities must include
standard operating procedures, abnormal procedures, non-normal
procedures, emergency procedures, airplane performance, and airplane
limitations.
23. Amend Sec. 121.543 by adding paragraph (c), to read as
follows:
Sec. 121.543 Flight crewmembers at controls.
* * * * *
(c) The requirements of Sec. 121.543 will expire on [date 5 years
and 120 days after publication of the final rule]. After [date 5 years
and 120 days after publication of the final rule], the requirements of
Sec. 121.1241 apply.
* * * * *
24. Revise Sec. 121.683 to read as follows:
Sec. 121.683 Crewmember and dispatcher record.
(a) Each certificate holder must maintain current records for each
crewmember and dispatcher in accordance with the following
requirements:
(1) The records must show whether the crewmember or aircraft
dispatcher complies with the applicable sections of this chapter,
including proficiency and route checks, airplane and route
qualifications, training, and all required physical examinations,
flight time, and duty and rest periods.
(2) Training records must include qualifications, instruction,
certificate and ratings, and satisfactory proficiency evaluations. For
flight crewmembers, the training records must also include both
satisfactory and unsatisfactory performance evaluations and comments
and evaluations made by an evaluator designated under Sec. Sec.
121.1251, 121.1271, 125.295, or 135.337 of this chapter.
(3) For flight crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers, records must
show any disciplinary action that was taken with respect to the
individual that was not later overturned.
(4) For flight crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers, records must
show any release from employment or resignation, termination, or
disqualification with respect to employment.
(b) Except for records on flight time, and duty and rest periods,
crewmember and aircraft dispatcher records must be maintained for at
least 5 years. Flight attendant records must be maintained for at least
12 months. For aircraft dispatchers, records kept under paragraph
(a)(4) of this section must be kept for 6 months.
(c) Each certificate holder conducting supplemental operations must
maintain the records required by this section at its principal base of
operations, or at another location used by it and approved by the
Administrator.
(d) Computer record systems approved by the Administrator may be
used in complying with the requirements of this section.
25. Amend Sec. 121.805 by removing paragraph (b)(4), redesignating
paragraph (b)(5) as paragraph (b)(4), and revising the newly
redesignated paragraph paragraph (b)(4)(iii), to read as follows:
Sec. 121.805 Crewmember training for in-flight medical events.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(4) * * *
(iii) Recurrent training, to include performance drills, in the
proper use of an automated external defibrillator and in
cardiopulmonary resuscitation at least once every 12 months.
* * * * *
Sec. 121.901 [Amended]
26. Amend Sec. 121.901(b) by removing the reference to ``Sec.
121.401'' and adding in its place ``Sec. 121.1331, or the provisions
of subpart N and O of this part, as applicable''.
Sec. 121.909 [Amended]
27. Amend Sec. 121.909(d) by removing the reference to ``Sec.
121.405(e)'' and adding in its place ``Sec. 121.1337(e) or Sec.
121.405, as applicable''.
28. Add subpart BB to part 121 consisting of Sec. Sec. 121.1201
through 121.1391 to read as follows:
Subpart BB--Requirements for Qualification, Service, and Use of
Crewmembers
General
Sec.
121.1201 Applicability.
121.1202 Interim requirements for training programs transitioning
from the requirements of subparts N and O.
121.1203 Certificate holder responsibility for compliance with this
subpart.
121.1205 Definitions.
121.1207 Certification requirements: Crewmembers, flight
instructors, check pilots, check captain, and check flight
engineers.
121.1209 English language requirement.
121.1211 Medical certificate requirements.
121.1213 Pilot monitoring (not flying) duties.
Flight Crewmember
121.1221 Flight Crewmember: Training and evaluation.
121.1223 Flight Crewmember: Recurrent training and evaluation
schedule for continuing qualification.
121.1225 Flight Crewmember: Operating experience.
121.1227 Pilot: Consolidation.
121.1229 Pilot: Recent experience.
121.1231 Flight engineer: Recent experience.
121.1233 Line checks.
121.1235 Pilot: Routes and airports.
121.1237 Pilot: Operating limitations and crew pairing.
121.1239 Flight crewmember: Requalification.
121.1241 Flight crewmembers at controls.
Check Pilot and Check Flight Engineer Qualification
121.1251 Eligibility: Check pilot, check flight engineer, Aircrew
Program Designee (APD), and Flight instructor.
121.1253 Check pilot and check flight engineer: Training,
evaluation, approval, and recent experience.
121.1255 Check captain: Additional training requirements.
121.1257 Check pilot, check captain, and check flight engineer:
Initial cadre.
Aircrew Program Designee Qualification
121.1271 Aircrew Program Designee (APD): Training, evaluation, and
recent experience.
Flight Instructor Qualification
121.1281 Flight instructor: Qualification and training.
Flight Attendant Instructor Qualification
121.1291 Flight attendant instructor: Qualification and training.
Flight Attendant
121.1301 Flight attendant: Training and evaluation.
121.1303 Flight attendant: Continuing qualification.
121.1305 Flight attendant: Aircraft operating experience.
121.1307 Flight attendant: Recent experience.
121.1309 Flight attendant: Requalification.
Check Flight Attendant Qualification
121.1321 Check flight attendant: Eligibility, approval,
qualification, and continuing qualification.
121.1323 Check flight attendant: Initial cadre.
General Training Program Requirements
121.1331 Training program: General.
121.1333 Training program: General curriculum by aircraft type.
121.1335 Training program: Category of training programmed hours.
[[Page 1299]]
121.1337 Training program: Approval and amendment process.
121.1339 Training program: Special rules.
121.1341 Training program: Administering training, evaluation, and
operating experience.
121.1343 Training program: Knowledge and comprehension assessment.
121.1345 Training program: Mandatory use of flight simulation
training devices.
121.1347 Training program: Qualification and approval of qualified
flight simulation training devices.
121.1349 Training program: Limitations on the use of flight
simulation training devices.
121.1351 Training program: Training equipment other than flight
simulation training devices.
121.1353 Training program: Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT) and
Flight Simulation Training Device (FSTD) Course of Instruction.
121.1355 Training program: Continuous analysis process.
Training Category Requirements
121.1361 Training category requirements: Standards used in academic
and job performance training segments.
121.1363 Training category requirements: Crewmember new hire.
121.1365 Training category requirements: Pilot and flight engineer
initial, conversion, transition, and upgrade, academic and job
performance training.
121.1367 Training category requirements: Pilot and flight engineer
recurrent academic, recurrent job performance, and recurrent
aircraft emergency equipment training.
121.1369 Training category requirements: Flight attendant initial
and transition training.
121.1371 Training category requirements: Flight attendant
eligibility for transition training.
121.1373 Training category requirements: Flight attendant emergency
training.
121.1375 Training category requirements: Flight attendant recurrent
training.
121.1377 Training category requirements: Flight instructor initial,
transition, and recurrent academic training.
121.1379 Training category requirements: Flight instructor initial
and transition job performance training.
121.1381 Training category requirements: Check pilot, check flight
engineer, or check flight attendant initial, transition, and
recurrent academic training.
121.1383 Training category requirements: Check pilot and check
flight engineer initial, transition, and recurrent job performance
training.
121.1385 Qualification requirements: Check pilots authorized to
conduct line checks.
121.1387 Training category requirements: Initial, transition, and
recurrent academic training for persons authorized to administer
flight attendant proficiency tests.
Other Training Requirements
121.1391 Differences training and evaluation.
Subpart BB--Requirements for Qualification, Service, and Use of
Crewmembers
General
Sec. 121.1201 Applicability.
(a) This subpart prescribes the following:
(1) Requirements for qualification, service, and use for:
(i) Persons who serve in operations under this part as crewmembers,
flight instructors, check pilots, check flight engineers, aircrew
program designees (APDs), flight attendant instructors, check flight
attendants, or persons authorized to conduct flight attendant
proficiency tests.
(ii) Persons who serve in operations under part 135 of this chapter
for a certificate holder that is permitted or required by Sec. 135.3
of this chapter to conduct training curricula in compliance with this
subpart.
(2) Requirements applicable to each certificate holder for
establishing, obtaining approval of, and maintaining a training
program, for crewmembers, flight instructors, check pilots, check
flight engineers, APDs, flight attendant instructors, check flight
attendants, and persons authorized to conduct flight attendant
proficiency tests, who serve under this part.
(3) Requirements applicable to persons other than the certificate
holder's employees who are used by the certificate holder to assist in
meeting the certificate holder's responsibilities under this subpart.
(b) Any person qualified in a duty position for the certificate
holder before [date 120 days after publication of the final rule], or
qualified under the provisions in subparts N and O of this part, may
continue to serve in that duty position for that certificate holder
without complying with new hire training under Sec. 121.1363, initial
training under Sec. 121.1365 or Sec. 121.1369, operating experience
under Sec. 121.1305, or emergency training under Sec. 121.1373.
Sec. 121.1202 Interim requirements for training programs
transitioning from the requirements of subparts N and O.
(a) Contrary provisions of this subpart notwithstanding, a person
who has submitted a training program for approval before [date 120 days
after publication of the final rule] that was constructed in accordance
with the applicable provisions of subparts N and O of this part in
effect on or before [date 119 days after publication of the final
rule], may complete the approval and implementation process and conduct
operations in compliance with the applicable provisions of subparts N
and O of this part instead of the provisions of subpart BB of this
part.
(b) A certificate holder must submit a transition plan to the FAA
no later than [date 4 years and 120 days after publication of the final
rule]. The transition plan must include the following:
(1) Subpart BB training program(s), as applicable.
(2) Plan for transition for crewmembers from the provisions of
subparts N and O to the provisions of subpart BB of this part.
(3) A transition completion date that is before [date 5 years and
120 days after the publication of the final rule].
(c) During the transition, the certificate holder may use people to
conduct operations under this part provided those people are trained
under the applicable provisions of subparts N and O of this part, or
subpart BB of this part. While a certificate holder may simultaneously
operate training programs in compliance with the applicable provisions
of subparts N and O of this part and subpart BB of this part, each
individual (crewmember or aircraft dispatcher) must be trained and
qualified under the requirements of either the applicable provisions of
subparts N and O of this part, or the applicable provisions of subpart
BB of this part.
(d) The certificate holder may not use a crewmember, nor may a
crewmember serve, in a duty position unless that person is current and
qualified to perform the duties to which he or she is assigned. If,
during the operation of the aircraft, one required crewmember is
current and qualified in accordance with the appropriate provisions of
subparts N and O of this part, and another required crewmember is
current and qualified in accordance with subpart BB of this part, the
lesser operating requirements apply for that duty position for that
operation.
Sec. 121.1203 Certificate holder responsibility for compliance with
this subpart.
Responsibility for compliance with the requirements of this subpart
applies as follows:
(a) Each certificate holder is responsible for ensuring that its
approved training program, including all portions of the training
program conducted by persons other than the part 119 certificate
holder's employees, meets the requirements of this subpart.
(b) Each certificate holder is responsible for ensuring that all
training program procedures, manuals, and other materials submitted for
initial or final approval are kept up to date.
[[Page 1300]]
(c) Each certificate holder is responsible for ensuring that all
training and evaluation is completed in accordance with the
requirements of this subpart. Training or evaluation that does not meet
the definition of complete, as used in this subpart, must be repeated
to ensure that the requirements of this subpart are met.
Sec. 121.1205 Definitions.
For the purpose of this subpart, the following terms and their
definitions apply:
Academic training. The structured training conducted on the ground
in a classroom or other location for the purpose of acquiring
knowledge, procedural skills, and cognitive skills needed to perform in
operations under this part.
Actual fire. A fire fueled by ignited combustible material, in
controlled conditions, of sufficient magnitude and duration to complete
crewmember training requirements for the firefighting drill as
contained in the Pilot QPS, Flight Engineer QPS, and Flight Attendant
QPS.
Airplane Flight Manual (AFM). A document that contains aircraft
operating limitations, operating procedures, and performance
information. The FAA may review and approve amendments to the operating
limitations section of the AFM. Amendments to the AFM that are adopted
via Airworthiness Directives are enforceable by the FAA.
Approved fire extinguisher device. A training device that has been
approved by the Administrator for use in meeting crewmember training
requirements for operation of a specific type of aircraft installed
hand fire extinguisher as contained in the Pilot QPS, Flight Engineer
QPS, and Flight Attendant QPS.
Approved protective breathing equipment (PBE) device. A training
device that has been approved by the Administrator for use in meeting
crewmember training requirements for operation of a specific type of
protective breathing equipment as contained in the Pilot, Flight
Engineer and Flight Attendant QPS.
Base month. The month in which a recurrent activity is due.
Basic Qualification (flight attendant). All requirements that a
person must complete prior to working his or her first flight for a
certificate holder as a flight attendant. It includes new hire
training, initial training, emergency training, and differences
training, as applicable, as well as aircraft operating experience.
Categories of training. Parts of a curriculum that relate to
qualification experience levels, first time qualification for a
certificate holder, first time qualification in group (applicable to
flight crewmembers), configuration differences within type or series,
maintaining and regaining qualification, and changes in operations.
Categories of training include: New hire, initial, transition,
conversion (full and core), upgrade (full and core), emergency,
differences, recurrent, requalification, and special.
Certificate holder. A person certificated under part 119 of this
chapter that conducts operations under part 121, or a person
certificated under part 119 of this chapter that conducts operations
under part 135 of this chapter and is permitted or required by Sec.
135.3 of this chapter to conduct training curricula in compliance with
this subpart.
Check captain. A person qualified as pilot in command who is
current and qualified on the navigation system necessary for the route
to be flown and the aircraft on which he or she will be supervising
operating experience, and who is specifically approved by the Principal
Operations Inspector for supervising operating experience.
Check flight attendant. A person who meets the qualification and
training requirements for a check flight attendant and is authorized to
evaluate a person who is completing aircraft operating experience as
required by the Flight Attendant QPS.
Check person. A person who meets the training and qualification
requirements to serve as an aircrew program designee, check pilot,
check flight engineer, or check flight attendant.
Combat. To properly fight an actual fire or simulated fire using an
appropriate type of fire extinguisher until that fire is extinguished.
Complete. To fully carry out the training or evaluation required by
this subpart, including being eligible to receive or administer the
training or evaluation, and demonstrating the required level of
proficiency. In addition, for flight crewmembers, performing the
training or evaluation in a flight simulation training device (FSTD)
appropriately qualified in accordance with the requirements of part 60
of this chapter.
Consolidation. The process by which a person through practice and
practical experience increases proficiency in newly acquired knowledge
and skills.
Conversion training. A category of training used to qualify a
person as a flight crewmember for a certificate holder when the person
has been previously qualified in the same crewmember duty position in
the same aircraft type(s) for another certificate holder conducting
operations under this part. Conversion training may be required to
reestablish recency or for Requalification training for the certificate
holder. Conversion training may be either ``core'' or ``full'' as
specified in the QPS.
Crewmember Duty Position. A crewmember duty position is a pilot in
command, second in command, flight engineer, or flight attendant
serving in operations under this part.
Current. Current means satisfying the recency of experience
requirements prescribed in Sec. 121.1229, Sec. 121.1231, or Sec.
121.1307.
Currently Serving. Currently serving means current and qualified as
defined in this subpart.
Curriculum. A curriculum is the training required to qualify a
person for a crewmember duty position or a training or evaluation duty
position for an aircraft type. The curriculum for each duty position
includes categories of training and the appropriate segments for each
category.
Differences training. A category of training on a particular
aircraft type when the Administrator finds additional training is
necessary before that person serves in the same capacity on a
particular variation within a series of an aircraft type or a different
series within an aircraft type.
Eligibility Period. The eligibility period consists of the month in
which the recurrent activity is due (the ``base month''), the month
before and the month after (the ``grace month'').
Emergency training (flight attendant). A category of training that
qualifies flight attendants to conduct emergency procedures, operate
emergency equipment, and enhance passenger and crewmember
survivability.
Environment. A combination of external, physical, and surrounding
conditions that affect aircraft performance, aircraft and equipment
operation, and decisionmaking.
Evaluation. Any testing, checking, proficiency review or
observation activities in which a person's knowledge and skills are
assessed by a person authorized to perform that evaluation.
Exit device. Exit device means emergency exit doors, plugs, and
hatches, including window exits, floor level exits, tailcone exits,
ventral stairs, flight deck exits, and any other exit designed for
passenger or crewmember egress from the aircraft.
[[Page 1301]]
Flight Attendant Jumpseat. A flight attendant jumpseat is a seat
located in the cabin of an aircraft that meets the requirements of
Sec. 121.311(g).
Flight Attendant Operating Manual (FAOM). An FAA-approved document
that includes the instructions and information necessary to allow the
flight attendant to perform his or her required safety related duties
and responsibilities with the highest possible degree of safety. The
FAOM contains standard operating procedures, abnormal or non-normal
procedures, and emergency procedures.
Flight Crewmember. A pilot in command, second in command, or flight
engineer.
Flight Crewmember Operating Manual (FCOM). An FAA-approved document
that includes the instructions and information necessary to allow a
flight crewmember to perform his or her required safety related duties
and responsibilities with the highest possible degree of safety. The
FCOM contains standard operating procedures, abnormal or non-normal
procedures, and emergency procedures. The FCOM also contains
information such as ground and flight operations tasks, flight deck
checklists, systems descriptions, and evacuation procedures.
Flight tasks. The maneuvers and procedures necessary to operate the
aircraft in various phases of flight operations and environments.
Group. A broad categorization of aircraft based on propulsion
methods. Group I is propeller driven, including reciprocating powered
and turbopropeller powered. Group II is turbojet powered.
Initial Cadre. The specific persons approved by the FAA for the
start-up time frame necessary, not to exceed 24 months, for a new part
119 certificate holder to initiate operations under part 119 of this
chapter, or for a current part 119 certificate holder to initiate
operations of a new aircraft type not operated previously or to
initiate a new type of operation.
Initial training (flight attendant). A category of training
required to qualify a person to serve as a flight attendant on an
aircraft type when the person has not served as a flight attendant for
at least 180 days in operations under this part for the certificate
holder.
Initial training (flight crewmembers). A category of training that
is required to qualify a person to serve as a flight crewmember for the
first time in group or for the first time in operations under this
part.
Initial training (flight instructors, check persons, flight
attendant instructors, and persons authorized to conduct flight
attendant proficiency tests). A category of training that is required
to qualify a person to serve for the first time for the certificate
holder as a flight instructor, check person, flight attendant
instructor, and a person authorized to conduct flight attendant
proficiency tests.
Job performance training. The structured training conducted in an
aircraft, in a flight simulation training device approved under part 60
of this chapter, in another training device approved under this part,
or in a classroom for the purpose of obtaining required psychomotor
skills for crewmembers.
Lesson. A part of a segment of training. A module could be a
lesson, or a module could have several lessons.
Line operating flight time. Flight time performed in operations
under this part.
Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT). Training in a simulator with
a complete flight crew using representative flight segments that
contain procedures that may be expected in line operations. A
qualification LOFT is an approved flight simulator course of LOFT to
transition from a structured flight training syllabus to representing
line operations. A recurrent LOFT is an approved flight simulator
course of LOFT that must be used to meet recurrent job performance
training requirements.
Line Qualified. Qualified to serve as a flight crewmember in
operations under this part.
Module. Modules of instruction are subsets of a training segment
that include major subject areas for training and evaluation.
Month. Calendar month.
New Hire training. A category of training required to qualify a
person to serve as a crewmember for the first time for the certificate
holder under this part.
Observation Drill. Observation drill means a drill where a person
watches without actively participating in the training or evaluation.
Observer Seat. An observer seat is a seat on the flight deck, or a
forward passenger seat with headset or speaker, that provides adequate
visibility of the flight controls, instruments, and external views that
is used by the FAA for conducting en route inspections.
Operating cycle. A complete flight segment consisting of the time
from push back/power back, taxi out, takeoff, climb, en route portion,
descent, landing, taxi in, parking, and shutdown.
Practice. A physical or verbal exercise of skills in an instructor
led environment that encourages interaction among participants for the
specific area of knowledge.
Procedure. A procedure is a step-by-step method used to complete a
specific task. Types of procedures are:
(1) Standard operating procedure. A procedure associated with
systems that are functioning in their usual manner.
(2) Abnormal or Non-normal operating procedure. A procedure
associated with systems that are not functioning in their usual manner
and that require crewmember action for continued safe flight and
landing.
(3) Emergency procedure. A procedure requiring immediate crewmember
action to protect the aircraft and occupants from serious harm.
Proficiency. Demonstrated sufficient awareness of existing
circumstances, competence in the necessary knowledge and skill, and
performance of the relevant task (maneuver or procedure) within the
operating range of environments to the standards identified and
required by the appropriate QPS.
Proficiency check. An assessment of crewmember proficiency during
which limited training or practice is allowed. The assessment is of
knowledge and skill in tasks to the standards identified and required
by the appropriate QPS. The proficiency check must be conducted by a
check person.
Proficiency review. An assessment of pilot or flight engineer
proficiency during which limited training or practice is allowed. The
assessment is of knowledge and skill in tasks to the standards
identified and required by the appropriate QPS. The proficiency review
must be conducted by a check person, or a flight instructor authorized
to conduct proficiency reviews.
Proficiency test. An assessment of crewmember proficiency during
which additional training or practice is not allowed. The assessment is
of knowledge and skill in tasks to the standards identified and
required by the appropriate QPS. For flight crewmembers, when a
proficiency test is not for the purpose of obtaining an airman
certificate or rating, it must be conducted by a check pilot. When a
proficiency test is conducted for the purpose of obtaining an airman
certificate or rating, it must be conducted by an APD or an FAA
Inspector. For flight attendants, the proficiency test may only be
conducted by a person authorized to administer flight attendant
proficiency tests or an FAA Inspector.
Programmed hours. The required academic and job performance hours
set forth in this subpart for categories of training.
[[Page 1302]]
Protective Breathing Equipment (PBE) drill. An emergency drill in
which a crewmember combats an actual fire or simulated fire while using
PBE.
Qualification Performance Standards (QPS). FAA standards providing
all of the tasks and areas of training and evaluation, including
activities, procedures, and knowledge needed to qualify a person to
serve under this part. The QPSs are in part 121 appendices as follows:
appendix Q: Pilot Qualification Performance Standards; appendix R:
Flight Engineer Qualification Performance Standards; appendix S: Flight
Attendant Qualification Performance Standards; and appendix T, Aircraft
Dispatcher Qualification Performance Standards.
Qualified. Qualified, when used in reference to an individual,
means:
(1) For a flight attendant crewmember duty position or a flight
attendant training or evaluation duty position, an individual who has
completed the certificate holder's FAA-approved curriculum for the
aircraft type to serve in that position under this part.
(2) For a flight crewmember duty position or a flight crewmember
training or evaluation duty position, an individual who has completed
the certificate holder's FAA-approved curriculum for the aircraft type
to serve in that position under this part and holds the appropriate
U.S. medical certificate and airman certificates and ratings.
Recurrent Flight Attendant Training Cycle. The 12 month period in
which required tasks are trained and evaluated in accordance with the
Flight Attendant QPS.
Recurrent training. A category of training that must be completed
within the specified eligibility period to enable a qualified person to
continue to serve in a crewmember duty position or a training or
evaluation duty position for the certificate holder under this part.
Requalification training. A category of training required to allow
crewmembers to become qualified again to serve in a crewmember duty
position for the certificate holder in operations under this part.
Segments of training. Each category of training has two segments.
One segment is ``academic.'' This is training and evaluation that
provides students with the required knowledge and cognitive skills
necessary to perform the tasks required for the crewmember duty
position or training or evaluation duty position. The other segment is
``job performance.'' This segment is training and evaluation in the
duty or job setting. This segment provides students with the practical,
hands on experience of integrating knowledge and skills and learning
the related motor skills necessary to perform the job.
Serve. To perform the duties and discharge the responsibilities
required under this part.
Simulated fire. An artificial duplication of smoke or flame used to
create various aircraft firefighting scenarios, such as lavatory,
galley oven, and aircraft seat fires.
Simulator Only Instructors and Check Persons. Simulator Only
Instructors and Check Persons are persons who have completed the
training necessary to qualify as a crewmember and meet the recency of
experience requirements prescribed in this subpart, as applicable, but
may not serve as a required flight crewmember in operations under this
part.
Special training. A category of training necessary to address
changes to the certificate holder's operations or to correct
deficiencies identified by the certificate holder's continuous analysis
process. Special training is temporary and is integrated into the
approved training program.
Training. Instruction and practice.
Training center evaluator. An individual who meets the requirements
of Sec. 142.55 of this chapter.
Training or Evaluation Duty Position. Flight instructors, flight
attendant instructors, check persons, check captains, and persons
authorized to conduct flight attendant proficiency tests.
Training program. A certificate holder's training curricula,
personnel, facilities, equipment, and other resources used to meet the
training requirements under this subpart.
Transition training (check persons and persons authorized to
conduct flight attendant proficiency tests). A category of training
required to qualify check persons and persons authorized to conduct
flight attendant proficiency tests to serve in a training or evaluation
duty position on an aircraft type for the certificate holder when they
have previously served in the same training or evaluation duty position
on a different aircraft type in the same group for that certificate
holder.
Transition training (flight attendants). A category of training
that allows a flight attendant to qualify on an aircraft type if the
flight attendant has been qualified for at least 180 days and served in
the previous 180 days on an aircraft as a flight attendant for that
certificate holder.
Transition training (flight crewmembers). A category of training
required to qualify flight crewmembers who have qualified and served in
the same duty position on a different aircraft type in the same group
in operations under this part.
Upgrade training. Refers to core upgrade or full upgrade training.
(1) Core Upgrade: A category of training required to qualify flight
crewmembers as either PIC or SIC in an aircraft type in which they have
been previously qualified and served as SIC or flight engineer
respectively for that certificate holder. A pilot may complete core
upgrade when it has been 9 months or less since the person served as
SIC or flight engineer for that certificate holder.
(2) Full Upgrade. A category of training required to qualify flight
crewmembers as either PIC or SIC in an aircraft type in which they have
been previously qualified and served as SIC or flight engineer
respectively. A pilot may complete full upgrade when it has been more
than 9 months but less than 36 months since the person has qualified
and served as SIC or flight engineer for that certificate holder, or
when it has been 36 months or less since the person served as SIC or
flight engineer for another certificate holder in operations under this
part.
Sec. 121.1207 Certification requirements: Crewmembers, flight
instructors, check pilots, check captain, and check flight engineers.
(a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person
serve, as a crewmember, flight instructor, check pilot, check captain,
or check flight engineer in a training program or in operations under
this part, unless that person meets the following requirements, as
applicable:
(1) Pilots.
(i) To act as pilot in command of an aircraft, or as second in
command of an aircraft that requires three or more pilots in a flag or
supplemental operation, a pilot must hold an airline transport pilot
certificate and an appropriate type, category, and class rating for
that aircraft.
(ii) To act as a second in command of an aircraft that requires
only two pilots in flag operations or in international supplemental
operations, a pilot must hold at least a commercial pilot certificate
with appropriate type, category, and class ratings for that aircraft,
and an instrument rating.
(iii) To act as a second in command in domestic operations, a pilot
must hold at least a commercial pilot certificate with appropriate
category and class ratings for that aircraft, and an instrument rating.
(2) Flight Engineers. To serve as a flight engineer, a person must
hold a flight engineer certificate with the appropriate aircraft class
rating.
[[Page 1303]]
(3) Flight Instructors, Check Pilots, Check Captains, and Check
Flight Engineers. No person may use, nor may any person serve, as a
flight instructor, check pilot, check captain, or check flight engineer
in a training program or in operations under this part, with respect to
the aircraft type involved, unless the person holds the airman
certificates and ratings required to serve as a pilot in command or
flight engineer, as applicable, in operations under this part.
(4) Flight Attendant. A person is considered to hold a Certificate
of Demonstrated Proficiency and is eligible to serve as a flight
attendant once the Administrator is notified by a certificate holder
that the person has the demonstrated proficiency to be a flight
attendant.
(b) A person who is currently serving as a pilot or flight engineer
for the certificate holder or a person who is engaged in training and
evaluation activities for the certificate holder (as described in Sec.
121.1331(d)) may be issued the appropriate certificate or type rating
if that person meets the following requirements:
(1) The applicable eligibility, aeronautical knowledge, and
experience required by part 61 or part 63 of this chapter.
(2) The applicable training requirements of this subpart.
(3) The proficiency test requirements of Sec. 121.1365(b)(1). The
FAA or an APD must administer the proficiency test.
Sec. 121.1209 English language requirement.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as a flight crewmember, flight attendant, or person acquiring flight
attendant operating experience in operations under this part, unless
that person has demonstrated to an individual qualified to conduct
evaluations under this part, that he or she can:
(a) Read, write, speak, and understand the English language.
(b) Have his or her English language and writings understood.
Sec. 121.1211 Medical certificate requirements.
(a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person
serve, on an aircraft as a required flight crewmember in operations
under this part unless that person has a valid medical certificate
required by Sec. 61.23 or Sec. 63.31 of this chapter, as appropriate
for the duty being performed.
(b) No medical certificate is required to serve in an FSTD.
Sec. 121.1213 Pilot monitoring (not flying) duties.
Each pilot who is seated at the pilot controls of the aircraft or
FSTD, while not flying the aircraft or FSTD, is required to accomplish
pilot monitoring duties as appropriate in accordance with the FCOM.
Pilot monitoring duties are subject to the same oversight and
evaluation as pilot flying duties.
Flight Crewmember
Sec. 121.1221 Flight Crewmember: Training and evaluation.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as a required flight crewmember in operations under this part unless
that person has completed the required curriculum for that aircraft
type and crewmember duty position.
(a) A curriculum consists of the programmed hours, including
training and evaluation, as specified in Sec. 121.1335 and in the
appropriate QPS, and the following training categories.
(1) New hire training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1363.
(2) Initial, conversion, transition, or upgrade training as
prescribed in Sec. 121.1365, as applicable.
(3) Differences training, if necessary, as prescribed in Sec.
121.1391.
(4) Recurrent training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1367, according
to the schedule prescribed in Sec. 121.1223.
(5) Requalification training, if necessary, as prescribed in Sec.
121.1239.
(6) Special training, if necessary, as prescribed in Sec.
121.1337.
(b) Continuity of training. Within 120 days of beginning first time
qualification a person must have completed in the following order:
(1) The required new hire training as described in paragraph (a)(1)
of this section, if the person is qualifying for the first time for the
certificate holder.
(2) The required initial, conversion, transition, or upgrade
training categories and academic and job performance training segments
described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, as applicable; and
differences training as described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section,
if applicable.
(3) A proficiency test as prescribed in Sec. 121.1365(b)(1).
(4) A qualification LOFT as prescribed in Sec. 121.1365(b)(2).
(c) Failure to complete training within 120 days. If a person fails
to complete the required curriculum within the 120 days, as required by
paragraph (b) of this section, the person must repeat the entire
curriculum. No credit is given for any of the training previously
completed if the entire curriculum is not completed within 120 days.
(d) Complete Flight Crew. Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of
this section, a complete flight crew is required for training under
this part and each flight crewmember duty position must be filled by a
person qualified to serve in the required duty position.
(1) For aircraft certificated for 2 pilots: Each pilot duty
position must be occupied by a person who is qualified to serve in that
crewmember duty position (a line qualified crew member, a simulator-
only instructor, a flight instructor, a check pilot, a check captain,
or an APD), or by a student training to serve in that crewmember duty
position.
(2) For aircraft certificated for 2 pilots and a flight engineer:
Each pilot duty position and the Flight Engineer duty position must be
occupied by a person who is qualified to serve in that crewmember duty
position (a line qualified crew member, a simulator-only instructor, a
flight instructor, a check pilot, a check captain, a check flight
engineer, or an APD), or by a student training to serve in that
crewmember duty position. After the minimum hours of job performance
training have been completed, at the discretion of the instructor,
training on specific piloting tasks may be conducted without the flight
engineer duty position being filled. In these situations, the flight
engineer's panel in the simulator must be properly set for the pilot
training tasks and must not require further monitoring or adjustment.
Sec. 121.1223 Flight Crewmember: Recurrent training and evaluation
schedule for continuing qualification.
(a) To serve as a flight crewmember, a person must complete the
recurrent academic and job performance training segments for each
aircraft type, as prescribed in Sec. 121.1367, in accordance with the
associated programmed hours specified in Sec. 121.1335. Each flight
crewmember must complete all of the academic subjects and all of the
job performance tasks and environments in accordance with the
applicable QPS.
(b) A flight crewmember must complete a recurrent academic training
module, a recurrent job performance training module, and aircraft
emergency equipment training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1367 and at the
interval specified in the applicable QPS.
(c) A flight crewmember must complete recurrent academic and job
performance training modules by the end of the eligibility period. The
eligibility period consists of the base month, the month before the
base month and the month after the base month. The base month is the
9th month following
[[Page 1304]]
the month during which the proficiency test required in Sec.
121.1365(b)(1) is completed; the 9th month following the month in which
the proficiency test authorized in Sec. 121.1239 is completed; or the
9th month following the completion of the recurrent academic and job
performance training modules when adjusting the base month in
accordance with Sec. 121.1223(d).
(d) The base month may be adjusted by completing the required
recurrent academic and recurrent job performance training modules
within the time frames described in Sec. 121.1223(f) at any time prior
to the beginning of the eligibility period described in paragraph (c)
of this section.
(e) A flight crewmember who has not completed recurrent training by
the end of the base month may continue to serve until the end of the
eligibility period. However, if the recurrent requirements are not
completed during the eligibility period and the base month is not
adjusted forward as described in paragraph (d) of this section, the
person is unqualified for that flight crewmember duty position on the
first day of the month following the eligibility period. The
unqualified person may not serve in that flight crewmember duty
position until requalified. The person must complete the applicable
phase of the requalification training category in accordance with Sec.
121.1239 to become requalified.
(f) Time required to complete recurrent training:
(1) Academic Training. A flight crewmember must complete each
required recurrent academic training and evaluation within the
preceding number of months specified in the applicable QPS. The
academic training must begin and end within the eligibility period, and
end within 30 days from the beginning of the academic training.
(2) Job Performance Training. A flight crewmember must complete
required job performance training and evaluation within the preceding
number of months specified in the applicable QPS. The job performance
training must begin and end within the eligibility period, and end
within 96 hours from the beginning of the training.
Sec. 121.1225 Flight Crewmember: Operating experience.
(a) Except as provided in this section, no certificate holder may
use any person, nor may any person serve, as a required flight
crewmember on an aircraft, unless the person has completed the
operating experience and operating cycles required by this section for
that aircraft type and in that duty position in operations under this
part. The certificate holder must ensure that the flight crewmember
completing operating experience and operating cycles is current and
qualified for the duty position in accordance with this part.
(b) Pilots must complete operating experience and operating cycles
as follows:
(1) General. Operating experience must include at least four
operating cycles and 21 hours in operations under this part. At least
one cycle must be flown as the pilot monitoring the aircraft. At least
two cycles must be flown as the pilot flying the aircraft, of which at
least one must be flown with the automatic pilot disengaged after
takeoff until departing the terminal area and prior to approach upon
entering the terminal area. A pilot will receive one hour of credit
towards the 21 hours required by this paragraph for each operating
cycle completed in excess of the four operating cycles required.
Operating experience must be started no later than 60 days and
completed within 120 days of completing the proficiency test given at
the end of initial, transition, upgrade, or conversion training. If
operating experience is not started within 60 days or completed within
120 days of completing the proficiency test, another proficiency test
is required to re-initiate operating experience.
(2) Pilot in command.
(i) A qualifying pilot in command completing operating experience
and operating cycles must complete all of the following:
(A) Serve as the second in command of record.
(B) Perform the duties of a pilot in command under the supervision
of a check pilot or check captain, except as provided in paragraph (d)
of this section.
(C) Be given a line check conducted by an appropriately qualified
check pilot during the final portion of operating experience. The line
check must consist of at least two operating cycles. During one of the
cycles the qualifying pilot in command must perform the duties of the
pilot flying the aircraft. In the other cycle, the qualifying pilot in
command must perform the pilot monitoring duties.
(D) In addition to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A)
through (C) of this section, a qualifying pilot in command receiving
operating experience after completing initial or upgrade training, must
perform the duties of a pilot in command during at least one operating
cycle under the observation of an APD authorized to conduct these
observations or an FAA inspector.
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the check
pilot or check captain supervising operating experience must serve as
the pilot in command and occupy a pilot station under the following
requirements:
(A) While supervising the transitioning or converting pilot in
command until the qualifying pilot in command has completed the
following, at which time the check pilot or check captain may occupy
the observer's seat for the remaining portion of the operating
experience:
(1) Made at least two takeoffs and landings in the aircraft type
used.
(2) Satisfactorily demonstrated to the check pilot or check captain
the ability to perform the duties of a pilot in command of that
aircraft type.
(B) While supervising an initial or upgrading pilot in command.
(3) Second in command. A second in command pilot must perform the
duties of a second in command under the supervision of an appropriately
qualified check pilot or check captain.
(c) A flight engineer must perform the duties of a flight engineer
for at least 10 hours of operating experience in operations under this
part under the supervision of a check flight engineer, a check pilot, a
check captain, or a flight engineer who is specifically authorized by
the POI to supervise operating experience.
(d) During operating experience following transition, conversion,
or upgrade training, the check pilot or check captain may take a rest
period during the en route cruise portion of flight, if the following
conditions are met:
(1) The pilot obtaining operating experience meets the requirements
of paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A)(1) and (2) of this section.
(2) The relief pilot meets the requirements in Sec.
121.1241(b)(3).
(e) In the case of an aircraft not previously used by the
certificate holder in operations under this part, operating experience
for pilots and flight engineers completed in the aircraft during
proving flights or ferry flights may be used to meet this requirement.
(f) Credit for operating experience hours may only be taken while
the pilot or flight engineer is under the direct supervision of the
check pilot or check captain.
Sec. 121.1227 Pilot: Consolidation.
(a) Pilots completing the proficiency test given at the end of
initial, transition, or conversion training must
[[Page 1305]]
complete at least 100 hours of LOFT for consolidation in that aircraft
type for the certificate holder. The consolidation hours must be
completed within 120 days after completing the proficiency test.
(1) If the consolidation flight time in an aircraft type is
interrupted by flight time in another aircraft type, the pilot must
complete refresher training to refresh the pilot's knowledge and
skills, as provided in the certificate holder's approved training
program. The refresher training must be completed in the aircraft type
in which consolidation was started before continuing the consolidation.
The refresher training must be conducted by a flight instructor or
check pilot qualified under this part.
(2) Consolidation must be started no later than 60 days after
completion of the proficiency test given at the end of initial,
transition, or conversion training. If consolidation is not started
within 60 days of completing the proficiency test, another proficiency
test is required to re-initiate consolidation.
(b) If consolidation is not completed within 120 days of completing
the proficiency test given at the end of initial, transition, or
conversion training, the certificate holder may extend the 120-day
period to no more than 150 days if both of the following conditions are
met:
(1) The pilot continues to meet all other applicable requirements
of this subpart.
(2) On or before the 120th day the pilot completes refresher
training conducted by an appropriately qualified and authorized
instructor or check pilot to refresh the pilot's knowledge and skills,
as provided in the certificate holder's approved training program, or a
check pilot determines that the pilot has retained an adequate level of
proficiency after observing that pilot in a supervised line operating
flight.
(c) If consolidation is not completed within 150 days of completing
the proficiency test given at the end of initial, transition, or
conversion training, the certificate holder may extend the 150-day
period to no more than 210 days if both of the following conditions are
met:
(1) The pilot continues to meet all other applicable requirements
of this subpart.
(2) On or before the 150th day the pilot completes a proficiency
check in a Level C or D full flight simulator qualified in accordance
with part 60 of this chapter.
(d) If consolidation is not completed within 210 days of completing
the proficiency test given at the end of initial, transition, or
conversion training, the remaining line operating flight time that is
necessary to complete consolidation must be supervised by a check
pilot.
(e) If consolidation is not completed by the time the proficiency
test required by Sec. 121.1223 is completed for the first recurrent
period, consolidation must start over.
Sec. 121.1229 Pilot: Recent experience.
(a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person
serve, as a required pilot unless the person has made, within the
preceding 90 days, at least three takeoffs and landings as the pilot
flying in the aircraft type in which the person is to serve. The three
takeoffs and landings required by this paragraph must be satisfied by
compliance with either paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, but not a
combination of paragraph (b) and (c) of this section.
(b) If a pilot satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section through the use of an aircraft, the pilot must complete three
operating cycles in the aircraft type in which the pilot serves.
(c) If a pilot satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section through the use of a full flight simulator (FFS), the FFS must
be qualified in accordance with part 60 of this chapter and approved
for takeoff and landing maneuvers. The pilot must complete in a single
simulator session at least three takeoffs and landings and the
maneuvers and procedures prescribed in the QPS. One takeoff and one
landing must be included in a LOFT environment under Sec. 121.1353.
(d) If it has been 90 days or less since the pilot's recency has
lapsed, the pilot may regain recency by completing at least three
takeoffs and landings using the maneuvers and procedures specified in
the Pilot QPS in an FFS qualified for takeoffs and landings in
accordance with part 60 of this chapter. All three takeoffs and
landings must be conducted in a LOFT environment as provided in Sec.
121.1353.
(e) If it has been more than 90 days since the pilot's recency has
lapsed, the pilot may only regain recency by completing the core
conversion training category in accordance with the pilot QPS.
Completing core conversion to reestablish recency of experience does
not change the pilot's recurrent training base month.
Sec. 121.1231 Flight engineer: Recent experience.
(a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person
serve, as a required flight engineer unless, within the preceding 90
days, the person has performed the duties of a flight engineer during
at least three takeoffs and landings in the aircraft type in which the
person is to serve. The three takeoffs and landings required by this
paragraph must be satisfied by compliance with either paragraph (b) or
(c) of this section, but not a combination of paragraphs (b) and (c) of
this section.
(b) If a flight engineer satisfies the requirements of paragraph
(a) of this section through the use of an aircraft, the flight engineer
must complete three operating cycles in the aircraft type in which the
flight engineer serves.
(c) If a flight engineer satisfies the requirements of paragraph
(a) of this section through the use of an FFS, the FFS must be
qualified in accordance with part 60 of this chapter and approved for
takeoff and landing maneuvers. When an FFS is used, the flight engineer
must complete in a single simulator session at least three takeoffs and
landings and the maneuvers and procedures prescribed in the QPS. One
takeoff and one landing must be included in a LOFT environment under
Sec. 121.1353.
(d) If it has been 90 days or less since the flight engineer's
recency has lapsed, the flight engineer may regain recency by
completing a proficiency check in accordance with the Flight Engineer
QPS. This proficiency check must be administered with a complete flight
crew, with each crewmember duty position filled by a person who is
qualified or in student status to serve in that crewmember duty
position.
(e) If it has been more than 90 days since the flight engineer's
recency has lapsed, the flight engineer may only regain recency by
completing the core conversion training category in accordance with the
flight engineer QPS. Completing core conversion to reestablish recency
of experience does not change the flight engineer's recurrent training
base month.
Sec. 121.1233 Line checks.
(a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person
serve, as a pilot in command, unless, within the preceding 24 months,
that person has completed a line check for that certificate holder in
one of the aircraft types in which he or she is to serve. During the
line check, the person must perform the duties and responsibilities of
a pilot in command.
(b) A pilot in command line check for domestic and flag operations
must be administered by a check pilot or APD who is current and
qualified on both the route and the aircraft type. A pilot in command
line check for supplemental operations must be administered by a check
pilot or APD who is current and
[[Page 1306]]
qualified in the aircraft type and must be conducted on an instrument
flight rules flight plan.
(c) A line check conducted under this part must consist of at least
two operating cycles during operations under this part. In one of the
cycles the pilot in command must perform the duties of the pilot flying
the aircraft. In the other cycle, the pilot in command must perform the
pilot monitoring duties.
(d) The check pilot or APD conducting the line check must evaluate
the entire flight crew in the performance of their duties during the
line check of the pilot in command required by paragraph (a) of this
section. The check pilot or APD will record the evaluation of the pilot
in command and any other required flight crewmember that demonstrates a
lack of proficiency. If any required flight crewmember performs below
standard on any tasks, that person may not serve as a required flight
crewmember in operations under this part until he or she receives
training on such tasks, and completes a proficiency test in those
tasks.
(e) Check pilots or APDs conducting line checks must conduct a
debriefing of the flight crew that includes technical and resource
management competencies.
(f) On flights with a flight engineer as a required crewmember,
check pilots or APDs who meet the qualification requirements of this
subpart to conduct pilot in command line checks will evaluate flight
engineer performance during the line check. The check pilot or APD is
not required to hold a flight engineer certificate to conduct flight
engineer evaluations during line checks.
(g) If a pilot does not receive the line check required by
paragraph (a) of this section, the pilot may not serve as pilot in
command in operations under this part until he or she completes the
following:
(1) If it has been more than 24 months, but less than 30 months
since the pilot received his or her last line check, the pilot must
complete a line check. The check pilot or APD must serve as the pilot
in command during the line check and must occupy a pilot duty station.
(2) If it has been 30 months or more since the pilot received his
or her last line check, the pilot must complete the core conversion
training category in accordance with the pilot QPS and complete a line
check. The check pilot or APD must serve as the pilot in command during
the line check and must occupy a pilot duty station. Completing core
conversion to satisfy the line check requirement does not change the
pilot's recurrent training base month.
(h) If a pilot in command fails the line check required by
paragraph (a) of this section, the pilot may not serve in operations
under this part until he or she successfully completes within 60 days
of the date of failure all of the following:
(1) Recurrent academic training without adjusting the recurrent
base month.
(2) A proficiency check.
(3) A qualification LOFT, consisting of at least two operating
cycles, one under normal conditions, and one that includes abnormal or
emergency issues.
(4) Two operating cycles during line operations under the
supervision of a check pilot or APD, followed by a line check. The
check pilot or APD must serve as the pilot in command and occupy a
pilot duty station during the operating cycles required by this section
and the line check.
(i) If a pilot in command fails to meet the requirements of
paragraph (h) of this section within 60 days of the date of the failed
line check, the pilot in command may not serve in operations under this
part until the pilot in command completes the following:
(1) Full conversion training without adjusting the recurrent base
month.
(2) A proficiency check.
(3) A qualification LOFT, consisting of at least two operating
cycles, one under normal conditions, and one that includes abnormal or
emergency issues.
(4) Two operating cycles during line operations under the
supervision of a check pilot or APD, followed by a line check. The
check pilot or APD must serve as the pilot in command and occupy a
pilot duty station during the operating cycles required by this section
and the line check.
Sec. 121.1235 Pilot: Routes and airports.
(a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person
serve, as a pilot, unless that pilot has current information provided
by the certificate holder regarding routes, airports and terminal areas
into which that pilot operates. The certificate holder must ensure that
each pilot has adequate knowledge and skill to use the information. The
certificate holder must provide information on at least the following
subjects:
(1) Weather.
(2) Navigation facilities.
(3) Communication procedures, including airport visual aids.
(4) Terrain and obstructions.
(5) Minimum safe flight levels.
(6) En route and terminal area arrival and departure procedures,
holding procedures and authorized instrument approach procedures for
the airports involved.
(7) Congested areas and physical layout of each airport in the
terminal area in which the pilot will operate.
(8) Notices to Airmen.
(b) Each certificate holder must provide a system acceptable to the
Administrator for disseminating the information required by paragraph
(a) of this section to the pilots and appropriate flight operations
personnel. The system must also provide an acceptable means for showing
compliance with pilot qualification for special areas, routes, and
airports.
(c) The Administrator may determine that certain airports (due to
items such as surrounding terrain, obstructions, or complex approach or
departure procedures) are special airports requiring special airport
qualifications and that certain areas or routes require a special type
of navigation qualification.
(d) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person
serve, as a pilot in special airport operations unless, within the
preceding 18 months, the pilot has met one of the following
requirements:
(1) Made a takeoff and landing at the special airport while serving
as a pilot flying the aircraft.
(2) Qualified by using photographs and diagrams approved by the
Administrator for the special airport.
(3) Qualified by using written descriptions and diagrams of the
special characteristics of the airport only in those cases where the
country in which the airport is located does not allow photographs to
be taken of the airport. The written descriptions and diagrams must be
approved by the Administrator.
Sec. 121.1237 Pilot: Operating limitations and crew pairing.
(a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person
serve, as a pilot in operations under this part unless either the pilot
in command or the second in command has at least 75 hours of line
operating flight time for that aircraft type, either as pilot in
command or second in command. The Administrator may, upon application
by the certificate holder, authorize deviations from the requirements
of this paragraph by an appropriate amendment to the operations
specifications in any of the following circumstances:
(1) A new certificate holder does not employ any pilots who meet
the minimum requirements of this paragraph (a).
[[Page 1307]]
(2) An existing certificate holder adds an aircraft type that was
not previously proven for use in its operations.
(3) An existing certificate holder establishes a new domicile to
which it assigns pilots who will be required to become qualified on the
aircraft operated from that domicile.
(b) If the second in command has fewer than 100 hours of flight
time as second in command in operations under this part in the aircraft
type being flown, and the pilot in command is not an appropriately
qualified check pilot, the pilot in command must make all takeoffs and
landings in any of the following conditions:
(1) The prevailing visibility value in the latest weather report
for the airport is below \3/4\ mile.
(2) The runway visual range for the runway to be used is below
4,000 feet.
(3) The runway to be used has water, snow, slush or similar
conditions that may adversely affect aircraft performance.
(4) The braking action on the runway to be used is reported to be
less than ``good.''
(5) The crosswind component for the runway to be used is in excess
of 15 knots.
(6) Windshear is reported in the vicinity of the airport.
(7) Any time the pilot in command determines it to be prudent to
make the takeoffs and landings.
(c) Except for check pilots, newly qualifying PIC in the aircraft
type, and as described in paragraph (d) of this section, no certificate
holder may use any person, nor may any person serve, as a PIC or SIC in
operations under this part unless the PIC has been trained for, is
assigned to, and operates the aircraft from the left hand pilot's seat,
and the SIC has been trained for, is assigned to, and operates the
aircraft from the right hand seat.
(d) A certificate holder may authorize an assigned PIC to operate
the aircraft from the right hand pilot seat and to authorize the
assigned SIC to operate the aircraft from the left hand pilot seat
provided the pilots have completed either a training program for that
pilot seat or the seat dependent task training for that pilot seat in
accordance with the Pilot QPS. The responsibilities of the PIC and SIC
who exchange operating seats as described in this paragraph, remain
unchanged regardless of the pilot seat being occupied. Duties and
functions of the pilot flying and the pilot monitoring will change only
due to the limitations and requirements imposed by occupying the
opposite pilot seat.
Sec. 121.1239 Flight crewmember: Requalification.
(a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person
serve, as a pilot or flight engineer if that person has become
unqualified by failing to complete recurrent academic or job
performance training segments including proficiency tests, proficiency
checks, and proficiency reviews, as required by Sec. 121.1223.
(b) If a person fails to meet any of the requirements of paragraph
(a) of this section, then the person must complete the initial training
requirements of Sec. 121.1365 in accordance with the Pilot QPS,
including operating experience and proficiency test, or the person must
meet the requirements of this paragraph in accordance with the
appropriate requalification phase to be requalified. The
requalification phases are based on the person being unqualified and
the number of months after the month in which the person last served in
a crewmember duty position for the aircraft type in operations under
this part.
(1) Phase I Requalification.
(i) Eligibility for Phase I Requalification. An unqualified flight
crewmember may requalify by completing the Phase I Requalification
program if it has been less than 9 months since the month the person
last served in a crewmember duty position for the aircraft type.
(ii) Phase I Requalification program. The flight crewmember must
complete all of the recurrent training modules or any modules that were
not completed. These requirements must be completed within 30 days of
beginning requalification training and less than 9 months from the
month the person last served in a crewmember duty position for the
aircraft type in operations under this part. The flight crewmember's
base month for recurrent training will not change.
(2) Phase II Requalification.
(i) Eligibility for Phase II Requalification. An unqualified flight
crewmember may requalify by completing the Phase II Requalification
program if it has been 9 months or more, but less than 27 months since
the month the person last served in a crewmember duty position for the
aircraft type in operations under this part.
(ii) Phase II Requalification program. The flight crewmember must
complete the following Phase II Requalification requirements within 60
days of beginning requalification training and less than 27 months from
the month the person last served in a crewmember duty position for the
aircraft type in operations under this part:
(A) The flight crewmember must complete the core conversion
training category. The Principal Operations Inspector will decide, on a
case by case basis, the number of programmed hours for academic and job
performance training. For academic training, the required programmed
hours may be more or less than the core conversion training hours. For
the job performance training segment, the programmed hours will be no
less than the minimum job performance programmed hours for the core
conversion training category required by the applicable QPS. A pilot in
command must also complete a line check.
(B) The flight crewmember's recurrent base month must be changed as
appropriate to correspond to the month in which the proficiency test
was completed.
(3) Phase III Requalification.
(i) Eligibility for Phase III Requalification. An unqualified
flight crewmember must complete the Phase III Requalification program
if it has been 27 months or more since the month the person last served
in a crewmember duty position for the aircraft type in operations under
this part.
(ii) Phase III Requalification program. The flight crewmember must
complete the following Phase III Requalification requirements within 90
days of beginning requalification training:
(A) The flight crewmember must complete the full conversion
training category, except the programmed hours specified in the QPS do
not apply. The Principal Operations Inspector will decide, on a case by
case basis, the number of hours for academic and job performance
training. For job performance training, the programmed hours will be no
less than the minimum job performance programmed hours for the full
conversion training category required by the applicable QPS. A pilot
must also complete a qualification LOFT, and a pilot in command must
also complete a line check.
(B) The flight crewmember's recurrent base month must be changed as
appropriate to correspond to the month in which the proficiency test
was completed.
Sec. 121.1241 Flight crewmembers at controls.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
required flight crewmember on flight deck duty must remain at the
assigned duty station with seat belt fastened while the aircraft is
taking off or landing, and while it is en route.
[[Page 1308]]
(b) A required flight crewmember may leave the assigned duty
station only in the following situations:
(1) If the crewmember's absence is necessary for the performance of
duties in connection with the operation of the aircraft.
(2) If the crewmember's absence is in connection with physiological
needs.
(3) If the crewmember (PIC or SIC) is taking a rest period, and
relief is provided during the en route cruise portion of the flight by
a pilot who meets all of the following:
(i) Holds an airline transport pilot certificate and a type rating
on the aircraft.
(ii) Is qualified as pilot in command or second in command on the
aircraft.
(iii) Has completed operating experience in accordance with Sec.
121.1225.
(iv) Has completed line operating flight time for consolidation, if
applicable, within the time prescribed in Sec. 121.1227.
(v) Has completed either of the following:
(A) Training for the duty station to be occupied.
(B) Training for the opposite duty station and the seat dependent
task training described in the pilot QPS for the duty station to be
occupied.
(vi) Is maintaining recency in accordance with Sec. 121.1229.
(4) If the pilot in command is taking a rest period in accordance
with paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the pilot in command must
designate an acting pilot in command on the flight deck.
Check Pilot And Check Flight Engineer Qualification
Sec. 121.1251 Eligibility: Check pilot, check flight engineer,
Aircrew Program Designee (APD), and Flight Instructor.
To be eligible to enter training as a check pilot, check flight
engineer, APD, or Flight Instructor, a person must meet the following
requirements:
(a) For pilots:
(1) Have an ATP certificate and a rating for the aircraft type in
which they are to serve.
(2) Have served in one of the following capacities for at least 1
year in an aircraft of the same group in which that person is
authorized to instruct or evaluate:
(i) A flight instructor in a certificate holder's approved training
program.
(ii) A pilot in command.
(iii) A Training Center Evaluator (TCE).
(iv) A second in command.
(3) Have completed the certificate holder's academic and job
performance training segments for pilot in command, in accordance with
Sec. Sec. 121.1365 and 121.1367, for the aircraft type on which they
are to serve as an instructor, check pilot, or APD.
(b) For flight engineers:
(1) Have a flight engineer certificate and a rating for the
aircraft type in which they are to serve.
(2) Have served as a flight engineer for at least 1 year in an
aircraft of the same group in which that person is authorized to
instruct or evaluate.
(3) Have completed the certificate holder's academic and job
performance training segments for flight engineer in accordance with
Sec. Sec. 121.1365 and 121.1367, for the aircraft type on which they
are to serve as an instructor, check flight engineer, or APD.
Sec. 121.1253 Check pilot and check flight engineer: Training,
evaluation, approval, and recent experience.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as a check pilot or check flight engineer in a training program
established under this subpart, with respect to the aircraft type
involved, unless the person has satisfied the requirements of this
section.
(a) Training:
(1) For check pilots, the following:
(i) The certificate holder's approved academic and job performance
training for check pilots, as required by Sec. Sec. 121.1381 and
121.1383.
(ii) The seat dependent task training from both seats, in
accordance with the QPS.
(2) For check flight engineers, the certificate holder's approved
academic and job performance training for check flight engineers, as
required by Sec. Sec. 121.1381 and 121.1383.
(b) Evaluation:
(1) For check pilots, the following observation checks:
(i) To be authorized to conduct proficiency tests or proficiency
checks, the person must be observed conducting a proficiency test or
proficiency check in an FFS by an FAA inspector or an APD, and the
pilot undergoing the proficiency test or proficiency check for this
observation must be signed off by the FAA inspector or the APD as the
evaluator of record.
(ii) To be authorized to conduct line checks, the person must be
observed conducting a line check by an FAA inspector or an APD, and the
pilot undergoing the line check for this observation must be signed off
by the FAA inspector or the APD as the evaluator of record.
(2) For check flight engineers, to be authorized to conduct
proficiency tests or proficiency checks, the person must be observed
conducting a proficiency test or proficiency check in an FFS by an FAA
inspector or an APD, and the flight engineer undergoing the proficiency
test or proficiency check for this observation must be signed off by
the FAA inspector or the APD as the evaluator of record.
(c) Approval:
(1) For check pilots, after completing the requirements of
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the check pilot may be issued
an FAA letter of authorization to conduct the following, as applicable:
(i) Proficiency tests, proficiency checks, or proficiency reviews,
or any combination.
(ii) Line checks.
(2) For check flight engineers, after completing the requirements
of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the check flight engineer
may be issued an FAA letter of authorization to conduct proficiency
tests, proficiency checks, or proficiency reviews, or any combination.
(3) Check pilots and check flight engineers may conduct only those
activities listed on the FAA letter of authorization.
(d) Recent experience:
(1) Check pilots and check flight engineers must maintain recency
as a pilot or flight engineer as required by Sec. 121.1229 or Sec.
121.1231, as applicable. Check pilots and check flight engineers who
use the authorizations of Sec. 121.1229(c) or Sec. 121.1231(c), as
applicable, to maintain this recency of experience requirement, must
also, within 90 days before performing the duties of a check pilot or
check flight engineer, satisfy the following requirements:
(i) The check pilot must have made at least five takeoffs and
landings in an FFS qualified in accordance with part 60 of this chapter
and approved for performing takeoffs and landings.
(ii) The check flight engineer must have served as a flight
engineer on five takeoffs and landings in an FFS qualified in
accordance with part 60 of this chapter and approved for performing
takeoffs and landings.
(2) After a person has been a check pilot or a check flight
engineer for 12 months:
(i) The person may not serve as a check pilot or a check flight
engineer unless in the preceding 12 months the person has completed at
least eight evaluation activities for the certificate holder. The
minimum of eight activities must include at least one of each activity
he or she is authorized to conduct in accordance with the applicable
QPS. If the check pilot or check flight engineer fails to conduct at
[[Page 1309]]
least eight activities, that person may not serve as a check pilot or
check flight engineer until the person is re-observed by an FAA
inspector or an APD while conducting a proficiency test or proficiency
check. If the person has conducted eight activities but one or more of
the authorized activities have not been conducted:
(A) The check pilot or check flight engineer may not serve as a
check pilot or check flight engineer until re-observed by an FAA
inspector or an APD while conducting a proficiency test or proficiency
check; or
(B) The certificate holder must request that the FAA update the
check pilot's or check flight engineer's letter of authorization by
removing the non-conducted activities from the authorizations.
(ii) Within the 12 months preceding performing the duties of a
check pilot or check flight engineer, the check pilot or check flight
engineer must have completed the following:
(A) Attended all standardization meetings (required by Sec.
121.1355(a)(2)) for each aircraft type in which the person is
authorized to conduct check pilot or check flight engineer duties; and
(B) If the check pilot or check flight engineer meets the
requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section by completing Sec.
121.1229(b) or Sec. 121.1231(b) through aircraft operations other than
line operations under this part, or by completing Sec. 121.1229(c) or
Sec. 121.1231(c) in a qualified and approved FFS, the check pilot or
check flight engineer must have observed the line operations of at
least one of the certificate holders for whom the check pilot or check
flight engineer performs evaluations. This observation must be part of
a Principal Operations Inspector approved line-observation program.
Sec. 121.1255 Check Captain: Additional training requirements.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as a check captain in operations under this part with respect to the
aircraft type involved, unless the person is current and qualified as a
pilot in command and has done the following in an FSTD:
(a) Learned the safety measures to be taken from either pilot seat
for emergency situations that are likely to develop during flight
operations.
(b) Learned the potential consequences of improper, untimely or
unexecuted safety measures during flight operations.
(c) Completed the seat dependent task training described in the
QPS.
Sec. 121.1257 Check pilot, check captain, and check flight engineer:
Initial cadre.
(a) A certificate holder may use a person as a check pilot, check
captain, or check flight engineer even though the person does not meet
the experience, recency, crew pairing, or consolidation requirements of
the subpart, if the person meets the initial cadre requirements of this
section. The FAA will determine the period of initial cadre status and
may terminate initial cadre status entirely or for an individual check
pilot, check captain, or check flight engineer, if necessary. In no
case will initial cadre status exceed a period of 24 months.
(b) To be an initial cadre check pilot, check captain, or check
flight engineer for a part 119 certificate holder and to continue to
serve in that capacity for the authorized period, a person must meet
all of the following requirements:
(1) Be employed by the part 119 certificate holder.
(2) Have served at least 3 years in the past 6 years as a pilot in
command or as a flight engineer, as applicable, on an aircraft of the
same group in which the person is to perform duties as an initial cadre
check pilot, check captain, or check flight engineer.
(3) Have the appropriate certificates and ratings for the aircraft
type and pilot or flight engineer position.
(4) Have completed the academic and job performance training
segments of the applicable training categories, as approved by the
Principal Operations Inspector for the part 119 certificate holder that
are required to serve as a pilot in command or flight engineer, as
applicable. For initial cadre check pilots, these requirements must be
completed for both pilot seats.
(5) Perform each of the duties to be accomplished as a check pilot,
check captain, or check flight engineer under the observation of an FAA
inspector. When an observed activity must be made part of a training
record, the people undergoing the observed activities must be signed
off by the FAA inspector as the evaluator of record.
(6) Be approved by the Principal Operations Inspector for the
specific duties to be performed.
(c) Initial cadre check pilots, check captains, and check flight
engineers may obtain aircraft operating experience while supervising or
being supervised by other initial cadre check pilots, check captains,
and check flight engineers, and while being observed by the FAA.
Operating experience for initial cadre personnel may be obtained during
revenue passenger operations or during aircraft delivery flights, ferry
flights, repositioning flights, or proving flights.
(d) An initial cadre check pilot, check captain, or check flight
engineer may not gain operating experience in operations under this
part unless there is at least one initial cadre check pilot on that
flight who has the following experience in the aircraft type:
(1) Has at least 5 hours of operating experience at the pilot
controls; and
(2) Has made at least two takeoffs and landings within the previous
60 days.
(e) The part 119 certificate holder must propose for approval by
the Principal Operations Inspector, current employees, employees of
part 142 certificate holders, employees of other part 119 certificate
holders, or aircraft manufacturers as instructors, check pilots, and
aircrew program designees (APDs) for initial cadre duties. The FAA must
complete all evaluation of initial cadre check pilots and check flight
engineers.
(f) Notwithstanding contrary provisions of Sec. 121.1227 for
consolidation of knowledge and skills (including operating experience
required under Sec. 121.1225), an initial cadre check pilot or check
captain may delay initiating line operating flight time for
consolidation. The initiation of consolidation may be delayed until 180
days after completing the proficiency test at the end of the initial or
transition training category, or until 10 days after the initial cadre
status is terminated by the Principal Operations Inspector, whichever
is sooner. Once consolidation is initiated, the pilot must acquire 100
hours of line operating experience within 120 days. If consolidation is
not completed as required by this paragraph, the pilot must restart
consolidation in accordance with Sec. 121.1227.
(g) Notwithstanding contrary provisions of Sec. 121.1229 for
recent takeoff and landing experience, an initial cadre check pilot or
check captain may perform the duties of a pilot in command or second in
command in operations under this part if the initial cadre check pilot
or check captain has satisfied the following two requirements:
(1) Has accumulated at least 5 hours of operating experience as the
pilot flying in the aircraft type.
(2) Has made at least two takeoffs and landings as the pilot flying
within the previous 60 days in the aircraft type.
(h) Notwithstanding contrary provisions of Sec. 121.1237 for crew
pairing, an initial cadre check pilot or check captain may perform the
duties of a pilot in command or second in command in operations under
this part without respect to the minimum number of hours of line
operating flight
[[Page 1310]]
time in that aircraft type accumulated by the pilot occupying the other
pilot position if the initial cadre check pilot or check captain has
satisfied the following two requirements:
(1) Has accumulated at least 5 hours of operating experience as the
pilot flying in the aircraft type.
(2) Has made at least two takeoffs and landings as the pilot flying
within the previous 60 days in the aircraft type.
Aircrew Program Designee Qualification
Sec. 121.1271 Aircrew Program Designee (APD): Training, evaluation,
and recent experience.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as a pilot APD or a flight engineer APD in a training program
established under this subpart, with respect to the aircraft type
involved, unless the person meets the requirements of Sec. 121.1251
and has satisfied the requirements of this section.
(a) Training:
(1) For pilot APDs, the following:
(i) The certificate holder's approved academic and job performance
training for check pilots, as required by Sec. Sec. 121.1381 and
121.1383.
(ii) The seat dependent task training from both seats, in
accordance with the QPS.
(2) For flight engineer APDs, the certificate holder's approved
academic and job performance training for check flight engineers, as
required by Sec. Sec. 121.1381 and 121.1383.
(b) Evaluation:
(1) For pilot APDs, the following observation checks:
(i) To be authorized to conduct proficiency tests, the APD must be
observed conducting a proficiency test in an FFS by an FAA inspector,
and the pilot undergoing the proficiency test for this observation must
be signed off by the FAA inspector as the evaluator of record.
(ii) To be authorized to conduct line checks, the APD must be
observed conducting a line check by an FAA inspector, and the pilot
undergoing the line check for this observation must be signed off by
the FAA inspector as the evaluator of record.
(2) For flight engineer APDs, to be authorized to conduct
proficiency tests, the person must be observed conducting a proficiency
test in an FFS by an FAA inspector, and the flight engineer undergoing
the proficiency test for this observation must be signed off by the FAA
inspector as the evaluator of record.
(c) Approval:
(1) For pilot APDs, after completing the requirements of paragraphs
(a) and (b) of this section, the pilot APD may be issued an FAA letter
of authorization and a certificate of designation to conduct the
following, as applicable:
(i) Proficiency tests, or
(ii) Line checks.
(2) For flight engineer APDs, after completing the requirements of
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the flight engineer APD may be
issued an FAA letter of authorization and a certificate of designation
to conduct proficiency tests.
(3) APDs may conduct only those activities listed on the FAA letter
of authorization.
(d) Recent experience:
(1) APDs must maintain recency as a pilot or flight engineer as
required by Sec. 121.1229 or Sec. 121.1231, as applicable. APDs who
use the authorizations of Sec. 121.1229(c) or Sec. 121.1231(c), as
applicable, to maintain this recency requirement, must also, within 90
days before performing the duties of an APD, satisfy the following
requirements:
(i) The pilot APD must have made at least five takeoffs and
landings in an FFS qualified in accordance with part 60 of this chapter
and approved for performing takeoffs and landings.
(ii) The flight engineer APD must have served as a flight engineer
on five takeoffs in an FFS qualified in accordance with part 60 of this
chapter and approved for performing takeoffs and landings.
(2) After a person has been an APD for 12 months, within the 12
months preceding performing the duties of a pilot or flight engineer
APD, the APD must:
(i) Have attended all standardization meetings (required by Sec.
121.1355(a)(2)) for each aircraft type in which the person is
authorized to conduct APD duties; and
(ii) If the APD has met the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of
this section by completing Sec. 121.1229(c) or Sec. 121.1231(c),
complete a Principal Operations Inspector approved line-observation
program by observing the certificate holder's line operations from the
observer seat.
Flight Instructor Qualification
Sec. 121.1281 Flight instructor: Qualification and training.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as a flight instructor in a training program established under this
subpart, with respect to the aircraft type involved, unless the person
meets the requirements of Sec. 121.1251 and has satisfied the
requirements of this section.
(a) Training:
(1) For a pilot flight instructor, the following:
(i) The FAA-approved training program for the certificate holder in
the appropriate category of academic and job performance training for
pilots, as required by Sec. 121.1365; and, when applicable, the
recurring academic and job performance training for pilots, as required
by Sec. 121.1367.
(ii) The part 119 certificate holder's approved academic training
for pilot flight instructors, as required by Sec. 121.1377, and the
part 119 certificate holder's job performance training for pilot flight
instructors, as required by Sec. 121.1379.
(iii) The seat-dependent task training from both seats, in
accordance with the QPS.
(2) For a flight engineer flight instructor, the following:
(i) The FAA-approved training program for the certificate holder in
the appropriate category of academic and job performance training for
flight engineers, as required by Sec. 121.1365; and, when applicable,
the recurring academic and job performance training for flight
engineers, as required by Sec. 121.1367.
(ii) The part 119 certificate holder's approved academic training
for flight engineer flight instructors, as required by Sec. 121.1377,
and the part 119 certificate holder's job performance training for
flight engineer flight instructors, as required by Sec. 121.1379.
(b) Evaluation:
(1) For pilot flight instructors, the following observation checks:
(i) To be authorized to conduct flight training:
(A) The flight instructor must be observed conducting flight
training in an FFS by a check pilot; and
(B) The pilot undergoing the flight training for this observation
must be signed off by the check pilot as the instructor of record.
(ii) To be authorized to conduct proficiency reviews:
(A) The flight instructor must be observed conducting a proficiency
review by a check pilot; and
(B) The pilot undergoing the proficiency review for this
observation must be signed off by the check pilot as the evaluator of
record.
(2) For flight engineer flight instructors, to be authorized to
conduct flight training:
(i) The flight instructor must be observed conducting flight
training in an FFS by a check flight engineer; and
(ii) The flight engineer undergoing the flight training for this
observation must
[[Page 1311]]
be signed off by the check flight engineer as the instructor of record.
(c) Acceptance and approval:
(1) Acceptance of flight instructors: The certificate holder must
submit a list of all flight instructors and authorized activities to
the Principal Operations Inspector. The flight instructors must be
acceptable to the FAA.
(2) Approval of flight instructors to conduct proficiency reviews:
The flight instructor must receive a letter of authorization from the
Principal Operations Inspector to conduct proficiency reviews.
(d) Recent experience:
(1) Flight instructors must maintain recency as a pilot or flight
engineer as required by Sec. 121.1229 or Sec. 121.1231, as
applicable. Flight instructors who use the authorizations of Sec.
121.1229(c) or Sec. 121.1231(c), as applicable, to maintain this
recency requirement, must also, within 90 days before performing the
duties of a flight instructor, satisfy the following requirements:
(i) The pilot flight instructor must have made at least five
takeoffs and landings and the maneuvers and procedures prescribed in
the QPS in an FFS qualified in accordance with part 60 of this chapter
and approved for performing takeoffs and landings.
(ii) The flight engineer flight instructor must have served as a
flight engineer on five takeoffs in an FFS qualified in accordance with
part 60 of this chapter and approved for performing takeoffs and
landings.
(2) After a person has been a flight instructor for 12 months:
(i) The person may not serve as a flight instructor unless in the
preceding 12 months the person has completed at least eight instructor
activities for the certificate holder. The minimum of eight instructor
activities must include at least one period of job performance
training, one LOFT, and, if authorized, one proficiency review. If the
person fails to conduct at least eight activities within the previous
12-month period, that person may not serve as a flight instructor
until:
(A) The person is observed conducting job performance training or
LOFT by a check pilot or check flight engineer. This observation will
allow the person to conduct job performance training or LOFT.
(B) The person is observed conducting a proficiency review by a
check pilot or check flight engineer. This observation will allow the
person to conduct job performance training, LOFT, or proficiency
reviews.
(C) During the observation required by paragraph (d)(2)(i)(A) or
(d)(2)(i)(B) of this section, the check pilot or check flight engineer
must be the instructor or evaluator of record.
(ii) If the person conducts at least eight activities within the
previous 12-month period, but one or more of the authorized activities
was not conducted within that period:
(A) Before conducting the job performance training, LOFT, or
proficiency reviews, the person must be observed by a check pilot or
check engineer, as described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, as
appropriate; or
(B) The certificate holder must revise the list of authorized
activities described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section to eliminate
the activities that were not conducted. If the person fails to conduct
a proficiency review, the certificate holder must advise the Principal
Operations Inspector and the letter of authorization will be rescinded.
(iii) Within the 12 months preceding performing the duties of a
pilot or flight engineer flight instructor, the flight instructor must
have attended all standardization meetings (required by Sec.
121.1355(a)(2)) for each aircraft type and for each certificate holder
for which the person is authorized to conduct flight instructor duties.
(e) If the flight instructor is authorized to conduct proficiency
reviews, the flight instructor must, within the preceding 24 months,
conduct a proficiency review under the observation of a check pilot or
check flight engineer approved by the Principal Operations Inspector to
conduct the observation. The proficiency review must be accomplished in
an FFS qualified under part 60 of this chapter as prescribed in the
applicable QPS.
Flight Attendant Instructor Qualification
Sec. 121.1291 Flight attendant instructor: Qualification and
training.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no
certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve, as a
flight attendant instructor in a training program established under
this subpart unless that person meets the following requirements:
(1) Within the past 12 months, completed basic qualification or
recurrent flight attendant training for the certificate holder, except
those performance drills that the person cannot physically perform. A
person may provide instruction only in those performance drills that
the person can perform at the time of instruction and that the person
has completed within the past 12 months as part of the person's basic
qualification or recurrent flight attendant training for the
certificate holder.
(2) Within the past 12 months completed initial or recurrent flight
attendant instructor training as follows:
(i) Training policies and procedures.
(ii) Instructor duties, functions and responsibilities.
(iii) The applicable regulations of this chapter and the
certificate holder's policies and procedures.
(iv) Appropriate methods, procedures and techniques for conducting
academic training to include performance drills.
(v) Evaluation of student performance.
(vi) Appropriate action in the case of unsatisfactory performance.
(vii) The approved methods, procedures and limitations for
instructing and evaluating in the required normal, abnormal and
emergency procedures applicable to the aircraft.
(viii) Curriculum review.
(b) A person who is a subject matter expert with specific technical
knowledge on a subject may be used to conduct flight attendant training
in accordance with the Flight Attendant QPS.
Flight Attendant
Sec. 121.1301 Flight attendant: Training and evaluation.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as a required flight attendant in operations under this part unless
that person has completed the required curriculum for that aircraft
type and crewmember duty position.
(a) A curriculum consists of the programmed hours, including
training and evaluation, as specified in Sec. 121.1335 and in the
flight attendant QPS, and the following training categories.
(1) New hire training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1363.
(2) Initial training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1369.
(3) Emergency training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1373.
(4) Differences training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1391.
(5) Transition training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1369 for flight
attendants eligible under Sec. 121.1371.
(6) Recurrent training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1375, according
to the schedule prescribed in Sec. 121.1303.
(7) Requalification training, if necessary, as prescribed in Sec.
121.1309.
(8) Special training, if necessary, as prescribed in Sec.
121.1337.
(b) Continuity of training. Within 120 days of beginning first time
qualification
[[Page 1312]]
for the certificate holder, a person must have completed in the
following order:
(1) New hire training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1363.
(2) Initial training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1369.
(3) Emergency training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1373.
(c) Failure to complete training within 120 days. If a person fails
to complete the required curriculum within the 120 days, as required by
paragraph (b) of this section, the person must repeat the required
training categories. No credit is given for any of the training
previously completed if the entire curriculum is not completed within
120 days.
Sec. 121.1303 Flight attendant: Continuing qualification.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as a flight attendant unless the person has completed the training
required by paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section within the
previous 12 months:
(a) New hire training, initial training, transition training,
emergency training, and differences training, as applicable, as
described in Sec. 121.1301(a)(1) through (5).
(b) Recurrent training as required by Sec. 121.1375.
(1) A flight attendant must complete recurrent academic and job
performance training modules by the end of the eligibility period. The
eligibility period consists of the base month, the month before the
base month and the month after the base month.
(2) A flight attendant who has not completed recurrent training by
the end of the base month may continue to serve until the end of the
eligibility period.
(c) Requalification training as prescribed in Sec. 121.1309.
Sec. 121.1305 Flight attendant: Aircraft operating experience.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as a flight attendant, unless that person has completed, for the
certificate holder, the aircraft operating experience required by this
section and the Flight Attendant QPS.
(a) A person must complete aircraft operating experience for the
aircraft type on which the person is to serve as a flight attendant
within 90 days of completing initial training on that aircraft type.
(b) A person receiving aircraft operating experience may not serve
as a required crewmember on that aircraft type.
(c) Aircraft operating experience must be completed in passenger
carrying operations under this part or in proving flights conducted
under part 91 of this chapter.
(d) A person may not begin aircraft operating experience for a
specific aircraft type until the person has completed initial training
for the aircraft type.
(e) A check flight attendant qualified under this part must
supervise aircraft operating experience. In addition the following
requirements apply:
(1) A check flight attendant may not supervise more than four
persons receiving aircraft operating experience on any one operating
cycle.
(2) Not more than two check flight attendants may supervise
aircraft operating experience on any one operating cycle.
(3) The number of persons receiving aircraft operating experience
on a particular aircraft may not exceed twice the number of flight
attendants required by Sec. 121.391 for that aircraft.
(f) A person receiving aircraft operating experience must perform
the duties of a flight attendant on at least two operating cycles in
the aircraft type with a check flight attendant on board.
(g) A person receiving aircraft operating experience must perform
the assigned duties of a flight attendant for a combined total of at
least 5 hours of aircraft operating experience.
(h) Flight attendants completing transition training are not
subject to the aircraft operating experience requirements of this
section.
Sec. 121.1307 Flight attendant: Recent experience.
(a) After a flight attendant has served for the first time in
operations under this part for the certificate holder, no certificate
holder may use that flight attendant, nor may any flight attendant
continue to serve as a flight attendant, unless within the preceding 6
months the person has served as a flight attendant for at least one
operating cycle for the certificate holder.
(b) If a person has not met the recent experience requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section, the person must reestablish recent
experience as follows:
(1) If it has been more than 6 months, but less than 36 months,
since the person served as a flight attendant for at least one
operating cycle for the certificate holder, the person must participate
in a ground-based briefing on all policies, procedures, and security
requirements pertinent to flight attendants that have been updated,
modified, or implemented since the last time the person served as a
flight attendant for the certificate holder. The briefing must be
conducted by a knowledgeable person employed by the certificate holder.
(2) If it has been 36 months or more since the person served as a
flight attendant for at least one operating cycle for the certificate
holder, the person must do the following:
(i) Meet the briefing requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this
section.
(ii) Serve as a flight attendant for one operating cycle on any
aircraft type for that certificate holder, but not as a required
crewmember.
Sec. 121.1309 Flight attendant: Requalification.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as a flight attendant if that person has become unqualified by failing
to meet the recurrent training requirements of Sec. 121.1303(b). The
requalification requirements for each phase must be completed before
the end of the applicable phase of requalification. To be requalified
the person must repeat the training required by Sec. 121.1301(a)(1),
(a)(3), (a)(4), and (a)(5), or satisfy one of the following
requirements:
(a) Phase I Requalification program. If less than 12 months have
elapsed since the end of the person's base month for recurrent
training, the person may be requalified by completing either of the
following:
(1) If the part 119 certificate holder is presently conducting the
recurrent flight attendant training cycle that the person missed, the
person must complete that training. The base month for recurrent
training does not change.
(2) If the part 119 certificate holder is not presently conducting
the recurrent flight attendant training cycle that the person missed,
the person must complete the requirements of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and
(a)(2)(ii) of this section, and if applicable paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of
this section. The base month for recurrent training may be changed.
(i) The current recurrent flight attendant training cycle.
(ii) All missed training, including all study materials and
evaluations from the previous recurrent flight attendant training
cycle, which is still applicable but is not included in the current
recurrent flight attendant training cycle.
(iii) Flight attendants qualified in extended overwater operations
must participate in a cabin preparation and evacuation drill (water),
if not part of the current recurrent flight attendant training cycle.
(b) Phase II Requalification program. If 12 months or more, but
less than 24 months, have elapsed since the end of the person's base
month for recurrent
[[Page 1313]]
training, the person may be requalified by completing the requirements
of this paragraph. The base month may be changed.
(1) The current recurrent flight attendant training cycle.
(2) All missed training, including all study materials and
evaluations from the previous recurrent flight attendant training
cycle(s), which is still applicable but is not included in the current
recurrent flight attendant training cycle.
(3) Flight attendants qualified in extended overwater operations
must participate in a cabin preparation and evacuation drill (water),
if not part of the current recurrent flight attendant training cycle.
(4) Attend a ground-based briefing to review all new policies,
procedures, and security requirements, applicable to flight attendant
duties that have been implemented since the last time the flight
attendant completed recurrent training. The briefing must be conducted
by a knowledgeable person employed by the certificate holder. The
briefing must include all policies, procedures, and security
requirements applicable to flight attendants that have been updated,
modified, or implemented since the person last served as a flight
attendant for that certificate holder.
(c) Phase III Requalification program. If 24 months or more have
elapsed since the end of the person's base month for recurrent
training, the person may be requalified by completing the requirements
of this paragraph. The flight attendant's recurrent base month may be
changed to correspond to the month in which the Phase III requirements
were completed.
(1) New hire training, transition training, emergency training, and
differences training, as applicable, as described in Sec. 121.1301.
(2) The flight attendant must receive 5 hours of aircraft operating
experience and two operating cycles on at least one aircraft type in
accordance with the Phase III Requalification requirements in the
Flight Attendant QPS.
(3) The Administrator determines the number of programmed hours
required for each training category, but in no case will the programmed
hours be less than the minimum hours required in the Flight Attendant
QPS.
Check Flight Attendant Qualification
Sec. 121.1321 Check flight attendant: Eligibility, approval,
qualification, and continuing qualification.
(a) Eligibility for Training. To be eligible for training as a
check flight attendant for an aircraft type, a person must meet the
following requirements:
(1) Have served as a flight attendant for at least the previous 12
months for the part 119 certificate holder.
(2) Be current and qualified to serve as a flight attendant on that
aircraft type for the part 119 certificate holder.
(b) Approval by the Administrator. A check flight attendant must be
approved by the Administrator for the specific duties to be performed
on the aircraft type. To be approved as a check flight attendant, the
flight attendant must meet the following requirements:
(1) Continue to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section.
(2) Complete the check flight attendant training requirements in
accordance with Sec. 121.1381.
(c) Initial qualification. No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a check flight attendant for the
first time on the aircraft type, unless the person meets the following
requirements for the part 119 certificate holder:
(1) Meets the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section.
(2) Supervises operating experience for at least one operating
cycle on the aircraft type under the observation of a check flight
attendant or an FAA inspector. The person undergoing operating
experience must be signed off by the check flight attendant or the FAA
inspector conducting the observation.
(3) Meets the recent experience requirements of Sec. 121.1307(a)
to serve as a flight attendant.
(d) Continuing qualification. No certificate holder may use a check
flight attendant, nor may any check flight attendant serve as a check
flight attendant, unless the check flight attendant meets the following
requirements for the part 119 certificate holder:
(1) Maintains approval by the Administrator to perform specific
duties of a check flight attendant, as specified in paragraph (b) of
this section.
(2) Meets the recent experience requirements of Sec. 121.1307(a)
to serve as a flight attendant.
(3) Within the preceding 12 months, has completed recurrent check
flight attendant training in accordance with Sec. 121.1381(c)(1) and
(c)(3).
(4) Within the preceding 12 months, has completed at least one
operating cycle as a flight attendant or check flight attendant on that
aircraft type.
(5) Within the preceding 12 months, supervised aircraft operating
experience for at least one operating cycle.
(e) Reestablishing recent experience. If the requirements of
paragraphs (d)(4) or (d)(5) of this section are not met, the person may
not serve as a check flight attendant until the person is observed
supervising aircraft operating experience in the aircraft type for at
least one cycle by another check flight attendant or an FAA inspector.
Sec. 121.1323 Check flight attendant: Initial cadre.
(a) A certificate holder may use a person as a check flight
attendant even though the person does not meet the experience or
recency requirements of the subpart, if the person meets the initial
cadre requirements of this section. The FAA will determine the period
of initial cadre status and may terminate initial cadre status entirely
or for an individual check flight attendant, if necessary. In no case
will initial cadre status exceed a period of 24 months.
(b) To be an initial cadre check flight attendant for a part 119
certificate holder, and to continue to serve in that capacity for the
authorized period, a person must meet all of the following
requirements:
(1) Be employed by the part 119 certificate holder.
(2) Have served at least 3 years in the past 6 years as a flight
attendant on an aircraft of the same group in which the person is to
perform duties as an initial cadre check flight attendant.
(3) Have completed the training as specified in Sec.
121.1301(a)(1) through (6), as appropriate.
(4) Be approved by the FAA for the specific duties to be performed.
(c) To be an initial cadre check flight attendant for a part 119
certificate holder, a person must:
(1) Meet all of the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section;
and
(2) Perform the duties of a check flight attendant for the new part
119 certificate holder or a certificate holder transitioning to a new
aircraft type under the observation of an FAA inspector. This
observation check can be conducted during operations under this part or
during proving flights conducted under part 91 of this chapter. When an
observed activity must be made part of a training record, the people
undergoing the observed activities must be signed off by the FAA
inspector as the evaluator of record.
(d) If the certificate holder wants FAA approval for a person to be
an initial cadre check flight attendant but that person has not met the
requirements of Sec. 121.1305, he or she can satisfy those
requirements by meeting the following:
(1) Being observed by the FAA while supervising other flight
attendants, while supervising other check flight attendants, or while
performing the duties of a flight attendant; and
[[Page 1314]]
(2) During operations conducted under this part or during proving
flights conducted under part 91 of this chapter.
(e) Only employees of a part 142 certificate holder, part 119
certificate holder, or the aircraft manufacturer may administer the
training and evaluation activities for initial cadre check flight
attendants, in accordance with the Flight Attendant QPS and as approved
by the FAA. In addition, current and qualified check flight attendants
for the part 119 certificate holder that is adding a new aircraft type
do not need to meet the observation requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of
this section for the new aircraft type.
General Training Program Requirements
Sec. 121.1331 Training program: General.
(a) Each certificate holder must establish and maintain a current
training program for each aircraft type used. Each curriculum in a
training program must be kept current with respect to any changes in
the requirements of this chapter or the certificate holder's policies
and operation. Each certificate holder must obtain initial and final
approval of its training program, as specified in Sec. 121.1337.
(b) The training program must contain all of the following:
(1) The requirements of this subpart.
(2) The requirements of the crewmember QPS, as applicable.
(3) The operating procedures for each required task in the
crewmember's QPS. These operating procedures are contained in the
information, duties, and responsibilities of crewmembers that are
contained in the manual required by Sec. 121.133.
(4) For flight crewmembers, the procedures, limitations, and
performance information from the Flight Crew Operating Manual required
by Sec. Sec. 121.133 and 121.135.
(c) Each certificate holder is responsible for ensuring that its
crewmembers are adequately trained and crewmember training and
evaluation is conducted in accordance with the certificate holder's
approved training program.
(d) Persons other than employees of the certificate holder may be
trained by the certificate holder for the purpose of instructing in the
certificate holder's training program, conducting evaluations in the
certificate holder's training program, or conducting evaluations of the
certificate holder's training program.
(e) A certificate holder's training program must provide the
following, as applicable:
(1) Curricula, categories of training, segments of training,
modules, and lessons applicable for use for the specific certificate
holder as required by this subpart and approved by the Administrator.
(2) A sufficient number of academic and job performance
instructors, trained and qualified in accordance with this subpart, to
provide the approved training and evaluation.
(3) A sufficient number of check pilots, check flight engineers and
check flight attendants, trained and qualified in accordance with this
subpart, to complete the training and evaluations required by this
subpart.
(4) Flight simulation training devices required by this subpart,
qualified under part 60 of this chapter, and approved for use by the
Principal Operations Inspector responsible for approving the
certificate holder's training program. Flight simulation training
devices must be available in sufficient quantity to conduct the
training program as approved.
(5) Training equipment other than flight simulation training
devices in accordance with Sec. 121.1351. This training equipment must
be available in sufficient quantity to conduct the training program as
approved.
(6) Adequate academic and job performance training facilities.
(7) Current training materials, examinations, forms, instructions,
and procedures for use in conducting the training and evaluation
required by this part with respect to each aircraft type, and if
applicable, the particular variations within that aircraft type.
(f) No certificate holder may use a person as a crewmember, unless
the person responsible for instructing or evaluating an academic
training subject or job performance training task or environment, has
certified in writing or electronically that the crewmember is
knowledgeable and proficient in the specific subject, task, or
environment.
(1) The documentation required by this paragraph must be made a
part of the crewmember's record required by subpart V of this part.
(i) For flight attendants, the record must show if the individual
satisfactorily or unsatisfactorily completed each of the training
categories in Sec. 121.1301, as appropriate.
(ii) For flight crewmembers, the record must show if the individual
satisfactorily or unsatisfactorily completed each of the training
categories in Sec. 121.1221, as appropriate. In addition, the record
must show if the individual satisfactorily or unsatisfactorily
completed each of the proficiency tests, proficiency checks, or
proficiency reviews required by this part. Records of unsatisfactory
results must include the specific items for which performance was
unsatisfactory.
(2) When the record of certification required by this paragraph is
made by an entry in a computerized recordkeeping system, the identity
of the certifying instructor, check pilot, check flight engineer, or
check flight attendant must be recorded, and the record of the
certification must be completed by a means approved by the
Administrator.
Sec. 121.1333 Training program: General curriculum by aircraft type.
(a) Each certificate holder must establish and maintain a current
written training program curriculum for each aircraft type operated by
that certificate holder under this part. Curricula must be available
for each crewmember position required for that aircraft type. Each
curriculum must include categories of training with segments containing
the appropriate subjects, tasks, and environments required by this
subpart and the appropriate QPS. The curriculum will be provided for
approval in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(7) of this
section.
(b) Each training program curriculum must provide training and
evaluation as necessary to ensure that each crewmember:
(1) Remains trained and proficient with respect to each aircraft
type, crewmember position, and type of operation in which the
crewmember serves.
(2) Remains trained and proficient in the duties and
responsibilities for the aircraft type that are contained in the manual
required by Sec. 121.133 as outlined in Sec. 121.135.
(3) For each flight crewmember, remains trained and knowledgeable
in the current operating limitations, procedures, loading, and
performance sections of the current Flight Crew Operating Manual or any
FAA approved alternative.
(4) Qualifies in new equipment, facilities, procedures, and
techniques, including modifications to aircraft. Pilots must also
qualify in designated special airports and navigation routes and areas
as required by Sec. 121.1235.
(5) Understands the nature and effects of safety hazards, and for
flight crewmembers, periodic weather extremes and their effect on
operations.
(6) Knows and is able to apply, through all phases of flight, crew
resource management skills identified in the QPS.
(c) Each training program curriculum must include all of the
following:
[[Page 1315]]
(1) A list of academic training and evaluation modules including
the subjects that are provided.
(2) A list of all job performance training and evaluation modules
including the tasks and environments. The list must include the
level(s) of FSTD in which each job performance task must be performed
and in which each environment may be encountered, unless the
certificate holder has been granted a deviation from the FSTD
requirements of this subpart in accordance with Sec. 121.1345.
(3) Detailed descriptions or pictorial displays of the approved
standard operating procedures, abnormal procedures, non-normal
procedures, and emergency procedures that will be performed during job
performance training and evaluation. For a certificate holder that has
been granted a deviation under Sec. 121.1345, detailed descriptions or
pictorial displays of the approved normal, abnormal, and emergency
maneuvers, procedures, and functions that will be performed during each
job performance training module or during each proficiency test, check,
or review, indicating those maneuvers, procedures and functions that
are to be performed during job performance training and during each
proficiency test, check, or review.
(4) An outline of the curriculum that includes academic and job
performance training and evaluation modules by subject, task, and
environment, as applicable.
(5) Differences that relate to the variations of a particular
aircraft type to be included in all academic and job performance
training segments for purposes of training and evaluation.
(6) A list of all the FSTD, and other training and evaluation
equipment that the certificate holder will use, including approval for
particular tasks or functions.
(7) The approved programmed hours for each training segment.
(8) A copy of each statement issued by the Administrator under
Sec. 121.1335(c) for reduction of baseline programmed hours.
Sec. 121.1335 Training program: Category of training programmed
hours.
(a) Each certificate holder's training program submitted for
initial approval under this subpart must have at least the programmed
baseline hours of training as specified in the applicable crewmember
QPS. Training programmed hours include training and evaluation.
(1) Academic training hours must be in a classroom provided by the
certificate holder unless otherwise approved by the Administrator.
Proposals for a training environment other than a classroom provided by
the certificate holder must be accompanied by a plan for assessing the
knowledge and cognitive skill requirements to be supported by the
proposed alternative environment, and for providing the testing of each
student to ensure the knowledge and skill requirements are met.
(2) Programmed hours for flight crewmember job performance training
are for FSTD lessons for a specific duty position.
(3) Programmed hours for flight attendant job performance training
must be completed in an environment that complies with the requirements
of the Flight Attendant QPS.
(b) The certificate holder must have programmed hours approved by
the Principal Operations Inspector. A certificate holder may apply for
a reduction of training programmed hours based on the factors outlined
in Sec. 121.1337(f). The Administrator will not approve a reduction of
programmed hours below the minimum hours set forth in the applicable
crewmember QPS.
(c) If approval of a reduction in training programmed hours is
granted, the Administrator provides the certificate holder with a
statement of the basis for the approval.
(d) The Administrator may grant a deviation to certificate holders
described in Sec. 135.3 (b) and (c) of this chapter to allow reduced
programmed hours of academic training if the Administrator determines
that a reduction is warranted based on the certificate holder's
operations and the complexity of the make, model, and series of the
aircraft used.
(e) The certificate holder must have the required programmed hours
approved by the Principal Operations Inspector for initial, transition,
and recurrent academic training for flight instructors, check pilots,
check flight engineers, check flight attendants, flight attendant
instructors, and persons authorized to conduct flight attendant
proficiency checks.
Sec. 121.1337 Training program: Approval and amendment process.
(a) Each training program described in this subpart must be
approved by the Administrator. To obtain initial or final approval of a
training program, or to request a revision to an approved training
program, each certificate holder must provide the Administrator the
following information in a form acceptable to the Administrator:
(1) An outline of the proposed program or revision, including an
outline of the proposed or revised curriculum required in Sec.
121.1333, that provides all of the information needed for a preliminary
evaluation of the proposed training program or revised training
program.
(2) Curricula, categories of training, and segments of training
applicable for use by the certificate holder as required by this
subpart.
(3) The number of academic and job performance instructors trained
and qualified in accordance with this subpart to provide the approved
training and evaluation.
(4) The number of check pilots, check flight engineers, and check
flight attendants, trained and qualified in accordance with this
subpart to conduct the required evaluations.
(5) A list of the FSTD that are to be used in the training program.
(6) A list of training equipment, other than FSTD, that is to be
used in the training program.
(7) A description of the academic and job performance training
facilities.
(8) A synopsis of the materials, examinations, forms, instructions,
and procedures to be used for the training and evaluation required by
this subpart with respect to each aircraft type, and if applicable, the
particular variations within that aircraft type.
(9) A statement as to whether training will be provided by persons
other than the part 119 certificate holder's employees in accordance
with Sec. 121.1339.
(10) A copy of the Flight Crew Operating Manual and Flight
Attendant Operating Manual for each aircraft type to be included in the
training program. The Flight Crew Operating Manual and Flight Attendant
Operating Manual must be current at the time of submission. Amendments
must be made as required.
(11) A copy of the current manual required by Sec. 121.133 as
outlined in Sec. 121.135.
(12) Additional relevant information requested by the
Administrator.
(b) If the proposed training program or proposed revision complies
with this subpart, the Administrator grants initial approval in
writing, after which the certificate holder may conduct the training
and evaluation in accordance with that program. The Administrator then
evaluates the effectiveness of the initially approved training program
and advises the certificate holder of any deficiencies that must be
corrected.
(c) A revision to an approved training program may be proposed as a
special training category that reflects changes to
[[Page 1316]]
the certificate holder's operation, or as a differences training
category that reflects differences in configuration within an aircraft
type.
(1) The proposed special training category will include modules of
training and evaluation for training segments within existing training
categories. These modules will be initially approved and evaluated.
Upon satisfactory evaluation, the special training category modules
will receive final approval and be integrated into the training
segments of the existing training categories. Once integrated, it will
no longer be called a special training category, but will be part of
the approved training program. The Principal Operations Inspector will
determine the number of programmed hours.
(2) The proposed differences training category will include modules
of training and evaluation for applicable segments of training. These
modules will be initially approved, evaluated and upon satisfactory
evaluation, added to the previously approved differences training. The
Principal Operations Inspector will determine the number of programmed
hours.
(d) The Administrator grants final approval of a training program
if the certificate holder shows that the training and evaluation
conducted under the initial approval obtained under paragraph (b) of
this section ensures that each person who completes the training and
evaluation is adequately trained to perform his or her assigned duties.
(e) The Administrator may require revisions to an approved training
program anytime the FAA finds that revisions are necessary in the
interest of safety or security. If the FAA finds that revisions are
necessary for the continued adequacy of a training program that has
been granted initial or final approval, the certificate holder must,
after notification by the FAA, make all changes in the program that the
FAA finds necessary.
(1) Within 30 days after the certificate holder receives a notice
to revise the program, it may file a petition with the Director of
Flight Standards to reconsider the notice. The filing of a petition to
reconsider stays the notice pending a decision by the Director of
Flight Standards.
(2) If the FAA finds that there is an emergency that requires
immediate action in the interest of safety or security, the FAA may,
upon a statement of the reasons, require a change effective without
stay.
(f) The Administrator considers the following factors in approving
revisions or requiring revisions to a training program:
(1) The pass and fail rate in the curriculum under consideration.
(2) The quality and effectiveness of the teaching-learning process
(e.g., quality of instructors, training equipment, methods, and
procedures listed in the certificate holder's curriculum required by
Sec. 121.1333).
(3) The experience levels of the student population.
(4) The experience levels of the instructors and check persons.
(5) The type and scope of operations conducted by the certificate
holder.
(6) The complexity of make, model, and series of aircraft used.
Sec. 121.1339 Training program: Special rules.
A certificate holder may contract with, or otherwise arrange to use
the services of, another certificate holder certificated under part 119
of this chapter or a training center certificated under part 142 of
this chapter as allowed by this subpart if all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
(a) The curriculum, categories of training, segments, modules,
lessons, programmed hours, manuals, and checklists are approved by the
Administrator of the certificate holder seeking training services in
accordance with this subpart.
(b) The facilities, personnel, FSTD, other training equipment, and
courseware meet the applicable requirements of this subpart.
(c) The instructors and check persons selected by the certificate
holder must meet the following criteria:
(1) Qualified under this subpart.
(2) Approved by the Administrator for specific training and
evaluation duties.
Sec. 121.1341 Training program: Administering training, evaluation,
and operating experience.
(a) No certificate holder may use a person to administer, nor may
any person administer, training, evaluation, or operating experience,
except:
(1) In accordance with this section; or
(2) If applicable, as provided in the initial cadre requirements of
Sec. Sec. 121.1257 and 121.1323.
(b) Persons who administer academic or job performance training
must be knowledgeable in the facilities, equipment, and procedures.
(c) Persons who administer academic training, job performance
training, or evaluation must use only the equipment and the facilities
that are specifically approved for the certificate holder's training
program.
(d) Training and evaluation for crewmembers must be administered as
follows:
(1) In accordance with this subpart, including the appropriate QPS.
(2) In accordance with the approved training program.
(e) Operating experience for crewmembers and observation of check
pilots, check flight engineers, check flight attendants, and aircrew
program designees must be administered as follows:
(1) In accordance with this subpart, including the appropriate QPS.
(2) In accordance with the approved training program.
(f) Training and evaluation activities must be administered by the
persons listed in the appropriate QPS.
(g) For flight crewmembers, the certificate holder must maintain a
record of failures of proficiency tests, proficiency checks, and
proficiency reviews. This record must be maintained for a period of 2
years.
(h) Credit will not be given for any training, evaluation,
observation, or supervision activities when the certificate holder--
(1) Uses facilities, equipment, and materials that are not
specifically approved for that activity as part of the certificate
holder's approved training program; or
(2) Uses persons to administer the activity who are not authorized
in accordance with the applicable crewmember QPS or who do not meet the
requirements of this subpart.
(i) A person will not be given credit for completing a proficiency
test or proficiency check if the person did not complete all required
portions of the training curriculum before taking the proficiency test
or proficiency check.
Sec. 121.1343 Training program: Knowledge and comprehension
assessment.
(a) The certificate holder must develop a knowledge and
comprehension assessment program that is approved by the Administrator
as part of the approved training program. The knowledge and
comprehension assessment program must include development and
maintenance of the examination, methods to establish the validity of
the examination, required student remediation, and adjustment of
instruction when required.
(b) The QPS provides job tasks and related areas of required
instruction. Each area of instruction is provided with subjects that
must be trained and evaluated. A knowledge and comprehension assessment
examination must include the minimum number of questions indicated in
the QPS for each
[[Page 1317]]
subject. Students must achieve a performance of 100% in each area of
instruction. Student performance of at least 80% in an area of
instruction must be corrected to 100%, but the student is not required
to undergo retraining and reevaluation. Student performance below 80%
in an area of instruction must be corrected to 100% after the student
is retrained and reevaluated in each area of instruction where the
student missed one or more questions.
(c) An examination question repository must be developed to include
a minimum number of questions for each subject, as required by the QPS.
(d) The certificate holder must use the repository to create tests
that allow random selection of questions from which alternative
examinations will be created.
(e) The certificate holder must ensure that each student receives a
different test each time the student is tested on an area of
instruction.
Sec. 121.1345 Training program: Mandatory use of flight simulation
training devices.
(a) All flight training and evaluation must be completed in FSTD
approved by the Administrator in accordance with the applicable Pilot
or Flight Engineer QPS. No credit will be given in the QPS for training
and evaluation conducted in an aircraft.
(b) A certificate holder may request a deviation from paragraph (a)
of this section to conduct training and evaluation activities in an
aircraft only if one of the following applies:
(1) The certificate holder has an approved program or has submitted
a training program for review and approval prior to [date 120 days
after publication of final rule]. The certificate holder must request
the deviation no later than [date 40 months after the publication date
of the final rule].
(2) The certificate holder requests the deviation as part of a
request for approval of an initial cadre program. If approved, the
deviation will become effective at the same time as the initial cadre
program.
(c) Deviation requests must be submitted to the FAA for review and
approval, and must include:
(1) The number of FSTD training hours the certificate holder's
flight crewmembers would need to meet the training requirements in this
part.
(2) An FSTD availability assessment, including hours by specific
FSTD and location of the FSTD.
(3) An FSTD shortfall analysis that includes the tasks and
environments that cannot be completed in an FSTD qualified at the level
specified in the applicable QPS.
(4) Proposed alternative means to address the shortfall in task and
environment training and evaluation. The requester must identify the
tasks and environments the requester believes:
(i) Can be completed in an FSTD qualified at a lower level than
that specified in the applicable QPS.
(ii) Can be completed in the aircraft.
(5) An alternative training program for using the airplane instead
of an FSTD or using an airplane in combination with an FSTD, including
methods of achieving an acceptable level of safety.
(d) A certificate holder may request an extension of a deviation
issued under this section.
(e) Deviations or extensions to deviations will be issued for a
period not to exceed 12 months.
Sec. 121.1347 Training program: Qualification and approval of flight
simulation training devices.
(a) Each aircraft flight simulation training device used in an
approved training program required under this part must be evaluated,
qualified, and maintained in accordance with part 60 of this chapter
and approved by the Administrator for training or evaluating tasks
required by the applicable QPS.
(b) The qualification level of the FSTD required to be used by an
applicant to demonstrate flight crewmember task proficiency is
specified in the applicable QPS.
(c) The level of FSTD that may be used for initial training and
evaluation is dependent on the pilot's experience requirements as
specified in the Pilot QPS.
Sec. 121.1349 Training program: Limitations on the use of flight
simulation training devices.
(a) An FSTD may not be used for credit for the following:
(1) The pilot-in-command line check required by Sec. 121.1233.
(2) Exterior preflight checks.
(3) The pilot and flight engineer operating experience required by
Sec. 121.1225.
(4) Consolidation required by Sec. 121.1227.
(b) To receive credit for training and evaluation of required tasks
and LOFT, the flight crewmember must complete these activities in FSTD
that are approved for those tasks and LOFT as part of the certificate
holder's training program.
Sec. 121.1351 Training program: Training equipment other than flight
simulation training devices.
Training equipment, other than FSTD qualified under part 60 of this
chapter, used in an approved training program required under this part
must be approved and used in accordance with the following:
(a) The FAA must approve training equipment used to functionally
replicate aircraft equipment or furnishings for the certificate holder
and the crewmember duty or procedure involved.
(b) The certificate holder must demonstrate that the training
equipment meets all of the following:
(1) The form, fit, function, and weight, as appropriate, of the
equipment as installed in the aircraft, including all equipment and
furnishings that may affect the operation of that equipment.
(2) Normal operation (and abnormal and emergency operation, if
appropriate) including the following:
(i) The required force and travel of the equipment.
(ii) Variations in equipment operated by the certificate holder, if
applicable.
(3) Operation of the equipment under adverse conditions, if
appropriate.
(c) Training equipment must be modified to ensure that it maintains
the performance and function of the aircraft type or aircraft equipment
replicated.
(d) All training equipment must have a discrepancy log in close
proximity. The discrepancy log must be readily available for review by
each instructor or check person prior to conducting training or
evaluation with that equipment.
(1) Each instructor or check person conducting training or
evaluation, and each person conducting an inspection of the equipment
who discovers a discrepancy, including any missing, malfunctioning, or
inoperative components, must write or cause to be written a description
of that discrepancy into the discrepancy log at the end of the
inspection or the training session.
(2) All corrections to discrepancies must be recorded when the
corrections are made, and the dates of the discrepancies and
corrections must be recorded.
(3) A discrepancy log must be maintained for at least 60 days.
(e) No person may use, allow the use of, or offer the use of
training equipment with a missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative
component to meet the crewmember training or evaluation requirements of
this chapter for tasks that require the use of the correctly operating
component.
Sec. 121.1353 Training program: Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT)
and Flight Simulation Training Device (FSTD) Course of Instruction.
(a) Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT). Qualification and
recurrent
[[Page 1318]]
LOFT must meet the following requirements:
(1) The LOFT must be administered by a pilot flight instructor or a
check pilot qualified in accordance with this subpart. A flight
engineer flight instructor or a check flight engineer may assist the
pilot flight instructor or check pilot.
(2) LOFT must be accomplished in an FFS that is qualified in
accordance with part 60 of this chapter and that has the qualification
level specified in the applicable QPS.
(3) Each LOFT must include at least two operating cycles. Each
cycle must be representative of the certificate holder's operation.
(4) LOFT must be conducted with a complete flight crew, with each
duty position filled by a person who is qualified or in student status
to serve in that duty position.
(5) LOFT must be conducted as a line operation without interruption
by the instructor during the session, except for a non-disruptive
acceleration of uneventful en route segments.
(6) Any person serving in a flight crewmember position during a
LOFT who does not perform satisfactorily, may not serve as a required
crewmember in operations under this part without receiving training to
correct the deficiencies and demonstrating that the deficiencies have
been corrected. The training must occur during a separate training
session.
(7) The LOFT must include at least 4 hours of training. For pilots,
2 hours of the training must be with the pilot flying and 2 hours of
the training must be with the pilot monitoring, plus briefing(s) before
or after the training.
(b) Flight Simulation Training Device (FSTD) Course of Instruction.
(1) An FSTD course of instruction must be administered by a pilot
flight instructor or a check pilot qualified in accordance with this
subpart. A flight engineer flight instructor or a check flight engineer
may assist the pilot flight instructor or check pilot.
(2) An FSTD course of instruction must be accomplished in an FFS or
FTD that is qualified in accordance with part 60 of this chapter and
that has the qualification level specified in the applicable QPS.
(3) An FSTD course of instruction must be conducted with a complete
flight crew, with each duty position filled by a person who is
qualified or in student status to serve in that duty position.
(4) Any person serving in a flight crewmember position during an
FSTD course of instruction who does not perform satisfactorily, may not
serve as a required crewmember in operations under this part without
receiving training to correct the deficiencies and demonstrating that
the deficiencies have been corrected. The training must occur during a
separate training session.
(5) An FSTD course of instruction must provide an opportunity to
practice the tasks and operate in the environments addressed in the
pilot QPS, and to demonstrate or practice tasks identified as areas of
concern related to fleet operations, route structure, environmental
conditions, aircraft type operations, or other circumstances.
(6) An FSTD course of instruction must include at least 4 hours of
training. For pilots, 2 hours of the training must be with the pilot
flying and 2 hours of the training must be with the pilot monitoring,
plus briefing(s) before or after the training.
Sec. 121.1355 Training program: Continuous analysis process.
(a) Each certificate holder must establish and maintain a process
for the continuous analysis of the performance and effectiveness of its
training program and operation that will allow the certificate holder
the ability to evaluate the effectiveness of the training program. This
process must:
(1) Incorporate procedures to ensure that the training program and
the standards of qualification for each duty position are documented,
and provide a means for updating as changes are required.
(2) Provide for the review of training program content,
application, and results through semiannual standardization meetings
for each aircraft type.
(3) Continually measure and monitor the outcome of the training
program in terms of crewmember's performance and qualification, and
provide a means to identify and correct deficiencies in the crewmember
performance and qualification and in the training program and
operation. Procedures must include correction of deficiencies by the
certificate holder(s) or by persons providing training and evaluation
in the certificate holder's training program and operation.
(b) The FAA will notify the certificate holder in writing when it
finds that the continuous analysis process described in paragraph (a)
of this section does not contain adequate procedures and standards to
meet the requirements of this section. The certificate holder must make
any changes that are necessary to meet the requirements of this
section.
(c) A certificate holder may petition the FAA to reconsider the
notice to make a change to the continuous analysis process. The
petition must be filed with the FAA certificate holding district office
charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder's
operations within 30 days after the certificate holder receives the
notice. Except in the case of an emergency requiring immediate action
in the interest of safety, the filing of the petition stays the notice
pending a decision by the FAA.
Training Category Requirements
Sec. 121.1361 Training category requirements: Standards used in
academic and job performance training segments.
The certificate holder must include the training, evaluation, and
qualification requirements set forth in the applicable QPS for academic
and job performance training segments.
Sec. 121.1363 Training category requirements: Crewmember new hire.
(a) Each training program must include new hire training for all of
the following:
(1) Each person who is qualifying for the first time as a pilot or
flight engineer for the certificate holder.
(2) Each person who is qualifying for the first time as flight
attendant for the certificate holder.
(3) Each person who is required to complete Flight Attendant Phase
III Requalification training in accordance with Sec. 121.1309(c) and
the Flight Attendant QPS.
(b) The content of the new hire training category must include the
following:
(1) The subjects required in the applicable QPS.
(2) A knowledge and comprehension assessment of the new hire
training subjects administered in accordance with the applicable QPS.
Sec. 121.1365 Training category requirements: Pilot and flight
engineer initial, conversion, transition, and upgrade, academic and job
performance training.
(a) Academic training. Initial, conversion, transition, and upgrade
academic training segments for flight crewmember must include training
in all of the subjects specified in the applicable QPS for a flight
crewmember's assigned duties.
(b) Job performance training. Initial, conversion, transition, and
upgrade job performance training segments for pilots and flight
engineers must include all of the following:
(1) Training and evaluation in the tasks and environments set forth
in the applicable QPS. Following training, the pilot or flight engineer
must
[[Page 1319]]
demonstrate the knowledge and skills required for the aircraft type and
duty position. The demonstration must be accomplished by a proficiency
test that also may be used for airman certification or type rating.
This proficiency test must be conducted by a check pilot, a check
flight engineer, a pilot APD, or a flight engineer APD, as appropriate,
who is an employee of the certificate holder and who is a line
qualified pilot or line qualified flight engineer, as appropriate, for
the certificate holder.
(2) Qualification LOFT is conducted after a person completes the
proficiency test at the end of initial, conversion, transition, or
upgrade training. Qualification LOFT must meet the requirements of
Sec. 121.1353 and must contain at least two operating cycles with
routes and airports approved by the Principal Operations Inspector.
These cycles must meet the following requirements:
(i) One cycle contains normal line operations and the other cycle
contains abnormal, non-normal, and emergency flight operations.
(ii) The pilot in command and second in command share pilot flying
and pilot monitoring duties during each cycle.
(c) A pilot or flight engineer is qualified after completing the
proficiency test prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and the
Qualification LOFT.
Sec. 121.1367 Training category requirements: Pilot and flight
engineer recurrent academic, recurrent job performance, and recurrent
aircraft emergency equipment training.
(a) Each recurrent academic training module must include:
(1) Training in the subjects prescribed in the applicable QPS for
the training category last completed.
(2) A knowledge and comprehension assessment of the flight
crewmember's knowledge of the subjects in which training has occurred.
(b) Each recurrent job performance training module must include at
least 8 hours for pilots, and at least 4 hours for flight engineers, of
job performance training in the tasks and environments, and at the
intervals specified in the applicable QPS. The FSTD used must be
qualified in accordance with part 60 of this chapter and approved at
the level required by the applicable QPS. This job performance training
must:
(1) Include a recurrent LOFT or an FSTD course of instruction as
prescribed in Sec. 121.1353 addressing the applicable tasks and
environments in accordance with the applicable QPS. The first recurrent
job performance training module following the proficiency test required
by Sec. 121.1365(b)(1) must include a recurrent LOFT. Subsequent 9-
month recurrent job performance training modules may include either a
recurrent LOFT or an FSTD course of instruction. After the second
recurrent job performance training module, neither the recurrent LOFT
nor the FSTD course of instruction may be repeated in 2 successive 9-
month recurrent job performance training modules.
(2) Include a proficiency test, a proficiency check, or a
proficiency review addressing the applicable tasks and environments in
accordance with the applicable QPS. The first recurrent job performance
training module following the proficiency test required by Sec.
121.1365(b)(1) must include a proficiency test. Subsequent 9-month
recurrent job performance training modules may include a proficiency
test, a proficiency check, or a proficiency review. After the second
job performance training module, a proficiency review may not be
repeated in 2 successive 9-month recurrent job performance training
modules.
(3) Be conducted with a complete flight crew. Each person assigned
a duty position in the FSTD must be qualified to serve in that duty
position in the aircraft.
(c) Each recurrent aircraft emergency equipment training drill must
be completed once every 36 months.
Sec. 121.1369 Training category requirements: Flight attendant
initial and transition training.
Initial and transition training for flight attendants must include
all of the following:
(a) Training in the subjects and tasks specified in the Flight
Attendant QPS.
(b) A test of the flight attendant's knowledge with respect to the
aircraft and crewmember duty position.
(c) Practice in the performance of specific tasks in accordance
with the Flight Attendant QPS to determine ability to perform assigned
duties and responsibilities for each aircraft type on which the flight
attendant is to serve.
(d) For newly hired flight attendants, the initial training
required by this section may not begin until the new hire training
required by Sec. 121.1363 is complete.
Sec. 121.1371 Training category requirements: Flight attendant
eligibility for transition training.
No person is eligible for flight attendant transition training
unless that person has been qualified for at least 180 days and served
in the previous 180 days on an aircraft as a flight attendant for that
certificate holder.
Sec. 121. 1373 Training category requirements: Flight attendant
emergency training.
Each emergency training program given after new hire training and
initial training must include the following:
(a) The emergency training requirements as specified in the Flight
Attendant QPS with respect to each aircraft type, model, and
configuration, and each kind of operation conducted by the certificate
holder.
(b) A test of the flight attendant's knowledge with respect to the
aircraft type and crewmember duty position involved.
(c) Completion of proficiency tests to determine the flight
attendant's ability to perform assigned duties and responsibilities for
each aircraft type on which the flight attendant is to serve.
Sec. 121.1375 Training category requirements: Flight attendant
recurrent training.
Recurrent training for flight attendants must include the
following:
(a) Training in the subjects and tasks specified in the Flight
Attendant QPS.
(b) A test of the flight attendant's knowledge with respect to the
aircraft type and crewmember duty position involved.
(c) Completion of proficiency tests in accordance with the Flight
Attendant QPS to determine the flight attendant's ability to perform
assigned duties and responsibilities for each aircraft type on which
the flight attendant is to serve.
Sec. 121.1377 Training category requirements: Flight instructor
initial, transition, and recurrent academic training.
(a) Initial flight instructor academic training. A 4-hour block of
instruction that includes the following:
(1) Training policies and procedures.
(2) Flight instructor duties, functions, and responsibilities.
(3) Appropriate provisions of the regulations of this chapter and
the certificate holder's policies and procedures.
(4) The appropriate methods, procedures, and techniques for
conducting flight instruction.
(5) Proper evaluation of student performance including the
detection of the following:
(i) Improper or insufficient training.
(ii) Student behaviors that could adversely affect safety.
(6) The corrective action in the case of unsatisfactory training
progress.
(7) The approved methods, procedures, and limitations for
instructing in the required standard
[[Page 1320]]
operating procedures, abnormal procedures, non-normal procedures, and
emergency procedures applicable to the aircraft.
(8) Except for holders of a flight instructor certificate, the
following:
(i) The fundamental principles of the teaching-learning process.
(ii) Teaching methods and procedures.
(iii) The instructor-student relationship.
(9) Use of FSTD for training and evaluation.
(i) Operation of FSTD controls.
(ii) FSTD limitations.
(iii) Minimum FSTD equipment required for each task and
environment.
(b) Transition flight instructor academic training. Transition
academic training for flight instructors must include the approved
methods, procedures, and limitations for instructing in the required
standard operating procedures, abnormal procedures, non-normal
procedures, and emergency procedures applicable to the aircraft to
which the flight instructor is transitioning.
(c) Recurrent flight instructor academic training. The recurrent
flight instructor academic training must be a 4-hour block of
instruction completed every 18 months and must include the following:
(1) The subjects required in paragraph (a) of this section, if
applicable.
(2) FSTD operations, limitations, and minimum required equipment.
(3) Changes in crewmember qualification curricula.
Sec. 121.1379 Training category requirements: Flight instructor
initial and transition job performance training.
Initial and transition job performance training for flight
instructors must include training to ensure competence in conducting
flight instruction as required by this part and the applicable QPS.
(a) For pilot flight instructors, the methods for conducting the
required training from either pilot seat and the instructor's operating
station (IOS), as well as the operation of the FSTD from the IOS or
either pilot seat if the FSTD is so equipped.
(b) For flight engineer flight instructors, the methods for
conducting the required training from the IOS, as well as the operation
of the FSTD from the IOS.
Sec. 121.1381 Training category requirements: Check pilot, check
flight engineer, or check flight attendant initial, transition, and
recurrent academic training.
(a) The initial academic training for check pilots, check flight
engineers, or check flight attendants must include the following:
(1) Evaluation policies and procedures.
(2) Check pilot, check flight engineer, or check flight attendant
duties, functions, and responsibilities, as applicable.
(3) The applicable regulations of this chapter and the certificate
holder's policies and procedures.
(4) The appropriate methods, procedures, and techniques for
conducting the required evaluations.
(5) Proper evaluation of student performance including the
detection of:
(i) Improper or insufficient training; and
(ii) Student behaviors that could adversely affect safety.
(6) The appropriate action in the case of unsatisfactory
performance.
(7) The approved methods, procedures, and limitations for
performing the required standard operating procedures, abnormal
procedures, non-normal procedures, and emergency procedures applicable
to the aircraft type.
(8) FSTD and other training equipment, as applicable, operations,
limitations, and minimum equipment required for tasks and environments.
(b) The transition academic training for check pilots, check flight
engineers, or check flight attendants must include approved methods,
procedures, and limitations for performing the required standard
operating procedures, abnormal procedures, non-normal procedures, and
emergency procedures applicable to the aircraft type to which the check
person is transitioning.
(c) The recurrent academic training for check pilots and check
flight engineers must be completed every 18 months. The recurrent
academic training for check flight attendants must be completed every
12 months. The recurrent academic training for check pilots, check
flight engineers, and check flight attendants must include the
following:
(1) The subjects required in paragraph (a) of this section, as
applicable.
(2) FSTD and other training equipment, as applicable, operations,
limitations, and minimum equipment required for tasks and environments.
(3) Changes in crewmember qualification curricula.
Sec. 121.1383 Training category requirements: Check pilot and check
flight engineer initial, transition, and recurrent job performance
training.
Initial, transition, and recurrent job performance training for
check pilots and check flight engineers must include the following:
(a) Training to ensure competence in conducting job performance
evaluation in each of the tasks specified in the applicable QPS.
(b) Each check pilot must have completed the following:
(1) The requirements for qualification and training for flight
instructors described in Sec. 121.1379(a).
(2) Training on the methods for conducting required evaluations in
an FSTD, including conducting the evaluation from either pilot seat and
from the IOS, as well as operation of the FSTD from the IOS or either
pilot seat if the FSTD is so equipped.
(c) Check pilots authorized to conduct operating experience or line
checks, must do the following in an FSTD:
(1) Learn the safety measures to be taken from either pilot seat
for emergency situations that are likely to develop during flight
operations.
(2) Learn the potential consequences of improper, untimely or
unexecuted safety measures during flight operations.
(3) Complete the seat dependent task training described in the QPS.
(d) Each check flight engineer must have been trained on the
methods for conducting the flight engineer evaluation described in
paragraph (a) of this section in an FSTD from either the IOS or a
flight engineer operating station if the FSTD is so equipped.
Sec. 121.1385 Qualification requirements: Check pilots authorized to
conduct line checks.
Prior to authorizing a person to become a check pilot authorized to
conduct line checks from one of the pilot operating seats, the person
must, initially, and thereafter once each 24 months, complete the
following qualification requirements:
(a) At least two operating cycles in the aircraft during line
operations, one operating cycle in each pilot seat, under the
supervision of a check pilot authorized to conduct operating experience
and line checks, who must occupy the opposite pilot seat.
(b) At least one operating cycle in the aircraft during line
operations under the supervision of an FAA inspector or an APD
designated to conduct the observation of a check pilot conducting PIC
line checks.
Sec. 121.1387 Training category requirements: Initial, transition,
and recurrent academic training for persons authorized to administer
flight attendant proficiency tests.
(a) Initial academic training instruction for persons authorized to
administer flight attendant proficiency tests must include the
following:
(1) Training policies and procedures.
[[Page 1321]]
(2) Duties, functions, and responsibilities of persons authorized
to administer flight attendant proficiency tests.
(3) The applicable regulations of this chapter and the certificate
holder's policies and procedures.
(4) The appropriate methods, procedures, and techniques for
conducting the required checks.
(5) Proper evaluation of student performance including the
detection of--
(i) Improper and insufficient training; and
(ii) Student behaviors that could adversely affect safety.
(6) The appropriate corrective action in the case of unsatisfactory
tests.
(7) The approved methods, procedures, and limitations for
instructing and evaluating in the required normal, abnormal, and
emergency procedures applicable to the aircraft.
(8) Simulator and trainer operations, limitations, and minimum
required equipment, as appropriate.
(b) Transition academic training instruction for persons authorized
to administer flight attendant proficiency tests must include approved
methods, procedures, and limitations for evaluating the required
normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures applicable to the aircraft
to which the person authorized to conduct proficiency tests is in
transition.
(c) The recurrent academic training for persons authorized to
administer proficiency tests must be completed every 12 months.
Recurrent academic training instruction for persons authorized to
administer proficiency tests must include the following:
(1) The subjects, as necessary, required in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(2) Simulator and trainer operations, limitations, and minimum
required equipment, as appropriate.
(3) Changes in crewmember qualification curricula.
Other Training Requirements
Sec. 121.1391 Differences training and evaluation.
(a) A difference category of training must be included in each
curriculum when the Administrator finds that differences between
aircraft of the same type operated by the certificate holder
necessitate additional training, evaluation, or both to ensure that
each crewmember is adequately trained to perform their assigned duties.
(b) A certificate holder must consider the differences between two
or more aircraft of the same type and report such differences to the
Administrator with recommendations for the training needed to provide
for these differences.
(c) Differences training and evaluation for all variations of a
particular aircraft type must be included in paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2)
of this section as follows:
(1) Initial, transition, conversion, upgrade, and recurrent
training categories for the aircraft, and flight attendant emergency
training curricula for the aircraft if applicable.
(2) Academic and job performance training segments as required for
each differences training category.
(d) Differences training and evaluation for crewmembers must
consist of at least the following as applicable to their assigned
duties and responsibilities:
(1) Each appropriate subject or task required for the academic
training segment for the aircraft unless the Administrator finds that
particular subjects are not necessary.
(2) Each appropriate maneuver or procedure required for the job
performance training segment for the aircraft unless the Administrator
finds that particular maneuvers or procedures are not necessary.
(3) The number of programmed hours of academic and job performance
training and evaluation determined by the Administrator to be necessary
for the aircraft, the operation, and the duty position. The programmed
hours required for differences training and evaluation are in addition
to other required programmed hours.
29. Add subpart CC of part 121 to read as follows:
Subpart CC--Aircraft Dispatcher Qualifications
General
Sec.
121.1401 Applicability.
121.1402 Interim requirements for training programs transitioning
from the requirements of subparts N and O.
121.1403 Certificate holder responsibility for compliance with this
subpart.
121.1405 Definitions.
121.1407 English language requirement.
121.1409 Acceptable time for completing recurrent requirements.
Qualification
121.1411 Aircraft dispatcher: Employment and certificate.
121.1413 Aircraft dispatcher: Training and evaluation.
121.1415 Aircraft dispatcher: Operating familiarization.
121.1417 Aircraft dispatcher: Supervised operating experience.
121.1419 Aircraft dispatcher: Requalification.
121.1421 Dispatcher instructor and check dispatcher: Eligibility,
training, and evaluation.
121.1423 Dispatch program designee: Eligibility and qualification.
121.1425 Check dispatcher: Initial cadre.
General Training Program Requirements
121.1431 Training program: General.
121.1433 Training program: General curriculum by aircraft type and
operation.
121.1435 Training program: Curriculum programmed hours.
121.1437 Training program: Approval and amendment process.
121.1439 Training program: Administering training and evaluation.
121.1441 Training program: Continuous analysis process.
Training Category Requirements
121.1451 Training category requirements: Standards used in aircraft
dispatcher training.
121.1453 Training category requirements: Aircraft dispatcher
initial, combined certification and initial, and transition
training.
121.1455 Training category requirements: Aircraft dispatcher
recurrent training.
121.1457 Training category requirements: Dispatcher instructor
initial and recurrent training.
121.1459 Training category requirements: Check dispatcher initial
and recurrent training.
Other Training Requirements
121.1471 Differences training and evaluation.
Subpart CC--Aircraft Dispatcher Qualifications
General
Sec. 121.1401 Applicability.
(a) This subpart provides the following:
(1) Qualification requirements for aircraft dispatchers for
certificate holders conducting domestic or flag operations.
(2) Requirements applicable to each certificate holder for
establishing, obtaining approval of, and maintaining a training program
to qualify certificated aircraft dispatchers and an optional program to
certificate aircraft dispatcher candidates.
(b) Any person qualified in a duty position for the certificate
holder before [date 120 days after publication of the final rule] or
under the provisions of subparts N and O of this part in effect on or
before [date 119 days after publication of the final rule] may continue
to serve in that duty position for that certificate holder without
complying with initial training under Sec. 121.1453.
[[Page 1322]]
Sec. 121.1402 Interim requirements for training programs
transitioning from the requirements of subparts N and O.
(a) Contrary provisions of this subpart notwithstanding, a person
who has submitted a training program for approval before [date 120 days
after publication of the final rule] that was constructed in accordance
with the applicable provisions of subparts N and P of this part in
effect on or before [date 119 days after publication of the final
rule], may complete the approval and implementation process and conduct
operations in compliance with the applicable provisions of subparts N
and P of this part instead of the provisions of this subpart.
(b) A certificate holder must submit a transition plan to the FAA
no later than [date 4 years and 120 days after publication of the final
rule]. The transition plan must include the following:
(1) Subpart CC training program(s), as applicable;
(2) Plan for transition for crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers
from the applicable provisions of subparts N and P of this part to the
provisions of this subpart; and
(3) A transition completion date that is before [date 5 years and
120 days after the publication of the final rule].
(c) During the transition, the certificate holder may use people to
conduct operations under this part provided those people are trained
under the applicable provisions of subparts N and P of this part, or
this subpart. While a certificate holder may simultaneously operate
training programs in compliance with the applicable provisions of
subparts N and P of this part and this subpart, each aircraft
dispatcher must be trained and qualified.
(d) A certificate holder may not use an aircraft dispatcher, nor
may an aircraft dispatcher serve, in a duty position unless that person
is current and qualified to perform the duties to which he or she is
assigned. If more than one aircraft dispatcher is required for an
operation, and one aircraft dispatcher is current and qualified in
accordance with the applicable provisions of subparts N and P of this
part, and the other aircraft dispatcher is current and qualified in
accordance with this subpart, then the lesser operating requirements
apply for that operation.
Sec. 121.1403 Certificate holder responsibility for compliance with
this subpart.
(a) Each certificate holder is responsible for ensuring that its
approved training program, including all portions of the training
program that are conducted by individuals other than employees of the
part 119 certificate holder, meets the requirements of this subpart.
(b) Each certificate holder is responsible for ensuring that all
procedures, manuals, and other materials submitted to obtain initial or
final approval of a training program are kept up to date and followed.
Sec. 121.1405 Definitions.
For the purpose of this subpart, the following terms and their
definitions apply:
Base month. The month in which a recurrent activity is due.
Categories of training or training categories. Within a curriculum,
categories of training relate to aircraft dispatcher certification
requirements, first time qualification for a certificate holder,
configuration differences within aircraft type or series, maintaining
and regaining qualification, and to changes in operations. Categories
include: initial, combined certification and initial, recurrent,
requalification, transition, special, and differences.
(1) Initial training. A category of training that must be
successfully completed to qualify an aircraft dispatcher to serve as an
aircraft dispatcher for a certificate holder in operations under this
part.
(2) Combined Certification and Initial training. An optional
category specifically approved under part 121 that integrates an
approved certificate holder's initial training category with part 65
requirements. The category allows for both the issuance of an aircraft
dispatcher certificate and qualification of the individual to serve as
an aircraft dispatcher for the certificate holder. The aircraft
dispatcher's certificate is issued under 14 CFR part 65, not part 121.
(3) Recurrent training. A category of training that must be
successfully completed within the eligibility period to maintain
aircraft dispatcher qualification.
(4) Requalification training. A category of training that must be
successfully completed to restore qualified status to an aircraft
dispatcher previously qualified for the certificate holder when
qualification is lost due to failure to meet recurrent training
requirements.
(5) Transition training. A category of training to be completed by
an aircraft dispatcher who is presently qualified on an aircraft type
in operations under this part for the certificate holder to allow that
aircraft dispatcher to serve as an aircraft dispatcher for a different
aircraft type.
(6) Special training. A category of training necessary to address
changes to the certificate holder's operations or to correct
deficiencies identified by the certificate holder's continuous analysis
process. Special training is temporary and is integrated into the
approved training program.
(7) Differences training. A category of training on a particular
aircraft type and operation when the Administrator finds additional
training is necessary before that aircraft dispatcher serves in the
same capacity on a particular variation within a series of an aircraft
type or a different series within an aircraft type.
Certificate holder. A person certificated under part 119 of this
chapter that conducts operations under part 121.
Combined certification and initial training. See definition of
Category of Training.
Current. Current means satisfying the initial training and
evaluation requirements prescribed in Sec. 121.1453 or the recurrent
training and evaluation requirements prescribed in Sec. 121.1455, as
applicable.
Curriculum. A curriculum is the training agenda to qualify a person
for an aircraft dispatcher duty position or a training or evaluation
duty position for an aircraft type or operation. The curriculum for
each duty position includes categories of training.
Differences training. See definition of Category of Training.
Duty Position. A duty position is the position held by an Aircraft
Dispatcher that requires unique qualification and currency requirements
to serve in operations under this part. The term duty position includes
the variations within a position, such as check dispatcher, dispatcher
instructor, or dispatch program designee.
Eligibility Period. The eligibility period consists of the month in
which the recurrent activity is due (the ``base month''), the month
before and the month after (the ``grace month'').
Environment. A combination of external, physical, and surrounding
conditions that affect aircraft performance, aircraft and equipment
operation, and decisionmaking.
Evaluation. Any testing, checking, or observation activities in
which a person's skills and knowledge are assessed by a person
authorized to perform that evaluation.
Initial Cadre. The specific persons approved by the FAA for the
time frame necessary, not to exceed 24 months, for a new part 119
certificate holder to initiate operations under part 119, or for a
current part 119 certificate holder to initiate operations of a new
aircraft type
[[Page 1323]]
not operated previously or to initiate a new type of operation.
Initial training. See definition of Category of Training.
Module. Modules of instruction are subsets of a training segment
that include major subject areas for training and evaluation.
Month. Calendar month.
Practical test: The final test required for certification of a
person as an aircraft dispatcher.
Proficiency: Demonstrated awareness of existing circumstances,
competence in the necessary knowledge and skills, and performance of
the relevant task within the operating range of environments to the
established standards of performance identified and required by the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
Proficiency check. An assessment of dispatcher proficiency during
which limited training or practice is allowed. The assessment is of
knowledge and skill in tasks to the standards identified and required
by the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
Proficiency test. An assessment of dispatcher proficiency during
which additional training or practice is not allowed. The assessment is
of knowledge and skill in tasks to the standards identified and
required by the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
Programmed hours. The required number of hours (baseline and
minimum) set forth in this subpart for categories of training
identified and required by the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
Qualification Performance Standards (QPS). FAA standards providing
all of the tasks, areas of instruction, and evaluation, including
activities, procedures, and knowledge needed to certify, qualify,
retain currency, and requalify dispatchers for performing in operations
under this part. The QPS for dispatchers is part 121 appendix T:
Aircraft Dispatcher Qualification Performance Standards.
Qualified. When used in reference to an individual, means an
individual who has completed the certificate holder's FAA-approved
curriculum under this part and holds an aircraft dispatcher
certificate.
Recurrent training. See definition of Category of Training.
Requalification training. See definition of Category of Training.
Serve. Performing the duties of an aircraft dispatcher, dispatcher
instructor, check dispatcher, or dispatch program designee for a
certificate holder.
Special training. See definition of Category of Training.
Supervised Operating Experience (SOE). Training and other
supervised activities conducted for the purpose of demonstrating the
ability to perform the duties of an aircraft dispatcher prior to the
proficiency test or proficiency check.
Training. Instruction and practice.
Training program. A certificate holder's training curricula,
personnel, facilities, equipment, and other resources used to meet the
training requirements of this subpart.
Transition training. See definition of Category of Training.
Sec. 121.1407 English language requirement.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as an aircraft dispatcher under this part, unless that person has
demonstrated to an individual qualified to conduct evaluations under
this part, the ability to do the following:
(a) Read, write, speak, and understand the English language.
(b) Have their English language and writings understood.
Sec. 121.1409 Acceptable time for completing recurrent requirements.
(a) An aircraft dispatcher must complete recurrent training,
evaluation or operating familiarization during the eligibility period.
(b) An aircraft dispatcher who has not completed recurrent training
by the end of the base month may continue to perform dispatcher duties
until the end of the eligibility period.
Qualification
Sec. 121.1411 Aircraft dispatcher: Employment and certificate.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as an aircraft dispatcher in domestic or flag operations, unless that
person is an employee of the part 119 certificate holder and has in his
or her possession an aircraft dispatcher certificate issued to the
person by the FAA without limitations, in accordance with part 65
subpart C of this chapter.
Sec. 121.1413 Aircraft dispatcher: Training and evaluation.
No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve,
as an aircraft dispatcher in domestic or flag operations, unless that
person meets the following requirements:
(a) Training and evaluation. The person has successfully completed,
in a training program approved under this subpart for the certificate
holder, the following:
(1) Training in accordance with the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS, and
the associated programmed hours required by Sec. 121.1435, as follows:
(i) Within the preceding 12 months, initial, combined certification
and initial, transition, or recurrent training categories as prescribed
in Sec. 121.1453 or Sec. 121.1455 as applicable.
(A) An aircraft dispatcher is eligible for transition training only
if the aircraft dispatcher is otherwise qualified as an aircraft
dispatcher for the certificate holder on another aircraft type in
operations under this part.
(B) To be eligible for recurrent training, an aircraft dispatcher
must be otherwise qualified and have successfully completed the
initial, combined certification and initial, or transition training for
the certificate holder.
(ii) Differences training, if necessary, as prescribed in Sec.
121.1471.
(iii) Requalification training, if necessary, as prescribed in
Sec. 121.1419.
(iv) Special training, if necessary, as prescribed in Sec.
121.1437.
(2) A proficiency test or check in accordance with Sec.
121.1453(a)(2), Sec. 121.1453(b)(2), or Sec. 121.1455(c), as
applicable.
(3) Supervised operating experience, as prescribed in Sec.
121.1417.
(b) Continuity of training.
(1) Initial for certificated dispatchers. A certificated aircraft
dispatcher must successfully complete all of the required initial
training category, including the proficiency test, prescribed in Sec.
121.1453(a)(2) within 120 days of beginning the initial training
category.
(2) Combined certification and initial for non-certificated person.
A non-certificated person must successfully complete all of the
required combined certification and initial training category,
including the practical test and proficiency test, prescribed in Sec.
121.1453(b)(2) within 180 days of beginning the combined certification
and initial category.
(c) Failure to complete training. If a person fails to successfully
complete the training in the time required by paragraph (b) of this
section, the person must repeat the initial training, or combined
certification and initial training, as required by paragraph (a) of
this section within the time period required in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(d) Operating familiarization. The person has successfully
completed operating familiarization every 12 months in accordance with
Sec. 121.1415. For domestic operations, the operating familiarization
must be conducted within a geographic area into which the person
dispatches. For flag operations, the operating familiarization must be
conducted within a flag area of operation for which the person
[[Page 1324]]
dispatches in accordance with the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(1) If the person dispatches in either domestic operations or flag
operations, but not both, the person must have completed operating
familiarization in the type of operation, domestic or flag, and in an
aircraft type that the person dispatches within the preceding 12
months.
(2) If the person dispatches in both domestic and flag operations,
the person must have completed operating familiarization in both
domestic and flag operations in an aircraft type that the person
dispatches within the preceding 24 months.
(3) If the person dispatches both propeller driven (including
reciprocating powered and turbopropeller powered) and turbojet powered
aircraft, the person must have completed operating familiarization in
both propeller driven and turbojet powered aircraft within the
preceding 24 months.
Sec. 121.1415 Aircraft dispatcher: Operating familiarization.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,
the operating familiarization required by Sec. 121.1413(d) must
consist of at least 5 hours of observing operations under this part
from the flight deck. This observation must be made from the flight
deck or, for airplanes without an observer seat on the flight deck,
from a forward passenger seat with headset or speaker. This requirement
may be reduced by one hour for each additional takeoff and landing, but
the reduction must not exceed 2\1/2\ hours.
(b) The requirement of paragraph (a) of this section may be
satisfied by observation of simulated flight time during a Line
Oriented Flight Training (LOFT) session required by subpart BB of this
part. The observation must occur in a Full Flight Simulator (FFS)
approved in accordance with part 60 of this chapter for the aircraft
type and operation. The actual observed simulated flight time must not
be reduced below 5 hours.
(c) If the requirement of paragraph (a) and (b) of this section
cannot be met, the certificate holder may request a deviation to
complete operating familiarization through a ground training program
approved by the Administrator.
(d) A person may serve as an aircraft dispatcher for a new type of
operation (domestic or flag) without meeting the requirements of this
section for 90 days after the certificate holder introduces a new type
of operation.
Sec. 121.1417 Aircraft dispatcher: Supervised operating experience.
(a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person
serve, as an aircraft dispatcher unless that person meets all of the
following requirements:
(1) The person has been supervised by a current and qualified
dispatcher who meets the experience requirements of Sec.
121.1421(b)(1) through (4).
(2) The person has been supervised for the minimum hours prescribed
in the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS for each type of operation (domestic or
flag) in which the person serves.
(3) The person has successfully completed a proficiency test or
check, as appropriate.
(b) No person is eligible to receive the supervised operating
experience required in paragraph (a) of this section unless that person
has satisfactorily completed initial, combined certification and
initial, requalification training, and operating familiarization, as
applicable, in accordance with the requirements listed in the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS.
(c) An aircraft dispatcher administering operating experience may
not supervise more than one person at a time.
(d) During the supervised operating experience session, the
supervising dispatcher must be the dispatcher of record for each flight
dispatched or released.
Sec. 121.1419 Aircraft dispatcher: Requalification.
(a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person
serve, as an aircraft dispatcher if that person has become unqualified
by not satisfactorily completing recurrent training, including
proficiency checks as required by Sec. 121.1413(a).
(b) To be requalified, the person must complete:
(1) The initial training requirements of Sec. 121.1453(a) in
accordance with the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS, including supervised
operating experience, operating familiarization, and proficiency test,
or
(2) All missed recurrent training modules that were not completed
by the end of the person's eligibility period and the additional
requirements for the applicable phase of requalification training in
accordance with the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS, including all applicable
proficiency checks or proficiency tests.
(c) The requalification requirements for each phase must be
completed:
(1) Within 60 days of beginning the requalification training; and
(2) Before the end of the applicable phase of requalification.
(d) To qualify for:
(1) Phase I Requalification. A person may requalify under the Phase
I Requalification program if less than 6 months have elapsed since the
end of the person's base month for recurrent training. The aircraft
dispatcher's base month for recurrent training does not change.
(2) Phase II Requalification. A person may requalify under the
Phase II Requalification program if at least 6 months, but less than 12
months, have elapsed since the end of the person's base month for
recurrent training. The aircraft dispatcher's base month for recurrent
training does not change.
(3) Phase III Requalification. A person may requalify under the
Phase III Requalification program if at least 12 months, but less than
24 months, have elapsed since the end of the person's base month for
recurrent training. The aircraft dispatcher's base month for recurrent
training must change to the month in which the requalification
proficiency check is successfully completed.
(4) Phase IV Requalification. A person may requalify under the
Phase IV Requalification program if at least 24 months, but less than
36 months, have elapsed since the end of the person's base month for
recurrent training. The aircraft dispatcher's base month for recurrent
training must change to the month in which the requalification
proficiency check is successfully completed.
(5) Phase V Requalification. A person may requalify under the Phase
V Requalification program if 36 months or more have elapsed since the
end of the person's base month for recurrent training. The aircraft
dispatcher's base month for recurrent training must change to the month
in which the requalification proficiency test is successfully
completed.
Sec. 121.1421 Dispatcher instructor and check dispatcher:
Eligibility, training, and evaluation.
(a) Dispatcher Instructor. No certificate holder conducting
domestic or flag operations may use any person, nor may any person
serve, as a dispatcher instructor in a training program established
under this part unless the person meets one of the following:
(1) The person must meet the applicable requirements of Sec.
121.1439 and hold an aircraft dispatcher certificate. The person must
maintain aircraft dispatcher currency in accordance with the
certificate holder's approved training program. Within the preceding 12
months, the person has
[[Page 1325]]
successfully completed an initial training curriculum or a recurrent
training curriculum in accordance with Sec. 121.1457.
(2) A person who does not meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)
of this section, but who is a subject matter expert with specific
technical knowledge on a subject may be used to conduct training in the
subjects specified in the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS. The subject matter
expert must be acceptable to the FAA.
(b) Check dispatcher. No certificate holder conducting domestic or
flag operations may use any person, nor may any person serve, as a
check dispatcher in a training program established under this subpart
unless the person has been approved by the FAA and meets the following
requirements:
(1) The person meets the applicable requirements of Sec. 121.1439
and holds an aircraft dispatcher certificate. The person must maintain
aircraft dispatcher currency in accordance with the certificate
holder's approved training curriculum.
(2) The person has performed the duties of an aircraft dispatcher
for at least 8 hours within a 24-hour period in the preceding 60 days.
(3) Within the preceding 12 months, the person has successfully
completed an initial training curriculum or a recurrent training
curriculum in accordance with Sec. 121.1459.
(4) The person has been current and qualified as an aircraft
dispatcher for a part 121 domestic or flag operation for at least 3 of
the previous 5 years.
Sec. 121.1423 Dispatch program designee: Eligibility and
qualification.
If the certificate holder elects to establish a combined
certification and initial training category, the FAA may approve one or
more dispatch program designees to represent the FAA for the purpose of
issuing aircraft dispatcher certificates.
(a) To be eligible to become a dispatch program designee and to
remain qualified to serve as a dispatch program designee, a person must
meet the following requirements:
(1) Be an employee of the certificate holder.
(2) Be a check dispatcher in accordance with Sec. 121.1421 and be
currently serving as an aircraft dispatcher for the certificate holder
for the aircraft type and operation.
(3) Be a designated aircraft dispatcher examiner in accordance with
Sec. 183.25 of this chapter.
(4) Conduct a practical test under the observation of the FAA and
be designated as a dispatch program designee by the FAA. The person
undergoing the practical test for this purpose must be signed off by
the FAA inspector as the evaluator of record.
(5) A designee may continue to conduct practical tests if, within
the preceding 12 months, the designee has done one of the following
under the observation of the FAA:
(i) Conducted a practical test.
(ii) Conducted a proficiency test.
(iii) Conducted a proficiency check.
(b) The dispatch program designee is only approved to perform the
duties of a dispatch program designee for the certificate holder.
Sec. 121.1425 Check dispatcher: Initial cadre.
(a) Purpose of this section. This section is used to qualify an
initial cadre of check dispatchers in lieu of the experience and
recency requirements of Sec. Sec. 121.1417 and 121.1421. A certificate
holder may use a person as a check dispatcher even though the person
does not meet the experience or recency requirements of the subpart, if
the person meets the initial cadre requirements of this section.
(b) Duration of initial cadre status. The FAA will determine the
period of initial cadre status, and may terminate initial cadre status
for the certificate holder or for an individual check dispatcher, if
necessary. In no case will initial cadre status exceed a period of 24
months.
(c) Eligibility for initial cadre status for check dispatcher. To
be eligible to become an initial cadre check dispatcher for a part 119
certificate holder, and to continue to serve in that capacity for the
authorized period, a person must meet all of the following
requirements:
(1) Be an employee of the part 119 certificate holder (or
applicant).
(2) Have served at least 3 years in the past 6 years as a
dispatcher for the aircraft type for which the person is to perform
duties as an initial cadre check dispatcher.
(3) Have an aircraft dispatch certificate without restrictions.
(4) Have successfully completed initial, transition, or differences
training, as appropriate, as approved by the FAA for the part 119
certificate holder (or applicant) that is required to serve as an
aircraft dispatcher.
(5) Have conducted activities for which the person is to perform
duties as a check dispatcher under the observation of an FAA inspector.
When an observed activity must be made part of a training record, the
people undergoing the observed activities must be signed off by the FAA
inspector as the evaluator of record.
(6) Be approved by the FAA for the specific duties to be performed.
(d) Operating experience for initial cadre check dispatchers.
(1) An initial cadre check dispatcher may receive credit for his or
her own operating experience while administering operating experience
to another initial cadre check dispatcher.
(2) Initial cadre check dispatchers may obtain operating experience
only if at least one of the other initial cadre check dispatchers has:
(i) Experience with the aircraft type on which the person is to
perform duties as a check dispatcher or has received training for the
aircraft type in accordance with the QPS.
(ii) Experience within the type of operation, domestic or flag, in
which the person is to perform duties as a check dispatcher or has the
received training for the type of operation in accordance with the QPS.
(e) Persons authorized to administer training and evaluation. As
approved by the FAA:
(1) Employees of a part 142 certificate holder, another part 119
certificate holder, or the aircraft manufacturer may administer the
training for initial cadre check dispatchers.
(2) Only a person who holds an aircraft dispatcher certificate
issued under part 65 who is an employee of the part 119 certificate
holder, or the FAA, may administer the evaluation for initial cadre
check dispatchers.
(3) Check dispatchers who are employees of an existing part 119
certificate holder that is adding a new aircraft type or operation may
continue to serve as check dispatchers for the new aircraft type or
operation during the initial cadre period.
General Training Program Requirements
Sec. 121.1431 Training program: General.
(a) Each certificate holder must establish and keep current an
aircraft dispatcher training program. Each curriculum in a training
program must be current and must be kept current with respect to any
changes in the certificate holder's policies, operations, and
requirements of this chapter. Each certificate holder must obtain the
appropriate initial and final approval of its training program, as
specified in Sec. 121.1437.
(b) The aircraft dispatcher training program must address all of
the following:
(1) The requirements of this subpart.
(2) The requirements of the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(c) Each certificate holder is responsible for ensuring that its
aircraft
[[Page 1326]]
dispatchers are adequately trained and that aircraft dispatcher
training and evaluation is conducted in accordance with the certificate
holder's approved training program.
(d) As part of its training program, a certificate holder must
provide to each student, as applicable, the following:
(1) Curricula, categories of training, and segments of training
applicable for use by the certificate holder as required by this
subpart and approved by the Administrator.
(2) A sufficient number of dispatcher instructors, trained and
qualified in accordance with this subpart, to provide the approved
training.
(3) A sufficient number of check dispatchers trained and qualified
in accordance with this subpart, to complete the applicable evaluation
of knowledge and skills in tasks in accordance with the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS.
(4) Adequate training facilities.
(5) Appropriate and current training materials, examinations,
forms, instructions, and procedures for use in conducting the training,
evaluation, and supervised operating experience required by this part
with respect to each aircraft type and operation, and if applicable,
the particular variations within that aircraft type.
(e) No certificate holder may use a person as an aircraft
dispatcher unless each dispatcher instructor or check dispatcher who is
responsible for a training curriculum, training category, or evaluation
under this part has certified in writing or electronically the
proficiency and knowledge of the individual being trained or evaluated.
(1) The certification required by this paragraph must be made a
part of the aircraft dispatcher's record required by subpart V of this
part. The record must indicate whether the individual successfully
completed each of the training and evaluation requirements for the
specific curriculum listed in this paragraph.
(2) When the record of the certification required by this paragraph
is made by an entry in a computerized recordkeeping system, the
dispatcher instructor or check dispatcher making the certification must
be identified with that entry, and the record must be in a form
approved by the Administrator.
Sec. 121.1433 Training program: General curriculum by aircraft type
and operation.
(a) Each certificate holder must prepare and keep current a
training curriculum for each aircraft type and operation conducted by
that certificate holder under this part. The curriculum must be
available to each aircraft dispatcher required for that aircraft type
and operation. Each curriculum must include the categories of training
and the ground training modules required by this subpart and the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(b) Each training category must provide training and evaluation as
necessary to ensure that each aircraft dispatcher meets the following
requirements:
(1) Maintains proficiency with respect to each aircraft type and
operation (domestic and flag operations) in which the aircraft
dispatcher serves.
(2) Maintains proficiency in the duties and responsibilities for
the aircraft type and operation that are contained in the Sec. 121.133
manual as outlined in Sec. 121.135.
(3) Is trained and knowledgeable as to the current operating
limitations sections of the applicable FCOM.
(4) Remains trained and knowledgeable on the procedures and
performance sections of the applicable FCOM.
(5) Qualifies in new equipment, facilities, procedures, techniques,
computer applications, and technology required to perform the duties of
an aircraft dispatcher.
(6) Understands the nature and effects of safety hazards, weather
extremes, and the effects of these on operations.
(7) Knows and is able to apply Dispatch Resource Management (DRM)
skills identified in the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(c) Each training category must include the following:
(1) The areas of instruction with subjects and the tasks required
by the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(2) A list of all equipment used by the certificate holder for
training and evaluation.
(3) An outline of the training category that includes ground
training and evaluation modules by subject matter.
(4) The approved programmed hours of training that will be applied
to each required training category.
(5) Differences that relate to the variations of a particular
aircraft type to be included in all ground training modules for
purposes of training and evaluation, as applicable.
(6) A copy of each statement issued by the Administrator under
Sec. 121.1435 for a reduction of baseline programmed hours of training
and evaluation.
(7) A list of qualified instructors and the letter of authorization
from the FAA for the check dispatcher and dispatch program designee.
Sec. 121.1435 Training program: Curriculum programmed hours.
(a) Each certificate holder's training program submitted for
initial approval under this subpart must have at least the baseline
programmed hours specified in the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS. Programmed
hours include training and evaluation.
(b) The Administrator will not approve a reduction in the baseline
programmed hours specified in this subpart during the initial approval
of training programs. For a training program that has final approval, a
certificate holder may apply for a reduction of programmed hours based
on the factors outlined in Sec. 121.1437(e). The Administrator will
not approve a reduction of programmed hours below the minimum hours in
the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(c) When the Administrator approves a reduction in programmed
hours, the Administrator will provide the certificate holder with a
statement of the basis for the approval.
(d) The Administrator will determine the required programmed hours
for the requalification training category as specified in the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS.
Sec. 121.1437 Training program: Approval and amendment process.
(a) Each training program described in this subpart must be
approved by the Administrator. To obtain initial or final approval of a
training program, or to request a revision to an approved training
program, each certificate holder must provide the Administrator the
following information in a form acceptable to the Administrator:
(1) An outline of the proposed program or proposed revision,
including an outline of the proposed or revised curriculum required in
Sec. 121.1433, that provides all the information needed for a
preliminary evaluation of the proposed program or proposed revision.
(2) Curricula, categories of training, and segments of training
applicable for use by the certificate holder as required by this
subpart.
(3) The number of dispatcher instructors trained and qualified in
accordance with Sec. 121.1421(a)(1) to provide the approved training
and evaluation, and the number of dispatcher instructors used in
accordance with Sec. 121.1421(a)(2), to provide the approved training.
(4) The number of check dispatchers trained and qualified in
accordance with this subpart, to complete the evaluations and
observations that are required by this subpart.
[[Page 1327]]
(5) A description of the ground training facilities.
(6) A synopsis of the materials, examinations, forms, instructions,
and procedures to be used for the training and evaluation required by
this subpart with respect to each aircraft type, and if applicable, the
particular variations within that aircraft type.
(7) A statement as to whether training will be provided by persons
other than the certificate holder's employees in accordance with Sec.
121.1439.
(8) A copy of the Flight Crew Operating Manual for each aircraft
type to be included in the training program. The Flight Crew Operating
Manual must be current at the time of submission. Amendments must be
made as required.
(9) A copy of the current Sec. 121.133 manual as outlined in Sec.
121.135.
(10) Documentation of the certificate holder's continuous analysis
process established in accordance with Sec. 121.1441.
(11) Additional relevant information required by the Administrator.
(b) If the proposed training program or proposed revision complies
with this subpart, the Administrator grants initial approval in
writing, after which the certificate holder may conduct the training
and evaluation in accordance with that program. The Administrator then
evaluates the effectiveness of the initially approved training program
and advises the certificate holder of any deficiencies that must be
corrected.
(c) A revision to an approved training program may be proposed as a
special training category that reflects changes to the certificate
holder's operation, or as a differences training category that reflects
differences in configuration within an aircraft type.
(1) The proposed special training category will include modules of
training and evaluation for training segments within existing training
categories. These modules will be initially approved and evaluated.
Upon satisfactory evaluation, the special training category modules
will receive final approval and be integrated into the training
segments of the existing training categories. Once integrated, it will
no longer be called a special training category, but will be part of
the approved training program. The Principal Operations Inspector will
determine the number for programmed hours.
(2) The proposed differences training category will include modules
of training and evaluation for applicable segments of training. These
modules will be initially approved, evaluated, and upon satisfactory
evaluation, added to the previously approved differences training. The
Principal Operations Inspector will determine the number of programmed
hours.
(d) The Administrator grants final approval of a training program
if the certificate holder shows that the training and evaluation
conducted under the initial approval obtained under paragraph (b) of
this section ensures that each person who completes the training and
evaluation is adequately trained to perform his or her assigned duties.
(e) The Administrator may require revisions to an approved training
program anytime the FAA finds that revisions are necessary in the
interest of safety or security. If the Administrator finds that
revisions are necessary for the continued adequacy of a training
program that has been granted initial or final approval, the
certificate holder must, after notification by the Administrator, make
all changes in the program that the Administrator finds necessary.
(1) Within 30 days after the certificate holder receives a notice
to revise the program, it may file a petition with the Director of
Flight Standards to reconsider the notice. The filing of a petition to
reconsider stays the notice pending a decision by the Director of
Flight Standards.
(2) If the Administrator finds that there is an emergency that
requires immediate action in the interest of safety or security, the
Administrator may, upon a statement of the reasons, require a change
effective without stay.
(f) The Administrator considers the following factors in approving
revisions or requiring revisions to a training program:
(1) The pass and fail rate in the curriculum under consideration.
(2) The quality and effectiveness of the teaching-learning process
(e.g., quality of instructors, training equipment, methods, and
procedures listed in the certificate holder's curriculum required by
Sec. 121.1433).
(3) The experience levels of the student population.
(4) The experience levels of the instructors and check persons.
(5) The type and scope of operations conducted by the certificate
holder.
(6) The complexity of make, model, and series of aircraft used.
Sec. 121.1439 Training program: Administering training and
evaluation.
(a) Persons administering training must be acceptable to the FAA.
(b) Persons who administer evaluation must be approved by the FAA
and knowledgeable about the certificate holder's facilities, equipment,
and procedures.
(c) Persons who administer training or evaluation must use only the
equipment and the facilities that are specifically approved for the
certificate holder's training program.
(d) Training, proficiency tests, proficiency checks, and practical
tests for aircraft dispatchers must be administered in accordance with
the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(e) A dispatch program designee or the FAA must administer the
aircraft dispatcher practical test.
(f) The certificate holder must report a failure of a proficiency
test, practical test, or proficiency check to the FAA.
(g) A proficiency test, proficiency check, or practical test is not
successfully completed if the individual did not successfully complete
all required portions of the training curriculum before taking the
proficiency test, proficiency check, or practical test.
(h) Training and evaluation is not successfully completed, even if
the individual successfully completed the activity, when the
certificate holder does one of the following:
(1) Uses facilities, equipment, and materials that are not
specifically approved for that activity as part of the certificate
holder's approved training program.
(2) Uses persons who are not authorized to administer the activity
as specified in the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS, or who do not meet the
requirements of this subpart.
Sec. 121.1441 Training program: Continuous analysis process.
(a) Each certificate holder must establish and maintain a process
for the continuous analysis of the performance and effectiveness of its
training program and operation that will allow the certificate holder
the ability to recognize where improvements are needed. This process
must:
(1) Incorporate procedures to ensure that the training program and
the standards of qualification for each duty position are documented,
and provide a means for updating as changes are required.
(2) Provide for the review of training program content,
application, and results for each aircraft type and operation.
(3) Continually measure and monitor the outcome of the training
program and operation in terms of the aircraft dispatcher's performance
and qualification, and provide a means to identify and correct
deficiencies in the aircraft dispatcher's performance and qualification
and in the training program and operation. Procedures must include
correction of deficiencies
[[Page 1328]]
by the certificate holder or by persons providing training and
evaluation in the certificate holder's training program and operation.
(b) The FAA will notify the certificate holder in writing when it
finds that the continuous analysis process described in paragraph (a)
of this section does not contain adequate procedures and standards to
meet the requirements of this section. The certificate holder must make
any changes in the training program that are necessary to meet the
requirements of this section.
(c) A certificate holder may petition the FAA to reconsider the
notice to make a change in the continuous analysis process. The
petition must be filed with the FAA certificate holding district office
charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder's
operations within 30 days after the certificate holder receives the
notice. Except in the case of an emergency requiring immediate action
in the interest of safety, the filing of the petition stays the notice
pending a decision by the FAA.
Training Category Requirements
Sec. 121.1451 Training category requirements: Standards used in
aircraft dispatcher training.
(a) The certificate holder must include in the training categories
the subjects, tasks, and standards set forth in the Aircraft Dispatcher
QPS.
(b) The QPS requirements for aircraft dispatcher training and
evaluation include all of the following:
(1) The subjects and areas of instruction listed in the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS for initial, combined certification and initial,
recurrent, transition, differences, and requalification training.
(2) The Dispatch Resource Management (DRM) skills listed in the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(3) The requirements for administering specific evaluations.
(4) The requirements and performance standards for each task and
environment.
Sec. 121.1453 Training category requirements: Aircraft dispatcher
initial, combined certification and initial, and transition training.
(a) Initial and transition training for aircraft dispatchers must
include all of the following:
(1) Training and evaluation in the subjects listed in the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS.
(2) Successful completion of a proficiency test in accordance with
the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS for each aircraft type and operation, and
the particular variations within the aircraft type.
(b) Combined certification and initial training must include all of
the following:
(1) Training and evaluation in the subjects listed in the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS.
(2) Successful completion of a practical test and proficiency test
in accordance with the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS for each aircraft type
and operation, and the particular variations within the aircraft type.
The FAA or dispatch program designee must administer the practical
test.
Sec. 121.1455 Training category requirements: Aircraft dispatcher
recurrent training.
Recurrent training for aircraft dispatchers must include all of the
following:
(a) Instruction in the subjects specified in the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS.
(b) An evaluation of the aircraft dispatcher's knowledge with
respect to the aircraft type and operation involved.
(c) Successful completion of a proficiency check in accordance with
the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS for each aircraft type and operation, and
the particular variations within the aircraft type.
Sec. 121.1457 Training category requirements: Dispatcher instructor
initial and recurrent training.
(a) Initial training. Initial training for a dispatcher instructor
must consist of a 4-hour block of instruction that includes the
following subjects:
(1) Aircraft dispatcher instructor duties, functions, and
responsibilities.
(2) Appropriate provisions of the regulations of this chapter and
the certificate holder's policies and procedures.
(3) Appropriate methods, procedures, and techniques for conducting
aircraft dispatcher instruction.
(4) Evaluation of student performance, including recognition of the
following:
(i) Improper and insufficient training; and
(ii) Personal characteristics of a student that could adversely
affect safety.
(5) Corrective action in the case of unsatisfactory training
progress.
(6) Approved methods, procedures, and limitations for performing
the required normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures in the dispatch
facility.
(7) Principles of the teaching-learning process.
(8) Teaching methods and procedures.
(9) Instructor-student relationship.
(b) Recurrent training. Recurrent training for a dispatcher
instructor must consist of a 2-hour block of instruction every 12
months that includes the following:
(1) Subjects required in paragraph (a) of this section.
(2) Instructional and evaluation methods and techniques.
(3) Changes in aircraft dispatcher qualification curricula.
(4) Continuous analysis process review based on the factors
addressed in Sec. 121.1441.
Sec. 121.1459 Training category requirements: Check dispatcher
initial and recurrent training.
(a) Initial training. Initial training for a check dispatcher must
consist of a 4-hour block of instruction that includes the following
subjects:
(1) Check dispatcher duties, functions, and responsibilities.
(2) Appropriate provisions of the regulations of this chapter and
the certificate holder's policies and procedures.
(3) Appropriate methods, procedures, and techniques for conducting
the required tests and checks.
(4) Evaluation of student performance, including recognition of the
following:
(i) Improper and insufficient training; and
(ii) Personal characteristics of a student that could adversely
affect safety.
(5) Corrective action in the case of unsatisfactory evaluations.
(6) Approved methods, procedures, and limitations for performing
the required normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures in the dispatch
facility.
(b) Recurrent training. Recurrent training for a check dispatcher
must consist of a 2-hour block of instruction every 12 months that
includes the following:
(1) Subjects required in paragraph (a) of this section.
(2) Instructional and evaluation methods and techniques.
(3) Changes in aircraft dispatcher qualification curricula.
(4) Continuous analysis process review based on the factors
addressed in Sec. 121.1441.
Other Training Requirements
Sec. 121.1471 Differences training and evaluation.
Each aircraft dispatcher training program must provide differences
training if the Administrator finds that, due to differences between
aircraft of the same type operated by the certificate holder,
additional training is necessary to ensure that each aircraft
dispatcher is adequately trained to perform the
[[Page 1329]]
assigned duties. The Administrator will determine the number of
additional training hours and subjects necessary for the aircraft type
and operation.
31. Add appendix Q of part 121 to read as follows:
Appendix Q to Part 121--Pilot, Qualification Performance Standards
Table of Contents
Introduction
A. What is contained in the Pilot QPS?
B. Can the reader rely solely on this document for pilot
qualification and related training requirements?
C. How can I get answers to questions about the contents of this
appendix?
D. Why do we need a QPS for pilots?
E. Where can each type of standard be found in the QPS?
F. [Reserved]
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be found?
H. What references are recommended?
I. What training aids and guides should be used to develop
instructional materials?
J. How must Crew Resource Management (CRM) training be
administered?
K. What is the continuous analysis process and how is it
incorporated in this QPS?(see Sec. 121.1355)
Attachment 1. Programmed Hour Requirements For New Hire, Initial,
Transition, Conversion, Upgrade, Differences, Requalification,
Recurrent, and Special Training Categories (see Sec. Sec. 121.1205;
121.1239; 121.1331; 121.1333; 121.1335; 121.1337; 121.1367; and
121.1391)
Attachment 2. Academic Training Segment Requirements--Subjects and
Tests--For New Hire, Initial Transition, Conversion, Upgrade,
Requalification, Recurrent, Differences, and Special Training
Categories (see Sec. Sec. 121.1221; 121.1223; 121.1225; 121.1227;
121.1229; 121.1333; 121.1335; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361;
121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1381; and 121.1391)
Attachment 3. Job Performance Training Requirements for All
Categories of Training (see Sec. Sec. 121.1205; 121.133; 121.135;
121.1221; 121.1223; 121.1225; 121.1227; 121.1229; 121.1233;
121.1251; 121.1253; 121.1255; 121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281;
121.1333; 121.1335; 121.1337; 121.1339; 121.1341; 121.1343;
121.1345; 121.1347; 121.1349; 121.1351; 121.1353; 121.1361;
121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381;
121.1383; 121.1385; 121.1387; and 121.1391)
Attachment 4. Generic Pilot Performance Standards for Each Task and
Environment (see Sec. Sec. 121.133; 121.135; 121.1201; 121.1203;
121.1205; 121.1221; 121.1221; 121.1233; 121.1253; 121.1255;
121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1333; 121.1337; 121.1351;
121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367;
121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1385; and 121.1391)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
Introduction
A. What is contained in the Pilot QPS?
This QPS contains Information and QPS Requirements.
1. Information: Explanations that clarify or support regulatory
requirements found in the Code of Federal Regulations or in this Pilot
QPS. Explanations are provided as guidance and are not regulatory. This
guidance appears under the heading ``BEGIN INFORMATION'' and uses the
terms ``should'' or ``may'' to indicate that it is not mandatory.
2. QPS Requirements: Pilot Qualification Performance Standards
contained in this appendix are regulatory and mandatory. These
requirements appear under the heading ``BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENTS'' and
use the terms ``must,'' ``may not,'' and ``will.''
B. Can the reader rely solely on this document for pilot qualification
and training requirements?
No, do not rely solely on this document for regulatory requirements
in these areas. The reader must also use 14 CFR part 91 and part 121,
subparts G, T, V, X, and BB.
C. How can I get answers to questions about the contents of this
appendix?
1. You may mail questions to: U.S. Department of Transportation,
Federal Aviation Administration, Flight Standards Service, Air
Transportation Division, AFS-210,800 Independence Avenue, SW.,
Washington, DC 20591,Telephone: (202) 267-816, Fax: (202) 267-5229.
2. You may find answers to questions on the Flight Standards
Internet Web Site address is: ``http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/avs/offices/afs/.'' On this Web Site you will
find Flight Standards Programs, Aviation Safety Inspector Handbooks and
Documents, the current Aviation Regulations (14 CFR), Advisory
Circulars, and other sources of FAA information.
D. Why do we need a QPS for pilots?
1. To provide objective standards for pilot performance and for
relating these standards to simulation equipment qualification levels.
2. To provide routine and periodic update capability. This
capability is needed to respond to accidents, incidents, or rapidly
occurring changes to equipment and operations. All changes made to this
appendix will be subject to public notice and comment, unless good
cause exists to support a finding that notice and comment would be
impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.
3. To provide the certificate holder with a minimum set of
standards for developing the following:
(a) Training and certification programs,
(b) Performance standards, and
(c) Evaluation criteria as they relate to the pilot job function.
E. Where can each type of standard be found in the QPS?
1. Attachment 1 contains the programmed hour requirements for new
hire, initial, transition, conversion, upgrade, differences,
requalification, recurrent, and special training categories.
2. Attachment 2 contains the academic training requirements for new
hire, initial, transition, conversion, upgrade, requalification,
recurrent, differences, and special training categories.
3. Attachment 3 contains:
(a) The job performance training requirements for initial,
transition, upgrade, conversion, requalification, recurrent,
difference, and special categories of training.
(b) How evaluations are administered.
(c) What level FSTD must be used for each task or environment.
4. Attachment 4 contains the generic pilot performance standards
for each task and environment.
F. [Reserved]
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be found?
You can find definitions in Sec. 121.1205. Acronyms are as
follows:
AFD Airport Facility Directory
AFE Above field elevation
AFS-210 Air Carrier Training Branch, Air Transportation
Division,Flight Standards Service
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AGL Above Ground Level
AIM Aeronautical Information Manual
APD Aircrew Program Designee
ASAP Aviation Safety Action Program
ASR Airport Surveillance Radar
ASRS Aviation Safety Reporting System
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATIS Automated Terminal Information System
ATP Airline Transport Pilot
CDI Course Deviation Indicator
CDL Critical Design List
CFIT Controlled Flight into Terrain
COM Crewmember Operating Manual
CRM Crew Resource Management
DA Decision Altitude
DH Decision Height
DME Distance Measurement Equipment
EFIS Electronic Flight Indicating Systems
EGPWS Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
[[Page 1330]]
EGT Exhaust Gas Temperature
ETOPS Extended Operations (replaces EROPS) (Extended Range
Operations)
EFVS Enhanced Flight Vision System
EVAS Emergency Vision Assurance System
FAF Final Approach Fix
FDC Flight Data Center
FE Flight Engineer
FFS Full Flight Simulator
FMS Flight Management System
FOQA Flight Operational Quality Assurance
FSTD Flight Simulation Training Device
FTD Flight Training Device
GPS Global Positioning System
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GS Ground Speed
HUD Head-Up Display
IAP Initial Approach Point
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
INS Inertial Navigation System
IOS Instructor's Operating Station
LAHSO Land and Hold Short Operations
LOFT Line Operational Flight Training
LORAN Long Range Navigation
MEA Minimum Enroute Altitude
MEL Minimum Equipment List
MDA Minimum Descent Altitude
METAR Aviation Routine Weather Report
PAR Precision Approach Radar
PBE Protective Breathing Equipment
PF Pilot Flying
PIC Pilot in Command
PM Pilot Monitoring
POI Principal Operations Inspector
PRM Precision Radar Monitor(used as part of a Simultaneous Close
Parallel approach)
PTS Practical Test Standards
QFE Corrected Barometric Altitude relative to field elevation
QNE Barometric pressure used for standard altimeter setting(29.92
inHg or 1013 hPa)
QNH Corrected Barometric Altitude relative to sea level
QPS Qualification Performance Standards
QRH Quick Reference Handbook
RA Resolution Alert
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RNAV Area Navigation
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RPM Revolutions Per Minute
SAR Search and Rescue
SIC Second In Command
SID Standard Instrument Departure
SOIR Simultaneous Operations on Intersecting Runways
STAR Standard Terminal Arrival
TA Traffic Alert
TAA Terminal Arrival Area
TAS True Airspeed
TAWS Terrain Avoidance Warning System
TCAS Traffic Collision Avoidance System
TCE Training Center Evaluator
TSA Transportation Security Administration
V1 Takeoff Decision Speed
V2 Takeoff Safety Speed
VMCA Minimum Control Speed Air
VMCG Minimum Control Speed Ground
VR Rotation Speed
VREF Reference Speed
VSO Stall Speed, Landing Configuration
VS1 Stall Speed, Specific Configuration
XLS Other Landing System
H. What references are recommended?
The following references (as amended) support the knowledge and
skill standards for tasks. They are strongly recommended for providing
further details for lesson development. To find 14 CFR parts go to
http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov; to find Advisory Circulars go to: http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/advisory_circulars; and to find FAA
handbooks go to: http://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/airline_operators/handbooks/.
1. 14 CFR part 1, Definitions and Abbreviations
2. 14 CFR part 60, Qualification of Flight Simulation Devices
3. 14 CFR part 61, Certification: Pilots, Flight Instructors, and
Ground Instructors
4. 14 CFR part 91, General Operating and Flight Rules
5. 14 CFR part 121, Operating Requirements: Domestic, Flag, and
Supplemental Operations
6. AC 00-6, Aviation Weather
7. AC 0045, Aviation Weather Services
8. AC 25.1581-1, Airplane Flight Manual
9. AC 60-22, Aeronautical Decision Making
10. AC 60-28, English Language Skill Standards
11. AC 61-21, Flight Training Handbook
12. AC 61-27, Instrument Flying Handbook
13. AC 61-84, Role of Preflight Preparation
14. AC 120-28, Criteria for Approval of Category III Landing Weather
Minima for Takeoff, Landing, and Rollout
15. AC 120-29, Criteria for Approving Category I and Category II
Landing Minima for Approach
16. AC 120-51, Crew Resource Management Training
17. AC 120-53, Crew Qualification and Pilot Type Rating Requirements
for Transport Category Aircraft Operated Under part 121
18. AC 120-54, Advanced Qualification Program
19. AC 120-55, TCAS II Operational Approval for Air Carriers
20. AC 120-59, Air Carrier Internal Evaluation Programs
21. AC 120-71, Standard Operating Procedures for Flight Deck
Crewmembers
22. Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM)
23. AC 120-88, Preventing Injuries Caused by Turbulence
24. FAA H-8083-15, Instrument Flying Handbook
25. En Route Low and High Altitude Charts
26. Profile Descent Charts
27. Standard Instrument Departure (SID)
28. Standard Terminal Arrival Routes (STAR)
29. Airport Facility Directory (AFD) and Standard Instrument Approach
Procedure Charts (SIAP)
30. National Flight Data Center Notices to Airmen (FDC NOTAM)
31. Integrated Measurement of Crew Resource Management and Technical
Flying Skills, DOT/FAA/RD-93/26
32. Transportation Security Regulations (TSRs)
33. HMR 175, Hazardous Materials Regulations, Carriage by Aircraft
34. FAA Order 8040.4, Safety Risk Management
35. Air Transportation Operations Inspector's Handbook, 8400.10
I. What training aids and guides should be used to develop
instructional materials?
The FAA and the industry periodically publish training aids and
guides in specific technical performance areas (http://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/airline_operators/training/index.cfm
and http://www.faa.gov/education_research/training/). These aids and
guides are accepted as the industry standard for their specific
technical area. The following training aids and guides are not
regulatory, but contain valuable information about safety of flight
operations that should be considered when developing instructional
materials for the tasks to which each apply.
1. Takeoff Safety Training Aid.
2. Wake Vortex Training Aid.
3. Windshear Training Aid.
4. Upset Recovery Training Aid.
5. Winter Operations Guide to Air Carriers.
6. Controlled Flight Into Terrain.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
J. How must Crew Resource Management (CRM) training be administered?
The pilot must demonstrate knowledge and skills in the technical
and CRM competencies for each particular task.
1. Certain CRM-related procedures must be associated with flight
tasks and their related pilot performance requirements, as shown in
Attachment 4 of this appendix. These procedures must be evaluated
during job performance training programs.
2. In addition to the CRM-related procedures, situational awareness
must
[[Page 1331]]
be evaluated as an integral part of each flight task and environment. A
task is not completed unless the evaluator has determined that the
pilot has demonstrated knowledge and skills in the technical and CRM
competencies.
3. Additionally, the following CRM behaviors are required knowledge
to be taught and tested during academic training, as shown in
Attachment 2 of this appendix:
(a) Task: Authority of the Pilot In Command
(1) The Captain's authority, including responsibility for the
safety of flight in routine and emergency conditions
(2) Chain of command and importance of chain of command
(b) Task: Communication Processes and Decisions
(1) Briefing
(2) Inquiry, advocacy, and assertiveness
(3) Self-critique
(4) Communication with appropriate personnel
(5) Decisionmaking
(6) Conflict resolution
(c) Task: Building and Maintenance of a Flight Team
(1) Leading and following, including the importance of crewmembers
functioning as a team
(2) Use of interpersonal skills and leadership styles in a way that
fosters crew effectiveness
(3) Significance of cultural differences
(d) Task: Workload Management and Situational Awareness
(1) Preparation and planning
(2) Vigilance
(3) Workload distribution
(4) Distraction avoidance
(e) Task: Communication and Coordination
(1) Flight deck and cabin chimes and interphone signals for routine
situations
(2) Flight attendant notification to flight crew that aircraft is
ready for movement on the surface.
(3) Flight crew notification to flight attendant to be seated prior
to take-off
(4) Flight attendant recognition of critical phases of flight
(5) Crewmember coordination and notification regarding access to
flight deck
(6) Notification to flight attendants of turbulent air conditions
(7) Notification between flight crew and flight attendants of
emergency or unusual situations
(8) Notification between flight crew and flight attendants of
inoperative equipment that is pertinent to flight attendant duties and
responsibilities
(9) Normal and emergency communication procedures to be used in the
event of inoperative communication equipment
(f) Task: Crewmember Briefing
(1) Crewmember responsibilities regarding briefings
(2) Flight crew briefing
(3) Flight crew to flight attendant(s) briefings
(4) Flight attendant to flight attendant(s) briefings
(5) Required information
(6) Security procedures
(7) Communication procedures
(8) Emergency procedures
(9) MELs affecting flight operations and cabin safety equipment and
procedures
(10) Flight information
(g) Task: Communication and Coordination During a Passenger
Interference Situation
(1) Certificate holder's written program regarding the handling of
passenger interference, including crewmember communication and
coordination
(2) Techniques for diffusing a passenger interference situation
(3) Importance of crewmembers and other employees working as a team
(4) Role of management and crewmember in follow-up
(5) Actions to report an occurrence of passenger interference
(h) Task: Communication and Coordination During an Emergency
Situation
(1) Actions for each emergency situation
(2) Importance of notification and who must be notified
(3) Alternate actions if unable to notify
(4) Communication during preparation for a planned emergency
evacuation, including the time available, type of emergency, signal to
brace, and special instructions
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
4. CRM refers to the effective use of all available resources,
including, human resources, hardware, and information. Human resources
include all other groups routinely working with the flight crewmembers
who are involved in decisions that are required to operate a flight
safely. CRM is not a single task. CRM is a set of competencies that
must be evident in all tasks in this QPS as applied to the individual
and the multi-crew operation.
5. CRM deficiencies usually contribute to the unsatisfactory
technical performance of a task. Therefore, the CRM competencies are
valuable for debriefing. For debriefing purposes, an amplified list of
these competencies, expressed as behavioral markers, is in AC 120-51,
as amended.
6. Certificate holders should conduct flight crewmember and flight
attendant CRM scenarios together. When this is not possible,
certificate holders should include information in flight crewmember
training that addresses the roles of flight attendants during emergency
situations.
K. What is the continuous analysis process and how is it incorporated
in this QPS? (see Sec. 121.1355)
1. The continuous analysis process is a certificate holder internal
evaluation and improvement process. The continuous analysis process
will enable the certificate holder to maintain and refine the training
process by continually monitoring the effectiveness and efficiency of
the process. Various assessment tools (testing, checking, inspection,
documenting, evaluation, and analysis) will be used to validate the
effectiveness of a training program or the need to change a training
program.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
2. A continuous analysis process is incorporated in this QPS
through integration with the qualification and training program. The
certificate holder is responsible for designating responsibility for
the process. The certificate holder must ensure appropriate and
adequate assessment tools (testing, checking, critique, inspection,
observation, documenting, evaluation, and analysis) are utilized to
enable the certificate holder to validate the effectiveness of the
qualification and training program, or the need to change that program.
The certificate holder must describe the attributes of the continuous
analysis process in the certificate holder's FAA approved training
program.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
3. Components of a Continuous Analysis Process.
(a) Qualification and training program as approved by the
Administrator. Attributes of the continuous analysis process:
(1) Who is responsible?
(2) Who has authority to change the process?
(3) Description of the process.
(4) Controls. policy, procedure, training, evaluation.
[[Page 1332]]
(5) Documenting and measurement.
(6) Interfaces between Departments. Consistency (policy,
procedures, manuals):
(i) Across Departments
(ii) Across Divisions
(b) Assessment tools (adequate and appropriate)
(1) Testing
(2) Checking
(3) Critique
(4) Inspection and observation
(6) Documenting
(7) Evaluation and analysis
(c) Modification and adjustment of the qualification and training
program
(d) Approval for modification and adjustment
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 1 of Appendix Q to Part 121
Programmed Hour Requirements for New Hire, Initial, Transition,
Conversion, Upgrade, Differences, Requalification, Recurrent, and
SpecialTraining Categories
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
A. Programmed Hour Requirements: Pilots (PIC and SIC). (see Sec. Sec.
121.1205; 121.1331; 121.1333; 121.1335)
1. Baseline and Minimum Programmed Hours. Table 1A sets out the
baseline and minimum programmed hours for each category of training by
segment (academic and job performance). The FAA may approve a reduction
in baseline programmed hours if the certificate holder demonstrates
that the reduction is warranted. The FAA will not approve a reduction
in the programmed hours below the minimum programmed hours.
2. Required hours for requalification training. The hours
established for requalification training (Sec. 121.1239) are for
individuals in specific circumstances. Therefore, there are no
programmed hours in Table 1A for requalification training.
3. Required hours for differences and special training. The hours
established for differences and special training are in addition to the
previously approved programmed hours for the approved training program.
For differences training (Sec. 121.1391), the hours remain in the
differences training category. For special training (Sec.
121.1337(c)), the certificate holder integrates the training into the
existing categories in Table 1A. Therefore, there are no programmed
hours in Table 1A for differences and special training.
Table 1A--Programmed Hour Requirements: Pilots (PIC and SIC)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Training segments
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Academics Job performance
Training categories --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emergency equipment
Ground training Flight training drills and
demonstrations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEW HIRE............................. Baseline 116........... N/A.................... Baseline 4.
Minimum 20............. ....................... Minimum 4.
INITIAL.............................. Baseline 116........... Baseline 36............ Baseline 8.
Minimum 80............. Minimum 36............. Minimum 8.
FULL CONVERSION...................... Baseline 68............ Baseline 20............ Baseline 4.
Minimum 52............. Minimum 20............. Minimum 4.
CORE CONVERSION...................... Baseline 52............ Baseline 20............ Baseline 4.
Minimum 36............. Minimum 20............. Minimum 4.
TRANSITION........................... Baseline 92............ Baseline 24............ Baseline 4.
Minimum 62............. Minimum 24............. Minimum 4.
FULL UPGRADE......................... Baseline 68............ Baseline 20............ Baseline 4.
Minimum 52............. Minimum 20............. Minimum 4.
CORE UPGRADE......................... Baseline 52............ Baseline 20............ Baseline 4.
Minimum 36............. Minimum 20............. Minimum 4.
RECURRENT............................ Baseline 18............ Baseline 8............. Baseline 8.
(each 9-month Recurrent (each 9-month Recurrent (each 36-month period).
training period). training period).
Minimum 14............. Minimum 8.............. Minimum 8.
REQUALIFICATION...................... Determined by Determined by Determined by
Administrator. Administrator. Administrator.
DIFFERENCES.......................... Determined by Determined by Determined by
Administrator. Administrator. Administrator.
SPECIAL.............................. Developed by Developed by Determined by
Certificate Holder, Certificate Holder, Administrator.
Approved by the Approved by the
Administrator. Administrator.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
B. Recurrent Training (see Sec. 121.1367)
Recurrent training modules are required each 9 months. Recurrent
training modules also will contain academic subjects, job performance
tasks and environments, and emergency drills and demonstrations that
may be required once each 9 months, once each 18 months, or once each
36 months. The certificate holder may distribute these recurrent
training requirements in a manner that best suits its training program
structure while ensuring that the required items are included at the
appropriate intervals.
Example 1: A 9-month recurrent period includes all of the
academic subjects and job performance tasks and environments that
are required at each 9-month interval. The certificate holder may
decide to include one-half of those academic subjects and job
performance tasks and environments that are required every 18 months
during this particular 9-month training period, and leave the
balance to be completed at the next 9-month period. Also, the
certificate holder may decide to include one-fourth of the emergency
equipment drills and demonstrations during this 9-month interval,
and leave the other three-fourths of those drills and demonstrations
to be completed during subsequent 9-month periods.
Example 2: A 9-month recurrent period includes all of the
academic subjects and job performance tasks and environments that
are required every 9 months. During the next 9-month recurrent
period, the certificate holder must include all of the academic
subjects and
[[Page 1333]]
job performance tasks and environments that are required every 9
months, as well as all of the academic subjects and job performance
tasks and environments that are required every 18 months. At the
following 9-month interval (27-month point), the certificate holder
must include all those academic subjects and job performance tasks
and environments that are required every 9 months. Then, at the 36-
month point, the certificate holder must include all of the academic
subjects and job performance tasks and environments that are
required every 9 months, all of the academic subjects and job
performance tasks and environments that are required every 18
months, and all of the academic subjects, job performance tasks, and
all the emergency equipment drills and demonstrations that are
required every 36 months.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 2 of Appendix Q to part 121
Academic Training Segment Requirements--Subjects and Tests--for New
Hire, Initial Transition, Conversion, Upgrade, Requalification,
Recurrent, Differences, and Special Training Categories
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
A. Required Academic Training Subjects by Category of Training.
(See Sec. Sec. 121.1221; 121.1223; 121.1225; 121.1227; 121.1229;
121.1333; 121.1335; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365;
121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1381; and 121.1391)
1. Attachment 2 contains the Academic Training Segment
requirements.
2. When differences and special training are required for academic
training, they will be additional training modules or new subjects. For
more information about differences and special training categories see
attachment 1 of this appendix.
3. How to read Table 2A:
(a) Table 2A contains the Required Academic Training Subjects by
Category of Training. In the table, an ``X'' indicates that the subject
must be included in the category of training. A ``9'' indicates that
the subject must be trained every 9 months. An ``18'' indicates that
the subject must be trained every 18 months.
(b) Table 2A item (c)(3) addresses the training subject
``Coordination, communication, and methodology for the performance of
each normal, abnormal, and emergency procedure contained in the FCOM.''
For core upgrade, core conversion, phase I requalification, and
recurrent training all abnormal and emergency procedures are required.
However, only selected normal procedures are required. The selection of
normal procedures should be based on procedural changes, feedback from
observed procedural irregularities, and system safety initiatives.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
Table 2A--Required Academic Training Subjects by Category of Training
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Full upgrade, Core upgrade,
Initial and phase full conversion, core conversion,
New hire III Transition and phase II and phase I Recurrent
requalification requalification requalification
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subject
(a) General Subjects:
(1) Duties and responsibilities of flight X .................. ............ .................. .................. ............
crewmembers..................................
(2) Appropriate requirements of the Federal ............ X X X X 18
Aviation Regulations.........................
(3) General relationship of FAA to the X .................. ............ .................. .................. ............
certificate holder...........................
(4) General overview of the contents of the X .................. ............ .................. .................. ............
certificate holder's Operating Certificate
and Operations Specifications................
(5) Meteorology to ensure a practical X .................. ............ .................. .................. ............
knowledge of weather phenomena, including the
principles of frontal systems, icing, fog,
thunderstorms, and high altitude weather
situations. Recognizing and avoiding severe
weather situations and other hazards.........
(6) Air traffic control systems, airspace, X .................. ............ .................. .................. ............
procedures, and phraseology..................
(7) Navigation and the use of navigation aids, ............ X X X X 18
including instrument approach procedures
including how to use the information
available on approach charts and maps and on
airport diagrams.............................
(8) Development of and operating in the X .................. ............ .................. .................. ............
National Airspace System.....................
[[Page 1334]]
(9) General Concepts of TCAS Operation........ ............ X X X X 18
(i) The meaning of Traffic Alerts (TAs).
(ii) The meaning of preventive Resolution
Advisories (RAs).
(iii) The meaning of corrective RAs. TCAS
equipment components controls, displays,
audio alerts, and annunciations;
interfaces and compatibility with other
aircraft systems; TCAS surveillance range
versus display range; altitude ceiling
operators; when an intruder will not be
displayed; and TCAS performance on the
ground.
(10) High Altitude Physiology--Operations X .................. ............ .................. .................. ............
above 10,000 ft.--Aircraft Decompression;
Causes and Recognition of cabin pressure
loss; Physiological Effects and time of
useful consciousness; Immediate Actions;
Altitude and Flight Level requiring the
wearing of oxygen masks......................
(11) Mechanical and Incident Reporting X .................. ............ .................. .................. ............
Procedures...................................
(12) Voluntary Safety Program and X .................. ............ .................. .................. ............
Participation, including ASAP, FOQA, LOSA,
and other government and industry accident
prevention programs..........................
(13) Normal and emergency communications...... X X X X X 18
(14) General content, control, and maintenance X .................. ............ .................. .................. ............
of applicable portions of the certificate
holder's operating manual, including the
Flight Crewmember Operating Manual (FCOM).
Relationship of FCOM to the Airplane Flight
Manual.......................................
(15) Dispatch and flight release procedures. X X ............ .................. X (Upgrade and ............
Flight planning as applicable................ Conversion
training only)
(b) Crew Resource Management (CRM):
(1) Task: Authority of the Pilot In Command... X X ............ .................. .................. ............
(i) The Captain's Authority, including
responsibility for the safety of flight
in routine and emergency conditions.
(ii) Chain of command and importance of
chain of command.
(2) Task: Communication Processes and X X ............ .................. .................. ............
Decisions....................................
(i) Briefing.
[[Page 1335]]
(ii) Inquiry, advocacy, and assertiveness.
(iii) Self-critique.
(iv) Communication with available
personnel.
(v) Decisionmaking.
(vi) Conflict resolution.
(3) Task: Building and Maintenance of a Flight X X ............ .................. .................. ............
Team.........................................
(i) Leading and following, including the
importance of crewmembers functioning as
a team.
(ii) Use of interpersonal skills and
leadership styles in a way that fosters
crew effectiveness.
(iii) Significance of cultural
differences.
(4) Task: Workload Management and Situational X X ............ .................. .................. ............
Awareness....................................
(i) Preparation and planning.
(ii) Vigilance.
(iii) Workload distribution.
(iv) Distraction avoidance.
(5) Task: Communication and Coordination...... X X ............ .................. .................. ............
(i) Flight deck and cabin chimes and
interphone signals for routine
situations.
(ii) Flight attendant notification to
flight crew that aircraft is ready for
movement on the surface.
(iii) Flight crew notification to flight
attendant to be seated prior to take-off.
(iv) Flight attendant recognition of
critical phases of flight.
(v) Crewmember coordination and
notification regarding access to flight
deck.
(vi) Notification to flight attendants of
turbulent air conditions.
(vii) Notification between flight crew and
flight attendants of emergency or unusual
situations.
(viii) Notification between flight crew
and flight attendants of inoperative
equipment that is pertinent to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities.
(ix) Normal and emergency communication
procedures to be used in the event of
inoperative communication equipment.
(6) Task: Crewmember Briefing................. X X ............ .................. .................. ............
(i) Crewmember responsibilities regarding
briefings.
(ii) Flight crew briefing.
(iii) Flight crew to flight attendant(s)
briefings.
[[Page 1336]]
(iv) Flight attendant to flight
attendant(s) briefings.
(v) Required information.
(vi) Security procedures.
(vii) Communication procedures.
(viii) Emergency procedures.
(ix) MELs affecting flight operations and
cabin safety equipment and procedures.
(x) Flight information.
(7) Task: Communication and Coordination X X ............ .................. .................. ............
During a Passenger Interference Situation....
(i) Certificate holder's written program
regarding the handling of passenger
interference, including crewmember
communication and coordination.
(ii) Techniques for diffusing a passenger
interference situation.
(iii) Importance of crewmembers and other
employees working as a team.
(iv) Role of management and crewmember in
follow-up.
(v) Actions to report an occurrence of
passenger interference.
(8) Task: Communication and Coordination X X ............ .................. .................. ............
During an Emergency Situation................
(i) Actions for each emergency situation.
(ii) Importance of notification and who
must be notified.
(iii) Alternate actions if unable to
notify.
(iv) Communication during preparation for
a planned emergency evacuation, including
the time available, type of emergency,
signal to brace, and special
instructions.
(c) Aircraft Type Specific:
(1) Contents of the certificate holder's ............ X X X X 18
operating manual, including the FCOM. Use of
any FCOM-based quick reference handbook (QRH)
(2) Operating limitations..................... ............ X X X X 18
(3) Coordination, communication, and ............ X X X \1\ X \1\ 18
methodology for the performance of each
normal, abnormal, and emergency procedure
contained in the FCOM........................
(4) Aircraft systems as described in the FCOM. ............ X X X X 18
(5) Instrument procedures and low visibility ............ X X X X 18
operations...................................
[[Page 1337]]
(6) Aircraft performance determinations and ............ X X X X 18
flight planning for all phases of flight,
including takeoff and landing requirements
considering aircraft, crew, airport, and
weather requirements for takeoff, departure,
and landing..................................
(7) Operations Specifications authorizations ............ X X X X 18
and limitations..............................
(8) MMEL, MEL, CDL............................ ............ X X X X 18
(9) Emergency communications with passengers X X X X X 18
and other crewmembers........................
(10) Storage of and how to administer X .................. ............ X .................. 18
medicinal oxygen.............................
(11) The certificate holder's policy and FCOM ............ X X X X 18
procedures on the use of command and control
automation and criteria for selecting and
deselecting appropriate levels of automation
(including manual control of flight) must be
included in the lateral and vertical modes of
takeoff, approach, and landing...............
(d) Special Hazards:
(1) Preventing controlled flight into terrain ............ X X X X 18
(CFIT) and approach and landing accidents....
(2) Recovery from loss of control due to ............ X X X X 18
airplane design, airplane malfunction, human
performance, and atmospheric conditions......
(3) Low altitude windshear.................... ............ X X X X 9
(i) Recognition and avoidance.
(ii) Recovery from inadvertent encounter.
(4) Takeoff safety: Decisionmaking and high ............ X X X X 18
speed aborts, including propulsion system
malfunction analysis, causes, symptoms,
recognition, and the effects on aircraft
performance and handling.....................
(5) Airport surface movement safety and runway ............ X X X X 18
incursion prevention.........................
(6) Hazards of operating in or near ............ X X .................. .................. ............
thunderstorms, turbulent air, icing, hail,
volcanic ash, and other potentially hazardous
conditions...................................
(7) Land and hold short operations (LAHSO).... ............ X X X X 9
(8) Ground anti-icing and deicing............. ............ X X X X 18
(9) Ice accumulation in flight................ ............ X X X X 18
(e) Special Operations Areas:
(1) Close simultaneous parallel precision ............ X X X X 18
approach operations with Precision Radar
Monitor (PRM)................................
(2) Special routes, areas and airports........ ............ X X X X 18
(f) International Operations:
(1) Area and route characteristics............ X X X X X 18
[[Page 1338]]
(2) Flight planning, charts, course plotting, X X X X X 18
and tables...................................
(3) Class II Navigation....................... X X X X X 18
(4) Communications............................ X X X X X 18
(5) ETOPS or EROS, as applicable.............. X X X X X 18
(6) International rules and regulations....... X X X X X 18
(7) Abnormal Operations....................... X X X X X 18
(g) Emergency Equipment Training:
(1) Emergency communications with passengers X X X X X 18
and other crewmembers........................
(2) Crewmember-specific roles in dealing with X .................. ............ .................. .................. 9
crewmember and passenger injury and illness,
and disruptive passengers....................
(3) Location and familiarization of contents ............ X X X .................. 9
for first aid and medical kits...............
(4) Location and use of defibrillator......... ............ X X X .................. ............
(5) Certificate holders blood-borne pathogen X .................. ............ .................. .................. 9
awareness program............................
(6) Location and use of emergency exits....... ............ X X X .................. 18
(7) Location and use of emergency equipment. ............ X X X .................. 18
Equipment must include:......................
(i) For over water operations: life ............ X X X .................. 18
preservers, flotation seat cushions, life
rafts, slides, and slide rafts...........
(ii) For ground or water evacuation: ............ X X X .................. 18
escape ropes, megaphones, flashlight,
emergency lighting, emergency locator
transmitters, first aid kit, slides,
slide rafts, fire extinguishers (each
type used), smoke and fume protection
(such as PBE and smoke goggles),
megaphones, oxygen (portable, passenger
oxygen system, flight crew masks),
supplemental (flight deck key,
demonstration equipment, smoke detectors,
trash containers, seat belt extensions)..
(8) Fires--in flight and on the ground........ ............ .................. ............ .................. .................. ............
(i) Procedures and strategies for fire ............ X X .................. .................. ............
prevention...............................
(ii) Classes of fires and correct methods ............ X ............ .................. .................. ............
of extinguishing each....................
(iii) Flight attendant role in exterior, ............ X X X .................. 18
APU, jetway, and ramp fire...............
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ All abnormal and emergency procedures are required. Only selected normal procedures are required. See paragraph A.(3)(b) of this attachment for
information about selecting normal procedures.
[[Page 1339]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
B. Knowledge Assessment. (see Sec. Sec. 121.1341 and 121.1343)
1. Knowledge and understanding of each subject within each area of
instruction must be evaluated by written or computer based testing at
the end of academic training. When written or computer based methods
are used:
(a) A score of 80% or better on each instructional area is required
to be satisfactory.
(b) A minimum of 5 questions must be developed for each subject.
(c) Two questions for each subject must be randomly selected for
each test.
(d) The form and content of each test must be approved by the
Administrator.
(e) The test must be corrected to 100% by a person administering
the test.
(f) Correction of missed questions must include a discussion of
which answer is correct and why, and why the person's original answer
was incorrect.
(g) Retraining is required for each instructional area in which a
score of 80% or better is not achieved.
(h) Examination after retraining of the student is required for
each instructional area in which retraining was completed.
2. The knowledge assessment for the specific aircraft subjects of
limitations, systems, and performance and loading may be used for the
oral portion of the proficiency test if completed no more than 60 days
prior to the flight portion of the proficiency test (see attachment 3,
E.2.(a) of this appendix).
3. The following standards are for evaluating the pilot performance
in limitation, systems, and performance and loading subjects.
(a) Limitations--The pilot must know all of the limitations
appropriate to the aircraft with respect to:
(1) Systems and components.
(2) Performance.
(b) Systems--The pilot must understand and be knowledgeable about
the following subjects (systems and components) and be able to explain
their operation as described in the FCOM and their applicability, as
appropriate, to the Minimum Equipment List (MEL), Configuration
Deviation List (CDL), and the operations specifications:
(1) Landing gear: including, as appropriate, extension and
retraction system(s), indicators, brakes, anti-skid, tires, nose-wheel
steering, and shock absorbers.
(2) Engine(s): including controls and indications, induction
system, carburetor and fuel injection, turbo-charging, cooling, fire
detection and protection, mounting points, turbine wheels, compressors,
deicing, anti-icing, and other related components.
(3) Propellers (if appropriate): including type, controls,
feathering and unfeathering, auto feather, negative torque sensing,
synchronizing, and synchro-phasing.
(4) Fuel system: including capacity, drains, pumps, controls,
indicators, cross-feeding, transferring, jettison, fuel grade, color
and additives, fueling and de-fueling procedures, and allowable fuel
substitutions, if applicable.
(5) Oil system: including capacity, grade, quantities, and
indicators.
(6) Hydraulic system: including capacity pumps, pressure,
reservoirs, grade, and regulators.
(7) Electrical system: including alternators, generators, battery,
circuit breakers and protection devices, controls, indicators, and
external and auxiliary power sources and ratings.
(8) Environmental systems: including heating, cooling, ventilation,
oxygen and pressurization, controls, indicators, and regulating
devices.
(9) Avionics and communications: including autopilot; flight
director; Electronic Flight Indicating Systems (EFIS); Flight
Management System(s) (FMS); Long Range Navigation (LORAN) systems;
Doppler Radar, Inertial Navigation Systems (INS); Global Positioning
System (GPS/DGPS/WGPS); VOR, NDB, ILS/MLS, RNAV systems and components;
indicating devices; transponder; and emergency locator transmitter.
(10) Ice protection (anti-ice and de-ice): including pitot-static
system, propeller (if appropriate), windshield, wing and tail surfaces.
(11) Crewmember and passenger emergency equipment and procedures:
including oxygen system, survival gear, emergency exits, evacuation
procedures with crew duties, and quick donning oxygen mask for
crewmembers and passengers.
(12) Flight controls: including ailerons, elevator(s), rudder(s),
control tabs, balance tabs, stabilizer, flaps, spoilers, leading edge
flaps and slats, and trim systems.
(13) Flightdeck automation: including the certificate holder's
written automation policy and written operating procedures for
selecting and deselecting appropriate levels of automation. This must
include the certificate holder's policy for conducting CAT II and CAT
III approaches when authorized.
(14) Pneumatic system.
(c) Performance and loading--The pilot must understand and be
proficient in the use of (as appropriate to the aircraft) performance
charts, tables, graphs, and other data relating to items such as:
(1) Accelerate--stop distance.
(2) Accelerate--go distance.
(3) Balanced field.
(4) Takeoff performance, all engines and with engine(s)
inoperative, as appropriate.
(5) Climb performance including segmented climb performance; with
all engines operating; with one or more engines inoperative; and with
other engine malfunctions as appropriate.
(6) Service ceiling, all engines, with engines(s) inoperative,
including drift down, if appropriate.
(7) Cruise performance.
(8) Fuel consumption, range, and endurance.
(9) Descent performance.
(10) Go-around from rejected landings.
(11) The effects of meteorological conditions on performance
characteristics with correct application of these factors to a specific
chart, table, graph or other performance data.
(12) How to determine longitudinal and lateral center-of-gravity
location for a specific load condition, including how to add, remove,
or shift weight to meet longitudinal (forward and aft), and lateral
balance limits for takeoff, cruise, and landing.
(13) Correct planning and knowledge of procedures in applying
operational factors affecting airplane performance.
(14) Meteorological effects on performance.
(15) METAR and ATIS weather data.
(16) Planning and application of operational factors affecting
aircraft performance such as high altitude airports, cluttered and
contaminated runways, ground and inflight icing.
(17) Other performance data (appropriate to the aircraft).
END QPS REQUIREMENTS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 3 of Appendix Q to part 121
Job Performance Training Requirements for All Categories of Training
(Tasks, Environments, Drills, and Observations With Instruction,
Evaluation, and Simulation Credits)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 1340]]
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
A. Determining the Job Performance (Flight Training) Tasks and
Environments Required for Instruction and Evaluation for Each Category
of Training
(see Sec. Sec. 121.133; 121.135; 121.1221; 121.1223; 121.1225;
121.1227; 121.1229; 121.1333; 121.1335; 121.1337; 121.1339; 121.1341;
121.1343; 121.1345; 121.1347; 121.1349; 121.1351; 121.1353; 121.1361;
121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383;
121.1385; and 121.1391)
1. Certificate holder responsibilities with respect to the FCOM and
Table 3A.
(a) The certificate holder must use Table 3A of this Attachment to
determine the tasks and environments on which each pilot must be
instructed and evaluated for each training category in accordance with
an FAA approved job performance (flight operations) training program.
The tasks listed in the FCOM must reflect the tasks included in the
table, as amended and include standard operating procedures, abnormal
procedures, non-normal procedures, and emergency procedures, as well as
the authorizations contained in the certificate holder's operations
specifications.
(b) If the certificate holder adds tasks or environments to those
listed in Table 3A, it must further develop the tasks or environments
to include the requirement and frequency for training and evaluation in
each additional task or environment. These changes must be submitted to
the POI for approval.
(c) If the certificate holder's operation does not permit, or the
operation of the aircraft flown by the certificate holder does not
require one or more of the tasks listed in Table 3A, those tasks must
not be included in the FCOM.
(d) The recurrent requirements in Table 3A also include the
frequency during which each pilot must be trained and evaluated in each
task and environment.
(e) Changes to the FCOM must be submitted to the POI for approval.
2. Job Performance Training Requirements.
When differences and special training are required for job
performance training, they will be additional training modules or new
tasks or environments. For more information about differences and
special training categories see attachment 1 of this appendix.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
3. Deviation from Sec. 121.1345 Training program: Mandatory use of
flight simulation training devices. If a certificate holder receives a
deviation in accordance with Sec. 121.1345, and the certificate holder
wants to extend the deviation, the certificate holder should submit the
request for an extension at least 60 days before the termination date
of the deviation.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
BILLING CODE 4910-13-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.000
[[Page 1341]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.001
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.002
[[Page 1342]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.003
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.004
[[Page 1343]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.005
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.006
[[Page 1344]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.007
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.008
[[Page 1345]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.009
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.010
[[Page 1346]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.011
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.012
[[Page 1347]]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-C
B. Aircraft Emergency Equipment Training Requirements. Aircraft
Emergency Procedures Drills and Observations. (see Sec. Sec. 121.1205;
121.1233; 121.1255; 121.1333; 121.1337; 121.1351; 121.1365; 121.1367;
121.1337; 121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1387; and 121.1391)
1. An individual performance drill is a hands on training and
evaluation demonstration that is performed by each flight crewmember
using the specified emergency equipment.
2. A group performance drill allows a flight crewmember to
participate as part of a group of persons completing a specific drill.
During these situations, it is not necessary for each flight crewmember
to complete each task in the performance drill. However, each flight
crewmember participant must observe the actions and activities of the
other persons who are completing the performance drill tasks.
3. An observation drill is one during which a flight crewmember
observes a specific procedural drill being conducted by other persons
in a live setting or through an audio-visual medium.
4. Table 3B provides a list of the drills and observations that are
required in each training curriculum. The frequency for recurrent
drills and observations is every 36 months. Attachment 4 of this
appendix contains the performance standards for each drill and
observation.
5. Each flight crewmember must operate each exit on each aircraft
type on which the flight crewmember is to serve in both the normal and
emergency modes, including the actions and forces required in the
deployment of emergency evacuation slides.
6. Each flight crewmember must complete the required emergency
training drills during the specified training periods, using those
items of installed emergency equipment for each aircraft type on which
the flight crewmember is to serve.
7. Each piece of emergency equipment and training device must be in
its fully secured, pinned, bracketed, or stowed condition, as installed
on the aircraft, prior to being operated by each flight crewmember
during each performance drill. The removal and stowage of each piece of
emergency equipment may be completed separately from the performance
drill as part of the equipment mountings drill.
8. Flight crewmembers must demonstrate proficiency by completing
each performance drill without reference to any guidance material or
instruction.
9. Individual evaluations of each flight crewmember's performance
by an instructor is required. Flight crewmembers who do not complete
emergency training drills must be retrained in accordance with the
certificate holder's approved training program prior to reevaluation.
Table 3B--Aircraft Emergency Equipment Training Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial,
transition,
conversion, Recurrent every 36
Emergency equipment training drills New hire upgrade, and Phase months
II and III
requalification
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No certificate holder may use nor may any person serve as a flight crewmember unless the following training has
been completed by that person.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Performance Drills
Individual
(1) Fire Extinguishers.......................... .................. X X
(2) Oxygen Systems.............................. .................. X
(3) Equipment Mountings......................... .................. X (only required
if mountings
differ by
equipment)
(4) Flight Deck Oxygen Systems.................. .................. X X
(5) Firefighting (Actual Fire).................. X
(6) Emergency Exits............................. .................. X X
(7) Emergency Evacuation (with Escape Slide).... .................. X X
(8) Emergency Evacuation (without Escape Slide). .................. X X
(9) Flotation Devices........................... .................. X X
Group
(10) Ditching Survival (Dry Training .................. X X
Environment)...................................
(11) Ditching Survival (Wet Training X
Environment)...................................
(b) Observation Drills
(1) Preparation of Emergency Exits in Emergency .................. X X
Mode...........................................
(2) Emergency Evacuation Using an Escape Slide.. .................. X X
(3) Deployment, Inflation, and Detachment of .................. X X
Slide, Raft, or Slide-Raft.....................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See attachment 4 for the Performance Standards for the Emergency Equipment Training Drills.
C. Determining the Level of Flight Simulation Training Device That Must
Be Used for Training, Evaluation, and Recent Experience (See Sec. Sec.
121.1345; 121.1347; 121.1349; and 121.1351)
To use an FSTD for training, evaluation, and recent experience the
following general requirements must be met. The code shown in Table 3C
for the task or environment indicates the lowest FSTD qualification
level that may be used.
1. General Requirements. In addition to the approval of the POI
required by part 121, to be used for any task or environment, an FSTD
must:
(a) Have a qualification level assigned in accordance with part 60
of this chapter.
(b) Be maintained in accordance with part 60 of this chapter.
(c) Have all of the aircraft and FSTD systems installed and
operating that are necessary to complete the task or environment.
[[Page 1348]]
(d) Be operated in accordance with Sec. 60.25 of this chapter.
Operation with missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative components.
(e) Have the qualification level indicated in Table 3C, or a higher
qualification level, for the task or environment and the category of
training indicated. Certain tasks may be trained in an FSTD at a
different level than required for evaluating that specific task. The
instructor must observe the pilot perform the task to proficiency in
the level of FSTD required for the evaluation prior to the evaluation
by a check person.
2. Loft Requirements. For Qualification LOFT, a level C or D FFS is
required. For Recurrent LOFT, a level B, C, or D may be used.
3. Takeoff and Landing 90-Day Recency of Experience. The three
takeoffs and three landings required for maintaining or regaining 90-
day recency of experience must include at least one takeoff with a
simulated failure of the most critical engine, at least one landing
from a precision category approach to the lowest minimums authorized
for the certificate holder, at least one landing to a full stop, and at
least one visual traffic pattern and landing. For maintaining recency
of experience in a FFS, a level B, C, or D must be used. For regaining
recency of experience, a level C or D is required.
4. FSTD Requirements for the Proficiency Test, Check, or Review.
(a) The proficiency test administered at the conclusion of initial,
transition, conversion, upgrade, or requalification training must be
conducted in no more than two levels of FSTD.
(b) The proficiency test, check, or review administered as part of
the recurrent qualification requirements may only be conducted in a
Level B or higher FFS.
5. Experience Requirements for Allowing Credit for Level C Full
Flight Simulators. Where a Level D FFS is indicated in Table 3C, a
Level C FFS may be used to complete the training and the proficiency
test if the pilot applicant meets the following prerequisite experience
requirements:
(a) For first time qualification in group, the pilot must have a
minimum of 1500 hours of flight time as a pilot in an aircraft,
including a minimum of 750 hours of multiengine time.
(b) For upgrade to PIC, the pilot must have a minimum of 200 hours
in the aircraft type.
(c) For SIC training and evaluation, the pilot must have a minimum
of 1500 hours as a pilot, 500 hours of multiengine time, and 500 hours
in the aircraft type as a flight crewmember.
6. Seat Dependent Task Training. Seat dependent task training must
be provided for all check pilots, check captains, pilot flight
instructors, and for PIC and SIC if a certificate holder authorizes the
PIC to operate the aircraft from the right hand pilot seat and the SIC
to operate the aircraft from the left hand pilot seat. Seat dependent
task training must include all of the following:
(a) At least one LOFT scenario operating from the opposite pilot
seat with qualified flight crewmember(s) occupying the remaining flight
deck positions.
(b) The use of systems that involve the flight path or speed of the
aircraft; or
(c) The use of systems that have controls not centrally located, or
are accessible or operable from only the left or from the right pilot
seat.
(d) Each of the following tasks in the opposite pilot seat.
(1) Preflight, including engine start.
(2) Push back or power back, as appropriate for the certificate
holder.
(3) Taxi.
(4) Normal takeoff.
(5) Rejected takeoff.
(6) Takeoff with the failure of an engine.
(7) Climb to, cruise at, or descent from an intermediate operating
altitude.
(8) Precision instrument approach and landing.
(9) Non-precision instrument approach and landing with an engine
failed.
(10) Parking at a gate or jetway if appropriate for the certificate
holder.
(11) For check pilots and pilot flight instructors authorized to
conduct training or evaluation functions, training and practice in
conducting flight training or flight checks from the left hand and
right hand pilot seats, including the required standard operating
procedures, abnormal procedures, non-normal procedures, and emergency
procedures sufficient to ensure competence to conduct the pilot
training and flight checks required by this sub-part; and
(12) For check pilots and check captains who are authorized to
conduct operating experience or line checks in the airplane during
flight, the safety measures to be taken from either pilot seat for
emergency situations that are likely to develop during flight
operations.
(13) Training and evaluation in the airplane is limited to
certificate holders operating in accordance with the deviation
described in Sec. 121.1345(b) through (e).
7. The level of FSTD authorized for each of the tasks described in
paragraph C.6 of this attachment is the same as the level of FSTD
authorized for the same tasks during the proficiency test, check, or
review as outlined in Table 3C in this appendix.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
8. Tasks or environments that are not dependent on the pilot's seat
occupied, that do not use systems involved with the flight path or
speed of the aircraft, and have controls that are centrally located and
completely accessible and operable from both the left and right pilot
seats, are not required to be addressed in seat dependent task
training.
9. If the certificate holder adds tasks or environments to those
listed in Table 3C, it must further develop the tasks or environments
to include the requirement and frequency for training and evaluation in
each specific category of training listed in the table. These changes
must be submitted to the POI for approval.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
[[Page 1349]]
Table 3C--Minimum FSTD Required for Credit
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Training category Initial, transition, Recurrent
--------------------------------------------------------- conversion, upgrade, and ---------------------------
requalification
----------------------------
At least one Proficiency
Tasks Each task may be performed in the FSTD level training test, check,
specified or any higher level of FSTD. session and Training \1\ or review
Training \1\ the \3\
proficiency
test \2\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.0 General
1.1 Operation of Systems and Controls at the Flight 4 A 4 B
Engineer's Panel...................................
-------------------------------------------------------
1.2 Human Factors and CRM........................... Must be incorporated throughout training and
evaluation.
-------------------------------------------------------
1.3 Aircraft Handling Standards..................... As authorized for each task or environment.
-------------------------------------------------------
1.4 ATC Communications and Procedures............... As authorized for each task or environment.
-------------------------------------------------------
1.5 Seat Dependent Training......................... Each task as authorized under the ``Proficiency Test,
Check, or Review'' column set out in this table. See
paragraph C.6 of this attachment.
-------------------------------------------------------
2.0 Preflight Procedures
2.1 Flight Deck (Inspection or Preflight)........... 4 A 4 B
-------------------------------------------------------
2.2 Cabin Inspection................................ Aircraft or approved pictorial means.
-------------------------------------------------------
2.3 Exterior Inspection............................. Aircraft or approved pictorial means.
-------------------------------------------------------
2.4 Navigation System Setup......................... 4 A 4 B
3.0 Ground Operations
3.1 Engine Start.................................... 4 A 4 B
3.2 Pushback and Powerback.......................... A A A B
3.3 Taxi............................................ A \4\ D A B
3.4 Pre-Takeoff Procedures.......................... 4 A 4 B
3.5 After Landing................................... 4 A 4 B
3.6 Parking and Securing............................ A A A B
4.0 Takeoff
4.1 Normal and Crosswind--All Engines Operating..... A D A B
4.2 Instrument with Lowest Authorized RVR........... A A A B
4.3 With Engine Failure............................. A A A B
4.4 Rejected With Lowest Authorized RVR............. A A A B
5.0 Departure, Climb, Cruise, Descent, and Arrival
5.1 Instrument Departure............................ 6 \4\ D 6 B
5.2 Climb........................................... 6 A 6 B
5.3 One Engine Inoperative En Route................. 6 A 6 B
5.4 En Route Navigation............................. 6 A 6 B
5.5 Descent......................................... 6 A 6 B
5.6 Instrument Arrival.............................. 6 \4\ D 6 B
5.7 Holding......................................... 6 A 6 B
5.8 Approach Transition............................. 6 \4\ D 6 B
6.0 Aircraft Handling
6.1 Recognition of, and Recovery from, Approach to
Stall..............................................
6.1.1 Clean configuration........................... A \4\ D A B
6.1.2 Takeoff or maneuvering configuration.......... A \4\ D A B
6.1.3 Landing configuration......................... A \4\ D A B
6.1.4 Landing configuration with autopilot engaged.. A D A B
6.2 Asymmetric Thrust............................... A A A B
6.3 Runaway Trim and Stabilizer..................... A A A B
6.4 Jammed Trim and Stabilizer...................... A A A B
6.5 Upset Recognition and Recovery.................. A \4\ D A B
6.6 Slow Flight..................................... A \4\ D A B
6.7 Turns With and Without Spoilers................. A A A B
6.8 Stability Augmentation Inoperative.............. A A A B
6.9 Mach Tuck and Mach Buffet....................... A A A B
6.10 High Sink Rate................................. A \4\ D A B
6.11 Flight Envelope Protection Demonstration....... A A A B
6.12 Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.............. A A A B
6.13 Traffic Avoidance (TCAS)....................... # \5\ 6 A # \5\ 6 B
7.0 Instrument Approaches
7.1 All Engines Operating--Autopilot Coupled........ 5 \4\ D 5 B
7.2 All Engines Operating--Manually Flown........... 5 \4\ D 5 B
7.3 One Engine Inoperative--Manually Flown.......... A \4\ D A B
7.4 Approach Type
[[Page 1350]]
7.4.1 Category II and III........................... A \4\ D A B
7.4.2 Precision Groups.............................. A A A B
7.4.3 Non-Precision Groups.......................... A A A B
7.4.4 Ground Based Radar Approach (ASR and PAR)..... 6 6 6 B
8.0 Visual Approach
8.1 All Engines Operating (Normal).................. A \4\ D A B
8.2 One Engine Inoperative.......................... A A A B
8.3 Two Engines Inoperative (3 and 4 Engine A \4\ D A B
Aircraft)..........................................
9.0 Missed Approach
9.1 All Engines Operating........................... A \4\ D A B
9.2 One Engine Inoperative.......................... A A A B
9.3 From a Circling Approach........................ A A A B
9.4 Descending Break-Out Maneuver from PRM Approach. A A A B
10.0 Landing
10.1 All Engines Operating.......................... A \4\ D A B
10.2 Crosswind...................................... A B A B
10.3 Engine(s) Inoperative.......................... A \4\ D A B
10.4 Landing Transition............................. A B A B
10.5 Rejected Landing............................... A A A B
10.6 Zero or Partial Flaps.......................... A A A B
10.7 Auto-Land...................................... ** 6 * A ** 6 B
10.8 EFVS........................................... * A * A * A B
10.9 HUD............................................ * A * A * A B
11.0 Abnormal Procedures \6\
11.1 Un-annunciated................................. 4 A 4 B
11.2.0 Systems (ATA Code)
11.2.1 Air Conditioning (21)........................ 4 A 4 B
11.2.2 APU (49)..................................... 4 A 4 B
11.2.3 Autopilot (22)............................... 5 A 5 B
11.2.4 Brakes (32).................................. 4 A 4 B
11.2.5 Communications (23).......................... 4 A 4 B
11.2.6 Doors (52)................................... 4 A 4 B
11.2.7 Electrical Power (24)........................ 4 A 4 B
11.2.8 Emergency Equipment (25)..................... 4 A 4 B
11.2.9 Engine (72).................................. 4 A 4 B
11.2.10 Fire Protection (26)........................ 4 A 4 B
11.2.11 Flaps (27).................................. 4 A 4 B
11.2.12 Flight Controls (27)........................ 5 A 5 B
11.2.13 Fuel (28)................................... 4 A 4 B
11.2.14 EGPWS or TAWS (34).......................... 5 A 5 B
11.2.15 HUD......................................... 5 A 5 B
11.2.16 Hydraulic Power (29)........................ 4 A 4 B
11.2.17 Ice and Rain Protection (30)................ 4 A 4 B
11.2.18 Instruments (31)............................ 5 A 5 B
11.2.19 Landing Gear (32)........................... 4 A 4 B
11.2.20 Navigation (34)............................. 5 A 5 B
11.2.21 Oxygen (35)................................. 4 A 4 B
11.2.22 Pneumatic (36).............................. 4 A 4 B
11.2.23 Propellers (61)............................. 4 A 4 B
11.2.24 Stall Warning (27).......................... 5 A 5 B
11.2.25 Thrust Reversers (78)....................... 4 A 4 B
11.2.26 Warning Systems (various)................... 4 A 4 B
12.0 Emergency Procedures
12.1 Fire or Smoke in Aircraft...................... 4 A 4 B
12.2 Un-annunciated Fire in Flight.................. 4 A 4 B
12.3 Ditching....................................... 4 A 4 B
12.4 Emergency Descent (Maximum Rate)............... 5 A 5 B
12.5 Rapid Decompression............................ 4 A 4 B
12.6 Emergency Evacuation........................... 4 A 4 B
12.7 Engine Fire, Severe Damage, or Separation...... A A A B
12.8 Landing with Degraded Flight Controls.......... * A * A * A * B
12.9 Pilot Incapacitation........................... 5 A 5 B
12.10 All other emergencies in accordance with the 5 * A 5 * B
FCOM...............................................
13.0 Line Oriented Operations Environments
13.1 Anti-Icing and Deicing Before Takeoff.......... 4 A 4 B
[[Page 1351]]
13.2 Structural Icing, Airborne..................... A A A B
13.3 Thunderstorm Avoidance......................... A A A B
13.4 Contaminated Runway Operations................. A A A B
13.5 Low Air Density, High Altitude Runway A A A B
Operations.........................................
13.6 CFIT and Terrain Avoidance..................... 6 A 6 B
13.7 ETOPS Procedures............................... 6 A 6 B
13.8 Altimeter settings (U.S. and International 6 A 6 B
operations)........................................
13.9 Air Hazard Avoidance........................... \5\ # 6 A \5\ # 6 B
13.10 Terrain Avoidance (EGPWS or TAWS)............. 4 A 4 B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Footnotes:
\1\ Where Level 4 or 5 FTD is shown, all systems (and systems interoperability) necessary for the task must be
installed in the FTD and operating correctly.
\2\ A maximum of 2 levels of FSTD may be used to complete the proficiency test following initial, transition,
conversion, upgrade, or requalification training.
\3\ A maximum of 1 level of FFS may be used to complete the recurrent proficiency test, check, or review.
\4\ See paragraph C.6 of this attachment for requirements to use Level C FFS in place of Level D FFS.
\5\ Interactive Computer Based Instruction is an acceptable method for training.
\6\ The pilot must demonstrate the proper use of as many of the systems and devices listed as the person
administering the test, check, or review finds are necessary to determine that the pilot has a practical
knowledge of the use of the systems and devices installed on the aircraft.
Legend:
* Check for appropriate system installation and for FSTD qualification for this task.
** The FTD may be used, but a visual system meeting Level C FFS requirements must be installed and working
properly.
# The FTD may be used, but a visual system meeting Level A FFS requirements must be installed and working
properly.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
D. Persons Authorized To Administer Pilot Training, Evaluation, and
Observation Activities Under Subpart BB. (see Sec. Sec. 121.1347;
121.1349; 121.1251; 121.1253; 121.1255; 121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281;
121.1341; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1385; and
121.1391)
Table 3D identifies who must administer certain required training
and evaluation for pilots, and who must supervise and observe
instructors and check pilots.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
Table 3D--Persons Eligible To Be Authorized To Administer Pilot Training, Evaluation, and Observation Activities Under Subpart BB for the Part 119
Certificate Holder *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Affiliation and Position
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contractor The part 119 certificate holder
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other than Part 142 or other part 119
Pilot training, evaluation, and part 142 or certificate holder
observation activities under subpart BB other part ----------------------------
(by aircraft type) 119 Aircrew
certificate Ground Flight Check pilot program Check
holder Ground Flight instructor instructor designee captain
-------------- instructor instructor
Ground
instructor
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Academic (Ground School) Training....... X X X X
Job Performance (Flight) Training....... ............ ............ X ............ X
Certificate or Rating Examination....... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X
Proficiency Test (Initial, Transition, ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X \1\ X
Conversion, Upgrade, Recurrent,
Requalification).......................
[[Page 1352]]
Qualification LOFT...................... ............ ............ ............ ............ X \2\ X
Supervision of Operating Experience..... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X ............ X
PIC Initial Line Observation............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X
PIC Line Check (all flight crew ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X
observed)..............................
Proficiency Check....................... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X
Proficiency Review...................... ............ ............ ............ ............ X \2\ X
Observation of:
Flight Instructor--Initial. ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X
Flight Instructor-- ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X
Recurring..........................
Check Pilot--Initial....... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X \3\
Check Pilot--Recurring..... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X X \3\
Check Pilot--PIC Line Check ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X \3\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* See Sec. 121.1343 for special limited authorizations for Initial Cadre Personnel. When POI authorization is required, the designation will
specifically state the authorizations granted to the instructor, check pilot, or APD. Part 142 TCEs and other part 119 certificate holders' check
pilots may be qualified and authorized as check pilots or APDs by the part 119 certificate holders' POI in accordance with subpart BB of this part.
When qualified and authorized, these check pilots and APDs are considered a component of the part 119 certificate holders' training program resources.
\1\ When the proficiency test does not involve the issuance of a certificate or rating, a check pilot may conduct a Proficiency Test.
\2\ With POI authorization, employees of the part 119 certificate holder who are specifically designated flight instructors may conduct Qualification
LOFT and Proficiency Reviews.
\3\ With POI authorization, employees of the part 119 certificate holder who are designated as APDs and specifically designated to do so, may conduct
the Initial or Recurring Check Pilot Observation.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
E. Administering Evaluations. (see Sec. Sec. 121.1221; 121.1253;
121.1255; 121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361;
121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383;
121.1385; and 121.1391)
The following requirements apply to the evaluation activity
indicated. Refer to Table 3D of this attachment for who may administer
each type of evaluation.
1. Line Checks. A line check must be completed in accordance with
Sec. 121.1233.
2. Proficiency Tests.
(a) Proficiency tests must be administered for first time
qualification in a duty position. They also must be administered at the
end of the first 9-month recurrent training period following the
proficiency test required by Sec. 121.1365(b)(1), and for phase II and
III requalification. Employees of the certificate holder who are used
or will be used in the certificate holder's operations and who have
completed all of the required training may use the proficiency test
obtain a certificate or rating.
(b) When conducting a proficiency test, the evaluator (FAA, APD, or
check pilot), must evaluate the success of each task as it is
performed. If the proficiency test is a second attempt, and the first
attempt was within the previous 60 days, the only tasks the evaluator
is required to assess are those that were failed or were not assessed
on the first attempt. However, during this retest, and at the
discretion of the evaluator, any task may be reevaluated, including
those previously judged satisfactory.
(c) During a proficiency test, a task is judged as either
satisfactory or unsatisfactory. However, in limited circumstances, the
evaluator may judge a task to be incomplete or may not be certain about
the outcome of the task. In these limited circumstances, the evaluator
may require the applicant to repeat that task, or portions of that
task; however, this provision does not authorize instruction or
practice. The remaining tasks of the proficiency test must be completed
before repeating the questionable task. If the second attempt to
perform a questionable task is not clearly satisfactory, the evaluator
must consider it unsatisfactory.
(d) Unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated by consistently
exceeding the parameters set out for the specific task, consistently
exceeding the parameters for aircraft handling standards, or failing to
take prompt, corrective action when those parameters are exceeded. If
the pilot fails a task, the evaluator must decide if the entire test
must be repeated or if the test can continue. If the entire proficiency
test must be repeated, the evaluation must be terminated. If a single
task has been judged unsatisfactory, and both the pilot and the
evaluator agree, the test may continue, but only the tasks that have
not been evaluated may be attempted. If
[[Page 1353]]
the pilot fails a second task, the evaluator must terminate the test.
(e) If the proficiency test must be terminated for unsatisfactory
performance, the FAA notification (and notice of disapproval, if
appropriate) must list the tasks or areas of operation that have not
been evaluated and which tasks or areas of operation that have been
found unsatisfactory. These tasks and areas of operation must be
evaluated, or re-evaluated, on any subsequent proficiency test.
(f) If a proficiency test is discontinued for reasons other than
unsatisfactory performance (e.g., equipment failure, weather,
sickness), the evaluator must complete one of the following:
(1) If the test is part of an application for an FAA-issued
certificate or rating, the evaluator must appropriately annotate FAA
Form 8710-1, ``Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application.'' The
evaluator must return FAA Form 8710-1 and, if applicable, AC Form 8080-
2, Airman Written Test Report to the pilot. The evaluator must also
issue a Letter of Discontinuance to the pilot. The Letter of
Discontinuance must identify the portions of the test that were
successfully completed. The pilot must present the Letter of
Discontinuance to the evaluator when the test is resumed. The Letter of
Discontinuance must become part of the certification file.
(2) If the test is not part of an application for an FAA-issued
certificate or rating, the evaluator must properly annotate the pilot's
training record to indicate the tasks and areas of operation that were
satisfactorily completed and the tasks and areas of operation that were
not evaluated.
(g) If the proficiency test is conducted as part of an application
for an FAA-issued certificate or rating the pilot must have completed
training for and demonstrated satisfactory performance on the rejected
takeoff task as the pilot flying from either the left-hand or right-
hand pilot's seat and satisfactorily completed the training for and
demonstrated satisfactory performance on the remaining required tasks
and environments listed in this QPS for a proficiency test.
(h) If the proficiency test is conducted as part of an application
for an FAA-issued certificate or rating, and the pilot has not
completed training for and demonstrated satisfactory performance on the
circle to land task as the pilot flying from either the left-hand or
right-hand pilot's seat, but has satisfactorily completed the training
for and demonstrated satisfactory performance on the remaining required
tasks and environments listed in this QPS for a proficiency test, the
evaluator must annotate any certificate or rating issued with one of
the following limitations:
(1) If the airline transport pilot certificate is issued coincident
with a type rating, the certificate must be annotated, ``ATP CIRC.
APCH. VMC ONLY, (insert aircraft type) CIRC. APCH-VMC ONLY.''
(2) If the airplane type rating is added to an airline transport
pilot certificate, the certificate must be annotated, ``(insert
aircraft type) CIRC. APCH-VMC ONLY.''
(i) The evaluator must submit FAA Form 8081.5C, ``Airman
Performance Report, Airline Transport Pilot and Aircraft Type Rating
for Airplane,'' to the FAA for all tests administered under subpart BB
of part 121.
3. Proficiency Checks and Reviews.
(a) Proficiency checks and reviews must include job performance
evaluation of the tasks identified in Table 3B and an equipment
knowledge assessment outlined in section B of Attachment 2 of this
appendix. The equipment knowledge assessment may be replaced by the
academic knowledge test as outlined in Attachment 2 of this appendix if
the pilot completes the proficiency test within 60 days of the
knowledge test. If the pilot does not complete the academic knowledge
test in these areas within 60 days of the proficiency test, the pilot
must complete a test of these knowledge areas in conjunction with the
proficiency check or review. This test may be completed with oral,
written, or computer based methodology. A passing score of 80% is
required in each of the three areas of:
(1) Aircraft systems;
(2) Handbooks, manuals, MEL, CDL, and operations specifications;
and
(3) Aircraft performance and limitations.
(b) Evaluators who conduct proficiency checks and reviews and
instructors who conduct proficiency reviews may provide limited
training to a pilot. The limits are:
(1) No more than two tasks may be trained, and no more than a total
of three attempts (including the first unsatisfactory, a rehearsal, and
a final assessment) in each of the two tasks is allowed.
(2) The pilot has not satisfactorily completed the check or review
if the pilot has three or more unsatisfactory tasks, or fails to
demonstrate satisfactory performance in three attempts at any one task.
(3) The check or review must be completed within the approved
scheduled time period.
4. Other Assessments.
(a) After qualification, the pilot's performance in all job
performance training activities (including LOFT) must be assessed for a
satisfactory level of task proficiency based upon this QPS.
(b) During a scheduled FSTD course of instruction, if a task is
performed unsatisfactorily the pilot may retrain on the unsatisfactory
task; however, all scheduled tasks, including any retraining, must be
completed within the approved scheduled time period.
(c) Unsatisfactory task performance during LOFT may not be
retrained and reevaluated during that scheduled time period.
5. Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory Performance.
(a) No evaluator or instructor may assess the pilot's performance
as satisfactory unless that pilot:
(1) Performs the tasks in accordance with the standards and
tolerances established in the QPS.
(2) Demonstrates mastery of the aircraft or simulated aircraft with
the successful outcome of each task never in doubt.
(3) Demonstrates performance such that no corrective or instructive
action is required by another pilot to maintain safe flight.
(4) Demonstrates CRM competencies in accordance with duties
outlined in the FCOM requiring crew interactions, including in a crew
briefing before each takeoff and before each approach.
(5) Demonstrates sound judgment.
(b) The evaluator or instructor must assess a pilot's performance
as unsatisfactory if the pilot consistently exceeds tolerances
established in this QPS or fails to take prompt corrective action when
tolerances are exceeded.
6. Recording, Reporting and Correcting Unsatisfactory Performance.
The certificate holder must report a failure of a test, check, or
review to the FAA in accordance with Sec. 121.1331(f)(1). The pilot
must be retrained and reevaluated to a satisfactory level before the
pilot may begin or be returned to line operations.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 4 of Appendix Q to Part 121
Generic Pilot Performance Standards for Each Task and Environment
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 1354]]
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
A. Developing Pilot Performance Requirements for Each Task and
Environment. (see Sec. Sec. 121.133; 121.135; 121.1201; 121.1203;
121.1205; 121.1221; 121.1253; 121.1255; 121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281;
121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377;
121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1385; and 121.1391)
1. General Requirements.
(a) Certificate holders must develop training curricula and
performance requirements for each required task and environment that
include:
(1) Conditions: Environmental conditions and circumstances,
including those that compound the difficulty of the task when
encountered.
(2) Awareness criteria: Identify specific aspects of the task and
environment that indicate proper operation, a need to seek further
information, or a need to take action to prevent encountering a hazard
or compounding the difficulty unnecessarily.
(3) Action criteria: Procedures for completing a task, including
operations in or near a critical environment, when appropriate. Provide
relevant parameters with tolerances to reflect satisfactory levels of
performance.
(b) This attachment describes performance requirements and generic
procedures for completing a task or operating in or near a critical
environment. The certificate holder must tailor these performance
requirements to the specific aircraft type and the certificate holder's
approved operations. The FAA approved procedures for each task must
include duties that apply to the pilot flying (PF) the aircraft and the
pilot monitoring (PM) the aircraft in accordance with the procedures
the certificate holder uses in operations under this part. The
certificate holder must include the PF and PM procedures in the FCOM
required by Sec. 121.133(c).
2. [Reserved]
B. Generic Tasks and Environments. (see Sec. Sec. 121.133; 121.135;
121.1201; 121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1221; 121.1253; 121.1255; 121.1257;
121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365;
121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1385; and
121.1391)
1.0 AREA: All Operations
The pilot must demonstrate the awareness criteria and action
criteria under the prescribed conditions. The certificate holder must
train pilots in all authorized conditions. Any selected condition may
be evaluated unless a particular condition is specified.
1.1 Task: Normal, Abnormal, and Emergency Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Maintain situational awareness of the events and circumstances
at all times.
(2) Demonstrate ability to continuously monitor and to identify any
potential hazards or threats to the safety of the flight.
(3) Demonstrate ability to communicate and manage available
resources.
(4) Maintain adequate lookout and traffic avoidance for the
conditions.
(5) Maintain awareness of aircraft position relative to a ``nearest
suitable airport.''
(6) Monitor system indications to ensure normal operation or
identify abnormal situations.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Ensure operation of the aircraft within the limitations
established by the FCOM.
(2) Comply with the provisions of the FCOM, SOP, and MEL (if
appropriate) as they pertain to the particular aircraft, through all
phases of flight and all operations.
(3) Make correct use of instruments, flight director, autopilot,
and navigation and communication equipment as prescribed by the FCOM
and as appropriate to the phase of flight.
(4) Plan and brief automation modes and configurations.
(5) Follow guidelines for PF and PM duties for operation of
automated systems.
(6) Plan workload and allow sufficient time for programming FMS.
(7) Verbalize entries and changes made to automated systems. The
pilot not making changes must ask for these verbalizations and
verbalize that crosscheck is completed.
(8) Change level of automation to correspond to situational
awareness and workload requirements.
(9) Call for and complete the proper normal, abnormal, or emergency
checklist(s).
(10) Alert ATC and the certificate holder as necessary and obtain
appropriate level of service.
(11) Ensure proper crew and passenger briefings are completed.
(12) The PF must conduct the takeoff briefing according to the FCOM
prior to taking the active runway.
(13) The PF must ensure that the approach is briefed according to
the FCOM prior to initial descent.
(14) Ensure potential terrain or obstacle threats are included in
departure and arrival briefings.
(15) Ensure that passengers, crew, and cargo are properly secured
for take-off or landing.
(16) Locate and proceed to the nearest suitable airport when
necessary.
(17) Determine the best course of action when an immediate landing
is required, but not possible.
1.2 Task: Operation of Systems and Controls at the Flight Engineer's
Panel
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria
(1) Demonstrate an understanding and proper use of the systems,
controls and displays represented on the flight engineer's panel.
(2) Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship of the
aircraft's phase of flight, how to assess the status of the aircraft's
systems, and when to take necessary corrective actions.
(c) Action criteria. Properly exercise the controls and systems
represented at the flight engineer's panel during all phases of flight.
1.3 Task: Human Factors and CRM
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria
(1) Demonstrate terrain awareness.
(2) Demonstrate orientation, division of attention, and proper
planning.
(3) Observe indication of situation, condition, or problem.
(4) Consider the risks of alternate courses of action.
(5) Demonstrate an awareness of environmental factors that are
potentially hazardous to safety of flight operations.
(c) Action criteria
(1) Demonstrate sound judgment and operating practices in those
instances where specific instructions or checklist items are not
published.
(2) Confirm fault diagnosis with crew and review possible causes.
(3) Identify alternative course(s) of action; discuss with crew;
monitor the course of action selected by evaluating progress toward a
goal.
(4) Involve other crewmembers, aircraft dispatchers, and
maintenance control personnel in option analysis.
(5) Demonstrate effective communications with other crewmembers.
(6) Coordinate actions with other crewmembers prior to execution,
except where safety of flight would be in jeopardy.
(7) Ensure that coordination with flight or ground crew is
completed where necessary.
[[Page 1355]]
(8) Acknowledge any ATC clearance (after it has been read back) or
crew callout.
(9) Demonstrate the necessary flight crew coordination required for
the tasks being completed.
1.4 Task: Aircraft Handling Standards
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Demonstrates awareness of the aircraft's trim condition.
(2) Demonstrates awareness of the aircraft's configuration.
(3) Demonstrates awareness of the auto-flight mode when in use.
(4) Demonstrates awareness of the aircraft's flight path and speed
with respect to the horizon.
(5) Demonstrates awareness of the dangerous combinations of
sideslip angles, rudder positions, or other flight parameters resulting
from maximum, indiscriminate, uncoordinated, or rapid deflection of the
rudder.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) General.
(i) Maintain smooth, positive aircraft attitude control in pitch,
roll, and yaw to achieve and maintain appropriate flight path.
(ii) Maintain an airspeed appropriate to the aircraft configuration
and flight conditions.
(iii) Use the appropriate aircraft configuration for normal and
abnormal situations and procedures.
(iv) Properly trim for the configuration or condition, if not
automatic.
(v) The outcome of a procedure or maneuver must never be in doubt.
(vi) Continuously correct back to the target parameter.
(2) Speed. Maintain the appropriate airspeed within 10
knots, but never less than V2-5 knots during takeoff or
VREF-5 knots during approach.
(3) Pitch attitude must not exceed the maximum established in the
FCOM (if applicable).
(4) Roll (Bank).
(i) The angle of bank must not exceed 30[deg] +5[deg].
(ii) The bank angle must be limited to 15[deg] until an airspeed is
reached that will safely permit bank angles larger than 15[deg].
(iii) With an engine inoperative, if appropriate and recommended by
the FCOM, establish a bank of approximately 5[deg] toward the operating
engine(s).
(5) Altitude.
(i) Maintain altitude within 100 feet (30 meters), when
a constant altitude is specified and is within the capability of the
aircraft.
(ii) An error of more than 100 feet, but less than 200 feet, which
is promptly corrected, is acceptable.
(6) Rate of Descent.
(i) Maintain a stabilized rate of descent not to exceed 2,000 feet
per minute below an altitude of 2,000 feet AGL.
(ii) Maintain a stabilized rate of descent not to exceed 1,000 feet
per minute below an altitude of 1,000 feet AGL.
(iii) Maintain a stabilized rate of descent not to exceed 1,000
feet per minute unless the instrument approach procedure or an abnormal
condition requires a higher descent rate, and the approach is briefed
accordingly.
(7) Maintain heading within 10[deg] of the specified
heading.
(8) Course. Maintain the specified course within one-quarter scale
deflection of the CDI, 5[deg] on the RMI or bearing
pointer, 1 Nm on a DME arc, or RNAV course within a cross-
track error not to exceed the specified RNP.
(9) Track (Ground track flown without electronic navigation aid
guidance). Maintain the specified track within 5[deg].
(10) Final approach segment, maintain a stabilized approach.
(i) Have the aircraft in the desired configuration for landing with
the engines spooled and stable.
(ii) Maintain a constant pitch attitude.
(iii) Maintain a constant heading (within 10[deg]) or
maintain electronic navigation indication with no more than one-quarter
scale deviation vertically and laterally.
(iv) Maintain a constant airspeed within +5 and - 0 knots.
(v) Maintain a constant rate of descent (not to exceed 2,000 fpm
below 2,000 ft AGL or 1,000 fpm below 1,000 ft AGL).
(vi) Keep the aircraft trimmed.
(vii) Maintain altitude at MDA, when reached within +50 to - 0 ft.
(viii) For constant angle non-XLS approaches, execute a missed
approach when reaching the MDA, DA, or DH (as appropriate).
(ix) Except where the required visual references for the runway are
distinctly visible and identifiable, going below the MDA, DA, or DH
prior to the initiation of the missed approach procedure, is
unsatisfactory performance.
1.5 Task: ATC Communication and Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Interpret all ATC clearances received and, when necessary,
request clarification, verification, or change.
(2) Recognize the indication(s) of navigational station or waypoint
passage.
(3) Recognize navigation signal loss or RNP-related alerting.
(4) Demonstrate the necessary flight crew coordination required for
the tasks.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Select and use the appropriate communication frequencies.
(2) Establish communications with ATC, using proper phraseology or
data link procedures.
(3) Comply with all ATC clearances, instructions, or airspace
restrictions.
(4) Advise ATC when unable to comply with a clearance.
(5) Comply with ATC reporting requirements.
(6) Demonstrate competency in two-way radio communications or ATC
data link failure procedures.
(7) Use the current and appropriate navigation publications for the
proposed flight.
(8) Identify the navigation aids associated with non-XLS approach
procedures.
(9) Select and correctly identify the appropriate navigation
frequencies and facilities associated with navigation if not using
RNAV.
(10) Select, tune, identify, and confirm the operational status of
ground and aircraft navigation equipment to be used for the approach.
Low frequency (NDB) identification must be continuously monitored when
used as the primary navigation reference. Where applicable, check
automatic navigational aid identification on the navigation display.
(11) Set the correct RNP reference prior to any procedure where the
default RNP is not appropriate.
(12) Locate the aircraft position using radials, bearing, DME
range, coordinates, or navigation displays, as appropriate.
(13) Adhere to airspeed restrictions and adjustments.
(14) Intercept all courses, radials, bearings, or DME arcs
appropriate to the procedure, route, and clearance in a timely manner.
(15) Comply with the procedures for the instrument or circling
approach (terminal instrument procedures chart).
(16) Perform correct altimetry procedures, in accordance with the
regulations, FCOM operational procedures, and ATC requirements.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) The AIM is a reference to the generally accepted practices of
basic flight rules and instrument flight operations.
[[Page 1356]]
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
1.6 Seat Dependent Task Training
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Demonstrate awareness of the restrictions,
limitations or modifications to procedures or maneuvers due to seat-
dependency.
(c) Action criteria. Complete seat-dependent procedures or
maneuvers.
1.7 Task: MEL Relief
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Understand MEL application.
(2) Consider factors that restrict aircraft operation.
(c) Action criteria. Apply the provisions of the appropriate MEL
entry for operation restrictions.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) The purpose of this task is to require specific training that
addresses safe operation of the aircraft while carrying an MEL item
that requires training to take advantage of the relief.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
2.0 AREA: Preflight Procedures
2.1 Task: Planning
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Consider factors such as wind, wake turbulence, aircraft gross
weight, temperature, obstructions, pressure altitude, density altitude,
possible windshear, runway surface condition and length, and other
related factors in calculating or selecting proper performance data.
(2) Consider factors to be applied to the approach and landing such
as displaced thresholds, meteorological conditions, NOTAMs, and ATC
instructions.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Apply the provisions of the appropriate operations
specifications, operating limitations, FCOM, MEL or CDL, weight and
balance data, and the maintenance logbook as they pertain to the
planned operation described in the dispatch release.
(2) Apply the necessary adjustments to the published DA or DH and
visibility criteria for the aircraft approach category as required:
(i) FDC NOTAMS.
(ii) Inoperative aircraft and ground navigation equipment.
(iii) Inoperative visual aids associated with the landing
environment.
(iv) Weather service reporting factors and criteria.
2.2 Task: Flight deck (Inspection or Preflight)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Coordinate with ground crew and ensure adequate clearance prior
to supplying power to, or operating, any devices such as doors,
hatches, or flight control surfaces.
(2) Know the maintenance or system tests that the pilot or other
designated crewmember must perform.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Demonstrate proper operation of applicable aircraft systems.
(2) Note any discrepancies and take proper corrective action.
(3) Determine that the aircraft is airworthy and safe for flight.
(4) Locate the documents required for flight, including
airworthiness and registration certificates, operations specifications
(if appropriate), FCOM, MEL, CDL, weight and balance data, and the
maintenance logbook.
(d) The pilot must verify that the aircraft is safe for flight by
examining and, if appropriate, servicing items such as:
(1) Engine(s), including controls and indicators.
(2) Fuel quantity (if interior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(3) Oil quantity (if interior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(4) Hydraulic fluid quantity (if interior inspection is appropriate
to the aircraft).
(5) Oxygen quantity and pressures for crew and passengers (if
interior inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
(6) Fire protection and detection systems for proper operation,
pressures, and discharge indications.
(7) Pneumatic system pressures (if interior inspection is
appropriate to the aircraft).
(8) Ground environmental systems for proper operation.
(9) Auxiliary power unit (APU).
(10) Anti-ice and de-ice systems.
2.3 Task: Cabin Inspection
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) The pilot must prepare the cabin for a positioning flight with
no cabin crew aboard. The pilot is not required to prepare the cabin
for passenger safety in revenue service.
(b) Awareness criteria. Awareness of emergency equipment location
and stowage, emergency exit location and operation, and noticeable
inoperative cabin equipment.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Visually inspect the aircraft cabin to ensure the aircraft is
safe for flight.
(2) Take necessary actions prescribed by the FCOM for safe flight
or crew evacuation.
2.4 Task: Exterior Inspection
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) An approved pictorial must realistically portray the location
and detail of inspection items, and may be used instead of the aircraft
to conduct an actual exterior inspection.
(3) Flight Instructors, Check Pilots, and Check Captains may be
approved to certify a pilot's proficiency in exterior inspections.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(4) The exterior inspection is a demonstration of a pilot's ability
to perform appropriate safety checks. It is not an extension of the
systems knowledge evaluation.
The person conducting the evaluation should limit questions to
those necessary to determine if a pilot can properly conduct the
inspection and recognize an unsafe condition.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(b) Awareness criteria. Check the general area around the aircraft
for hazards to the safety of the aircraft and personnel.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Note any discrepancies and take proper corrective action.
(2) Determine that the aircraft is airworthy and safe for flight.
(d) The pilot must verify that the aircraft is safe for flight by
examining and, if appropriate, servicing items such as:
(1) Engines, for closed and latched access panels, leaks other than
normal drainage, intake and exhaust areas for freedom from FOD hazards,
and pylon alignment marks, as appropriate.
(2) Fuel quantity (if exterior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(3) Oil quantity (if exterior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(4) Hydraulic fluid quantity (if exterior inspection is appropriate
to the aircraft).
(5) Oxygen quantity and pressures for crew and passengers (if
exterior inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
[[Page 1357]]
(6) Landing gear, brakes, and steering system.
(7) Tires for condition, inflation, and correct mounting, where
applicable.
(8) Fire protection and detection systems for pressures and absence
of discharge indications (if exterior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(9) Pneumatic system pressures (if exterior inspection is
appropriate to the aircraft).
(10) Auxiliary power unit (APU).
(11) Flight control systems including trim, spoilers, ailerons,
leading and trailing edge slats and flaps, elevator, stabilizer, and
rudder, as appropriate.
(12) Anti-ice and de-ice systems.
(13) General airframe and structural integrity, including
scratches, tears, holes, or dents and the fit and security of panels,
doors, and hatches.
2.5 Task: Navigation System Setup
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) This includes, but is not limited to, FMC, INS, and GPS
navigation systems.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor the navigation system for fault indication, or for the
results of self-tests.
(2) Ensure the system is operating normally.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Verify aircraft, engine, and other data for accuracy.
(2) Enter or recall the planned route of flight.
(3) Enter performance-related data, such as thrust levels, planned
speeds and other vertical navigation profile information.
(4) Perform crosschecks and crew verification procedures in
accordance with the FCOM.
3.0 AREA: Ground Operations
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Maintain constant vigilance and lookout of the general area
around the aircraft for hazards to the safety of the aircraft,
personnel, other aircraft, vehicles, equipment, and structures.
(2) Properly divide attention inside and outside flight deck.
(3) Consider effect of jet blast on personnel, other aircraft,
vehicles, ground equipment, and structures.
(4) Use airport diagram (surface movement) chart to aid in
maintaining positional awareness.
(5) Comply with sterile flight deck requirements.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Use the minimum thrust necessary to breakaway and to maintain
taxi speed.
(2) Maintain proper spacing from other aircraft, obstructions, and
personnel.
(3) Obtain appropriate clearance before crossing or entering active
runways.
(4) Observe runway hold lines, localizer and glide slope critical
areas, beacons, and other surface movement guidance control markings
and lighting.
(d) The certificate holder must provide crewmembers with specific
requirements for unique parking situations, or unique crewmember
responsibilities that must be completed before the door closes or after
it is opened in accordance with the FCOM. The certificate holder must
also submit these unique requirements to the FAA for acceptance or
approval as required.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(e) Ground operations begin when the aircraft door is closed and
includes all activities until the brakes are released for the takeoff
roll. Ground operations resume again when the landing roll has been
completed to a safe taxi speed just as the aircraft exits the landing
runway, and continues until the aircraft has been parked and the door
opened.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
3.1 Task: Engine Start
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) Includes hot or cold weather, tailwinds, icing conditions, low
density altitude.
(b) Awareness criteria. Ensure the ground safety procedures are
followed during the before-start, start, and after-start phases of
ground operations.
(c) Action criteria. Use required ground crew personnel during the
before-start, start, and after-start phases (as appropriate).
3.1.1 Task: Engine Start--Normal
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor appropriate RPM and EGT indicators.
(2) Be able to identify abnormal RPM and EGT indications.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Start the engine(s):
(2) Under varying environmental conditions;
(3) Using normal, auxiliary power unit, external power, pneumatic
sources, or cross-bleed, as appropriate.
3.1.2 Task: Engine Start--Abnormal
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor appropriate RPM and EGT indicators.
(2) Be able to identify abnormal RPM and EGT indications.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Start the engine(s):
(2) Take appropriate action in the event of a malfunction during
the start process.
3.2 Task: Pushback or Powerback
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Maintain communications with ground crew.
(2) Avoid use of brakes unless requested by ground crew.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Exhibit adequate knowledge of pushback or powerback procedures
(as appropriate to the aircraft).
(2) [Reserved]
3.3 Task: Taxi
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) Training must be conducted in taxi operations at the lowest
visibility (RVR) authorized. Evaluation can be in any conditions.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Comply with low visibility procedures, as applicable.
(2) [Reserved]
(c) Action criteria. Demonstrate safe taxi procedures.
3.4 Task: Pre-Takeoff Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Be aware of the operational factors that
could affect the takeoff such as takeoff warning inhibit systems or
other aircraft characteristics, runway length, surface conditions,
wind, wake turbulence, obstructions, and other related factors that
could adversely affect safety.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Interpret information and clearances received and ensure all
instrument references, flight director and autopilot controls, and
navigation and communications equipment have been set.
(2) Confirm that the aircraft trim and wing high lift devices are
configured properly.
(3) Obtain (or acknowledge, as appropriate) the takeoff and
departure clearance as issued by ATC.
3.5 Task: After Landing
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Promptly clear the runway, avoiding an
incursion on any other runway in the process.
(c) Action criteria. Take no other action until the aircraft is
clear of the
[[Page 1358]]
runway and a suitable ATC clearance has been received.
3.6 Task: Parking and Securing
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Be aware of or acknowledge other aircraft
and ground vehicles that might be a hazard to your operation.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Use available visual docking system and marshaller to properly
park the aircraft.
(2) Complete the post-flight entries in the maintenance logbook,
including any discrepancies encountered during the flight.
4.0 AREA: Takeoff
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor engine and other aircraft controls, settings, and
instruments during takeoff to ensure all predetermined parameters are
maintained.
(2) Monitor aircraft airspeed to determine normal acceleration
during take-off ground roll.
(3) Assess take-off and climb hazards particularly those related to
obstacles.
(4) Consider the effect of LAHSO or SOIR if conducted on a runway
that crosses the takeoff runway.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) The flight crewmembers must ensure takeoff clearance is
received and that the correct runway is being entered for takeoff prior
to crossing the hold short line.
(2) Taxi into position to maximize the available runway.
(3) Align the aircraft on the runway centerline.
(4) Apply the controls correctly to maintain longitudinal alignment
on the centerline of the runway prior to and during the takeoff.
(5) Maintain aircraft alignment with the runway centerline during
the takeoff roll.
(6) Adjust the engine controls for the existing conditions and
verify the expected engine performance.
(7) Maintain a wings-level attitude during the takeoff roll and
during the rotation to proper pitch attitude.
(8) Rotate at the proper airspeed, at the proper rate, to the
proper pitch attitude for the aircraft configuration.
(9) Maintain a positive rate of climb throughout the takeoff and
initial climb.
(10) Adjust to the desired pitch attitude at the predetermined
airspeed or V-speed to attain the desired performance for the
particular takeoff segment.
(11) Use the applicable noise abatement and wake turbulence
avoidance procedures, as required.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Takeoff begins at brake release (or the application of thrust
with the intention of flight for those aircraft not using brakes).
Takeoff ends when the aircraft is airborne, or in the event of a
rejected takeoff, when the aircraft has reached a safe taxi speed.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
4.1 Task: Normal and Crosswind--With All Engines Operating
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) Takeoffs must be demonstrated and practiced to proficiency
during training at the maximum demonstrated crosswind for the aircraft.
For evaluation purposes the crosswind component need not exceed 12
knots.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria listed in Area 4.0(b), Takeoff.
(2) Assess the changing effect of the crosswind component to make
control corrections as required.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria listed in Area 4.0(c), Takeoff.
(2) Transition smoothly and accurately into a stabilized climb.
(3) After liftoff, maintain required ground track or heading, as
appropriate, until a turn is required.
4.2 Task: Instrument With Lowest Authorized RVR
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) Takeoff must be demonstrated and practiced to proficiency in
training under the lowest visibility authorized for takeoff.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria listed in Area
4.0(b), Takeoff.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Transition smoothly and accurately from outside visual
reference(s) to instrument meteorological conditions.
(2) Transition smoothly and accurately into a stabilized climb.
(3) After liftoff maintain required heading or assigned navigation
radial, as appropriate, until a turn is required.
4.3 Task: With Engine Failure
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) Takeoff must be demonstrated and practiced to proficiency in
training with the failure of the most critical engine.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Observe flight and engine instruments or divergence from the
runway centerline to assess loss of thrust.
(2) Identify those situations that require a rejected takeoff and
make timely decision to continue the takeoff or reject the takeoff.
(3) Identify the side of the aircraft on which the failure has
occurred.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Apply rudder as required to counteract asymmetric thrust,
keeping the inclinometer reference (``the ball'') centered.
(2) Maintain wings level.
(3) Maintain the aircraft alignment with the runway.
4.3.1 Task: Takeoff With Engine Failure Between V1 and VR
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Takeoff must be demonstrated and practiced to proficiency in
training with the engine failure after V1 and prior to V2; or as close
as possible after V1 when V1 and V2, or V1 and VR are identical.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria in Task 4.3.Takeoff with Engine Failure.
(2) [Reserved]
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria in Task 4.3. Takeoff with Engine Failure.
(2) Continue the takeoff if abnormality or emergency (in accordance
with FCOM procedures) occurs at or after V1 speed.
(3) Transition smoothly and accurately into a stabilized climb.
(4) Maintain required ground track (or heading) and attitude
appropriate for climb performance and terrain clearance as appropriate,
until a turn is required.
(5) Make suitable decision to return to airport or divert, as
appropriate.
4.3.2 Task: Takeoff with Engine Failure Between VR and 500 ft Above
Field Elevation
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Takeoff must be demonstrated and practiced to proficiency in
training with the failure after VR such that nosewheel steering
provides no directional control assistance and that visual cues for
lateral direction are not available.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria in Task 4.3. Takeoff
with Engine Failure.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria in Task 4.3. Takeoff with Engine Failure.
(2) Maintain a stabilized climb with wings level.
(3) Maintain required ground track (or heading) and attitude
appropriate for
[[Page 1359]]
climb performance and terrain clearance as appropriate, until a turn is
required.
(4) Make suitable decision to return to airport or divert, as
appropriate.
4.4 Task: Rejected With Lowest Authorized RVR
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) The takeoff must be demonstrated and practiced to proficiency
in training with the cause (for the decision to reject) presented so
that the decision may be made prior to V1 speed.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria in Task 4.3.Takeoff with Engine Failure.
(2) Abort the takeoff if abnormality or emergency (in accordance
with FCOM procedures) occurs prior to V1 speed.
(3) Identify critical situation and make timely decision to reject
the take-off.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Reduce the power promptly to idle and simultaneously apply
maximum wheel brakes when an engine failure or other cause for aborting
the takeoff is recognized.
(2) Use spoilers, thrust or propeller reverse, and other drag or
braking devices, as appropriate, to bring the aircraft to a safe stop
on the runway or stopway surface.
5.0 AREA: Departure, Climb, Cruise, Descent, and Arrival
5.1 Task: Instrument Departure
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Understand the requirements of the climb
profile, departure profile, or any other authorized departure
procedure(s).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Maintain assigned heading, course, or track, or comply with ATC
clearance.
(2) Comply with the provisions of the climb profile, departure
profile, or any other authorized departure procedure(s).
(3) Conduct the departure to a point where the transition to the en
route environment is complete.
5.2 Task: Climb
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor the climb profile to ensure intermediate crossing
altitudes and the ATC clearance can be met.
(2) Understand speed restrictions as dictated by airspace,
procedure, or ATC.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Select and maintain an airspeed (best angle, best rate, best
economy, or cost index) suitable for the conditions and in compliance
with speed and crossing restrictions as dictated by airspace,
procedure, or ATC.
(2) Perform correct altimetry procedures, setting QNE at the
transition altitude or as dictated by airspace or ATC.
5.3 Task: One Engine Inoperative En route
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Review route segments for proximity of high terrain and the
MEA.
(2) Compare climb capability with MEA and high terrain.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Maintain an appropriate thrust setting in the remaining
engine(s).
(2) Maintain the airspeed for drift-down or engine-out (cruise)
climb.
(3) Select the proper flight altitude for the configuration and
environmental conditions (e.g., icing, thunderstorms, terrain).
5.4 Task: En route Navigation
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor fuel burn, cruise speed, and thrust to achieve planned
performance.
(2) Monitor navigation system performance.
(3) Understand maximum operating altitude and optimum cruise
altitude.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Use Class I or Class II navigation procedures as authorized by
the operations specifications and prescribed by the FCOM.
(2) Navigate to the degree of accuracy required by the airspace in
which the aircraft is being operated.
(3) Conduct required navigation system crosschecks.
(4) Perform correct altimetry procedures and monitor flight level
or altitude clearances.
(5) Report equipment failure that may degrade navigation as
dictated by airspace or regional differences.
(6) Determine the optimum cruise altitude for a given gross weight
and desired airspeed or Mach.
(7) Use appropriate on-board reference to determine the maximum
cruise altitude for the gross weight that affords the required maneuver
buffet margin.
(8) Determine the correct airspeed for both maximum endurance and
maximum range for the gross weight and altitude.
5.5 Task: Descent
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria. Monitor the descent profile to ensure
crossing altitudes, speed restrictions, and ATC clearances can be met.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) At the appropriate point, begin a rate of descent consistent
with safe aircraft operating characteristics and company procedures.
(2) Maintain or adjust rate of descent, airspeed, and aircraft
configuration for the conditions and to comply with speed and crossing
restrictions as dictated by airspace, procedure, or ATC.
(3) Perform correct altimetry procedures, setting QNH (or QFE, as
required or appropriate) at the transition level or as dictated by
airspace or regional differences.
5.6 Task: Instrument Arrival
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor the descent profile to ensure crossing altitudes, speed
restrictions, and ATC clearances can be met.
(2) Comply with the provisions of the profile descent, STAR, or
other arrival procedure(s).
(c) Action criteria. Conduct the arrival to a point where the
transition from the en route environment to the terminal environment is
complete.
5.7 Task: Holding
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Recognize arrival at the clearance limit or holding fix.
(2) Be aware of winds as they affect wind-drift correction
techniques to maintain the desired radial, track, or bearing.
(3) Apply knowledge of holding endurance, including fuel on board,
fuel flow while holding, and fuel required to alternate.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Select holding airspeed appropriate for the aircraft
configuration and holding altitude.
(2) Adjust airspeed to cross the holding fix at or below maximum
holding airspeed.
(3) Follow appropriate entry procedures for a standard, non-
standard, published, or non-published holding pattern.
(4) Use the proper timing criteria required by the holding altitude
and ATC, or comply with the navigation system holding procedure, as
appropriate.
(5) Comply with the holding pattern leg length when a DME distance
is specified.
(6) Arrive over the holding fix as close as possible to the Expect
Further Clearance (EFC) time.
5.8 Task: Approach Transition
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Monitor the navigation instruments and
ensure that airspeeds, aircraft configurations,
[[Page 1360]]
crossing altitudes will meet approach procedures or ATC clearance
requirements.
(c) Action criteria. Complete a procedure turn, DME arc, RNAV
transition, TAA, or follow ATC radar vectors to align with the
intermediate or final approach course as applicable.
6.0 AREA: Aircraft Handling
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Recognize the deviation from normal flight (such as buffeting,
stick shaker, visual or aural flight deck annunciations or warnings,
decay of control effectiveness, or any other cues related to the
specific aircraft design characteristics).
(2) Practice maneuvering the aircraft and experience how the
aircraft performs and responds to flight control inputs in various
pitch, power, and configuration combinations.
(c) Action criteria. Return the aircraft to a safe state.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) The purpose of these maneuvers is to provide familiarity with
the handling behavior of the aircraft, including operations outside the
normal flight envelope. The intent is to teach the pilot to recognize
the deviation from normal flight, and to practice the return of the
aircraft to a safe state. In this context a safe state is considered an
aircraft attitude (pitch, bank, yaw), airspeed, trim, and thrust
setting appropriate for the aircraft configuration, altitude, and
geographic location, and at which the pilot is able to maintain control
of the aircraft. The pilot should not be expected to execute the
procedures to enter a maneuver. If the instructor requires the
assistance of the pilot to maneuver or configure the aircraft, to fly a
particular airspeed, or to set a particular power or trim setting, the
instructor should provide progressive instructions to the student to
achieve the desired ``set up'' position for the task. Additionally,
recoveries from such situations should not be taught or practiced as
regimented procedures. Returning the aircraft to a safe state requires
that the pilot continue to control the aircraft away from attitudes and
airspeeds that are outside of the normal flight envelope without
exceeding critical performance parameters (e.g., engine temperature or
RPM limits and ``g'' loading) until that safe state is reached. The
only meaningful criterion for satisfactory demonstration of these tasks
is the return of the aircraft to a safe state without exacerbating the
condition.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
6.1 Task: Recognition of and Recovery From Approach to Stall
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) At least one recovery from Approach-to-Stall must be completed
while in a turn using a bank angle of 15[deg] to 30[deg].
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Recognize the first indication of an impending stall.
(2) Awareness of the current position and circumstance:
(i) The immediately preceding change in aircraft configuration,
trim, or attitude.
(ii) The potential of sacrificing altitude for airspeed.
(iii) The proximity of terrain, laterally and vertically.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Announce the first indication of an impending stall.
(2) Adjust pitch, bank, and thrust to recover from the approach-to-
stall.
(3) Maintain heading control throughout the recovery, including:
(i) At low altitudes (traffic pattern altitude and below), minimum
airspeed and altitude loss.
(ii) At intermediate and higher altitudes, loss of airspeed or
altitude not necessary for the safe and expeditious recovery must be
avoided.
(4) Recover to an airspeed appropriate for the configuration and
establish the appropriate altitude and heading.
(5) Recovery is complete when straight and level, un-accelerated
flight is achieved.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) It is preferable to conduct slow flight training tasks in
section 6.6 prior to training recovery from approaches to stall (stall
avoidance) in section 6.1.2 through 6.1.4. The clean configuration
scenario in section 6.1.1 should be used to practice the cruise
configuration or holding pattern stall, typically at intermediate and
higher altitudes, where there is usually more altitude available to use
for recovery. The configuration scenarios in sections 6.1.2 through
6.1.4 should be used to practice the low energy and high drag
configurations, typically at very low altitudes, where there is very
little altitude available to use for recovery. One or more of these
should be practiced at an altitude between 300 and 500 feet AGL.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
6.1.1 Task: Clean Configuration
(a) Condition(s). Altitudes, airspeeds, aircraft configurations,
and environmental conditions representative of normal operations
outside of departures or arrivals, including en route portion of
flight.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria described in Task
6.1. Recognition of and Recovery from Approach to Stall.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria described in Task 6.1.
Recognition of and Recovery from Approach to Stall.
6.1.2 Task: Takeoff or Maneuvering Configuration
(a) Condition(s). Altitudes, airspeeds, aircraft configurations,
and environmental conditions representative of normal operations during
departures or arrivals.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria described in Task
6.1. Recognition of and Recovery from Approach to Stall.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria described in Task 6.1.
Recognition of and Recovery from Approach to Stall.
6.1.3 Task: Landing Configuration
(a) Condition(s). Altitudes, airspeeds, aircraft configuration, and
environmental conditions representative of normal operations
immediately after takeoff or inside the final approach fix prior to
landing.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria described in Task
6.1. Recognition of and Recovery from Approach to Stall.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria described in Task 6.1.
Recognition of and Recovery from, Approach to Stall.
6.1.4 Task: Landing Configuration With Auto Pilot Engaged
(a) Condition(s). Altitudes, airspeeds, aircraft configuration, and
environmental conditions representative of normal operations inside the
final approach fix prior to landing, with the autopilot engaged.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria described in Task
6.1. Recognition of and Recovery from, Approach to Stall.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria described in Task 6.1.
Recognition of and Recovery from, Approach to Stall.
[[Page 1361]]
6.2 Task: Asymmetric Thrust
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) The most critical engine must be shut down and a restart must
be demonstrated.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Exhibit adequate knowledge of the flight characteristics and
controllability associated with maneuvering with engine(s) inoperative
(as appropriate to the aircraft).
(2) Maintain the operating engine(s) within acceptable operating
limits.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Establish the proper configuration, and properly set all engine
controls for the conditions, taking into account, wind, turbulence, and
icing conditions.
(2) Maintain straight and level flight at the required speed
throughout the shutdown and restart.
(3) Experience the roll and yaw handling change(s) due to the
engine shutdown and startup transient(s).
6.2.1 Task: Engine Shutdown
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria described in Task
6.2., Asymmetric Thrust.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria described in Task 6.2., Asymmetric Thrust.
(2) Use the prescribed FCOM procedures for identifying, verifying,
and securing the engine that should be shut down.
6.2.2 Task: Maneuvering With One Engine Inoperative
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Altitudes, airspeeds, aircraft configurations, and
environmental conditions representative of engine inoperative
operations after departure or prior to arrival.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria described in Task
6.2., Asymmetric Thrust.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria described in Task 6.2., Asymmetric Thrust.
(2) Practice maneuvering in the clean, approach and landing
configurations, with normal turns, thrust and speed changes, and climbs
and descents.
6.2.3 Task: Engine Restart
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Altitudes, airspeeds, aircraft configurations, and
environmental conditions representative of engine inoperative
operations after departure or prior to arrival.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Determine if it is appropriate to attempt a restart.
(2) [Reserved]
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Demonstrate proper restart procedures in accordance with FCOM.
(2) [Reserved]
6.3 Task: Runaway Trim or Stabilizer
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Experience the pitch handling qualities of the aircraft with
runaway stabilizer or runaway pitch trim, and pitch mistrim during
takeoff or landing and during cruise flight.
(2) Observe the effects of early versus late detection and de-
activation or correction.
(c) Action criteria. Practice the prescribed FCOM procedures for
recovery.
6.4 Task: Jammed Trim or Stabilizer
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Experience the pitch handling qualities of the aircraft with
jammed stabilizer or pitch trim during cruise flight and carry the
scenario through to landing.
(2) Observe the effect of an increase and decrease in airspeed.
(3) Recognize the insidious nature of the failure during periods of
un-accelerated flight.
(c) Action criteria. Practice operating the aircraft without the
availability of a movable stabilizer or pitch trim, following the
procedures described in the FCOM.
6.5 Task: Upset Recognition and Recovery
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Altitudes, airspeeds, aircraft configurations, and
environmental conditions representative of normal operations including
departures, arrivals, and en route portion of flight.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Recognize situations that may lead to aircraft upsets so they
can be prevented.
(2) Recognize aircraft upset.
(3) Apply flight control knowledge about pitch, roll and yaw rates,
and the interrelationship with thrust, particularly for under-wing-
mounted engines.
(4) Understand the risk of catastrophic damage caused by rapidly
reversing controls, including rapidly reversing controls at speeds
below the design maneuvering speed.
(5) Understand that as speed increases, the maximum available
rudder deflection can be obtained with comparatively light pedal forces
and comparatively small pedal movements.
(6) Assess the energy and ``G''-loading.
(7) Control the aircraft before seeking to determine the cause of
the upset.
(8) Recognize the relationship between what is seen outside the
aircraft and the instrument indications, to help better understand the
actual attitude of the aircraft and overcome the possibly counter-
intuitive vestigial sense.
(9) Understand the proper direction (and magnitude) of control and
thrust input necessary to recover.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Callout the situation.
(2) Disengage the autopilot and autothrottle.
(3) Confirm attitude by reference to other instruments.
(4) Deliberately and promptly use up to full control inputs, as may
be required to regain control of each axis.
(5) Practice recovering from a nose-high aircraft upset.
(6) Practice recovering from a nose-low aircraft upset.
(7) Practice recovering from low-speed and high-speed accelerated
stall.
(8) Practice recovering from a nose-high, low-energy aircraft
upset.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Reference the most current version of the Industry's Airplane
Upset Recovery Training Aid. An aircraft upset is almost universally
described as exceeding one or more of the following:
(1) Pitch attitude greater than 25[deg] nose up.
(2) Pitch attitude greater than 10[deg] nose down.
(3) Bank angle greater than 45[deg].
(4) Pilots completing any training category, except recurrent
training, should train and practice maneuvers such as:
(i) Roll rate with full aileron and spoiler input.
(ii) Roll rate with rudder input.
(iii) Pitch change with use of only stabilizer trim.
(iv) Pitch change with the use of thrust adjustments.
(v) Pitch change with the use of speedbrakes.
(vi) Yaw motion and resultant roll due to asymmetric thrust with
autopilot.
(vii) Yaw motion and resultant roll due to asymmetric thrust
without autopilot.
(viii) Approach to stall recovery using only pitch control.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 1362]]
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
6.6 Task: Slow Flight
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) The pilot must demonstrate slow flight in the landing
configuration at maximum landing gross weight, with minimum maneuvering
airspeed for the configuration and weight.
(b) Awareness criteria. Recognize the low energy or high drag
configuration and the slow response to flight control and thrust
inputs.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) While maintaining altitude, slowly establish the pitch attitude
(using trim or elevator or stabilizer), bank angle, and power setting
that will allow a controlled reduction to establish the desired, target
airspeed.
(2) Maneuver in straight and level flight to stabilize speed and
trim.
(3) Turn through 90[deg] left and right, using only 15[deg] of
bank.
(4) Climb and descend at 500 FPM while in a turn.
(5) Recover to an airspeed appropriate for the configuration and
establish the appropriate altitude and heading.
(6) Recovery is complete when straight and level un-accelerated
flight is achieved.
(d) This task is required only for pilots completing initial,
transition, or conversion categories of training on the aircraft type.
Performing this task during other categories of training is optional.
(e) Target speeds must be below the speeds that are appropriate for
the various configurations, ending with a speed below VREF.
The maximum speed must not exceed 20% above VSO to avoid
stick shaker.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(f) This training should be conducted from a clean configuration,
slowing to landing configuration, and illustrating the concept on
minimum maneuvering speed for the configuration along the way.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
6.7 Task: Turns with and without Spoilers
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Experience the handling qualities of the
aircraft without spoilers.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Make turns left and right with a normal flight control
configuration.
(2) Deploy the spoilers to a position one-half extended and make
turns left and right.
(3) Deploy the spoilers to a fully deployed position and make turns
left and right.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) This training should focus on the turning characteristics of
some aircraft with partial in-flight spoilers (speedbrakes) deployed,
rather than on the remote mechanical failure leading to loss of the
spoilers. The pilot should experience an increase in spoiler deployment
on the down wing and a decrease in spoiler deployment on the up wing,
which causes a markedly different roll characteristic than with full or
no spoiler deployment.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
6.8 Task: Stability Augmentation System Inoperative
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Awareness of the mechanical and aerodynamic circumstances
involved in the phenomenon known as ``Dutch Roll.''
(2) This maneuver is only applicable to swept wing, turbojet
powered, transport category aircraft.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) If Dutch roll is encountered and the yaw dampers are off,
rather than inoperative, the pilot must turn on the damper(s). The
pilot must be able to stop the rolling tendency without prolonging the
Dutch roll or aggravating the yaw.
(2) If Dutch roll is encountered and the yaw dampers are
inoperative, the pilot must:
(i) ``Freeze'' the rudder pedals in position and give one firm
correction on the aileron control against the upcoming wing.
(ii) Move the aileron correction immediately to the neutral
position.
(3) If Dutch roll is still present, maintain the rudder pedals in a
constant position and again apply one firm aileron control input
against the upcoming wing and immediately move the aileron control to
the neutral position. Apply this correction in this manner until the
Dutch roll is corrected.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) This maneuver is designed to acquaint the pilot with the
adverse characteristics of a swept wing turbojet transport category
aircraft at relatively high altitudes and airspeeds; e.g., at or above
FL250 at an appropriate cruise airspeed for the altitude selected.
Typically, a Dutch roll would only be experienced when (all) the yaw
damper(s) is (are) inoperative or turned off, and could be initiated as
a result of an uncoordinated roll or an adverse yaw input. Recovery
from a Dutch roll may be accomplished by turning on the yaw damper or
executing the aileron technique described here. The aileron technique
involves more advanced skills and additional practice. This method
ensures that the proper control inputs will be applied to stop the
rolling motion. In addition to practicing the task at relatively high
altitudes, the task should be demonstrated at an intermediately low
altitude and airspeed; e.g., between 10,000 and 15,000 feet at an
airspeed of 250 to 300 knots.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
6.9 Task: Mach Tuck and Mach Buffet
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Experience the handling qualities of the
aircraft at high MACH numbers.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Increase airspeed slowly.
(2) Observe the performance of the compensating device or system,
if installed.
(3) Disable the compensating device or system, if installed, and
continue to accelerate until the tuck or buffet occurs.
(4) Observe the airframe vibration or flight instrument
indications.
(5) Make small aileron inputs and feel for the increase in buffet.
6.10 Task: High Sink Rate
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Experience the handling qualities of the
aircraft at high sink rates.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) The pilot must demonstrate a hazardous landing approach
profile, conducted as close to maximum gross landing weight as
possible. The descent must be entered at sufficient altitude to
stabilize airspeed and vertical speed. The maneuver must be performed
at normal approach altitudes.
(2) The pilot must use the following configuration: flaps or slats
(as
[[Page 1363]]
appropriate) set to landing configuration; landing gear down; throttles
at idle; establish and maintain threshold airspeed. When configuration
is established, the pilot must trim and maintain proper airspeed with
power at idle thrust and a high rate of descent.
(3) The pilot must perform the following two separate recoveries
from a high rate of descent:
(i) After descent rate is established, the instructor will announce
the designated altitude at which level off is to occur. When the
designated altitude is reached, the pilot must initiate recovery to
level flight in the landing configuration using maximum permissible
thrust while maintaining threshold airspeed. At the completion of the
maneuver, the instructor must discuss with the pilot the loss of
altitude during recovery.
(ii) The second recovery must be initiated in the same manner as in
paragraph (a) of this section to the point of reaching the designated
altitude. When the designated altitude is reached, the pilot must
initiate recovery to level flight in the landing configuration and
leaving the throttles at idle. The pilot must observe loss of airspeed
below threshold airspeed. The pilot must recover using FCOM recommended
stall recovery procedures. At the completion of the maneuver, the
instructor must discuss with the pilot the loss of altitude during
recovery.
(4) The pilot must demonstrate a basic understanding and knowledge
of the hazards associated with the high sink rates near the ground on
the landing approach.
6.11 Task: Flight Envelope Protection Demonstration
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Awareness of aircraft programming for
attitudes outside of the protected envelope.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Practice maneuvering the aircraft and experience how the
aircraft performs and responds to flight control inputs in various
pitch, power and configuration combinations that are beyond the
protected envelope.
(2) Release control to observe aircraft return to within protected
envelope.
(3) Hold control beyond protected limits to observe control input
required to maintain attitude.
(4) Return the aircraft to a safe state.
6.12 Task: Windshear Avoidance and Encounter--
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Know the sources of information that indicate the possible
presence of windshear or turbulence.
(2) Observe the visual indications that usually indicate the
presence of windshear or turbulence.
(3) Understand the effect of windshear or turbulence on the
performance of the aircraft during low altitude operations.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Avoid indicated areas of possible windshear or turbulence, if
possible.
(2) Be able to recognize the indications of windshear or turbulence
during takeoff and landing profiles.
(3) Execute the FCOM procedure for avoiding windshear; and, if not
possible to avoid, execute the FCOM procedure for escaping windshear or
turbulence during low altitude operations.
(4) Practice avoiding and escaping windshear or turbulence during
low altitude operations to include:
(i) Takeoff.
(ii) Departure.
(iii) Approach.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Refer to the most current version of the FAA Windshear Training
Aid. Demonstrations and practice are primarily for the purpose of
enabling pilots to avoid windshear encounters. However, this practice
will also enable pilots to execute the proper escape maneuver should
windshear be encountered.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
6.12.1 Task: Takeoff
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria described in Task
6.12., Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria described in Task 6.12.,
Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.
6.12.2 Task: Departure
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria described in Task
6.12., Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.
(c) Action criteria. All awareness criteria described in Task
6.12., Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.
6.12.3 Task: Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria described in Task
6.12., Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.
(c) Action criteria. All awareness criteria described in Task
6.12., Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.
6.13 Task: Traffic Avoidance (TCAS)
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) The pilot must demonstrate each type of Traffic Alert (TA) and
Resolution Alerts (RA) described in the FCOM.
(b) Awareness criteria. Understand the capabilities and limitations
of TCAS equipment.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Use TCAS equipment to determine the proximity of other
aircraft.
(2) Respond immediately to RAs by quickly executing the proper
evasive maneuver within 5 seconds of displayed command.
7.0 AREA: Instrument Approaches
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Awareness of the gross weight of the aircraft, the aircraft
condition, the appropriate configuration for that condition, and the
proper airspeeds for the approach.
(2) Awareness of the weather conditions, including winds (and the
potentials for wind shifts or windshear) and limitations to forward and
lateral visibility.
(3) Awareness of the requirements for navigation aid tuning,
identifying, and monitoring; including proper and complete instrument
set up for the approach.
(4) Awareness of the requirements for determining which pilot is to
fly and which pilot is to monitor, and of the respective duties and
responsibilities of the PF and the PM.
(5) Awareness of the approach profile, including the method(s) used
to determine the missed approach point and the requirements for
complete crew briefing (including missed approach procedures) prior to
initiation of the approach.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Select and comply with the appropriate precision instrument
approach procedure to be performed.
(2) Select and correctly identify the appropriate navigation
frequencies and facilities associated with the arrival.
(3) Establish the appropriate aircraft configuration and airspeed
or V-speed considering turbulence, windshear, microburst conditions, or
other meteorological and operating conditions.
(4) Apply the necessary adjustments to the published DH or DA and
visibility criteria for the aircraft approach category.
(5) Apply the necessary adjustments to the published MDA and
visibility criteria for the aircraft approach category as required.
[[Page 1364]]
(6) Cross the final approach fix, or the point at which the final
approach begins, at the proper altitude, in the proper aircraft
configuration, with the proper airspeed for the approach.
(7) Maintain a stabilized final approach through transition to
missed approach or transition to landing.
(8) Insure a timely decision at DA or DH to either initiate a
missed approach or proceed to a landing with suitable visual reference.
(9) Initiate the missed approach procedure, when at the DH or DA,
and the required visual references for the runway, or the intended
landing area, are not distinctly visible or identifiable.
(10) Transition to a normal landing approach only when the required
visual references for the runway, or the intended landing area, are
distinctlyvisible and identifiable, and the aircraft is in a position
from which a descent to a landing on the runway, or the intended
landing area, can be at a normal rate of descent using normal
maneuvering.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Instrument approaches begin when the aircraft is over the
initial approach fix for the procedure being used and end when the
aircraft touches down on the runway or landing area, or when transition
to a missed approach configuration is completed.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
7.1 Task: All Engines Operating--Autopilot Coupled
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria listed in Task 7.0, Instrument
Approaches.
(2) Awareness of the requirements and limitations for an Autopilot
Coupled approach.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria listed in Task 7.0, Instrument Approaches.
(2) Engage (and disengage, if appropriate) the flight director(s)
and autopilot(s) at the appropriate points during the approach.
7.2 Task: All Engines Operating--Manually Flown
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria listed in Task 7.0., Instrument
Approaches.
(2) Awareness of the requirements and limitations for a manually
flown instrument approach.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria listed in Task 7.0., Instrument Approaches.
(2) Engage (and disengage, if appropriate) the flight director(s)
at the appropriate points during the approach.
7.3 Task: One Engine Inoperative--Manually Flown
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria listed in Task 7.0, Instrument
Approaches.
(2) Awareness of the requirements and limitations for a manually
flown instrument approach with an engine inoperative.
(3) Monitor the operating engine(s) and make adjustments as
necessary.
(4) Maintain coordinated flight with thrust changes.
(5) Coordinate between PF and PM regarding rudder trim application
and removal.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria listed in Task 7.0., Instrument Approaches.
(2) Establish and maintain the recommended flight attitude and
configuration for optimum performance during all maneuvering necessary
for the instrument approach procedure.
7.4 Task: Approach Type
7.4.1 Task: Category II or III
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria for Task 7.1, All
Engines Operating--Autopilot Coupled, or, if appropriate, Task 7.2, All
Engines Operating--Manually Flown.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria for Task 7.1, All Engines
Operating--Autopilot Coupled, or, if appropriate, Task 7.2, All Engines
Operating--Manually Flown.
7.4.2 Task: Precision Group
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Use aircraft navigational aid equipment for centerline and
glideslope guidance.
(3) Two precision approaches must be completed in simulated
instrument conditions to the minimums appropriate for the type of
approach being flown.
(4) When the precision instrument approach is flown with an engine
failure, the engine failure must occur before initiating the final
approach segment and must continue to touchdown or throughout the
missed approach procedure.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria for Task 7.1, All
Engines Operating--Autopilot Coupled, or, if appropriate, Task 7.2, All
Engines Operating--Manually Flown.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria for Task 7.1, All Engines Operating--
Autopilot Coupled, or, if appropriate, Task 7.2, All Engines
Operating--Manually Flown.
(2) Establish a rate of descent at the point where the electronic
glide slope begins which approximates that required for the aircraft to
follow the glide slope.
7.4.3 Task: Non-Precision Group
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Non-precision instrument approaches must be completed in
simulated instrument conditions to the minimums appropriate for the
type of approach being flown.
(3) When the non-precision instrument approach is flown with a
failure of one engine, the engine failure must occur before initiating
the final approach segment and must continue to touchdown or throughout
the missed approach procedure.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria listed in Task 7.0, Instrument
Approaches.
(2) Awareness of the requirements and limitations for Task 7.1,
Autopilot Coupled instrument approach, or of the requirements and
limitations for Task 7.2, Manually Flown instrument approach, as
appropriate.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Cross the final approach fix at the appropriate altitude,
airspeed, and configuration.
(2) After passing the final approach fix, establish a stabilized
rate of descent that will ensure arrival at MDA at, or prior to, a
point from which a descent to a landing on the intended runway or
landing area can be made at a normal rate using normal maneuvering.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) The rate of descent should be established as soon as possible
(immediately) after passing the final approach fix. Final approach fix
passage may be determined by radial passage, radar fix, marker beacon,
or navigation aid passage (e.g. VOR, NDB). This will help ensure that
the pilot does not have to descend at a much higher rate or execute a
missed approach.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(4) Maintain the MDA, when reached, to the missed approach point or
until descent is initiated toward the runway of intended landing.
[[Page 1365]]
(5) Execute the missed approach procedure if the required visual
references for the intended runway are not distinctly visible and
identifiable at the missed approach point.
7.4.4 Task: Ground-Based Radar Approaches (ASR and PAR)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All the awareness criteria in Task 7.0.,
Instrument Approaches; and
(1) For ASR, all the awareness criteria in Task 7.4.3., Non-
Precision Group.
(2) For PAR, all the awareness criteria in Task 7.4.2., Precision
Group.
(c) Action criteria. All the action criteria in Task 7.0.,
Instrument Approaches; and
(1) For ASR, all the action criteria in Task 7.4.3., Non-Precision
Group.
(2) For PAR, all the action criteria in Task 7.4.2., Precision
Group.
8.0 AREA: Visual Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Understand and apply wake turbulence and traffic separation
requirements.
(2) Understand and apply altitude, airspeed, configuration, and
associated requirements and limitations for the airport of intended
landing as applied to the aircraft being flown.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Establish the aircraft on downwind, base leg, or straight-in
final approach at the proper altitude, at the proper airspeed, and in
the proper configuration, making appropriate adjustments to all three
factors as the approach continues to landing.
(2) Maintain a ground track that ensures the desired traffic
pattern is flown, accounting for any obstructions, other traffic, and
ATC instructions.
(3) Use XLS, RNAV, and other guidance, including visual guidance
(as available), to maintain a normal vertical descent path to the
runway.
(4) The visual approach ends in the landing transition phase,
described in Task 10.4.3, when the landing is assured. The pilot must
use all available lateral and vertical approach aids, and the pilot
must be prepared to transition to flight using flight instruments due
to darkness or other restrictions to visibility.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(5) The visual approach phase begins after reporting the airport or
traffic to follow as ``in sight,'' and receiving clearance for a visual
approach.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
8.1 Task: All Engines Operating (Normal)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria for Task 8.0, Visual
Approach.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria for Task 8.0, Visual
Approach.
8.2 Task: One Engine Inoperative
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria for Task 8.0, Visual
Approach.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria for Task 8.0, Visual
Approach.
8.3 Task: Two Engines Inoperative (3 and 4 Engine Aircraft)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria for Task 8.0, Visual
Approach.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria for Task 8.0, Visual
Approach.
9.0 AREA: Missed Approach
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) The pilot must perform at least one missed approach from an XLS
approach.
(3) The pilot must perform at least one missed approach from a non-
XLS approach.
(4) The pilot must perform at least one complete, published missed
approach procedure.
(5) The pilot must perform at least one missed approach with an
engine inoperative.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) If a stabilized approach is not achieved by the required
height, initiate a go-around without prompting from another crewmember.
(2) Comply with the appropriate missed approach procedure or ATC
clearance.
(3) Know the aircraft position with respect to the missed approach
point (MAP).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Initiate the missed approach procedure promptly.
(2) Apply go-around thrust promptly; establish the proper pitch
attitude; and reconfigure the aircraft for the missed approach in
accordance with the approved procedures.
(3) Follow the published missed approach procedure (or follow the
assigned clearance), maintaining proper airspeed and altitude for the
configuration.
(4) Request clearance for another approach, to a holding fix, or to
the alternate airport.
(5) If the approach is abandoned prior to reaching the MAP, begin a
climb, but continue to navigate to the MAP before complying with the
published procedure.
(6) Certificate holders must train to proficiency using all
instrument approaches for which they hold Operations Specification
approval.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) The missed approach phase begins when the decision to abandon
the approach is made, and ends when the aircraft has been reconfigured
to allow maneuvering for a second approach or a return to the en route
environment.
(e) Certificate holders are required to train on all instrument
approaches for which they hold operations specification approval, but
this does not need to be done during each recurrent training period.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
9.1 Task: All Engines Operating
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria for Task 9.0.,
Missed Approach.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria for Task 9.0., Missed
Approach.
9.2 Task: One Engine Inoperative
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria for Task 9.0., Missed Approach.
(2) Monitor the operating engine(s) and make adjustments as
necessary.
(3) Establish and maintain the recommended flight attitude and
configuration for optimum performance during all necessary maneuvering.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria for Task 9.0., Missed Approach.
(2) As the power is advanced for the missed approach, maintain
coordinated flight with rudder as required to counter asymmetric
thrust, and maintain wings level.
9.3 Task: From a Circling Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Maintain awareness of the positional
relationship between the MAP, the aircraft, and the center of the
airport.
(c) Action criteria. If a missed approach is needed after starting
the circle-to-land maneuver, turn in the appropriate direction and
climb according to the published missed approach procedure.
[[Page 1366]]
9.4 Task: Descending Break-Out Maneuver From Instrument Landing System
and Precision Radar Monitor (PRM) Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Awareness of the prerequisite PRM training to accept a PRM
approach.
(2) Understand the requirements when issued a ``breakout'' command
from ATC.
(i) Understand that when another aircraft penetrates the ``no
transgression zone,'' the threatened aircraft will be instructed to
``breakout.''
(ii) Understand that ``descent'' commands issued as part of a
``breakout'' instruction will not be issued to fly below an altitude
that provides a minimum of 1,000 feet of obstacle clearance protection.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All PRM ``breakouts'' must be hand flown.
(2) Initiate a ``breakout'' immediately on receiving breakout
instructions and follow the turn and climb or descent commands issued
by ATC.
10.0 Area: Landing
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) When a proficiency test will result in issuance of an airline
transport pilot certificate or a type rating, the pilot must make at
least three landings.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Apply gust and wind factors, and take into account
meteorological phenomena such as windshear, microburst, and other
related safety of flight factors.
(2) Verify existing wind conditions, make proper corrections for
drift, and maintain a precise ground track.
(3) Use the appropriate aircraft configuration for normal and
abnormal situations and procedures, including becoming airborne again
after touching down.
(4) Consider the takeoff traffic aspects of LAHSO or SOIR.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Establish the approach and landing configuration appropriate
for the runway and meteorological conditions, and adjust the engine
controls as required.
(2) Maintain a stabilized approach; see Task 1.4(c)(10) of this
attachment.
(3) Touchdown must be 500 to 3,000 feet (150 to 900 meters) past
the runway threshold, not to exceed one-third of the runway length,
with the runway centerline between the main gear, and with the airplane
tracking parallel to the runway centerline.
(4) Use spoilers, propeller reverse or thrust reverse, and wheel
brakes in a manner that ensures bringing the aircraft to a safe speed
considering the point of touchdown and the runway remaining.
(5) Maintain positive directional control and crosswind correction
during the after-landing roll.
10.1 Task: All Engines Operating (Normal)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria in Area 10.0.,
Landing.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria in Area 10.0., Landing.
10.2 Task: Crosswind
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Landings must be demonstrated and practiced to proficiency
during training at the maximum demonstrated crosswind for the aircraft.
For evaluation purposes, the crosswind component must not exceed 12
knots.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Assess the changing effect of the crosswind component and
adjust controls as required.
(2) Assess the relationship between the aircraft limitation(s),
performance data and any surface contaminant(s).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Maintain positive directional control using an approved means
of controlling the effects of the crosswind.
(2) Touchdown with the airplane tracking parallel to the runway
centerline. Maximum bank angles must not be exceeded.
10.3 Task: Engine Inoperative
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Monitor the operating engine(s) and make
adjustments as necessary.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Maneuver with inoperative engine(s).
(2) Maintain coordinated flight by application of rudder as
required to counter asymmetric thrust.
(3) Maintain wings level.
(4) Use reverse thrust symmetrically, or as described in the FCOM.
10.3.1 Task: One Engine Inoperative (2 Engine Aircraft)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria in Task 10.3.,
Engine Inoperative.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria in Task 10.3., Engine
Inoperative.
10.3.2 Task: Two Engines Inoperative (3 and 4 Engine Aircraft)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria in Task 10.3.,
Engine Inoperative.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria in Task 10.3., Engine
Inoperative.
10.4 Task: Landing Transition
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Decide to reject or continue the landing.
(2) Ensure an aircraft or vehicle does not occupy the runway.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Transition to outside visual references.
(2) Determine that a landing is assured.
(3) Complete a smooth, positively controlled transition from
descent flight path to touchdown.
(i) Achieve and maintain the longitudinal axis of the aircraft
parallel with the runway centerline and the centerline between the main
landing gear.
(ii) At the flare initiation point, begin to increase the pitch
attitude to that necessary to achieve level flight in the present
circumstances.
(iii) Reduce power to bring the throttles to the idle position as
the main landing gear touch the runway.
(iv) As the aircraft slows, apply additional backpressure to
maintain the level flight attitude, allowing the aircraft to continue a
shallow rate of descent and a shallow rate of airspeed reduction.
(v) As touchdown occurs, ensure that the throttles are at idle;
ensure that the spoilers have deployed; and without delay, fly the nose
gear onto the runway.
(vi) Apply wheel brakes, select reverse thrust as appropriate for
the conditions, maintain directional control with aerodynamic controls
throughout the landing roll, until the ground speed allows directional
control with rudder pedal steering or nose wheel steering, as
appropriate.
10.4.1 Task: From a Precision Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria in Task 10.4.,
Landing Transition.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria in Task 10.4., Landing
Transition.
10.4.2 Task: From a Non-Precision Approach
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria in Task 10.4.,
Landing Transition.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria in Task 10.4., Landing
Transition.
10.4.3 Task: From a Visual Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
[[Page 1367]]
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria in Task 10.4.,
Landing Transition.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria in Task 10.4., Landing
Transition.
10.4.4 Task: From a Circling Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Consider the environmental, operational, and meteorological
factors that affect landing from a circling approach.
(2) Respect the circling maneuvering area for the category of
aircraft and do not exceed the associated visibility criteria.
(3) All awareness criteria in Task 10.4., Landing Transition.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Avoid excessive maneuvering.
(2) Avoid descent below the appropriate circling MDA until in a
position from which a descent to a normal landing can be made.
(3) All awareness criteria in Task 10.4., Landing Transition.
10.5 Task: Rejected Landing
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Decide to reject the landing, if
appropriate.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Apply the appropriate thrust setting for the flight condition
and establish the correct pitch attitude necessary to obtain the
desired performance, assuming the aircraft may touch down.
(2) Establish a positive rate of climb.
(3) Retract the landing gear and wing flaps (and other drag devices
if appropriate), in the correct sequence and at a safe altitude and
airspeed.
(4) Maintain the proper ground track or heading during the rejected
landing procedure.
(5) Combined with instrument, circling, or missed approach
procedures.
(6) Initiate between 30 feet and 50 feet above the runway.
10.6 Task: Zero or Partial Flaps
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Use runway of sufficient length for the zero or partial flap
condition.
(2) Use the correct airspeeds or V-speeds for this configuration.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Maintain the proper aircraft pitch attitude and flight path for
the configuration, gross weight, and other applicable operational
considerations.
(2) Adjust the attitude for touchdown only as prescribed by the
FCOM.
10.7 Task: Auto-Land
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Demonstrate awareness of auto-flight
annunciation(s).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Guard flight controls throughout the maneuver.
(2) Respond to cues from the auto-flight annunciation(s).
10.8 Task: EFVS
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Awareness of the training requirements prior to initiating an
approach and landing or takeoff using EFVS.
(2) Awareness of the existing weather conditions and the
limitations of the EFVS system.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Practice with the proper use of the system in visual conditions
and in weather limiting conditions, including all instrument approach
procedures authorized using the EFVS.
(2) Practice the transition to instrument flight due to
interruption or malfunction of the EFVS system.
10.9 Task: HUD
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Demonstrate awareness of HUD symbology,
including normal and failure annunciation(s).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Respond to cues depicted in the HUD.
(2) Practice the transition to instrument flight due to
interruption or malfunction of the HUD system.
11.0 Area: Abnormal Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Consider the impact of the abnormal
condition on the safety of the flight and on the need to turn back, or
continue to destination airport or another suitable airport.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Complete immediate action (memory) items, if appropriate.
(2) Follow checklist requirements.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Operation of the systems, devices, and equipment in the
aircraft through normal and abnormal procedures are concurrent tasks
that may occur at some time during the tasks in any of the other areas
of operation. These systems, devices, and equipment, with related
normal and abnormal procedures, are contained in the FCOM. Crews should
not ``troubleshoot.'' They are expected to observe, identify, use the
FCOM, apply systems knowledge, and resolve the situation to the safest
possible outcome.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
11.1 Task: Un-Annunciated
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria in Task 11.0,
Abnormal Procedures.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria in Task 11.0, Abnormal
Procedures.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Unannunciated abnormal conditions include: Vibration, tailpipe
fire, loss of engine thrust control, engine severe damage, volcanic
ash, window damage, tail strike, various smoke or fumes, rapid
depressurization, evacuation, jammed stabilizer, jammed or restricted
flight controls, fuel leak on the engine, and engine stall.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
11.2.0 Task: System (ATA Code)
The following criteria apply to system tasks 11.2.1 through
11.2.26:
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria in Task 11.0,
Abnormal Procedures.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria in Task 11.0, Abnormal
Procedures.
11.2.1 Air Conditioning (21)
11.2.2 APU (49)
11.2.3 Autopilot (22)
11.2.4 Brakes (32)
11.2.5 Communications (23)
11.2.6 Doors (52)
11.2.7 Electrical Power (24)
11.2.8 Emergency Equipment (25)
11.2.9 Engine (72)
11.2.10 Fire Protection (26)
11.2.11 Flaps (27)
11.2.12 Flight Controls (27)
11.2.13 Fuel (28)
11.2.14 EGPWS and TAWS (34)
11.2.15 HUD
11.2.16 Hydraulic Power (29)
11.2.17 Ice and Rain Protection (30)
11.2.18 Instruments (31)
11.2.19 Landing Gear (32)
11.2.20 Navigation (34)
11.2.21 Oxygen (35)
11.2.22 Pneumatic (36)
11.2.23 Propellers (61)
11.2.24 Stall Warning (27)
11.2.25 Thrust Reversers (78)
11.2.26 Warning Systems (various)
[[Page 1368]]
12.0 Area: Emergency Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Consider the impact of the emergency
condition on the safety of the flight and on the need to turn back, or
continue to destination airport or another suitable airport.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Complete the immediate action (memory) items in proper
sequence, if appropriate.
(2) Land as soon as possible.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) An emergency condition that requires execution of a
procedure(s) is a concurrent task(s) that may occur at some time during
the normal tasks in any of the other areas of operation. These
emergency procedures are contained in the FCOM. Crews should not
``troubleshoot.'' They are expected to observe, identify, use the FCOM,
and apply systems knowledge only as required and resolve the emergency
to the safest possible outcome.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
12.1 Task: Fire or Smoke in Aircraft
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Initiate emergency descent, diversion, or evacuation, as
appropriate.
(2) Apply knowledge of fire detection and extinguishing systems, as
necessary.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Promptly acknowledge the smoke, fumes, or fire event.
(2) Direct the use of oxygen and smoke goggles or EVAS to keep crew
functioning, and establish crew communications.
(3) Identify the source of smoke, fumes, or fire, if possible.
(4) Initiate correct procedure or checklist for the type of smoke,
fumes, or fire.
(5) Descend, land, and evacuate as quickly as possible.
12.2 Task: Unannunciated Fire in Flight
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria in Task 12.0,
Emergency Procedures.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria in Task 12.0, Emergency
Procedures.
12.3 Task: Ditching
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Awareness of the time requirements for cabin crew to prepare
the cabin.
(2) Awareness and application of the procedures to be used to ditch
the aircraft.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Follow the appropriate descent and before landing checklists.
(2) Follow the appropriate ditching checklist, if available.
(3) Touch down:
(i) Between the crests of any wave activity, parallel to the wave
crest:
(ii) At the slowest speed possible.
(iii) Tail first, if controllability allows.
(iv) With the landing gear retracted.
(4) Evacuate the aircraft.
12.4 Task: Emergency Descent (Maximum Rate)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Consider the appropriate configuration for descent if aircraft
damage is known or suspected.
(2) Choose an altitude for level-off suitable to the terrain and
conditions.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Apply knowledge of the descent maneuvering capabilities of the
aircraft.
(2) Perform emergency descent in a smooth, positive, and timely
manner without exceeding limitations.
12.5 Task: Rapid Decompression
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Promptly acknowledge the rapid decompression event.
(2) Consider the altitude of the aircraft and the need for an
emergency descent or an alternative course of action, including the
need for crew or passenger oxygen.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Determine whether cabin pressure control can be regained.
(2) Direct use of oxygen by crew as necessary.
(3) Establish crew communications.
12.6 Task: Emergency Evacuation
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Consider the need for evacuation against the inherent risk of
injury during its conduct.
(2) Consider the area around the aircraft and the direction from
which SAR responders are approaching.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Ensure the aircraft is depressurized before directing
evacuation.
(2) Direct evacuation to the safest area in relation to the
aircraft through exits with the minimum likelihood of post-evacuation
injury.
12.7 Task: Engine Fire, Severe Damage or Separation
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness criteria in Task 12.0,
Emergency Procedures.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria in Task 12.0, Emergency
Procedures.
12.8 Task: Landing with Degraded Flight Controls
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Recognize the degraded control condition.
(2) Demonstrate and apply knowledge of the maneuvering capabilities
of the aircraft in a non-standard or degraded configuration.
(c) Action criteria. Maintain speeds suitable for the degraded
conditions or configurations.
12.9 Task: Pilot Incapacitation
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Maintain focus on the flying task and a safe flight path.
(2) Ensure the crewmember is clear of flight controls.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Promptly acknowledge the incapacitation event.
(2) [Reserved]
12.10 Task: All Other Tasks described in the FCOM
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. As described in the FCOM.
(c) Action criteria. As required in the FCOM.
13.0 Area: Line Oriented Operations Environments
The specific operational environments below must be integrated into
instruction modules for initial, conversion, transition, upgrade,
recurrent, and requalification training.
13.1 Task: Anti-Icing and Deicing Before Takeoff
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Understand the certificate holder's ground anti-icing and
deicing program.
(2) Be able to determine the need for anti-icing or deicing prior
to takeoff.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Inspect the aircraft to ensure all surfaces are free of ice
before flight.
(2) Correctly operate anti-icing and de-icing systems or equipment.
(3) Coordinate the application of a proper mix of anti-icing or
deicing fluid.
(4) Determine hold over time.
(5) Comply with the hold over time restrictions for takeoff.
[[Page 1369]]
13.2 Task: Structural Icing, Airborne
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Know the conditions that can lead to structural ice.
(2) Understand the effects of structural icing on aircraft
performance.
(3) Plan and execute ice avoidance if necessary.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Know when and how to apply the procedures in the FCOM for
operating in icing conditions or conditions that may lead to structural
icing.
(2) Determine when structural icing is present.
(3) Monitor ice accretion during flight.
(4) Correctly operate anti-icing and de-icing systems and
equipment.
13.3 Task: Thunderstorm Avoidance, Departure, and Arrival
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Know the weather information available to
determine the probability of thunderstorm activity and its location.
(c) Action criteria. Use weather radar to identify thunderstorm
activity and to avoid departing into the threat or circumnavigate in
flight.
13.4 Task: Contaminated Runway Operations
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Identify runway conditions (standing water,
slush, snow or ice) that require the use of contaminated runway
procedures.
(c) Action criteria. Apply weight or other performance penalties or
adjustments, as required.
13.5 Task: Low Air Density, High Altitude Runway Operations
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Recognize the higher TAS and GS, and the effect on maneuvering,
takeoff, and landing techniques.
(2) Consider the effect on all facets of aircraft performance.
(c) Action criteria. Maneuver to compensate for the higher speeds,
greater turn radius, and increased rate of descent.
13.6 Task: CFIT and Terrain Avoidance
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Recognize the alert modes (audio and
visual) of the GPWS.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Promptly acknowledge and react to ground proximity warnings.
(2) Execute the escape maneuver prescribed by the FCOM.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Refer to the most current version of the FAA CFIT Training Aid
for generic escape maneuvers that may be used when the FCOM does not
contain specific escape maneuvers.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
13.7 Task: ETOPS Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Awareness of the basis for ETOPS operations.
(2) Understand the definition of ``ETOPS portion of flight'' for
aircraft with two engines and for aircraft with three or four engines.
(3) Understand the definition of and requirements for designation
as an ``ETOPS Alternate'' airport.
(c) Action criteria. Practice at cruise altitude selection,
including computing and achieving maximum range altitudes with an
engine inoperative, including ``drift-down.''
13.8 Task: Altimeter Settings (US and International Operations)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Awareness that QFE altimeter setting is the actual surface
pressure, uncorrected for sea level.
(2) Awareness that QNH altimeter setting (always 29.92 inches of
mercury or 1013 hectoPascals) is used when operating at, climbing
through, or operating above the transition altitude.
(c) Action criteria. Practice operating with correct altimeter
settings and demonstrate operations with incorrect altimeter settings.
13.9 Task: Air Hazard Avoidance
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) When FSTD equipped with functional TCAS simulation.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Understand the parameters of the TCAS system installed in the
aircraft.
(2) Understand the appropriate responses to aural and visual alerts
for both TAs and RAs.
(c) Action criteria. Practice response according to the warning
received.
(1) For operations in normal airspace.
(2) For operations in RVSM airspace.
13.10 Task: Terrain Avoidance (EGPWS or TAWS)
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) When FSTD equipped with functional EGPWS or TAWS simulation.
(b) Awareness criteria. Recognize the predictive alert modes (audio
and visual) of the EGPWS or TAWS.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Promptly acknowledge terrain avoidance alerts.
(2) Execute maneuvers appropriate to the conditions to avoid a GPWS
or TAWS warning.
C. Performance Standards for the Emergency Training Drills (see
Sec. Sec. 121.133; 121.135; 121.1201; 121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1233;
121.1255; 121.1333; 121.1337; 121.1351; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1337;
121.1381; 121.1383; and 121.1391)
1. Emergency training equipment must be identical to that installed
in the certificate holder's aircraft on which the flight crewmember is
to be qualified with respect to weight, dimensions, appearance,
features and operation. Equipment may be substituted when it is similar
with respect to weight, dimensions, appearance, features, and
operations, and the pilot has been provided with training on
differences between the training equipment and the actual aircraft
equipment.
2. Performance Drills--Individuals
(a) Fire extinguishers
(1) Environment: The hand fire extinguisher must be charged; but
does not have to contain the actual extinguishing agent.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill for each type of installed hand fire
extinguisher:
(i) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g., rotate handle to
pressurize, break tamper seals, pull pin, release safety latch).
(ii) Operate extinguisher discharge mechanism.
(iii) Aim and discharge extinguisher at the base of the fire
(actual or simulated) using proper discharge pattern, bottle position,
and flight crewmember body position (appropriate to the location of the
fire).
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) Effective training scenarios for firefighting should include
realistic drills with emphasis on combating hidden fires. To provide
realistic training, drills should simulate locations of hidden fires
such as behind sidewall panels, in overhead areas and panels, or in air
conditioning vents. The intent of the training is to provide
[[Page 1370]]
crewmembers with the typical obstacles that they would encounter
onboard the aircraft, but it is not intended to have each student tear
apart sidewall panels. A training program should incorporate a method
to assess and combat a hidden fire, such as locating the exact source
of the fire before applying an extinguishing agent. Depending on the
sophistication of the training device, the flight crewmember could use
a manual release tool that is designed to open the enclosed area to
gain access to a fire that is suspected in that region.
(4) The hand fire extinguisher does not have to be positioned in
the same location as installed in the aircraft. This drill is not
required for the type of hand fire extinguisher used in the
firefighting drill that is completed during the same training period.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(b) Oxygen Systems
(1) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill for each type of installed oxygen system
equipment:
(i) Don and activate the oxygen and test for flow, position, seal,
and security of the mask or hood to the face or head.
(ii) Demonstrate proper precautions.
(iii) Secure the oxygen bottle, canister, or cartridge (as
appropriate) and position it to monitor the supply.
(iv) Demonstrate proper handling techniques if using portable solid
state units.
(v) Deactivate and stow equipment.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(2) This drill is not required for the type of protective breathing
equipment used in the firefighting drill that is completed during the
same training period.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(c) Equipment Mountings
(1) Environment: Each piece of emergency equipment must be in its
fully secured or pinned condition using the identical bracketing or
mounting system that is used on the aircraft in which the equipment is
installed.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill:
(i) Completely remove each piece of emergency equipment from its
bracketing or securing system.
(ii) Secure each piece of emergency equipment in its bracketing and
securing system or properly stow according to certificate holder
procedures.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) Unless otherwise specified, it is not necessary to have the
emergency equipment installed within locations or compartments as
installed in the actual aircraft.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(d) Flight Deck Oxygen Systems
(1) Environment: This drill must provide the flight crewmember with
practice in donning and using the flight deck supplemental oxygen
systems or related vision protection equipment as it would be used in a
smoke-filled or fume-filled flight deck. The flight deck supplemental
oxygen systems equipment must be identical to that installed in the
aircraft with respect to dimensions, appearance, features, controls,
charge duration, and operation.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill for each type of installed oxygen system
equipment:
(i) Remove the bottle, canister, hood, or mask from the bracket or
stowage.
(ii) Don and activate the oxygen and test for flow, position, seal,
and security of the mask or hood to the face or head. Additionally, if
smoke goggles are separate from oxygen, they must be donned.
(iii) Demonstrate proper precautions.
(iv) Secure the oxygen bottle, canister, or cartridge (as
appropriate) and position it to monitor the supply.
(v) Demonstrate proper handling techniques if using portable solid
state units.
(vi) Deactivate and stow equipment.
(e) Firefighting (actual fire)
(1) Environment: The flight crewmember must complete the
firefighting drill while combating an actual fire. The flight
crewmember must combat the fire using at least one type of hand fire
extinguisher that is appropriate for the type of fire being fought,
while using the type of installed PBE.
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill requirement that the flight
crewmember must complete for the certificate holder for which the
flight crewmember is employed.
(ii) For the purpose of this drill, protective breathing equipment
and the hand fire extinguisher must be installed in the appropriate
bracket or stowage compartment or stowage pouch (if not completed
during the equipment mountings drill).
(iii) The hand fire extinguisher must be charged; but does not have
to contain the actual extinguishing agent.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(iv) A self-contained PBE may be substituted with a training smoke
hood which is not operational.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill:
(i) Recognize the type of fire.
(ii) Locate source of fire or smoke.
(iii) Remove PBE from stowage container and pouch (as appropriate).
(iv) Don the PBE and activate oxygen in proper sequence (activation
of oxygen may be simulated).
(v) Verify seal.
(vi) Select appropriate hand fire extinguisher for the class of
fire.
(vii) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g., rotate handle to
pressurize, break tamper seals, pull pin, release safety latch).
(viii) Approach fire or smoke.
(ix) Combat fire using proper techniques.
(x) Operate extinguisher discharge mechanism properly.
(xi) Aim and discharge extinguisher at the base of the fire using
proper discharge pattern, bottle position, and flight crewmember body
position.
(xii) Maintain an appropriate distance from the fire in order to
complete the task and maintain personal safety.
(xiii) Be aware of PBE oxygen duration.
(xiv) Be aware of signals that PBE is no longer generating oxygen
to wearer.
(xv) Use protective techniques to back away.
(xvi) Ensure fire is extinguished.
(xvii) Use proper techniques for PBE removal.
(xviii) Properly secure equipment.
(f) Emergency Exits.
(1) Task (Normal Operation): The flight crewmember must complete
the following drill, with respect to the normal operation of each
flight crewmember emergency exit:
(i) Identify conditions under which each exit should be opened or
closed, if appropriate.
[[Page 1371]]
(ii) Assess the exterior and interior conditions for obstacles or
hazards to persons or the exit during the opening or closing (e.g.,
jetway, stairs, barrier straps).
(iii) Follow procedure to ensure flight crewmember awareness at
armed boarding door prior to aircraft pushback (if applicable to the
exit).
(iv) Identify signal for arming and disarming.
(v) Coordinate and communicate with other crewmembers.
(vi) Properly arm and disarm the exit.
(vii) Verify girt bar is armed or disarmed as appropriate.
(viii) Verify exit is in the correct mode for intended operation.
(ix) Use proper techniques for the operating mechanism (such as
handles to open exit and secure in locked position).
(x) Install safety strap. Stow safety strap.
(xi) Release locking mechanism and properly use control handles to
close exit and secure in locked position.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(2) Environment: The operation of each type of flight crewmember
emergency exit may be conducted as an observation drill that includes
the following tasks as applicable.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(3) Task (Emergency Operation): The flight crewmember must complete
the following drill, with respect to the emergency operation of each
flight crewmember emergency exit:
(i) Position escape device (if applicable).
(ii) Verify that girt bar is armed or disarmed as appropriate.
(iii) Verify the exit is in the correct mode.
(iv) Identify conditions under which the exit is to be opened in
the emergency mode.
(v) Use proper voice commands to passengers (as appropriate).
(vi) Assess conditions outside the exit to determine the exit
usability (e.g., clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft attitude).
(vii) Open the exit in the armed mode (as applicable) and secure or
stow the exit (as applicable) to ensure a fully open and unobstructed
exit.
(viii) Hold onto assist handle (if applicable).
(ix) As applicable, pull the manual inflation handle(s) and verify
deployment, inflation (e.g., ramp, slide).
(x) Maintain appropriate protective body and hand positions.
(xi) Follow crew coordination procedures (as appropriate).
(xii) Access release handle(s) (e.g., Slide disconnect, jettison
tailcone, ventral stairs).
(xiii) Recognize when it is appropriate to exit the aircraft.
(xiv) Access escape tapes or escape ropes (if applicable).
(g) Emergency evacuation (with slide).
(1) Environment: This drill is required when the flight crewmember
is qualifying on an aircraft that is equipped with emergency escape
slides.
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill requirement that the flight
crewmember must complete for the certificate holder for which the
flight crewmember is employed.
(ii) Each flight crewmember must complete an emergency evacuation
by egressing the aircraft or approved training device using at least
one type of installed emergency escape slide from an aircraft on which
the flight crewmember will be qualified to serve.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill:
(i) Observe the airplane exit(s) being opened in the emergency mode
and the associated exit slide, or slide raft being deployed and
inflated or perform the tasks resulting in the completion of these
actions.
(ii) Egress the aircraft or approved training device and descend
the slide while using the proper method and technique.
(h) Emergency evacuation (without slide)
(1) Environment: This drill is required when the flight crewmember
is qualifying on an aircraft that is not equipped with an emergency
escape slide on any emergency exit.
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill requirement that the flight
crewmember must complete for the certificate holder for which the
flight crewmember will serve.
(ii) Each flight crewmember must complete an emergency evacuation
by egressing the aircraft or approved training device through an
emergency exit that is not designed to have an escape slide installed
and is representative of the aircraft on which the flight crewmember
will be qualified to serve.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must
satisfactorily accomplish the following during the drill:
(i) Observe the airplane exit(s) being opened in the emergency
mode.
(ii) Egress the aircraft or approved training device while using
the proper method and technique.
(i) Flotation devices
(1) Environment: The individual flotation means used for this drill
must be identical to each type of life preserver, flotation device, and
seat cushion installed in the aircraft with respect to weight,
dimensions, controls, types and method of operation.
(2) Crewmember Performance: Each flight crewmember must complete
the following during the drill:
(i) Life preservers:
(A) Recognize removal procedures for individual flotation devices
and also recognize any equipment or furnishings that may complement or
hinder the removal of the flotation device or seat cushion.
(B) Don and secure life preserver, and inflate using automatic
inflation (if appropriate) of at least one chamber.
(C) Demonstrate proper arm placement and use of the life preserver,
(D) Partially inflate, or simulate inflation of, a second chamber
(if appropriate) of life preserver orally.
(E) Practice deflation technique.
(F) Locate and describe light activation.
(ii) Flotation devices:
(A) Recognize removal procedures for flotation devices or seat
cushions, and also recognize any equipment or furnishings that may
complement or hinder the removal of the flotation device or seat
cushion.
(B) Demonstrate proper arm placement and use of the flotation
device or seat cushion.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) The individual flotation means installed may consist of life
preservers, flotation devices, and seat cushions.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(j) Ditching survival (wet and dry training environments)
(1) Environment:
(i) Ditching survival drill in a dry training environment must be
conducted on a surface with sufficient space to conduct the drill
without interference from nearby objects or structures.
(ii) Ditching survival drill in a wet training environment must be
conducted in water with sufficient
[[Page 1372]]
depth and width under and around the slide, raft or slide-raft that
does not allow participants the ability to touch the bottom or sides of
the water containment structure.
(A) Ditching survival drill in a wet training environment is a one-
time emergency drill requirement that the flight crewmember must
complete for the certificate holder for which the flight crewmember is
to serve.
(B) Raft boarding and subsequent activities must be done in water
for ditching survival drill in a wet training environment.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must participate
in the following ditching survival drill for both wet and dry training
environments as applicable to the certificate holder's procedures and
approved extended overwater operations:
(i) Identify boarding station and board raft.
(ii) Review the need to crawl and stay low.
(iii) Distribute the load.
(iv) Review the need to stay attached to the aircraft as long as
possible, and operation of the quick disconnect.
(v) Review the need to get clear of fuel-covered water and debris.
(vi) Locate and deploy the sea anchor.
(vii) Discuss the importance of upwind and downwind.
(viii) Retrieve the survival kit and review contents.
(ix) Identify inflation valve and review operation of inflation
pump and raft repair kit.
(x) Identify equipment for bailing raft dry (e.g., bailing bucket
or sponge).
(xi) Install the canopy and discuss methods for collecting rain
water and water purification techniques.
(xii) Demonstrate how canopy can be used in both hot and cold
climates.
(xiii) Review the use of signaling devices located in survival
kits.
(xiv) Discuss the cautions associated with flares and sea dye
marker and proper use.
(xv) Point out raft lights.
(xvi) Review alternate signaling devices (e.g., mirrors).
(xvii) Locate and demonstrate use of heaving line. Review
techniques to retrieve survivors.
(xviii) Review raft maintenance techniques.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) Activities prior to raft boarding for both wet and dry training
environments may be done in classroom, aircraft, or aircraft mockup.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
3. Observation Drills--During the observation drill, the flight
crewmember observes the specific procedural drill being conducted by
other persons in a live setting or through an audio-visual medium.
(a) Preparation of Emergency Exits In Emergency Mode. Crewmember
Performance: Each flight crewmember must observe the preparation of
each type of installed flight crewmember emergency exit in the
emergency mode, as follows:
(1) Position escape device (if applicable).
(2) Verify that girt bar is armed or disarmed (as appropriate).
(3) Verify the exit is in the correct mode.
(4) Identify conditions under which the exit is to be opened in the
emergency mode.
(5) Use proper voice commands to passengers (as appropriate).
(6) Assess conditions outside the exit to determine the exit
usability (e.g., clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft attitude).
(7) Open the exit in the armed mode (as applicable) and secure and
stow the exit (as applicable) to ensure a fully open and unobstructed
exit.
(8) Hold onto assist handle (if applicable).
(9) Pull the manual inflation handle(s) and verify deployment and
inflation (e.g., ramp, slide).
(10) Maintain appropriate protective body and hand positions.
(11) Follow crew coordination procedures (as appropriate).
(12) Access release handle(s) (e.g., slide disconnect, jettison
tailcone, ventral stairs).
(13) Recognize when it is appropriate to exit the aircraft.
(14) Access escape tapes or escape ropes (if applicable).
(b) Emergency Evacuation Utilizing an Escape Slide (if applicable).
Crewmember Performance: Each flight crewmember qualifying on an
aircraft equipped with evacuation slides must observe the evacuation of
an aircraft with passengers using a slide. The observation must
include:
(1) Correct methods of evacuation.
(2) Correct methods of entering the slide.
(3) Necessity for helpers at the bottom of slide.
(c) Deployment, inflation, and detachment of slide, raft, or slide-
raft.
Crewmember Performance: Each flight crewmember must observe the
deployment, inflation, and detachment from the airplane of each type of
installed slide, raft, or slide-raft. This observation must include:
(1) Proper use of the exit operating handle.
(2) Location and color of the inflation handle.
(3) Demonstration of forces required to inflate slide or slide-
raft.
(4) Attachment to aircraft (if applicable).
(5) Sound of inflating slide, raft, or slide-raft.
(6) Proper inflation and position of the slide, raft, or slide-
raft.
(7) Location of the ditching handle or laces.
(8) Launching points (if required).
(9) Procedure to pull ditching handle including secondary actions
that may be required.
(10) Lanyard and the removal or cutting of lanyard.
(11) Righting overturned rafts (if applicable).
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
32. Add appendix R of part 121 to read as follows:
Appendix R to Part 121--Flight Engineer, Qualification Performance
Standards
Table of Contents
Introduction
A. What is contained in the Flight Engineer QPS?
B. Can the reader rely solely on this document for pilot
qualification and related training requirements?
C. How can I get answers to questions about the contents of this
appendix?
D. Why do we need a QPS for flight engineers?
E. Where can each type of standard be found in the QPS?
F. [Reserved]
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be found?
H. What references are recommended?
I. What training aids and guides should be used to develop
instructional materials?
J. How must Crew Resource Management (CRM) training be
administered?
K. What is the continuous analysis process and how is it
incorporated in this QPS? (See Sec. 121.1355.)
Attachment 1. Programmed Hour Requirements for New Hire, Initial,
Transition, Conversion, Differences, Requalification, Recurrent, and
Special Training Categories (see Sec. Sec. 121.1205; 121.1331;
121.1333; 121.1335; 121.1337; 121.1367; 121.1239; and 121.1391)
Attachment 2. Academic Training Segment Requirements--Subjects and
Tests--for New Hire, Initial, Transition, Conversion,
Requalification, Recurrent, Differences, and Special Training
Categories (see Sec. Sec. 121.1221; 121.1223;
[[Page 1373]]
121.1225; 121.1331; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363;
121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1381; and 121.1391)
Attachment 3. Job Performance Training Requirements for All
Categories of Training (see Sec. Sec. 121.133; 121.135; 121.1205;
121.1221; 121.1223; 121.1221; 121.1225; 121.1253; 121.1255;
121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1331; 121.1333; 121.1337;
121.1339; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1345; 121.1347; 121.1349;
121.1351; 121.1353; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367;
121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1385; 121.1387; and
121.1391)
Attachment 4. Generic Flight Engineer Performance Standards for Each
Task, Environment, Drill, and Demonstration (see Sec. Sec. 121.133;
121.135; 121.1201; 121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1221; 121.1253; 121.1257;
121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363;
121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; and
121.1391)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
Introduction
A. What is contained in the Flight Engineer QPS?
This QPS contains Information and QPS Requirements.
1. Information: Explanations that clarify or support regulatory
requirements found in the Code of Federal Regulations or in this Flight
Engineer QPS. Explanations are provided as guidance and are not
regulatory. This guidance appears under the heading ``BEGIN
INFORMATION'' and uses the terms ``should'' or ``may'' to indicate that
it is not mandatory.
2. QPS Requirements: Flight Engineer Qualification Performance
Standards contained in this appendix are regulatory and mandatory.
These requirements appear under the heading ``BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENTS''
and use the terms ``must,'' ``may not,'' and ``will.''
B. Can the reader rely solely on this document for pilot qualification
and related training requirements?
No, do not rely solely on this document for regulatory requirements
in these areas. The reader must also use 14 CFR part 91 and part 121,
subparts G, T, V, X, and BB.
C. How can I get answers to questions about the contents of this
appendix?
1. You may mail questions to:
U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration,
Flight Standards Service, Air Transportation Division, AFS-210,800
Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20591,Telephone: (202) 267-
8166,Fax: (202) 267-5229.
2. You may find answers to questions on the Flight Standards
Internet Web Site address is: ``http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/avs/offices/afs/.'' On this Web Site you will
find Flight Standards Programs, Aviation Safety Inspector Handbooks and
Documents, the current Aviation Regulations (14 CFR), Advisory
Circulars, and other sources of FAA information.
D. Why do we need a QPS for flight engineers?
1. To provide objective standards for flight engineer performance
and for relating these standards to simulation equipment qualification
levels.
2. To provide routine and periodic update capability. This
capability is needed to respond to accidents, incidents, or rapidly
occurring changes to equipment and operations. All changes made to this
appendix will be subject to public notice and comment, unless good
cause exists to support a finding that notice and comment would be
impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.
3. To provide the certificate holder with a minimum set of
standards for developing the following:
(a) Training and certification programs,
(b) Performance standards, and
(c) Evaluation criteria as they relate to the flight engineer job
function.
E. Where can each type of standard be found in the QPS?
1. Attachment 1 contains the programmed hour requirements for new
hire, initial, transition, conversion, differences, requalification,
recurrent, and special training categories.
2. Attachment 2 contains the academic training requirements for new
hire, initial, transition, conversion, requalification, recurrent,
differences, and special training categories.
3. Attachment 3 contains:
(a) The job performance training requirements for initial,
transition, conversion, upgrade, requalification, recurrent,
differences, and special categories of training.
(b) How evaluations are administered.
(c) What level FSTD must be used for each task or environment.
4. Attachment 4 contains the generic flight engineer performance
standards for each task and environment.
F. [Reserved]
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be found?
You can find definitions in Sec. 121.1205. Acronyms are as
follows:
AFD Airport Facility Directory
AFE Above Field Elevation
AFS-210 Air Carrier Training Branch, Air Transportation Division,
Flight Standards Service
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AGL Above Ground Level
AIM Aeronautical Information Manual
APD Aircrew Program Designee
ASR Airport Surveillance Radar
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATIS Automated Terminal Information System
ATP Airline Transport Pilot
CDI Course Deviation Indicator
CDL Critical Design List
CFIT Controlled Flight into Terrain
COM Crewmember Operating Manual
CRM Crew Resource Management
DA Decision Altitude
DH Decision Height
DME Distance Measurement Equipment
EFIS Electronic Flight Indicating Systems
EGPWS Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
EGT Exhaust Gas Temperature
ETOPS Extended Operations(replaces EROPS)
EFVS Enhanced Flight Vision System
EVAS Emergency Vision Assurance System
FAF Final Approach Fix
FDC Flight Data Center
FE Flight Engineer
FFS Full Flight Simulator
FMS Flight Management System
FSTD Flight Simulation Training Device
FTD Flight Training Device
GPS Global Positioning System
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GS Ground Speed
HUD Head-Up Display
IAP Initial Approach Point
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
INS Inertial Navigation System
LAHSO Land and Hold Short Operations
LOFT Line Operational Flight Training
LORAN Long Range Navigation
MEA Minimum En route Altitude
MEL Minimum Equipment List
MDA Minimum Descent Altitude
METAR Aviation Routine Weather Report
PAR Precision Approach Radar
PBE Protective Breathing Equipment
PF Pilot Flying
PIC Pilot in Command
PMPOI Pilot Monitoring Principal Operations Inspector
PRM Precision Radar Monitor (used as part of a Simultaneous Close
Parallel approach)
PTS Practical Test Standards
QFE Corrected Barometric Altitude relative to field elevation
QNE Barometric pressure used for standard altimeter setting (29.92
inHg or 1013 hPa)
QNH Corrected Barometric Altitude relative to sea level
QPS Qualification Performance Standards
QRH Quick Reference Handbook
RA Resolution Alert
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RNAV Area Navigation
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RPM Revolutions Per Minute
SAR Search and Rescue
SIC Second In Command
SID Standard Instrument Departure
[[Page 1374]]
SOIR Simultaneous Operations on Intersecting Runways
STAR Standard Terminal Arrival
TA Traffic Alert
TAA Terminal Arrival Area
TAS True Airspeed
TAWS Terrain Avoidance Warning System
TCAS Traffic Collision Avoidance System
TSA Transportation Security Administration
V1 Takeoff Decision Speed
V2 Takeoff Safety Speed
VMCA Minimum Control Speed Air
VMCG Minimum Control Speed Ground
VR Rotation Speed
VREF Reference Speed
VSO Stall Speed, Landing Configuration
VS1 Stall Speed, Specific Configuration
XLS Other Landing System
H. What references are recommended?
The following references (as amended) support the knowledge and
skill standards for tasks. They are strongly recommended for providing
further details for lesson development. To find 14 CFR parts go to
http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov; to find Advisory Circulars go to: http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/advisory_circulars; and to find FAA
handbooks go to: http://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/airline_operators/.
1. 14 CFR part 1, Definitions and Abbreviations
2. 14 CFR part 60, Qualification of Flight Simulation Devices
3. 14 CFR part 61, Certification: Pilots, Flight Instructors, and
Ground Instructors
4. 14 CFR part 63, Certification: Flight Crewmembers Other Than
Pilots
5. 14 CFR part 91, General Operating and Flight Rules
6. 14 CFR part 121, Operating Requirements: Domestic, Flag and
Supplemental Operations
7. AC 00-6, Aviation Weather
8. AC 0045, Aviation Weather Services
9. AC 25.1581-1, Airplane Flight Manual
10. AC 60-22, Aeronautical Decision Making
11. AC 60-28, English Language Skill Standards
12. AC 61-21, Flight Training Handbook
13. AC 61-27, Instrument Flying Handbook
14. AC 61-84, Role of Preflight Preparation
15. AC 120-28, Criteria for Approval of Category III Landing
Weather Minima
16. AC 120-29, Criteria for Approving Category I and Category II
Landing Minima for Approach
17 AC 120-51, Crew Resource Management Training
18. AC 120-53, Crew Qualification and Pilot Type Rating
Requirements for Transport Category Aircraft Operated Under part 121
19. AC 120-54, Advanced Qualification Program
20. AC 120-55, TCASII Operational Approval for Air Carriers
21. AC 120-59, Air Carrier Internal Evaluation Programs
22. AC 120-71, Standard Operating Procedures for Flight Deck
Crewmembers
23. Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM)
24. En Route Low and High Altitude Charts
25. Profile Descent Charts
26. Standard Instrument Departure (SID)
27. Standard Terminal Arrival Routes (STAR)
28. Airport Facility Directory (AFD) and Instrument Approach
Procedure Charts (IAP)
29. National Flight Data Center Notices to Airmen (FDC NOTAM)
30. Integrated Measurement of Crew Resource Management and
Technical Flying Skills, DOT/FAA/RD-93/26
31. Transportation Security Regulations (TSRs)
32 HMR 175, Hazardous Materials Regulations, Carriage by Aircraft
33. FAA Order 8040.4, Safety Risk Management
34. Air Transportation Operations Inspector's Handbook, 8400.10
I. What training aids and guides should be used to develop
instructional materials?
The FAA and the industry periodically publish training aids and
guides in specific technical performance areas (http://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/airline_operators/training/index.cfm
and http://www.faa.gov/education_research/training/). These aids and
guides are accepted as the industry standard for their specific
technical area. The following training aids and guides are not
regulatory, but contain valuable information about safety of flight
operations that should be considered when developing instructional
materials for the tasks to which each apply.
1. Takeoff Safety Training Aid.
2. Wake Vortex Training Aid.
3. Windshear Training Aid.
4. Upset Recovery Training Aid.
5. Winter Operations Guide to Air Carriers.
6. Controlled Flight Into Terrain.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
J. How must Crew Resource Management (CRM) training be administered?
The flight engineer must demonstrate knowledge and skills in the
technical and CRM competencies for each particular task.
1. Certain CRM-related procedures must be associated with flight
tasks and their related flight engineer performance requirements, as
shown in Attachment 4 of this appendix. These procedures must be
evaluated during job performance training programs.
2. In addition to the CRM-related procedures, situational awareness
must be evaluated as an integral part of each flight task and
environment. A task is not completed unless the evaluator has
determined that the flight engineer has demonstrated knowledge and
skills in the technical and CRM competencies.
3. Additionally, the following CRM behaviors are required knowledge
to be taught and tested during academic training, as shown in
Attachment 2 of this appendix:
(a) Task: Authority of the Pilot In Command
(1) The Captain's authority, including responsibility for the
safety of flight in routine and emergency conditions
(2) Chain of command and importance of chain of command
(b) Task: Communication Processes and Decisions
(1) Briefing
(2) Inquiry, advocacy, and assertiveness
(3) Self-critique
(4) Communication with appropriate personnel
(5) Decisionmaking
(6) Conflict resolution
(c) Task: Building and Maintenance of a Flight Team
(1) Leading and following, including the importance of crewmembers
functioning as a team
(2) Use of interpersonal skills and leadership styles in a way that
fosters crew effectiveness
(3) Significance of cultural differences
(d) Task: Workload Management and Situational Awareness
(1) Preparation and planning
(2) Vigilance
(3) Workload distribution
(4) Distraction avoidance
(e) Task: Communication and Coordination
(1) Flight deck and cabin chimes and interphone signals for routine
situations
(2) Flight attendant notification to flight crew that aircraft is
ready for movement on the surface
(3) Flight crew notification to flight attendant to be seated prior
to take-off
[[Page 1375]]
(4) Flight attendant recognition of critical phases of flight
(5) Crewmember coordination and notification regarding access to
flight deck
(6) Notification to flight attendants of turbulent air conditions
(7) Notification between flight crew and flight attendants of
emergency or unusual situations
(8) Notification between flight crew and flight attendants of
inoperative equipment that is pertinent to flight attendant duties and
responsibilities
(9) Normal and emergency communication procedures to be used in the
event of inoperative communication equipment
(f) Task: Crewmember Briefing
(1) Crewmember responsibilities regarding briefings
(2) Flight crew briefing
(3) Flight crew to flight attendant(s) briefings
(4) Flight attendant to flight attendant(s) briefings
(5) Required information
(6) Security procedures
(7) Communication procedures
(8) Emergency procedures
(9) MELs affecting flight operations and cabin safety equipment and
procedures
(10) Flight information
(g) Task: Communication and Coordination During a Passenger
Interference Situation
(1) Certificate holder's written program regarding the handling of
passenger interference, including crewmember communication and
coordination
(2) Techniques for diffusing a passenger interference situation
(3) Importance of crewmembers and other employees working as a team
(4) Role of management and crewmember in follow-up
(5) Actions to report an occurrence of passenger interference
(h) Task: Communication and Coordination During an Emergency
Situation
(1) Actions for each emergency situation
(2) Importance of notification and who must be notified
(3) Alternate actions if unable to notify
(4) Communication during preparation for a planned emergency
evacuation, including the time available, type of emergency, signal to
brace, and special instructions
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
4. CRM refers to the effective use of all available resources,
including, human resources, hardware, and information. Human resources
include all other groups routinely working with the flight crewmembers
who are involved in decisions that are required to operate a flight
safely. CRM is not a single task. CRM is a set of competencies that
must be evident in all tasks in this QPS as applied to the individual
and the multi-crew operation.
5. CRM deficiencies usually contribute to the unsatisfactory
technical performance of a task. Therefore, the CRM competencies are
valuable for debriefing. For debriefing purposes, an amplified list of
these competencies, expressed as behavioral markers, is in AC 120-51,
as amended.
6. Certificate holders should conduct flight crewmember and flight
attendant CRM scenarios together. When this is not possible,
certificate holders should include information in flight crewmember
training that addresses the roles of flight attendants during emergency
situations.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
K. What is the continuous analysis process and how is it incorporated
in this QPS? (see Sec. 121.1355)
1. The continuous analysis process is a certificate holder internal
evaluation and improvement process. The continuous analysis process
will enable the certificate holder to maintain and refine the training
process by continually monitoring the effectiveness and efficiency of
the process. Various assessment tools (testing, checking, inspection,
documenting, evaluation, and analysis) will be used to validate the
effectiveness of a training program or the need to change a training
program.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
2. A continuous analysis process is incorporated in this QPS
through integration with the qualification and training program. The
certificate holder is responsible for designating responsibility for
the process. The certificate holder must ensure appropriate and
adequate assessment tools (testing, checking, critique, inspection,
observation, documenting, evaluation, and analysis) are utilized to
enable the certificate holder to validate the effectiveness of the
qualification and training program, or the need to change that program.
The certificate holder must describe the attributes of the continuous
analysis process in the certificate holder's FAA approved training
program.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
3. Components of a Continuous Analysis Process.
(a) Qualification and training program as approved by the
Administrator.
(1) Attributes of the continuous analysis process.
(2) [Reserved]
(i) Who is responsible?
(ii) Who has authority to change the process?
(iii) Description of the process.
(iv) Controls. Policy, procedure, training, evaluation.
(v) Documenting and measurement.
(vi) Interfaces between Departments. Consistency (policy,
procedures, manuals):
(A) Across Departments.
(B) Across Divisions.
(b) Assessment tools (adequate and appropriate).
(1) Testing.
(2) Checking.
(3) Critique.
(4) Inspection and observation.
(6) Documenting.
(7) Evaluation and analysis.
(c) Modification and adjustment of the qualification and training
program.
(d) Approval for modification and adjustment.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 1 of Appendix R to part 121
Programmed Hour Requirements for New Hire, Initial, Transition,
Conversion, Differences, Requalification, Recurrent, and Special
Training Categories
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
A. Programmed Hour Requirements: Flight Engineers (see Sec. Sec.
121.1205; 121.1331; 121.1333; 121.1335)
1. Baseline and Minimum Programmed Hours. Table 1A sets out the
baseline and minimum programmed hours for each category of training by
segment (academic and job performance). The FAA may approve a reduction
in baseline programmed hours if the certificate holder demonstrates
that the reduction is warranted. The FAA will not approve a reduction
in the programmed hours below the minimum programmed hours.
2. Required hours for requalification training. The hours
established for
[[Page 1376]]
requalification training (Sec. 121.1239) are for individuals in
specific circumstances. Therefore, there are no programmed hours in
Table 1A for requalification training.
3. Required hours for differences and special training. The hours
established for differences and special training are in addition to the
previously approved programmed hours for the approved training program.
For differences training (Sec. 121.1391), the hours remain in the
differences training category. For special training (Sec.
121.1337(c)), the certificate holder integrates the training into the
existing categories in Table 1A. Therefore, there are no programmed
hours in Table 1A for differences and special training.
Table 1A--Programmed Hour Requirements: Flight Engineers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Training segments
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Academics Job performance
Training categories --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emergency equipment
Ground training Flight training drills and
demonstrations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEW HIRE............................. Baseline 24............ N/A.................... Baseline 4.
Minimum 20............. Minimum 4.
INITIAL.............................. Baseline 116........... Baseline 8............. Baseline 8.
Minimum 80............. Minimum 8.............. Minimum 8.
FULL CONVERSION...................... Baseline 68............ Baseline 6............. Baseline 4.
Minimum 52............. Minimum 6.............. Minimum 4.
CORE CONVERSION...................... Baseline 52............ Baseline 6............. Baseline 4.
Minimum 36............. Minimum 6.............. Minimum 4.
TRANSITION........................... Baseline 76............ Baseline 6............. Baseline 6.
Minimum 58............. Minimum 6.............. Minimum 6.
Baseline 18............ Baseline 4............. Baseline 8.
RECURRENT............................ (each 9-month recurrent (each 9-month recurrent (each 36-month period).
training period). training period).
Minimum 14............. Minimum 4.............. Minimum 8.
REQUALIFICATION...................... Determined by Determined by Determined by
Administrator. Administrator. Administrator.
DIFFERENCES.......................... Determined by Determined by Determined by
Administrator. Administrator. Administrator.
SPECIAL.............................. Developed by Developed by Determined by
Certificate Holder, Certificate Holder, Administrator.
Approved by the Approved by the
Administrator. Administrator.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
B. Recurrent Training (see Sec. 121.1367)
Recurrent training modules are required each 9 months. Recurrent
training modules also will contain academic subjects, job performance
tasks and environments, and emergency drills and demonstrations that
may be required once each 9 months, once each 18 months, or once each
36 months. The certificate holder may distribute these recurrent
training requirements in a manner that best suits its training program
structure while ensuring that the required items are included at the
appropriate intervals.
Example 1: A 9-month recurrent period includes all of the
academic subjects and job performance tasks and environments that
are required at each 9-month interval. The certificate holder may
decide to include one-half of those academic subjects and job
performance tasks and environments that are required every 18 months
during this particular 9-month training period, and leave the
balance to be completed at the next 9-month period. Also, the
certificate holder may decide to include one-fourth of the emergency
equipment drills and demonstrations during this 9-month interval,
and leave the other three-fourths of those drills and demonstrations
to be completed during subsequent 9-month periods.
Example 2: A 9-month recurrent period includes all of the
academic subjects and job performance tasks and environments that
are required every 9-months. During the next 9-month recurrent
period, the certificate holder must include all of the academic
subjects and job performance tasks and environments that are
required every 9-months, as well as all of the academic subjects and
job performance tasks and environments that are required every 18
months. At the following 9-month interval (27-month point), the
certificate holder must include all those academic subjects and job
performance tasks and environments that are required every 9-months.
Then, at the 36-month point, the certificate holder must include all
of the academic subjects and job performance tasks and environments
that are required every 9-months, all of the academic subjects and
job performance tasks and environments that are required every 18
months, and all of the academic subjects, job performance tasks, and
all the emergency equipment drills and demonstrations that are
required every 36 months.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 2 of Appendix R to Part 121
Academic Training Segment Requirements--Subjects and Tests--for New
Hire, Initial, Transition, Conversion, Requalification, Recurrent,
Differences, and Special Training Categories
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
A. Required Academic Training Subjects by Category of Training (See
Sec. Sec. 121.1221; 121.1223; 121.1225; 121.1331; 121.1343; 121.1361;
121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1381; and 121.1391)
1. Attachment 2 contains the academic training segment
requirements.
2. When differences and special training are required for academic
training, they will be additional training modules or new subjects. For
more information about differences and special training categories see
attachment 1 of this appendix.
3. How to read Table 2A.
(a) Table 2A contains the required academic training subjects by
category of training. In the table, an ``X'' indicates that the subject
must be included in the category of training. A ``9'' indicates that
the subject must be
[[Page 1377]]
trained every 9 months. An ``18'' indicates that the subject must be
trained every 18 months.
(b) Table 2A item (c)(3) addresses the training subject
``Coordination, communication, and methodology for the performance of
each normal, abnormal, and emergency procedure contained in the FCOM.''
For core conversion, phase I requalification, and recurrent training
all abnormal and emergency procedures are required. However, only
selected normal procedures are required. The selection of normal
procedures should be based on procedural changes, feedback from
observed procedural irregularities, and system safety initiatives.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
Table 2A--Required Academic Training Subjects by Category of Training
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial and Full coversion
Subject New hire phase III Transition and phase II Core conversion and phase I Recurrent
requalification requalification requalification
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) General Subjects
(1) Duties and responsibilities of flight X
crewmembers.
(2) Appropriate requirements of the Federal ............ X X X X.............................. 18
Aviation Regulations.
(3) General relationship of FAA to the X ............... ............ ............... ............................... ............
certificate holder.
(4) General overview of the contents of the X ............... ............ ............... ............................... ............
certificate holder's Operating Certificate
and Operations Specifications.
(5) Meteorology to ensure a practical X ............... ............ ............... ............................... ............
knowledge of weather phenomena, including
the principles of frontal systems, icing,
fog, thunderstorms, and high altitude
weather situations. Recognizing and
avoiding severe weather situations and
other hazards.
(6) Air traffic control systems, airspace, X ............... ............ ............... ............................... ............
procedures, and phraseology.
(7) Navigation and the use of navigation ............ X X X X.............................. 18
aids, including instrument approach
procedures.
(8) Development of and operating in the X ............... ............ ............... ............................... ............
National Airspace System.
(9) General Concepts of TCAS Operation
(i) The meaning of Traffic Alerts (TAs)
(ii) The meaning of preventive
Resolution Advisories (RAs).
(iii) The meaning of corrective RAs. ............ X X X X.............................. 18
TCAS equipment components controls,
displays, audio alerts, and
annunciations; interfaces and
compatibility with other aircraft
systems; TCAS surveillance range
versus display range; altitude ceiling
operators; when an intruder will not
be displayed; and TCAS performance on
the ground.
(10) High Altitude Physiology--Operations X ............... ............ ............... ............................... 18
above 10,000 feet--Aircraft Decompression;
Causes and Recognition of cabin pressure
loss; Physiological Effects and time of
useful consciousness; Immediate Actions;
Altitude and Flight Level requiring the
wearing of oxygen masks.
(11) Mechanical and Incident Reporting ............ X X X X.............................. 18
Procedures.
(12) Voluntary Safety Program and X ............... ............ ............... ............................... 18
Participation, including ASAP, FOQA, LOSA,
and other government and industry accident
prevention programs.
(13) Normal and emergency communications... X X X X X.............................. 18
(14) General content, control, and X ............... ............ ............... ............................... ............
maintenance of applicable portions of the
certificate holder's operating manual, to
include the Flight Crewmember Operating
Manual (FCOM). Relationship of FCOM to the
Airplane Flight Manual.
(15) Dispatch and flight release X X X X X (Conversion training only)... 18
procedures. Flight planning as applicable.
(b) Crew resource management (CRM).........
(1) Task: Authority of the Pilot In Command
(i) The Captain's Authority, including X X ............ ............... ............................... ............
responsibility for the safety of
flight in routine and emergency
conditions.
(ii) Chain of command and importance of
chain of command.
[[Page 1378]]
(2) Task: Communication Processes and
Decisions
(i) Briefing...........................
(ii) Inquiry, advocacy, and
assertiveness.
(iii) Self-critique.................... X X ............ ............... ............................... ............
(iv) Communication with available
personnel.
(v) Decisionmaking.....................
(vi) Conflict resolution...............
(3) Task: Building and Maintenance of a
Flight Team
(i) Leading and following, including X X ............ ............... ............................... ............
the importance of crewmembers
functioning as a team.
(ii) Use of interpersonal skills and
leadership styles in a way that
fosters crew effectiveness.
(iii) Significance of cultural
differences.
(4) Task: Workload Management and
Situational Awareness
(i) Preparation and planning...........
(ii) Vigilance......................... X X ............ ............... ............................... ............
(iii) Workload distribution............
(iv) Distraction avoidance.............
(5) Task: Communication and Coordination
(i) Flight deck and cabin chimes and
interphone signals for routine
situations.
(ii) Flight attendant notification to
flight crew that aircraft is ready for
movement on the surface.
(iii) Flight crew notification to
flight attendant to be seated prior to
take-off.
(iv) Flight attendant recognition of X X ............ ............... ............................... ............
critical phases of flight.
(v) Crewmember coordination and
notification regarding access to
flight deck.
(vi) Notification to flight attendants
of turbulent air conditions.
(vii) Notification between flight crew
and flight attendants of emergency or
unusual situations.
(viii) Notification between flight crew
and flight attendants of inoperative
equipment that is pertinent to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities.
(ix) Normal and emergency communication
procedures to be used in the event of
inoperative communication equipment.
(6) Task: Crewmember Briefing
(i) Crewmember responsibilities
regarding briefings.
(ii) Flight crew briefing..............
(iii) Flight crew to flight
attendant(s) briefings.
(iv) Flight attendant to flight X X ............ ............... ............................... ............
attendant(s) briefings..
(v) Required information...............
(vi) Security procedures...............
(vii) Communication procedures.........
(viii) Emergency procedures............
(ix) MELs affecting flight operations
and cabin safety equipment and
procedures.
(x) Flight information.................
(7) Task: Communication and Coordination
During a Passenger Interference Situation
(i) Certificate holder's written X X ............ ............... ............................... ............
program regarding the handling of
passenger interference, including
crewmember communication and
coordination.
(ii) Techniques for diffusing a
passenger interference situation.
(iii) Importance of crewmembers and
other employees working as a team.
(iv) Role of management and crewmember
in follow-up.
(v) Actions to report an occurrence of
passenger interference.
[[Page 1379]]
(8) Task: Communication and Coordination
During an Emergency Situation
(i) Actions for each emergency
situation.
(ii) Importance of notification and who
must be notified.
(iii) Alternate actions if unable to X X ............ ............... ............................... ............
notify.
(iv) Communication during preparation
for a planned emergency evacuation,
including the time available, type of
emergency, signal to brace, and
special instructions.
(c) Aircraft type specific.................
(1) Contents of the certificate holder's ............ X X X X.............................. 18
operating manual to include the FCOM. Use
of any FCOM-based quick reference handbook
(QRH).
(2) Operating limitations.................. ............ X X X X.............................. 18
(3) Coordination, communication, and ............ X X X X \1\.......................... 18 \1\
methodology for the performance of each
normal, abnormal, and emergency procedure
contained in the FCOM.
(4) Aircraft systems as described in the ............ X X X X.............................. 18
FCOM.
(5) Instrument procedures and low ............ X X X X.............................. 18
visibility operations.
(6) Airplane performance determinations and ............ X X X X.............................. 18
flight planning for all phases of flight.
(7) Operations Specifications ............ X X X X.............................. 18
authorizations and limitations.
(8) MMEL, MEL, CDL......................... ............ X X X X.............................. 18
(9) Emergency communications with X X X X X.............................. 18
passengers and other crewmembers.
(10) Storage of and how to administer X ............... ............ X ............................... 18
medicinal oxygen.
(11) The certificate holder's policy and ............ X X X X.............................. 18
FCOM procedures on the use of command and
control automation and criteria for
selecting and deselecting appropriate
levels of automation (including manual
control of flight) must be included in the
lateral and vertical modes of takeoff,
approach, and landing.
(d) Special Hazards........................
(1) Preventing controlled flight into ............ X X X X.............................. 18
terrain (CFIT) and approach and landing
accidents.
(2) Recovery from loss of control due to ............ X X X X.............................. 18
airplane design, airplane malfunction,
human performance, and atmospheric
conditions (or combinations thereof).
(3) Low altitude windshear.
(i) Recognition and avoidance.......... ............ X X X X.............................. 9
(ii) Recovery from inadvertent
encounter.
(4) Takeoff safety: Decisionmaking and high ............ X X X X.............................. 18
speed aborts, including propulsion system
malfunction analysis, causes, symptoms,
recognition, and the effects on aircraft
performance and handling.
(5) Airport surface movement safety and ............ X X X X.............................. 18
runway incursion prevention.
(6) Hazards of operating in or near ............ X X ............... ............................... ............
thunderstorms, turbulent air, icing, hail,
volcanic ash, and other potentially
hazardous conditions.
(7) Land and hold short operations (LAHSO). ............ X X X X.............................. 9
(8) Ground anti-icing, deicing............. ............ X X X X.............................. 18
(9) Ice accumulation in flight............. ............ X X X X.............................. 18
(e) Special Operations Areas...............
(1) Close simultaneous parallel precision ............ X X X X.............................. 18
approach operations with Precision Radar
Monitor (PRM).
(2) Special routes, areas, and airports.... ............ X X X X.............................. 18
(f) International Operations...............
(1) Area and route characteristics......... X X X X X.............................. 18
(2) Flight planning, charts, course X X X X X.............................. 18
plotting, and tables.
(3) Class II Navigation.................... X X X X X.............................. 18
(4) Communications......................... X X X X X.............................. 18
(5) ETOPS or EROS, as applicable........... X X X X X.............................. 18
(6) International rules and regulations.... X X X X X.............................. 18
(7) Abnormal Operations.................... X X X X X.............................. 18
[[Page 1380]]
(g) Emergency Equipment Training...........
(1) Emergency communications with X X X X X.............................. 18
passengers and other crewmembers.
(2) Crewmember-specific roles in dealing X ............... ............ ............... ............................... 9
with crewmember and passenger injury and
illness, and disruptive passengers.
(3) Location and familiarization of ............ X X X ............................... 9
contents for first aid and medical kits.
(4) Location and use of defibrillator...... ............ X X X
(5) Certificate holders blood-borne X ............... ............ ............... ............................... 9
pathogen awareness program.
(6) Location and use of emergency exits.... ............ X X X ............................... 18
(7) Location and use of emergency ............ X X X ............................... 18
equipment. Equipment must include:.
(i) For over water operations: life ............ X X X ............................... 18
preservers, flotation seat cushions,
life rafts, slides, and slide rafts.
(ii) For ground or water evacuation: ............ X X X ............................... 18
escape ropes, megaphones, flashlight,
emergency lighting, emergency locator
transmitters, first aid kit, slides,
slide rafts, fire extinguishers (each
type used), smoke and fume protection
(such as PBE and smoke goggles),
megaphones, oxygen (portable,
passenger oxygen system, flight crew
masks), supplemental (flight deck key,
demonstration equipment, smoke
detectors, trash containers, seat belt
extensions).
(8) Fires--in flight and on the ground.....
(i) Procedures and strategies for ............ X X ............... ............................... ............
prevention.
(ii) Classes of fires and correct ............ X ............ ............... ............................... ............
methods of extinguishing each.
(iii) Flight attendant role in ............ X X X ............................... 18
exterior, APU, jetway, and ramp fire.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ All abnormal and emergency procedures are required. Only selected normal procedures are required. See paragraph A.(3)(b) of this attachment for
information about selecting normal procedures.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
B. Knowledge Assessment (See Sec. Sec. 121.1341 and 121.1343)
1. Knowledge and understanding of each subject within each area of
instruction must be evaluated by written or computer based testing at
the end of academic training. When written or computer based methods
are used:
(a) A score of 80% or better on each instructional area is required
to be satisfactory.
(b) A minimum of 5 questions must be developed for each subject.
(c) Two questions for each subject must be randomly selected for
each test.
(d) The form and content of each test must be approved by the
Administrator.
(e) The test must be corrected to 100% by a person administering
the test.
(f) Correction of missed questions must include a discussion of
which answer is correct and why, and why the person's original answer
was incorrect.
(g) Retraining is required for each instructional area in which a
score of 80% or better is not achieved.
(h) Examination after retraining of the student is required for
each instructional area in which retraining was completed.
2. The knowledge assessment for the specific aircraft subjects of
limitations, systems, and performance and loading may be used for the
oral portion of the proficiency test if completed no more than 60 days
prior to the flight portion of the proficiency test (see attachment 3,
E.1.(a) of this appendix).
3. The following standards are for evaluating the flight engineer
performance in limitation, systems, and performance and loading
subjects.
(a) Limitations--The flight engineer must know all of the
limitations appropriate to the airplane with respect to:
(1) Systems and components.
(2) Performance.
(b) Systems--The flight engineer must understand and be
knowledgeable about the following subjects (systems and components) and
be able to explain their operation as described in the FCOM and their
applicability, as appropriate, to the Minimum Equipment List (MEL),
Configuration Deviation List (CDL), and the operations specifications:
(1) Landing gear: Including, as appropriate, extension and
retraction system(s), indicators, brakes, anti-skid, tires, nose-wheel
steering, and shock absorbers.
(2) Engine(s): Including controls and indications, induction
system, carburetor and fuel injection, turbo-charging, cooling, fire
detection and protection, mounting points, turbine wheels, compressors,
deicing, anti-icing, and other related components.
(3) Propellers (if appropriate): Including type, controls,
feathering and unfeathering, auto feather, negative torque sensing,
synchronizing, and synchro-phasing.
(4) Fuel system: Including capacity, drains, pumps, controls,
indicators, cross-feeding, transferring, jettison, fuel grade, color
and additives, fueling and
[[Page 1381]]
de-fueling procedures, and allowable fuel substitutions, if applicable.
(5) Oil system: Including capacity, grade, quantities, and
indicators.
(6) Hydraulic system: Including capacity pumps, pressure,
reservoirs, grade, and regulators.
(7) Electrical system: Including alternators, generators, battery,
circuit breakers and protection devices, controls, indicators, and
external and auxiliary power sources and ratings.
(8) Environmental systems: Including heating, cooling, ventilation,
oxygen and pressurization, controls, indicators, and regulating
devices.
(9) Avionics and communications: Including autopilot; flight
director; Electronic Flight Indicating Systems (EFIS); Flight
Management System(s) (FMS); Long Range Navigation (LORAN) systems;
Doppler Radar, Inertial Navigation Systems (INS); Global Positioning
System (GPS/DGPS/WGPS); VOR, NDB, ILS/MLS, RNAV systems and components;
indicating devices; transponder; and emergency locator transmitter.
(10) Ice protection (anti-ice and de-ice): Including pitot-static
system, propeller (if appropriate), windshield, wing and tail surfaces.
(11) Crewmember and passenger emergency equipment and procedures:
Including oxygen system, survival gear, emergency exits, evacuation
procedures with crew duties, and quick donning oxygen mask for
crewmembers and passengers.
(12) Flight controls: Including ailerons, elevator(s), rudder(s),
control tabs, balance tabs, stabilizer, flaps, spoilers, leading edge
flaps and slats, and trim systems.
(13) Flightdeck automation: Including the certificate holder's
written automation policy and written operating procedures for
selecting and deselecting appropriate levels of automation. This must
include the certificate holder's policy for conducting CAT II and CAT
III approaches when authorized.
(14) Pneumatic system.
(c) Performance and Loading--The flight engineer must understand
and be proficient in the use of (as appropriate to the airplane)
performance charts, tables, graphs, and other data relating to items
such as:
(1) Accelerate--stop distance.
(2) Accelerate--go distance.
(3) Balanced field.
(4) Takeoff performance, all engines and with engine(s)
inoperative, as appropriate.
(5) Climb performance including segmented climb performance; with
all engines operating; with one or more engines inoperative; and with
other engine malfunctions as appropriate.
(6) Service ceiling, all engines, with engines(s) inoperative,
including drift down, if appropriate.
(7) Cruise performance.
(8) Fuel consumption, range, and endurance.
(9) Descent performance.
(10) Go-around from rejected landings.
(11) The effects of meteorological conditions on performance
characteristics with correct application of these factors to a specific
chart, table, graph or other performance data.
(12) How to determine longitudinal and lateral center-of-gravity
location for a specific load condition, including how to add, remove,
or shift weight to meet longitudinal (forward and aft), and lateral
balance limits for takeoff, cruise, and landing.
(13) Correct planning and knowledge of procedures in applying
operational factors affecting airplane performance.
(14) Meteorological effects on performance.
(15) METAR and ATIS weather data.
(16) Planning and application of operational factors affecting
aircraft performance such as high altitude airports, cluttered and
contaminated runways, ground and inflight icing.
(17) Other performance data (appropriate to the aircraft).
END QPS REQUIREMENTS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 3 of Appendix R to Part 121
Job Performance Training Requirements for All Categories of Training
(Tasks, Environments, Drills, and Observations With Instruction,
Evaluation, and Simulation Credits)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
A. Determining the Job Performance (Flight Training) Tasks and
Environments Required for Instruction and Evaluation for Each Category
of Training. (See Sec. Sec. 121.133; 121.135; 121.1221; 121.1223;
121.1225; 121.1331; 121.1339; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1345; 121.1347;
121.1349; 121.1351; 121.1353; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367;
121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; and 121.1391)
1. Certificate holder responsibilities with respect to the FCOM and
Table 3A.
(a) The certificate holder must use Table 3A of this Attachment to
determine the tasks and environments on which each flight engineer must
be instructed and evaluated for each training category in accordance
with an FAA approved job performance (flight operations) training
program. The tasks listed in the FCOM must reflect the tasks included
in the table, as amended, and include standard operating procedures,
abnormal procedures, non-normal procedures, and emergency procedures,
as well as the authorizations contained in the certificate holder's
operations specifications.
(b) If the certificate holder adds tasks or environments to those
listed in Table 3A, it must further develop the tasks or environments
to include the requirement and frequency for training and evaluation in
each additional task or environment. These changes must be submitted to
the POI for approval.
(c) If the certificate holder's operation does not permit, or the
operation of the aircraft flown by the certificate holder does not
require one or more of the tasks listed in Table 3A, those tasks must
not be included in the FCOM.
(d) The recurrent requirements in Table 3A also include the
frequency during which each flight engineer must be trained and
evaluated in each task and environment.
(e) Changes to the FCOM must be submitted to the POI for approval.
2. Job Performance Training Requirements.
When differences and special training are required for job
performance training, they will be additional training modules or new
tasks or environments. For more information about differences and
special training categories see attachment 1 of this appendix.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
3. Deviation from Sec. 121.1345 Training program: Mandatory use of
flight simulation training devices.
If a certificate holder receives a deviation in accordance with
Sec. 121.1345, and the certificate holder wants to extend the
deviation, the certificate holder should submit the request for an
extension at least 60 days before the termination date of the
deviation.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
[[Page 1382]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.013
B. Airplane Emergency Equipment Training Requirements. Airplane
Emergency Procedures Drills and Observations (See Sec. Sec. 121.1205;
121.1333; 121.1337; 121.1351; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1337; 121.1381;
121.1383; 121.1387; and 121.1391)
1. An individual performance drill is a hands on training and
evaluation demonstration that is performed by each flight crewmember
using the specified emergency equipment.
2. A group performance drill allows a flight crewmember to
participate as part of a group of persons completing a specific drill.
During these situations, it is not necessary for each flight crewmember
to complete each task in the performance drill. However, each flight
crewmember participant must observe the actions and activities of the
other persons who are completing the performance drill tasks.
3. An observation drill is one during which a flight crewmember
observes a specific procedural drill being conducted by other persons
in a live setting or through an audio-visual medium.
4. Table 3B provides a list of the drills and observations that are
required in each training curriculum. The frequency for recurrent
drills and observations is every 36 months. Attachment 4 contains the
performance standards for each drill and observation.
5. Each flight crewmember must operate each exit on each aircraft
type on which the flight crewmember is to serve in both the normal and
emergency modes, including the actions and forces required in the
deployment of emergency evacuation slides.
6. Each flight crewmember must complete the required emergency
training drills during the specified training periods, using those
items of installed emergency equipment for each aircraft type on which
the flight crewmember is to serve.
7. Each piece of emergency equipment and training device must be in
its fully secured, pinned, bracketed, or stowed condition, as installed
on the aircraft, prior to being operated by each flight crewmember
during each performance drill. The removal and stowage of each piece of
emergency equipment may be completed separately from the performance
drill as part of the equipment mountings drill.
8. Flight crewmembers must demonstrate proficiency by completing
each performance drill without reference to any guidance material or
instruction.
9. Individual evaluation of each flight crewmember's performance by
an instructor is required. Flight crewmembers who do not complete
emergency training drills must be retrained in accordance with the
certificate holder's approved training program prior to reevaluation.
[[Page 1383]]
Table 3B--Aircraft Emergency Equipment Training Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No certificate holder may use nor may any person serve as a flight crewmember unless the following training has
been completed by that person
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial,
transition,
conversion, and Recurrent every
Emergency equipment training drills New hire phase II and 36 months
III
requalification
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Performance Drills:
Individual
(1) Fire Extinguishers................................... ............... X X
(2) Oxygen Systems....................................... ............... X ...............
(3) Equipment Mountings.................................. ............... \1\ X ...............
(4) Flight Deck Oxygen Systems........................... ............... X X
(5) Firefighting (Actual Fire)........................... X ............... ...............
(6) Emergency Exits...................................... ............... X X
(7) Emergency Evacuation (with Escape Slide)............. ............... X X
(8) Emergency Evacuation (without Escape Slide).......... ............... X X
(9) Flotation Devices.................................... ............... X X
Group
(10) Ditching Survival (Dry Training Environment)........ ............... X X
(11) Ditching Survival (Wet Training Environment)........ X ............... ...............
(b) Observation Drills:
(1) Preparation of Emergency Exits in Emergency Mode..... ............... X X
(2) Emergency Evacuation Using an Escape Slide........... ............... X X
(3) Deployment, Inflation, and Detachment of Slide, Raft, ............... X X
or Slide-Raft...........................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Only required if mountings differ by equipment.
See attachment 4 for the Performance Standards for the Emergency
Equipment Training Drills.
C. Determining the Level of Flight Simulation Training Device That Must
Be Used for Training, Evaluation, and Recent Experience (See Sec. Sec.
121.1345; 121.1347; 121.1349; and 121.1351)
To use an FSTD for training, evaluation, and recent experience the
following general requirements must be met. The code shown in Table 3C
for the task or environment indicates the lowest FSTD qualification
level that may be used.
1. General Requirements.
In addition to the approval of the POI required by part 121, to be
used for any task or environment, an FSTD must:
(a) Have a qualification level assigned in accordance with part 60
of this chapter.
(b) Be maintained in accordance with part 60 of this chapter.
(c) Have all of the aircraft and FSTD systems installed and
operating that are necessary to complete the task or environment.
(d) Be operated in accordance with Sec. 60.25 of this chapter,
Operation with Missing, Malfunctioning, or Inoperative Components.
(e) Have the qualification level indicated in Table 3C, or a higher
qualification level, for the task or environment and the category of
training indicated. Certain tasks may be trained in an FSTD at a
different level than required for evaluating that specific task. The
instructor must observe the flight engineer perform the task to
proficiency in the level of FSTD required for the evaluation prior to
the evaluation by a check person.
2. Loft Requirements.
For Qualification LOFT, a level C or D FFS is required. For
Recurrent LOFT, a level B, C, or D may be used.
3. Takeoff and Landing 90 Day Recency of Experience.
The three takeoffs and three landings required for maintaining or
regaining 90 day recency of experience must include at least one
takeoff with a simulated failure of the most critical engine, at least
one landing from a precision category approach to the lowest minimums
authorized for the certificate holder, at least one landing to a full
stop, and at least one visual traffic pattern and landing. For
maintaining recency of experience in a FFS, a level B, C, or D must be
used. For regaining recency of experience, a level C or D is required.
4. FSTD Requirements for the Proficiency Test, Check, or Review.
(a) The proficiency test administered at the conclusion of initial,
transition, conversion, or requalification training must be conducted
in no more than two levels of FSTD.
(b) The proficiency test, check, or review administered as part of
the recurrent qualification requirements may only be conducted in a
Level B or higher FFS.
Table 3C--Minimum FSTD Required for Credit
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Training category Initial, transition, Recurrent
--------------------------------------------------------- converson, and ---------------------------
requalification
Tasks Each task may be performed in the FSTD level ---------------------------- Proficiency
specified or any higher level of FSTD. Proficiency Training test, check,
Training test or review
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.0 General
-------------------------------------------------------
1.1 Human Factors and CRM............................... Must be incorporated throughout training and
evaluation.
-------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 1384]]
2.0 Preflight Procedures
2.1 Flight Deck (Inspection or Preflight)............... 4 A 4 B
-------------------------------------------------------
2.2 Cabin Inspection.................................... Aircraft or approved pictorial means
-------------------------------------------------------
2.3 Exterior Inspection................................. Aircraft or approved pictorial means
-------------------------------------------------------
3.0 Ground Operations
3.1 Engine Start........................................ 4 A 4 B
3.2 Pushback and Powerback.............................. A A A B
3.3 Taxi................................................ A A A B
3.4 Pre-Takeoff Procedures.............................. 4 A 4 B
3.5 After Landing....................................... 4 A 4 B
3.6 Parking and Securing................................ A A A B
4.0 Normal, Abnormal, and Emergency Procedures
4.1 Takeoff............................................. 6 A 6 B
4.2 Inflight............................................ 6 A 6 B
4.3 Approach and Landing................................ 6 A 6 B
4.4 Engine and Systems Monitoring....................... 4 A 4 B
5.0 Line Oriented Environments
5.1 Anti-icing, Deicing Before Takeoff.................. 4 A 4 B
5.2 Structural Icing Airborne........................... 6 A 6 B
5.3 Thunderstorm Avoidance for departure and arrival.... 6 A 6 B
5.4 Windshear Avoidance and Encounter................... 6 A 6 B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
D. Persons Authorized To Administer Flight Engineer Training,
Evaluation, and Observation Activities Under Subpart BB. (see
Sec. Sec. 121.1347; 121.1349; 121.1251; 121.1253; 121.1255; 121.1257;
121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383;
121.1385; and 121.1391)
Table 3D identifies who must administer certain required training
and evaluation for flight engineers, and who must supervise and observe
instructors and check flight engineers.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
Table 3D--Persons Eligible To Be Authorized To Administer Flight Engineer Training, Evaluation, and Observation Activities Under Subpart BB*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Affiliation and Position
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contractor The part 119 certificate holder
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other than Part 142 or other Part 119
part 142 or certificate holder
Flight engineer training, evaluation, and observation other part ----------------------------
activities under Subpart BB (by aircraft type) 119 Aircrew
certificate Ground Flight Check flight program
holder Ground Flight instructor instructor engineer designee
-------------- instructor instructor
Ground
instructor
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Academic (Ground School) Training..................... X X X X ............ ............ ............
Job Performance (Flight) Training..................... ............ ............ X ............ X ............ ............
Certificate or Rating Examination..................... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X
Proficiency Test (Initial, Transition, Conversion, ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ \1\ X X
Recurrent, Requalification)..........................
Qualification LOFT.................................... ............ ............ ............ ............ \2\ X X ............
Supervision of Operating Experience................... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ \3\ X ............
Proficiency Check..................................... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X ............
Proficiency Review.................................... ............ ............ ............ ............ \4\ X X ............
Observation of:
Flight Engineer Instructor--Initial...... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X ............
[[Page 1385]]
Flight Engineer Instructor--Recurring.... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X ............
Check Flight Engineer--Initial........... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ \5\ X
Check Flight Engineer--Recurring......... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X \5\ X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Sec. 121.1343 for special limited authorizations for Initial Cadre Personnel. When POI authorization is required, the designation will
specifically state the authorizations granted to the instructor, check flight engineer, or APD. Part 142 TCEs and other part 119 certificate holders'
check flight engineers may be qualified and authorized as check flight engineers or APDs by the part 119 certificate holders' POI in accordance with
subpart BB of this part. When qualified and authorized, these check flight engineers and APDs are considered a component of the part 119 certificate
holders' training program resources.
\1\ When the proficiency test does not involve the issuance of a certificate or rating, a check flight engineer may conduct a Proficiency Test.
\2\ With POI authorization, employees of the part 119 certificate holder who are specifically designated flight engineer instructors may conduct
Qualification LOFT and Proficiency Reviews.
\3\ In addition to the Check Flight Engineer, supervision of flight engineer operating experience may also be conducted by a Check Pilot, a Check
Captain, or a Flight Engineer who has been specifically authorized by the POI.
\4\ With POI authorization, employees of the part 119 certificate holder who are specifically designated flight engineer instructors may conduct the
flight engineer portion of Qualification LOFT and flight engineer Proficiency Reviews.
\5\ With POI authorization, employees of the part 119 certificate holder who are designated as APDs and specifically designated to do so, may conduct
the Initial or Recurring Check Flight Engineer Observation.
E. Administering Evaluations. (See Sec. Sec. 121.1221; 121.1253;
121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363;
121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; and
121.1391)
The following requirements apply to the evaluation activity
indicated. Refer to Table 3D of this attachment for who may administer
each type of evaluation.
1. Proficiency Tests.
(a) Proficiency tests must be administered for first time
qualification in a duty position. They also must be administered at the
end of the first 9-month recurrent period following the proficiency
test required by Sec. 121.1365(b)(1), and for phase II and III re-
qualification. Employees of the certificate holder who are used or will
be used in the certificate holder's operations and who have completed
all of the required training may use the proficiency test to obtain a
certificate or rating.
(b) When conducting a proficiency test, the evaluator (FAA, APD, or
check flight engineer), must evaluate the success of each task as it is
performed. If the proficiency test is a second attempt, and the first
attempt was within the previous 60 days, the only tasks the evaluator
is required to assess are those that were failed or were not assessed
on the first attempt. However, during this retest, and at the
discretion of the evaluator, any task may be reevaluated, including
those previously judged satisfactory.
(c) During a proficiency test, a task is judged as either
satisfactory or unsatisfactory. However, in limited circumstances, the
evaluator may judge a task to be incomplete or may not be certain about
the outcome of the task. In these limited circumstances, the evaluator
may require the applicant to repeat that task, or portions of that
task; however, this provision does not authorize instruction or
practice. The remaining tasks of the proficiency test must be completed
before repeating the questionable task. If the second attempt to
perform a questionable task is not clearly satisfactory, the evaluator
must consider it unsatisfactory.
(d) Unsatisfactory performance is demonstrated by consistently
exceeding the parameters set out for the specific task, consistently
exceeding the parameters for aircraft handling standards, or failing to
take prompt, corrective action when those parameters are exceeded. If
the flight engineer fails a task, the evaluator must decide if the
entire test must be repeated or if the test can continue. If the entire
proficiency test must be repeated, the evaluation must be terminated.
If a single task has been judged unsatisfactory, and both the flight
engineer and the evaluator agree, the test may continue, but only the
tasks that have not been evaluated may be attempted. If the flight
engineer fails a second task, the evaluator must terminate the test.
(e) If the proficiency test must be terminated for unsatisfactory
performance, the FAA notification (and notice of disapproval, if
appropriate) must list the tasks or areas of operation that have not
been evaluated and which tasks or areas of operation that have been
found unsatisfactory. These tasks and areas of operation must be
evaluated, or re-evaluated, on any subsequent proficiency test.
(f) If a proficiency test is discontinued for reasons other than
unsatisfactory performance (e.g., equipment failure, weather,
sickness), the evaluator must complete one of the following:
(1) If the test is part of an application for an FAA-issued
certificate or rating, the evaluator must appropriately annotate FAA
Form 8710-1, ``Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application.'' The
evaluator must return FAA Form 8710-1 and, if applicable, AC Form 8080-
2, Airman Written Test Report to the flight engineer. The evaluator
must also issue a Letter of Discontinuance to the flight engineer. The
Letter of Discontinuance must identify the portions of the test that
were successfully completed. The flight engineer must present the
Letter of Discontinuance to the evaluator when the test is resumed. The
Letter of Discontinuance must become part of the certification file.
[[Page 1386]]
(2) If the test is not part of an application for an FAA-issued
certificate or rating, the evaluator must properly annotate the flight
engineer's training record to indicate the tasks and areas of operation
that were satisfactorily completed and the tasks and areas of operation
that were not evaluated.
(g) The evaluator must annotate any certificate or rating issued as
a result of a part 121, subpart BB proficiency test, with ``LIMITED TO
AIR CARRIER OPERATIONS.''
(h) The evaluator must submit FAA Form 8081.5C, ``Airman
Performance Report, Airline Transport Pilot and Aircraft Type Rating
for Airplane,'' to the FAA for all tests administered under subpart BB
of part 121.
2. Proficiency Checks and Reviews.
(a) Proficiency checks and reviews must include job performance
evaluation of the tasks identified in Table 3B and an equipment
knowledge assessment outlined in section B of Attachment 2. The
equipment knowledge assessment may be replaced by the academic
knowledge test as outlined in Attachment 2 if the flight engineer
completes the proficiency test within 60 days of the knowledge test. If
the flight engineer does not complete the academic knowledge test in
these areas within 60 days of the proficiency test, the flight engineer
must complete a test of these knowledge areas in conjunction with the
proficiency check or review. This test may be completed with oral,
written, or computer based methodology. A passing score of 80% is
required in each of the three areas of:
(1) Aircraft Systems;
(2) Handbooks, manuals, MEL, CDL, and operations specifications;
and
(3) Aircraft performance and limitations.
(b) Evaluators who conduct proficiency checks and reviews and
instructors who conduct proficiency reviews may provide limited
training to a flight engineer. The limits are:
(1) No more than two tasks may be trained, and no more than a total
of three attempts (including the first unsatisfactory, a rehearsal, and
a final assessment) in each of the two tasks is allowed.
(2) The flight engineer has not satisfactorily completed the check
or review if the flight engineer has three or more unsatisfactory
tasks, or fails to demonstrate satisfactory performance in three
attempts at any one task.
(3) The check or review must be completed within the approved
scheduled time period.
3. Other Assessments.
(a) After qualification, the flight engineer's performance in all
job performance training activities (including LOFT) must be assessed
for a satisfactory level of task proficiency based upon this QPS.
(b) During a scheduled FSTD course of instruction (other than
LOFT), if a task is performed unsatisfactorily the flight engineer may
retrain on the unsatisfactory task; however, all scheduled tasks,
including any retraining, must be completed within the approved
scheduled time period.
(c) Unsatisfactory task performance during LOFT may not be
retrained and reevaluated during that scheduled time period.
4. Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory Performance
(a) No evaluator or instructor may assess the flight engineer's
performance as satisfactory unless that flight engineer:
(1) Performs the tasks in accordance with the standards and
tolerances established in the QPS.
(2) Demonstrates mastery of the aircraft or simulated aircraft with
the successful outcome of each task never in doubt.
(3) Demonstrates performance such that no corrective or instructive
action is required by another flight crewmember to maintain safe
flight.
(4) Demonstrates CRM competencies in accordance with duties
outlined in the FCOM requiring crew interactions, including in a crew
briefing before each takeoff and before each approach.
(5) Demonstrates sound judgment.
(b) The evaluator or instructor must assess a flight engineer's
performance as unsatisfactory if the flight engineer consistently
exceeds tolerances established in this QPS or fails to take prompt
corrective action when tolerances are exceeded.
5. Recording, Reporting and Correcting Unsatisfactory Performance
The certificate holder must report a failure of a test, check, or
review to the FAA in accordance with Sec. 121.1331(f)(1). The flight
engineer must be retrained and reevaluated to a satisfactory level
before the flight engineer may begin or be returned to line operations.
Attachment 4 of Appendix R to Part 121
Generic Flight Engineer Performance Standards for Each Task,
Environment, Drill, and Demonstration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
A. Developing Flight Engineer Performance Requirements for Each Task
and Environment. (See Sec. Sec. 121.133; 121.135; 121.1201; 121.1203;
121.1205; 121.1221; 121.1253; 121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341;
121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379;
121.1381; 121.1383; and 121.1391)
1. General Requirements
(a) Certificate holders must develop training curricula and flight
engineer performance requirements for each required task and
environment that include:
(1) Conditions: Environmental conditions and circumstances,
including those that compound the difficulty of the task when
encountered.
(2) Awareness criteria: Identify specific aspects of the task and
environment that indicate proper operation, a need to seek further
information, or a need to take action to prevent encountering a hazard
or compounding the difficulty unnecessarily.
(3) Action criteria: Procedures for completing a task, including
operations in or near a critical environment, when appropriate. Provide
relevant parameters with tolerances to reflect satisfactory levels of
performance.
(b) This attachment describes performance requirements and generic
procedures for completing a task or operating in or near a critical
environment. The certificate holder must tailor these performance
requirements to the specific aircraft type and the certificate holder's
approved operations.
2. [Reserved]
B. Generic Tasks and Environments (See Sec. Sec. 121.133; 121.135;
121.1201; 121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1221; 121.1253; 121.1257; 121.1271;
121.1281; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367;
121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; and 121.1391)
1.0 Area: All Operations
The flight engineer must demonstrate the awareness criteria and
action criteria under the prescribed conditions. The certificate holder
must train flight engineers in all authorized conditions. Any selected
condition may be evaluated unless a particular condition is specified.
1.1 Task: Normal, Abnormal, and Emergency Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
[[Page 1387]]
(1) Maintain situational awareness of the events and circumstances
at all times.
(2) Demonstrate ability to continuously monitor and to identify any
potential hazards or threats to the safety of the flight.
(3) Demonstrate ability to communicate and manage available
resources.
(4) Maintain adequate lookout and traffic avoidance for the
conditions.
(5) Maintain awareness of aircraft position relative to a ``nearest
suitable airport.''
(6) Monitor system indications to ensure normal operation or
identify abnormal situations.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Ensure operation of the aircraft within the limitations
established by the FCOM.
(2) Comply with the provisions of the FCOM, SOP, and MEL (if
appropriate) as they pertain to the particular aircraft, through all
phases of flight and all operations.
(3) Make correct use of instruments, flight director, autopilot,
and navigation and communication equipment as prescribed by the FCOM,
and as appropriate to the phase of flight.
(4) Plan workload.
(5) Complete the proper normal, abnormal, or emergency
checklist(s).
(6) Alert ATC and the certificate holder as necessary and obtain
appropriate level of service.
(7) Ensure proper crew and passenger briefings are completed.
(8) Ensure the takeoff briefing is conducted according to the FCOM
prior to taking the active runway.
(9) Ensure that the approach is briefed prior to initial descent
and conducted according to the FCOM.
(10) Ensure potential terrain or obstacle threats are included in
departure and arrival briefings.
(11) Ensure that passengers, crew, and cargo are properly secured
for take-off or landing.
(12) Assist PIC in determining the best course of action when an
immediate landing is required, but not possible.
1.2 Task: Human Factors and CRM
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Demonstrate terrain awareness.
(2) Demonstrate orientation, division of attention, and proper
planning.
(3) Observe indication of situation, condition, or problem.
(4) Consider the risks of alternate courses of action.
(5) Demonstrate an awareness of environmental factors that are
potentially hazardous to safety of flight operations.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Demonstrate sound judgment and operating practices in those
instances where specific instructions or checklist items are not
published.
(2) Confirm fault diagnosis with crew and review possible causes.
(3) Identify alternative course(s) of action; discuss with crew;
monitor the course of action selected by evaluating progress toward a
goal.
(4) Involve other crewmembers, aircraft dispatchers, and
maintenance control personnel in option analysis.
(5) Demonstrate effective communications with other crewmembers.
(6) Coordinate actions with other crewmembers prior to execution,
except where safety of flight would be in jeopardy.
(7) Ensure that coordination with flight or ground crew is
completed where necessary.
(8) Demonstrate the necessary flight crew coordination required for
the tasks being completed.
1.3 Task: MEL Relief
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Understand MEL application.
(2) Consider factors that restrict aircraft operation.
(c) Action criteria. Apply the provisions of the appropriate MEL
entry for operation restrictions.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) The purpose of this task is to require specific training that
addresses safe operation of the aircraft while carrying an MEL item
that requires training to take advantage of the relief.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
2.0 Area: Preflight Procedures
2.1 Task: Flight deck (Inspection or Preflight)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Coordinate with ground crew and ensure adequate clearance prior
to supplying power to, or operating, any devices such as doors,
hatches, or flight control surfaces.
(2) Know the maintenance or system tests that must be performed.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Demonstrate proper operation of applicable aircraft systems.
(2) Note any discrepancies and take proper corrective action.
(3) Determine that the aircraft is airworthy and safe for flight.
(4) Locate the documents required for flight, including
airworthiness and registration certificates, operations specifications
(if appropriate), FCOM, MEL, CDL, weight and balance data, and the
maintenance logbook.
(d) Verify that the aircraft is safe for flight by examining and,
if appropriate, servicing items such as:
(1) Engine(s), including controls and indicators.
(2) Fuel quantity (if interior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(3) Oil quantity (if interior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(4) Hydraulic fluid quantity (if interior inspection is appropriate
to the aircraft).
(5) Oxygen quantity and pressures for crew and passengers (if
interior inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
(6) Fire protection and detection systems for proper operation,
pressures, and discharge indications.
(7) Pneumatic system pressures (if interior inspection is
appropriate to the aircraft).
(8) Ground environmental systems for proper operation.
(9) APU.
(10) Anti-ice and de-ice systems.
2.2 Task: Cabin Inspection
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) The flight engineer must prepare the cabin for a positioning
flight with no cabin crew aboard. The flight engineer is not required
to prepare the cabin for passenger safety in revenue service.
(b) Awareness criteria. Awareness of emergency equipment location
and stowage, emergency exit location and operation, and noticeable
inoperative cabin equipment.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Visually inspect the aircraft cabin to ensure the aircraft is
safe for flight.
(2) Take necessary actions prescribed by the FCOM for safe flight
or crew evacuation.
2.3 Task: Exterior Inspection
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) An approved pictorial must realistically portray the location
and detail of inspection items, and may be used instead of the aircraft
to conduct an actual exterior inspection.
(3) Flight Instructors, Check Flight engineers, and Check Captains
may be approved to certify an flight engineer's proficiency in exterior
inspections.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 1388]]
BEGIN INFORMATION
(4) The exterior inspection is a demonstration of a flight
engineer's ability to perform appropriate safety checks. It is not an
extension of the systems knowledge evaluation.
(5) The person conducting the evaluation should limit questions to
those necessary to determine if a flight engineer can properly conduct
the inspection and recognize an unsafe condition.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(b) Awareness criteria. Check the general area around the aircraft
for hazards to the safety of the aircraft and personnel.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Note any discrepancies and take proper corrective action.
(2) Determine that the aircraft is airworthy and safe for flight.
(d) The flight engineer must verify that the aircraft is safe for
flight by examining and, if appropriate, servicing items such as:
(1) Engines, for closed and latched access panels, leaks other than
normal drainage, intake and exhaust areas for freedom from FOD hazards,
and pylon alignment marks, as appropriate.
(2) Fuel quantity (if exterior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(3) Oil quantity (if exterior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(4) Hydraulic fluid quantity (if exterior inspection is appropriate
to the aircraft).
(5) Oxygen quantity and pressures for crew and passengers (if
exterior inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
(6) Landing gear, brakes, and steering system.
(7) Tires for condition, inflation, and correct mounting, where
applicable.
(8) Fire protection and detection systems for pressures and absence
of discharge indications (if exterior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(9) Pneumatic system pressures (if exterior inspection is
appropriate to the aircraft).
(10) Auxiliary power unit (APU).
(11) Flight control systems including trim, spoilers, ailerons,
leading and trailing edge slats and flaps, elevator, stabilizer, and
rudder, as appropriate.
(12) Anti-ice and de-ice systems.
(13) General airframe and structural integrity, including
scratches, tears, holes, or dents and the fit and security of panels,
doors, and hatches.
3.0 Area: Ground Operations
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Properly divide attention inside and outside flight deck.
(2) Assist PIC in maintaining (surface movement) positional
awareness.
(3) Comply with sterile flight deck requirements.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Monitor and confirm clearance before crossing or entering
active runways.
(2) Observe runway hold lines, localizer and glide slope critical
areas, beacons, and other surface movement guidance control markings
and lighting.
(d) The certificate holder must provide crewmembers with specific
requirements for unique parking situations, or unique crewmember
responsibilities that must be completed before the door closes or after
it is opened in accordance with the FCOM. The certificate holder must
also submit these unique requirements to the FAA for acceptance or
approval as required.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(e) Ground operations begin when the aircraft door is closed and
includes all activities until the brakes are released for the takeoff
roll. Ground operations resume again when the landing roll has been
completed to a safe taxi speed just as the aircraft exits the landing
runway, and continues until the aircraft has been parked and the door
opened.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
3.1 Task: Engine Start
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) Includes hot or cold weather, tailwinds, icing conditions, low
density altitude.
(b) Awareness criteria. Ensure the ground safety procedures are
followed during the before-start, start, and after-start phases of
ground operations.
(c) Action criteria. Use required ground crew personnel during the
before-start, start, and after-start phases (as appropriate).
3.1.1 Task: Engine Start--Normal
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor appropriate RPM and EGT indicators.
(2) Be able to identify abnormal RPM and EGT indications.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Start the engine(s):
(2) Under varying environmental conditions;
(3) Using normal, auxiliary power unit, external power, pneumatic
sources, or cross-bleed, as appropriate.
3.1.2 Task: Engine Start--Abnormal
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor appropriate RPM and EGT indicators.
(2) Be able to identify abnormal RPM and EGT indications.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Start the engine(s):
(2) Take appropriate action in the event of a malfunction during
the start process.
3.2 Task: Pushback or Powerback
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Maintain communications with ground crew.
(2) Avoid use of brakes unless requested by ground crew.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Exhibit adequate knowledge of pushback or powerback procedures
(as appropriate to the aircraft).
(2) [Reserved]
3.3 Task: Taxi
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) Training must be conducted in taxi operations at the lowest
visibility (RVR) authorized. Evaluation can be in any conditions.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Comply with low visibility procedures, as applicable.
(2) Be aware of the operational factors that could affect the
takeoff such as takeoff warning inhibit systems or other aircraft
characteristics, runway length, surface conditions, wind, wake
turbulence, obstructions, and other related factors that could
adversely affect safety.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Monitor and confirm clearances received and ensure all
instrument references, flight director and autopilot controls, and
navigation and communications equipment have been set.
(2) Confirm that the aircraft trim and wing high lift devices are
configured properly.
(3) Monitor and confirm the takeoff and departure clearance as
issued by ATC.
3.4 Task: Pre-Takeoff Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Be aware of the operational factors that
could affect the takeoff such as takeoff warning inhibit systems or
other aircraft characteristics, runway length, surface conditions,
[[Page 1389]]
wind, wake turbulence, obstructions, and other related factors that
could adversely affect safety.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Interpret information and clearances received and ensure all
instrument references, flight director and autopilot controls, and
navigation and communications equipment have been set.
(2) Confirm that the aircraft trim and wing high lift devices are
configured properly.
(3) Obtain (or acknowledge, as appropriate) the takeoff and
departure clearance as issued by ATC.
3.5 Task: After Landing
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Promptly clear the runway, avoiding an
incursion on any other runway in the process.
(c) Action criteria. Take no other action until the aircraft is
clear of the runway and a suitable ATC clearance has been received.
3.6 Task: Parking and Securing
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Be aware of or acknowledge other aircraft
and ground vehicles that might be a hazard to your operation.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Use available visual docking system and marshaller to properly
park the aircraft.
(2) Complete the post-flight entries in the maintenance logbook,
including any discrepancies encountered during the flight.
4.0 Area: Normal, Abnormal, and Emergency Procedures
4.1 Task: Takeoff
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor engine and other aircraft controls, settings, and
instruments during takeoff to ensure all predetermined parameters are
maintained.
(2) Monitor aircraft airspeed to determine normal acceleration
during take-off ground roll.
(3) Assess take-off and climb hazards particularly those related to
obstacles.
(4) Consider the effect of LAHSO or SOIR if conducted on a runway
that crosses the takeoff runway.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) The flight crewmembers must ensure takeoff clearance is
received and that the correct runway is being entered for takeoff.
(2) Monitor correct alignment on the centerline of the runway prior
to and during the takeoff.
(3) Adjust the engine controls for the existing conditions and
verify the expected engine performance.
(4) Monitor rotation at the proper airspeed, at the proper rate, to
the proper pitch attitude for the aircraft configuration.
(5) Complete after takeoff checklists.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Takeoff begins at brake release (or the application of thrust
with the intention of flight for those aircraft not using brakes).
Takeoff ends when the aircraft is airborne, or in the event of a
rejected takeoff, when the aircraft has reached a safe taxi speed.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
4.2 Task: Inflight
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Normal aircraft systems, controls, indications, and procedures.
(3) High altitude operations.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Understand the requirements of the climb profile, normal
cruise, and normal descent.
(2) Aware of high altitude performance and specific flight
characteristics.
(3) Aware of aircraft systems, subsystems, and devices (e.g., fuel
heat, air conditioning systems, hydraulic systems, pressurization).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Complete appropriate checklists.
(2) Demonstrate or use aircraft systems, subsystems, and devices,
appropriate to the aircraft, such as:
(i) Engines.
(ii) Fuel system.
(iii) Electrical system.
(iv) Hydraulic system.
(v) Environmental and pressurization systems.
(vi) Fire detection and extinguishing systems.
(vii) Navigation and avionics systems.
(viii) Automatic flight control system, electronic flight
instrument system, and related subsystems.
(ix) Flight control systems.
(x) Anti-ice and deice systems.
(xi) Aircraft and personal emergency equipment.
(xii) Other systems, subsystems, and devices specific to the
aircraft type, including make, model, and series.
(xiii) Pneumatic system(s).
4.3 Task: Approach and Landing
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor the navigation instruments and be aware of correct
airspeeds, aircraft configurations, crossing altitudes, and ATC
clearance requirements.
(2) Awareness of other crewmembers and their activities during
approach and landing.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Correctly compute approach and landing performance
requirements.
(2) Adjust engine controls and aircraft systems, as necessary.
(3) Complete appropriate checklist items, interacting with other
crewmembers to ensure procedures are complete and aircraft systems are
operating properly.
4.4 Task: Engine and Systems Monitoring
(a) Condition (s). Engine systems, controls and indications.
(b) Awareness criteria. Aware of aircraft systems within normal
range, normal procedures, and checklists.
(c) Action criteria
(1) Adjust the engine controls and aircraft systems, as necessary.
(2) Complete appropriate checklist items, interacting with other
crewmembers to ensure procedures are complete and aircraft systems are
operating properly.
5.0 Area: Line Oriented Operations Environments
The specific operational environments below must be integrated into
instruction modules for initial, conversion, transition, recurrent, and
requalification training.
5.1 Task: Anti-Icing and Deicing Before Takeoff
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Understand the certificate holder's ground anti-icing and de-
icing program.
(2) Be able to determine the need for anti-icing or de-icing prior
to takeoff.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Inspect the aircraft to ensure all surfaces are free of ice
before flight.
(2) Correctly operate anti-icing and de-icing systems or equipment.
(3) Coordinate the application of a proper mix of anti-icing or
deicing fluid.
(4) Determine hold over time.
(5) Comply with the hold over time restrictions for takeoff.
5.2 Task: Structural Icing, Airborne
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Know the conditions that can lead to structural ice.
(2) Understand the effects of structural icing on aircraft
performance.
[[Page 1390]]
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Know when and how to apply the procedures in the FCOM for
operating in icing conditions or conditions that may lead to structural
icing.
(2) Determine when structural icing is present.
(3) Monitor ice accretion during flight.
(4) Correctly operate anti-icing and de-icing systems and
equipment.
5.3 Task: Thunderstorm Avoidance, Departure, and Arrival
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Know the weather information available to
determine the probability of thunderstorm activity and its location.
(c) Action criteria. Use weather radar to identify thunderstorm
activity and to avoid departing into the threat or circumnavigate in
flight.
5.4 Task: Windshear Avoidance and Encounter
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Know the sources of information that indicate the possible
presence of windshear or turbulence.
(2) Observe the visual indications that usually indicate the
presence of windshear or turbulence.
(3) Understand the effect of windshear or turbulence on the
performance of the aircraft during low altitude operations.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Avoid indicated areas of possible windshear or turbulence, if
possible.
(2) Be able to recognize the indications of windshear or turbulence
during takeoff and landing profiles.
(3) Execute the FCOM procedure for avoiding windshear; and, if not
possible to avoid, execute the FCOM procedure for escaping windshear or
turbulence during low altitude operations.
(4) Practice avoiding and escaping windshear or turbulence during
low altitude operations to include:
(i) Takeoff.
(ii) Departure.
(iii) Approach.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Refer to the most current version of the FAA Windshear Training
Aid. Demonstrations and practice are primarily for the purpose of
enabling pilots to avoid windshear encounters. This practice will also
enable pilots to execute the proper escape maneuver should windshear be
encountered.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
C. Performance Standards for the Emergency Training Drills (See
Sec. Sec. 121.133; 121.135; 121.1201; 121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1333;
121.1337; 121.1351; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1381; 121.1383; and
121.1391)
1. Emergency training equipment must be identical to that installed
in the certificate holder's aircraft on which the flight crewmember is
to be qualified with respect to weight, dimensions, appearance,
features and operation. Equipment may be substituted when it is similar
with respect to weight, dimensions, appearance, features, and
operations, and the pilot has been provided with training on
differences between the training equipment and the actual aircraft
equipment.
2. Performance Drills--Individuals
(a) Fire Extinguishers
(1) Environment: The hand fire extinguisher must be charged; but
does not have to contain the actual extinguishing agent.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill for each type of installed hand fire
extinguisher:
(i) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g., rotate handle to
pressurize, break tamper seals, pull pin, release safety latch).
(ii) Operate extinguisher discharge mechanism.
(iii) Aim and discharge extinguisher at the base of the fire
(actual or simulated) using proper discharge pattern, bottle position,
and flight crewmember body position (appropriate to the location of the
fire).
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) Effective training scenarios for firefighting should include
realistic drills with emphasis on combating hidden fires. To provide
realistic training, drills should simulate locations of hidden fires
such as behind sidewall panels, in overhead areas and panels, or in air
conditioning vents. The intent of the training is to provide
crewmembers with the typical obstacles that they would encounter
onboard the aircraft, but it is not intended to have each student tear
apart sidewall panels. A training program should incorporate a method
to assess and combat a hidden fire, such as locating the exact source
of the fire before applying an extinguishing agent. Depending on the
sophistication of the training device, the flight crewmember could use
a manual release tool that is designed to open the enclosed area to
gain access to a fire that is suspected in that region.
(4) The hand fire extinguisher does not have to be positioned in
the same location as installed in the aircraft. This drill is not
required for the type of hand fire extinguisher used in the
firefighting drill that is completed during the same training period.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(b) Oxygen Systems
(1) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill for each type of installed oxygen system
equipment:
(i) Don and activate the oxygen and test for flow, position, seal,
and security of the mask or hood to the face or head.
(ii) Demonstrate proper precautions.
(iii) Secure the oxygen bottle, canister, or cartridge (as
appropriate) and position it to monitor the supply.
(iv) Demonstrate proper handling techniques if using portable solid
state units.
(v) Deactivate and stow equipment.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(2) This drill is not required for the type of protective breathing
equipment used in the firefighting drill that is completed during the
same training period.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(c) Equipment Mountings.
(1) Environment: Each piece of emergency equipment must be in its
fully secured or pinned condition using the identical bracketing or
mounting system that is used on the aircraft in which the equipment is
installed.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill:
(i) Completely remove each piece of emergency equipment from its
bracketing or securing system.
(ii) Secure each piece of emergency equipment in its bracketing and
securing system or properly stow according to certificate holder
procedures.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 1391]]
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) Unless otherwise specified, it is not necessary to have the
emergency equipment installed within locations or compartments as
installed in the actual aircraft.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(d) Flight Deck Oxygen Systems.
(1) Environment: This drill must provide the flight crewmember with
practice in donning and using the flight deck supplemental oxygen
systems or related vision protection equipment as it would be used in a
smoke-filled or fume-filled flight deck. The flight deck supplemental
oxygen systems equipment must be identical to that installed in the
aircraft with respect to dimensions, appearance, features, controls,
charge duration, and operation.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill for each type of installed oxygen system
equipment:
(i) Remove the bottle, canister, hood, or mask from the bracket or
stowage.
(ii) Don and activate the oxygen and test for flow, position, seal,
and security of the mask or hood to the face or head. Additionally, if
smoke goggles are separate from oxygen, they must be donned.
(iii) Demonstrate proper precautions.
(iv) Secure the oxygen bottle, canister, or cartridge (as
appropriate) and position it to monitor the supply.
(v) Demonstrate proper handling techniques if using portable solid
state units.
(vi) Deactivate and stow equipment.
(e) Firefighting (Actual Fire).
(1) Environment: The flight crewmember must complete the
firefighting drill while combating an actual fire. The flight
crewmember must combat the fire using at least one type of hand fire
extinguisher that is appropriate for the type of fire being fought,
while using the type of installed PBE.
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill requirement that the flight
crewmember must complete for the certificate holder for which the
flight crewmember is employed.
(ii) For the purpose of this drill, protective breathing equipment
and the hand fire extinguisher must be installed in the appropriate
bracket or stowage compartment or stowage pouch (if not completed
during the equipment mountings drill).
(iii) The hand fire extinguisher must be charged; but does not have
to contain the actual extinguishing agent.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(iv) A self-contained PBE may be substituted with a training smoke
hood which is not operational.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill:
(i) Recognize the type of fire.
(ii) Locate source of fire or smoke.
(iii) Remove PBE from stowage container and pouch (as appropriate).
(iv) Don the PBE and activate oxygen in proper sequence (activation
of oxygen may be simulated).
(v) Verify seal.
(vi) Select appropriate hand fire extinguisher for the class of
fire.
(vii) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g., rotate handle to
pressurize, break tamper seals, pull pin, release safety latch).
(viii) Approach fire or smoke.
(ix) Combat fire using proper techniques.
(x) Operate extinguisher discharge mechanism properly.
(xi) Aim and discharge extinguisher at the base of the fire using
proper discharge pattern, bottle position, and flight crewmember body
position.
(xii) Maintain an appropriate distance from the fire in order to
complete the task and maintain personal safety.
(xiii) Be aware of PBE oxygen duration.
(xiv) Be aware of signals that PBE is no longer generating oxygen
to wearer.
(xv) Use protective techniques to back away.
(xvi) Ensure fire is extinguished.
(xvii) Use proper techniques for PBE removal.
(xviii) Properly secure equipment.
(f) Emergency Exits.
(1) Task (Normal Operation): The flight crewmember must complete
the following drill, with respect to the normal operation of each
flight crewmember emergency exit:
(i) Identify conditions under which each exit should be opened or
closed, if appropriate.
(ii) Assess the exterior and interior conditions for obstacles or
hazards to persons or the exit during the opening or closing (e.g.,
jetway, stairs, barrier straps).
(iii) Follow procedure to ensure flight crewmember awareness at
armed boarding door prior to aircraft pushback (if applicable to the
exit).
(iv) Identify signal for arming and disarming.
(v) Coordinate and communicate with other crewmembers.
(vi) Properly arm and disarm the exit.
(vii) Verify girt bar is armed or disarmed as appropriate.
(viii) Verify exit is in the correct mode for intended operation.
(ix) Use proper techniques for the operating mechanism (such as
handles to open exit and secure in locked position).
(x) Install safety strap. Stow safety strap.
(xi) Release locking mechanism and properly use control handles to
close exit and secure in locked position.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(2) Environment: The operation of each type of flight crewmember
emergency exit may be conducted as an observation drill that includes
the following tasks as applicable.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(3) Task (Emergency Operation): The flight crewmember must complete
the following drill, with respect to the emergency operation of each
flight crewmember emergency exit:
(i) Position escape device (if applicable).
(ii) Verify that girt bar is armed or disarmed as appropriate.
(iii) Verify the exit is in the correct mode.
(iv) Identify conditions under which the exit is to be opened in
the emergency mode.
(v) Use proper voice commands to passengers (as appropriate).
(vi) Assess conditions outside the exit to determine the exit
usability (e.g., clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft attitude).
(vii) Open the exit in the armed mode (as applicable) and secure or
stow the exit (as applicable) to ensure a fully open and unobstructed
exit.
(viii) Hold onto assist handle (if applicable).
(ix) As applicable, pull the manual inflation handle(s) and verify
deployment, inflation (e.g., ramp, slide).
(x) Maintain appropriate protective body and hand positions.
(xi) Follow crew coordination procedures (as appropriate).
[[Page 1392]]
(xii) Access release handle(s) (e.g., Slide disconnect, jettison
tailcone, ventral stairs)
(xiii) Recognize when it is appropriate to exit the aircraft.
(xiv) Access escape tapes or escape ropes (if applicable).
(g) Emergency Evacuation (With Slide)
(1) Environment: This drill is required when the flight crewmember
is qualifying on an aircraft that is equipped with emergency escape
slides.
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill requirement that the flight
crewmember must complete for the certificate holder for which the
flight crewmember is employed.
(ii) Each flight crewmember must complete an emergency evacuation
by egressing the aircraft or approved training device using at least
one type of installed emergency escape slide from an aircraft on which
the flight crewmember will be qualified to serve.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill:
(i) Observe the airplane exit(s) being opened in the emergency mode
and the associated exit slide, or slide raft being deployed and
inflated or perform the tasks resulting in the completion of these
actions.
(ii) Egress the aircraft or approved training device and descend
the slide while using the proper method and technique.
(h) Emergency Evacuation (Without Slide)
(1) Environment: This drill is required when the flight crewmember
is qualifying on an aircraft that is not equipped with an emergency
escape slide on any emergency exit.
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill requirement that the flight
crewmember must complete for the certificate holder for which the
flight crewmember will serve.
(ii) Each flight crewmember must complete an emergency evacuation
by egressing the aircraft or approved training device through an
emergency exit that is not designed to have an escape slide installed
and is representative of the aircraft on which the flight crewmember
will be qualified to serve.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must
satisfactorily accomplish the following during the drill:
(i) Observe the airplane exit(s) being opened in the emergency
mode.
(ii) Egress the aircraft or approved training device while using
the proper method and technique.
(i) Flotation Devices
(1) Environment: The individual flotation means used for this drill
must be identical to each type of life preserver, flotation device, and
seat cushion installed in the aircraft with respect to weight,
dimensions, controls, types and method of operation.
(2) Crewmember Performance: Each flight crewmember must complete
the following during the drill:
(i) Life preservers:
(A) Recognize removal procedures for individual flotation devices
and also recognize any equipment or furnishings that may complement or
hinder the removal of the flotation device or seat cushion.
(B) Don and secure life preserver, and inflate using automatic
inflation (if appropriate) of at least one chamber.
(C) Demonstrate proper arm placement and use of the life preserver.
(D) Partially inflate, or simulate inflation of, a second chamber
(if appropriate) of life preserver orally.
(E) Practice deflation technique.
(F) Locate and describe light activation.
(ii) Flotation devices:
(A) Recognize removal procedures for flotation devices or seat
cushions, and also recognize any equipment or furnishings that may
complement or hinder the removal of the flotation device or seat
cushion.
(B) Demonstrate proper arm placement and use of the flotation
device or seat cushion.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) The individual flotation means installed may consist of life
preservers, flotation devices, and seat cushions.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(j) Ditching Survival (Wet and Dry Training Environments)
(1) Environment:
(a) Ditching survival drill in a dry training environment must be
conducted on a surface with sufficient space to conduct the drill
without interference from nearby objects or structures.
(b) Ditching survival drill in a wet training environment must be
conducted in water with sufficient depth and width under and around the
slide, raft or slide-raft that does not allow participants the ability
to touch the bottom or sides of the water containment structure.
(i) Ditching survival drill in a wet training environment is a one-
time emergency drill requirement that the flight crewmember must
complete for the certificate holder for which the flight crewmember is
to serve.
(ii) Raft boarding and subsequent activities must be done in water
for ditching survival drill in a wet training environment.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The flight crewmember must participate
in the following ditching survival drill for both wet and dry training
environments as applicable to the certificate holder's procedures and
approved extended overwater operations:
(i) Identify boarding station and board raft.
(ii) Review the need to crawl and stay low.
(iii) Distribute the load.
(iv) Review the need to stay attached to the aircraft as long as
possible, and operation of the quick disconnect.
(v) Review the need to get clear of fuel-covered water and debris.
(vi) Locate and deploy the sea anchor.
(vii) Discuss the importance of upwind and downwind.
(viii) Retrieve the survival kit and review contents.
(ix) Identify inflation valve and review operation of inflation
pump and raft repair kit.
(x) Identify equipment for bailing raft dry (e.g., bailing bucket
or sponge).
(xi) Install the canopy and discuss methods for collecting rain
water and water purification techniques.
(xii) Demonstrate how canopy can be used in both hot and cold
climates.
(xiii) Review the use of signaling devices located in survival
kits.
(xiv) Discuss the cautions associated with flares and sea dye
marker and proper use.
(xv) Point out raft lights.
(xvi) Review alternate signaling devices (e.g., mirrors).
(xvii) Locate and demonstrate use of heaving line. Review
techniques to retrieve survivors.
(xviii) Review raft maintenance techniques.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) Activities prior to raft boarding for both wet and dry training
environments may be done in classroom, aircraft, or aircraft mockup.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
3. Observation Drills--During the observation drill, the flight
crewmember observes the specific procedural drill
[[Page 1393]]
being conducted by other persons in a live setting or through an audio-
visual medium.
(a) Preparation of Emergency Exits in Emergency Mode.
(1) Crewmember Performance: Each flight crewmember must observe the
preparation of each type of installed flight crewmember emergency exit
in the emergency mode, as follows:
(i) Position escape device (if applicable).
(ii) Verify that girt bar is armed or disarmed (as appropriate).
(iii) Verify the exit is in the correct mode.
(iv) Identify conditions under which the exit is to be opened in
the emergency mode.
(v) Use proper voice commands to passengers (as appropriate).
(vi) Assess conditions outside the exit to determine the exit
usability (e.g., clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft attitude).
(vii) Open the exit in the armed mode (as applicable) and secure
and stow the exit (as applicable) to ensure a fully open and
unobstructed exit.
(viii) Hold onto assist handle (if applicable).
(ix) Pull the manual inflation handle(s) and verify deployment and
inflation (e.g., ramp, slide).
(x) Maintain appropriate protective body and hand positions.
(xi) Follow crew coordination procedures (as appropriate).
(xii) Access release handle(s) (e.g., slide disconnect, jettison
tailcone, ventral stairs).
(xiii) Recognize when it is appropriate to exit the aircraft.
(xiv) Access escape tapes or escape ropes (if applicable).
(b) Emergency Evacuation Utilizing an Escape Slide (if applicable).
(1) Crewmember Performance: Each flight crewmember qualifying on an
aircraft equipped with evacuation slides must observe the evacuation of
an aircraft with passengers using a slide. The observation must
include:
(i) Correct methods of evacuation.
(ii) Correct methods of entering the slide.
(iii) Necessity for helpers at the bottom of slide.
(c) Deployment, inflation, and detachment of slide, raft, or slide-
raft.
(1) Crewmember Performance: Each flight crewmember must observe the
deployment, inflation, and detachment from the airplane of each type of
installed slide, raft, or slide-raft. This observation must include:
(i) Proper use of the exit operating handle.
(ii) Location and color of the inflation handle.
(ii) Demonstration of forces required to inflate slide or slide-
raft.
(v) Attachment to aircraft (if applicable).
(v) Sound of inflating slide, raft, or slide-raft.
(vi) Proper inflation and position of the slide, raft, or slide-
raft.
(vii) Location of the ditching handle or laces.
(viii) Launching points (if required).
(ix) Procedure to pull ditching handle including secondary actions
that may be required.
(x) Lanyard and the removal or cutting of lanyard.
(xi) Righting overturned rafts (if applicable).
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
33. Add appendix S of part 121 to read as follows:
Appendix S to Part 121--Flight Attendant Qualification Performance
Standards
Table of Contents
Introduction
A. What is contained in the Flight Attendant QPS?
B. Can the reader rely solely on this document for flight attendant
qualification and related training requirements?
C. How can I get answers to questions about the contents of this
appendix?
D. Why do we need a QPS for flight attendants?
E. Where can each type of standard be found in the QPS?
F. [Reserved]
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be found?
H. What references are recommended?
I. How must Crew Resource Management (CRM) training be administered?
J. How are these standards used to develop training and evaluation
requirements for flight attendants?
K. What is the continuous analysis process and how is it
incorporated in this QPS? (See Sec. 121.1355.)
Attachment 1. Flight Attendant Training--Evaluation Requirements and
Programmed Hours (see Sec. Sec. 121.1301; 121.1331; 121.1335;
121.1341; 121.1343; and 121.1361)
Attachment 2. Tasks for Flight Attendant Training--Task Requirements
and Performance Standards by Area of Instruction (see Sec. Sec.
121.1301; 121.1331; 121.1333; 121.1341; and 121.1361)
Attachment 3. Training and Evaluation Requirements for Flight
Attendant Training Curricula (Basic Qualification), Categories (New
Hire, Initial, Transition, Emergency, Recurrent, and
Requalification), and Aircraft Operating Experience (see Sec. Sec.
121.1301; 121.1303; 121.1309; 121.1331; 121.1341; 121.1361;
121.1363; 121.1369; 121.1373; and 121.1375)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
Introduction
A. What is contained in the Flight Attendant QPS?
This QPS contains Information and QPS Requirements.
1. Information: Explanations that clarify or support regulatory
requirements found in the Code of Federal Regulations or in this Flight
Attendant QPS. Explanations are provided as guidance and are not
regulatory. This guidance appears under the heading ``BEGIN
INFORMATION'' and uses the terms ``should'' or ``may'' to indicate that
it is not mandatory.
2. QPS Requirements: Flight Attendant Qualification Performance
Standards, contained in this appendix, are regulatory and mandatory.
These requirements appear under the heading ``BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENTS''
and use the terms ``must,'' and ``may not.''
B. Can the reader rely solely on this document for flight attendant
qualification and related training requirements?
No, do not rely solely on this document for regulatory requirements
in these areas. The reader must also use 14 CFR part 91 and part 121,
subparts G, T, V, X, and BB.
C. How can I get answers to questions about the contents of this
appendix?
1. You may contact: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal
Aviation Administration Flight Standards Service, Air Transportation
Division, AFS-210, 800 Independence Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20591,
Telephone:(202) 267-8166, Fax: (202) 267-5229.
2. You may find answers to questions on the:
(a) Flight Standards Internet Web Site: ``http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/avs/offices/afs/.'' On this Web Site
you will find Flight Standards Programs, Aviation Safety Inspector
Handbooks, the current Aviation Regulations (14 CFR), Advisory
Circulars, and other sources of FAA information.
(b) Flight Standards Cabin Safety Web Site: http://www.faa.gov/safety/programs_initiatives/aircraft_aviation/cabin_safety/. On this
Web Site you will find links to FAA rules and guidance documents, legal
interpretations and other sources of FAA information that are pertinent
to cabin safety. Also linked from this site are additional Department
of Transportation information sources.
[[Page 1394]]
D. Why do we need a QPS for flight attendants?
1. To provide an objective means of establishing performance based
standards for flight attendant training and qualification.
2. To provide routine and periodic update capability. This
capability is needed to respond to accidents, incidents, or rapidly
occurring changes to equipment and operations. All changes made to this
appendix will be subject to public notice and comment, unless good
cause exists to support a finding that notice and comment would be
impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.
3. To provide the certificate holder with a minimum set of
standards for developing the following:
(a) Training programs,
(b) Performance standards, and
(c) Evaluation criteria as they relate to the flight attendant job
function.
E. Where can each type of standard be found in the QPS?
1. Attachment 1 contains general evaluation requirements and
programmed hours for flight attendant training.
2. Attachment 2 contains tasks for flight attendant training by
area of instruction.
3. Attachment 3 contains specific instruction and evaluation
requirements for flight attendant training curricula (basic
qualification), categories (new hire, initial, transition, emergency,
recurrent, and requalification), and aircraft operating experience.
F. [Reserved]
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be found?
You can find definitions in Sec. 121.1205. Acronyms are as
follows:
Acronyms
AED Automated External Defibrillator
AFS 200 Air Transportation Division, Flight Standards Service
ASAP Aviation Safety Action Program
ASRS Aviation Safety Reporting System
CIA Central Intelligence Agency
CPR Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
CRM Crew Resource Management
CRS Child Restraint System
CSI Aviation Safety Inspector--Cabin Safety
DOT Department of Transportation
ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter
EMK Emergency Medical Kit
FAOM Flight Attendant Operating Manual
FBI Federal Bureau of Investigations
FOQA Flight Operational Quality Assurance
NTSB National Transportation Safety Board
MEL Minimum Equipment List
PBE Protective Breathing Equipment
PED Portable Electronic Devices
PIC Pilot in Command
POC Portable Oxygen Concentrator
POI Principal Operations Inspector
QPS Qualification Performance Standards
TSA Transportation Security Administration
H. What references are recommended?
The following references (as amended) support the knowledge and
skill standards for tasks. They are strongly recommended for providing
further details for lesson development. To find 14 CFR parts go to
http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov; to find Advisory Circulars go to: http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/advisory_circulars; and to find FAA
handbooks go to: http://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/airline_operators/handbooks/.
1. 14 CFR part 1, Definitions and Abbreviations
2. 14 CFR part 121, Operating Requirements: Domestic, Flag, and
Supplemental Operations
3. FAA Order 8400.10, Volume 3, Air Transportation Operations
Inspector's Handbook
4. AC 60-28, English Language Skill Standards
5. AC 120-51, Crew Resource Management Training
6. AC 120-54, Advanced Qualification Program
7. AC 120-44A, Air Carrier First Aid Programs
8. AC 120-47, Survival Equipment for Use in Overwater Operations
9. AC 120-59, Air Carrier Internal Evaluation Programs
10. AC 121-29B, Carry-On Baggage
11. AC121-24B, Passenger Safety Information Briefing and Briefing
Cards
12. AC 121-33B, Emergency Medical Equipment
13. AC 121-34B, Emergency Medical Equipment Training
14. AC 121-35, Management of Passengers During Ground Operations
Without Cabin Ventilation
15. AC 121-36, Management of Passengers Who May Be Sensitive to
Allergens
16. AC 120-87, Use of Child Restraint Systems on Aircraft
17. AC 120-88 A, Preventing Injuries Caused by Turbulence
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
I. How must Crew Resource Management (CRM) training be administered?
The flight attendant must demonstrate knowledge and skills in the
technical and CRM competencies for each particular task.
1. Certain CRM-related knowledge and skills must be associated with
one or more flight attendant performance tasks and must be evaluated
during flight attendant training as shown in Attachment 2 of this
appendix.
2. The flight attendant must demonstrate knowledge and skills in
both the technical and CRM competencies for each task. A task is not
completed unless the evaluator has determined that the flight attendant
has demonstrated knowledge and skills in the technical and CRM
competencies.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
3. CRM refers to the effective use of all available resources,
including human resources, hardware, and information. Human resources
include all other groups routinely working with the flight crew who are
involved in decisions that are required to operate a flight safely. CRM
is not a single task. CRM is a set of competencies that must be evident
in all tasks in this QPS as applied to the individual and the multi-
crew operation.
4. CRM deficiencies usually contribute to the unsatisfactory
technical performance of a task. Therefore, the CRM competencies are
valuable for debriefing. For debriefing purposes, an amplified list of
these competencies, expressed as behavioral markers, is in AC 120-51,
as amended.
5. Certificate holders should conduct flight crewmember and flight
attendant CRM scenarios together. When this is not possible,
certificate holders should include information in flight attendant
training that addresses the role of flight crewmembers during emergency
situations.
J. How are these standards used to develop training and evaluation
requirements for flight attendants?
Training categories provide the framework for the lessons and
modules necessary to train and evaluate flight attendants.
1. Knowledge (Academic): New hire training and portions of initial,
transition, emergency, requalification, and recurrent training are for
the purpose of acquiring and maintaining the knowledge required for
safe operations. The required areas of instruction, including the CRM
competencies, are combined with the information and procedures
contained in the certificate holder's Flight Attendant Operating Manual
(FAOM),
[[Page 1395]]
and other pertinent references to create the knowledge requirements.
Curricula are then developed to support these knowledge requirements
and ensure that knowledge is obtained and maintained.
2. Cognitive, Procedural, and Motor Skills (Job Performance): The
job performance tasks in basic qualification, requalification, and
recurrent training are for the purpose of combining the knowledge
obtained in the academic training with cognitive, procedural, and motor
skills. The cognitive, procedural, and motor skill requirements should
be developed from the tasks, hazards, and environments required in this
QPS, from the generic flight attendant performance standards, the
certificate holder's FAOM and from other references that directly
address specific tasks, hazards, or environments. Curricula should be
developed to support acquiring these skills and ensuring that knowledge
is maintained.
3. Training categories contain requirements for two different
segments of training within that training category. These two segments
are ``academic'' training and ``job performance'' training. For
example, a flight attendant receives academic training on a certificate
holder's procedures regarding the preflight crewmember briefing, and
receives a knowledge test on those procedures. In addition, the flight
attendant receives job performance training in the form of ``practice''
of his or her ability to actually perform a preflight crewmember
briefing. In another example, a flight attendant receives academic
training on a certificate holder's procedures regarding opening an
aircraft exit door in the emergency mode, and receives a knowledge test
on those procedures. In addition, the flight attendant receives job
performance training in the form of ``practice'' and a proficiency test
of his or her ability to open the aircraft exit door in the emergency
mode.
K. What is the continuous analysis process and how is it incorporated
in this QPS? (see Sec. 121.1355)
1. The continuous analysis process is a certificate holder internal
evaluation and improvement process. The continuous analysis process
will enable the certificate holder to maintain and refine the training
process by continually monitoring the effectiveness and efficiency of
the process. Various assessment tools (testing, checking, inspection,
documenting, evaluation, and analysis) will be used to validate the
effectiveness of a training program or the need to change a training
program.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
2. A continuous analysis process is incorporated in this QPS
through integration with the qualification and training program. The
certificate holder is responsible for designating responsibility for
the process. The certificate holder must ensure appropriate and
adequate assessment tools (testing, checking, critique, inspection,
observation, documenting, evaluation, and analysis) are utilized to
enable the certificate holder to validate the effectiveness of the
qualification and training program, or the need to change that program.
The certificate holder must describe the attributes of the continuous
analysis process in the certificate holder's FAA approved training
program.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
3. Components of a Continuous Analysis Process.
(a) Qualification and training program as approved by the
Administrator.
(1) Attributes of the continuous analysis process.
(i) Who is responsible?
(ii) Who has authority to change the process?
(iii) Description of the process.
(iv) Controls. Policy, procedure, training, evaluation.
(v) Documenting and Measurement.
(vi) Interfaces between Departments. Consistency (policy,
procedures, manuals).
(A) Across Departments.
(B) Across Divisions.
(b) Assessment tools (adequate and appropriate).
(1) Testing.
(2) Checking.
(3) Critique.
(4) Inspection and observation.
(5) Documenting.
(6) Evaluation and analysis.
(c) Modification and adjustment of the qualification and training
program.
(d) Approval for modification and adjustment.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 1 of Appendix S to part 121
Flight Attendant Training Evaluation Requirements and Programmed Hours
(Sec. 121.1331)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
A. Evaluation Requirements (see Sec. Sec. 121.1301, 121.1331,
121.1341, 121.1343, 121.1361)
1. Proficiency Checks.
If an evaluator conducting proficiency checks provides training,
the training must be conducted as follows:
(a) No more than two tasks may be trained and no more than a total
of three attempts (including the first unsatisfactory, a rehearsal, and
a final assessment) in each of the tasks are permitted.
(b) Three or more unsatisfactory tasks, or failure to demonstrate
satisfactory performance in three attempts at any one task, makes the
check unsatisfactory.
2. Proficiency Tests.
(a) Evaluators who conduct proficiency tests may not provide
training to the flight attendant during the test.
(b) If, in the judgment of the evaluator, the flight attendant's
performance of any task during a proficiency test is unsatisfactory,
the test in that task is failed.
(c) When a flight attendant fails a proficiency test, the flight
attendant must be retrained in the task and reevaluated on the schedule
specified in the certificate holder's approved training program.
3. Knowledge Checks.
Evaluators who conduct knowledge checks during aircraft operating
experience may provide training to the flight attendant during the
knowledge check as follows:
(a) No more than two tasks may be trained, and no more than a total
of three attempts to complete a knowledge check in each of the tasks is
allowed.
(b) Three or more unsatisfactory tasks, or failure to
satisfactorily complete a knowledge check in three attempts at any one
task, makes the check unsatisfactory.
4. Qualified Evaluators.
Evaluations may only be conducted by those persons as outlined in
Table 3A of this Attachment.
B. Programmed Hours (see Sec. Sec. 121.1335, 121.1361)
1. Baseline and Minimum Programmed Hours (see Sec. Sec. 121.1335,
121.1361). Table 1A sets out the baseline and Table 1B sets out the
minimum programmed hours for each category of training by segment
(academic and job performance). The baseline programmed hours may be
reduced after demonstration that the reduction is warranted and
approved by the Administrator. The FAA may
[[Page 1396]]
approve a reduction in baseline programmed hours if the certificate
holder demonstrates that the reduction is warranted. The FAA will not
approve a reduction in the programmed hours below the minimum
programmed hours.
2. Required hours for requalification training (see Sec. Sec.
121.1309, 121.1361). The hours established for requalification training
(Sec. 121.1309) are for individuals in specific circumstances.
Therefore, there are no programmed hours in Table 1A and 1B for
requalification training.
3. Required hours for differences and special training (see
Sec. Sec. 121.1337, 121.1361). The hours established for differences
and special training are in addition to the previously approved
programmed hours for the approved training program. For differences
training (Sec. 121.1391), the programmed hours remain in the
differences category of training. For special training (Sec.
121.1337(c)), the certificate holder integrates the training into the
existing categories in Table 1A. Therefore, there are no programmed
hours in Table 1A or Table 1B for differences and special training.
4. Security training. Security training programmed hours required
for crewmembers by the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) may
not be included in the required programmed hours contained in Tables 1A
and 1B.
Table 1A--Flight Attendants Baseline Programmed Hours* by Category of Training and Training Segment
[See Sec. 121.1335]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Category of training
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Transition Recurrent
Training segment -------------------------- (each ---------------------------------------------------
New hire Each Emergency additional 2 to 5 6 to 9 10 to 13
General aircraft training aircraft 1 type types types types
topics type type) aircraft aircraft aircraft aircraft
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Academic........................... 20 8 8 8** 8 8 8 8 8
Job Performance.................... 20 4 4 16** 4 4 5 6 7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total.......................... 40 12 12 24** 12 12 13 14 15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Programmed hours do not include differences training, as required in Sec. 121.1391.
**Academic and job performance programmed hours are each reducible by 1 hour if the flight attendant is not qualified to serve in extended overwater
operations.
Table 1B--Flight Attendants Minimum Programmed Hours* by Category of Training and Training Segment
[See Sec. 121.1335]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Category of training
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Transition Recurrent
Training segment -------------------------- (each ---------------------------------------------------
New hire Each Emergency additional 2 to 5 6 to 9 10 to 13
General aircraft training aircraft 1 type types types types
topics type type) aircraft aircraft aircraft aircraft
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Academic........................... 16 6 6
Job Performance.................... 16 Not 2 Not 2 Not reducible.
reducible reducible
Total.......................... 32 8 8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Programmed hours do not include differences training, as required in Sec. 121.1391.
5. Periods of time when training is not occurring, such as lunch or
travel between facilities, do not count toward required programmed
hours.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
6. Programmed hours for flight attendants are divided into academic
and job performance segments for each training category. These segments
are specifically designed to allow flexibility in instructional design
regarding integration of academic and job performance programmed hour
requirements. The job performance segment includes the practice and
proficiency requirements in Attachment 3 of this appendix.
7. A reduction to the 8 hour minimum of initial training on
aircraft types may be appropriate for several reasons. For example, a
certificate holder may operate several types of aircraft from the same
manufacturer with similar cabin configurations and equipment, or a
certificate holder may carefully design a training approach that
incorporates the use of extensive training on a ``base'' aircraft type
upon which training on other aircraft types is based. The 12 and 8
hours apply to each aircraft type. Aircraft operating experience is
required on each aircraft type for which a flight attendant receives
initial training.
8. If the flight attendant has already served in an active duty
status as a flight attendant for the certificate holder for at least
180 days, that flight attendant is eligible for transition training on
a new aircraft type. Aircraft operating experience is not required for
each aircraft type for which a flight attendant receives transition
training. A flight attendant does not have to be a required flight
attendant in accordance with Sec. 121.391 to ``serve,'' the flight
attendant only needs to ``perform the duties of a required flight
attendant.'' Transition training has the same required number of hours
and subjects for aircraft specific training as initial training, a 12-
hour baseline required for each aircraft type which can be reduced to
an 8-hour minimum. A reduction to the 8-hour minimum of transition
training on aircraft types may be appropriate. For example, the new
aircraft type may be very similar to a different aircraft type on which
the flight attendant is already qualified.
9. If the flight attendant has not served as a flight attendant for
the certificate holder for at least 180 days, including days off or
days on reserve, and the certificate holder wants to qualify the flight
attendant on a new aircraft type, then the flight attendant must have
initial training on that aircraft type and the associated aircraft
operating experience by type.
[[Page 1397]]
Attachment 2 of Appendix S to Part 121
Tasks for Flight Attendant Training Task Requirements and Performance
Standards by Area of Instruction
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
I. Introduction (see Sec. Sec. 121.1301, 121.1331,121.1333,
121.1341, 121.1361)
II. General Task Requirements (see Sec. Sec. 121.1301, 121.1331,
121.1333, 121.1341, 121.1361, 121.1373)
A. Area of Instruction: Flight Attendant Duties and
Responsibilities--Normal Operations (see Sec. 121.1363)
1. Subject: Preflight
2. Subject: Pre-Movement on the Surface
3. Subject: Ground Movement
4. Subject: Inflight
5. Subject: Arrival
6. Subject: During Stops
7. Subject: Federal Aviation Regulations
8. Subject: General Contents, Control and Maintenance of
Applicable Portions of the Certificate Holder's Manual
9. Subject: Contents of the Certificate Holder's Operations
Specifications
10. Subject: Crew Resource Management
11. Subject: Theory of Flight
B. Area of Instruction: Flight Attendant Duties and
Responsibilities--Abnormal Situations (see Sec. 121.1369)
1. Subject: Handling Passengers Whose Conduct May Jeopardize
Safety
2. [Reserved]
C. Flight Attendant Duties and Responsibilities--Emergency (see
Sec. 121.1373)
1. Subject: Emergency Equipment
2. Subject: Emergency Situations
III. Aircraft Specific Task Requirements (see Sec. 121.1369)
A. For Each Aircraft Type
1. Subject: A General Description of the Aircraft
2. [Reserved]
B. [Reserved]
IV. Emergency Training Drill Requirements (see Sec. 121.1373)
V. Emergency Training Drills--General (see Sec. 121.1373)
A. Subject: Job Performance Drills
B. Subject: One Time Job Performance Drills
C. Subject: Observation Drills
VI. Emergency Training Drills--Aircraft Specific. Subject: Exit
Device Operation (see Sec. 121.1373)
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
I. Introduction (see Sec. Sec. 121.1301, 121.1331, 121.1333, 121.1361)
A. This attachment establishes task requirements and performance
standards. Sections II. General Task Requirements and III. Aircraft
Specific Task Requirements of this attachment list the academic
requirements to the subtask level. Sections IV. Emergency Training
Drills Requirements, V. Emergency Training Drills--General, and VI.
Emergency Training Drills--Aircraft Specific list the performance
requirements to the subtask level. Attachment 3 lists the tasks that
must be trained and evaluated for each training category. Attachment 3
includes tables that contain the various combinations of academic and
job performance tasks taken from attachment 2, that, when combined,
make up the requirements for training in each of the required training
categories. (see Sec. Sec. 121.1301, 121.1331, 121.1333, 121.1341,
121.1361)
B. Each certificate holder must have a training program that
includes the areas of instruction, subjects, tasks, subtasks, and
performance standards in this attachment. The certificate holder must
use this Attachment to determine the tasks on which each flight
attendant must be trained and evaluated for each training category in
accordance with their FAA approved training program. The tasks listed
in the FAOM must reflect the tasks included in this attachment, as
amended and include standard operating procedures, abnormal procedures,
non-normal procedures, and emergency procedures, as well as the
authorizations contained in the certificate holder's operations
specifications. (see Sec. Sec. 121.1301, 121.1331)
C. Training under each task is required except when a particular
piece of equipment is not on an aircraft in which the flight attendant
is to serve or a procedure is not applicable to operations conducted by
the certificate holder for the aircraft on which the flight attendant
serves. (see Sec. Sec. 121.1301,121.1361)
D. The flight attendant must demonstrate that he or she is able to
meet the academic and job performance standards in this QPS. (see
Sec. Sec. 121.1301, 121.1335, 121.1341, 121.1343, 121.1361)
E. In Attachment 3, training is required in all areas for persons
who are qualifying for the first time in a flight attendant duty
position for a certificate holder, and selected portions are required
for persons required to complete requalification, transition, and
recurrent training. (see Sec. Sec. 121.1301, 121.1303, 121.1309,
121.1341, 121.1361, 121.1363, 121.1369, 121.1373, 121.1375)
F. Recurrent training job performance segments must include
training and evaluation at the subtask level. Recurrent training
academic segments must include training and evaluation at the task
level. Recurrent training academic subjects are identified on table 3E
of Attachment 3 by a ``T.'' (see Sec. Sec. 121.1303, 121.1361,
121.1375)
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
1. The FAA anticipates that recurrent training academic tasks will
be developed through an analysis of events, reports, feedback, issues,
or changes to certificate holder safety policies, procedures,
regulations, or FAA guidance that has occurred in the previous year to
determine what should be incorporated in the appropriate training
programs.
2. This gives certificate holders the flexibility to determine what
will be included at the subtask level for recurrent academic tasks. The
certificate holder may choose to use the subtasks listed in the Flight
Attendant QPS as a guide, but the certificate holder is not required to
use these specific subtasks for training and evaluation.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
G. Recurrent training must include all changes made to the subject
matter in the training categories in the basic qualification curriculum
since the person received basic qualification training. Each subject in
recurrent training must be covered every year. Certain tasks, as
indicated in table 3E, must be trained and evaluated at least once
every 3 years. (see Sec. Sec. 121.1303, 121.1361,121.1375)
H. A knowledge test must be in the form of a written, oral, or
computer administered test in each area of instruction. The form,
content and method of administration must be approved by the
Administrator in each area of instruction. Each test must contain at
least one question on each task within a subject. The certificate
holder must develop an examination question repository that includes a
minimum number of 2 questions for each required question. (see
Sec. Sec. 121.1341, 121.1343, 121.1361)
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
I. This repository will allow random selection of questions when
creating examinations. This allows students in a particular examination
to receive a different set of exam questions or the same exam questions
in a different order. This also permits students to be retested with
questions that are different from questions they received on a prior
examination.
[[Page 1398]]
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
J. An individual must complete the knowledge test. To complete the
knowledge test, a score of 80% or better in each area of instruction is
required and the test must be corrected to 100% by a person qualified
to administer the examination. Correction of incorrect answers must
include a discussion of which answer is correct and why, and why the
person's original answer was incorrect. Retraining is required in each
area of instruction for which a score of 80% or better is not achieved.
Retraining is followed by reevaluation of the flight attendant in each
retrained area of instruction. The form and content of the reevaluation
must be approved by the Administrator. (see Sec. Sec. 121.1341,
121.1343, 121.1361)
K. The certificate holder must conduct a proficiency test so that
the flight attendant physically performs the required task and meets
the performance standards in Attachment 2 of the Flight Attendant QPS.
(see Sec. Sec. 121.1341,121.1361)
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
L. Section 121.1209 of this part requires a flight attendant to be
able to read, write, and understand the English language. The flight
attendant may demonstrate English language proficiency in several ways.
For example, an individual's successful completion of approved
crewmember training conducted solely in English would be a successful
demonstration of the flight attendant's ability to read, write, and
understand the English language.
M. If there is doubt about a flight attendant's ability to read
English, the flight attendant should read aloud a short paragraph from
an appropriate source, such as a safety related announcement. If there
is doubt about the flight attendant's ability to write in English, the
person evaluating the flight attendant should read a short statement
and have the flight attendant write it in English. The certificate
holder should have in place a process to ensure a final determination
of whether the applicant meets the English language requirement for
those times when the test indicates to the person evaluating the flight
attendant that the flight attendant is not able to read, write,
understand, or speak the English language.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
II. General Task Requirements (see Sec. Sec. 121.1301, 121.1331,
121.1333, 121.1341, 121.1361, 121.1373)
A. Area of Instruction: Flight Attendant Duties and Responsibilities--
Normal Operations
1. Subject: Preflight
(a) Task: General (Preflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Review all certificate holder issued memorandums and orders.
(2) Verify currency of FAOM.
(3) Ensure presence of certificate holder required items.
(4) Attend or provide crewmember briefing.
(5) Stow crew baggage and personal carry-on baggage properly.
(6) Stow the FAOM properly so it is accessible when performing
duties.
(7) Identify seats with movable aisle armrests for seating of
passengers with disabilities.
(8) Adjust cabin lighting in accordance with certificate holder's
procedures.
(9) Report safety discrepancies to the PIC.
(10) Report any discrepancies in the aircraft cabin, systems, and
equipment in accordance with certificate holder procedures.
(11) Cabin position specific duties as defined in the FAOM.
(b) Task: Crewmember Briefing (Preflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Security procedures.
(2) Communication procedures.
(3) Emergency procedures.
(4) MELs with any effect on cabin safety equipment or procedures.
(5) Flight information.
(6) Review and follow procedures concerning supernumerary
personnel.
(c) Task: Cabin and Galley Security (Preflight)
Subtask: Implement cabin and galley security procedures in
accordance with certificate holder's security program.
(d) Task: Check of Emergency Equipment (Preflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Proper preflight techniques.
(2) Procedures to be followed if equipment fails to meet preflight
requirements.
(3) Check the flight attendant jumpseat and restraint system,
including automatic seat retraction, proper operation, no missing or
broken components on flight attendant jump seat, and presence of
jumpseat headrest.
(4) Check flight attendant panel to ensure switches, controls, and
indicators are working.
(5) Verify no abnormal indications are present on any panels or
gauges.
(6) Check portable oxygen equipment.
(7) Check fire extinguishers.
(8) Check first aid kits.
(9) Check EMK.
(10) Check AEDs.
(11) Check megaphones.
(12) Check PBEs.
(13) Check ELTs.
(14) Visual check of crash ax.
(15) Check emergency lighting system.
(16) Check emergency flashlights.
(17) Check survival kits.
(18) Verify position of circuit breakers.
(19) Check communication systems, including passenger address and
interphone systems.
(20) Ensure chimes, chime indicator lights, and associated
annunciator panel indicators are working.
(21) Check general condition of emergency exits in the passenger
and galley areas.
(22) Check assist handles.
(23) Check lavatory fire detection system, flapper doors, ashtrays,
and placards.
(24) Check for flotation equipment, as required.
(25) Check that class B cargo compartments are clear for crew fire
fighting.
(26) Check emergency equipment stowage areas for unapproved items.
(e) Task: Check of Safety Equipment (Preflight).
Subtasks:
(1) Check presence of and prepare demonstration equipment.
(2) Check audio/visual safety demonstration equipment.
(3) Verify that the universal precaution kit and CPR masks, or the
kit that contains these items, is onboard.
(4) Verify that onboard wheelchair is present and properly secured.
(f) Task: Galley Check (Preflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure all latches, locks, and flapper doors work properly.
(2) Ensure only approved items are stowed in ovens.
(3) Check circuit breakers located in the galley.
(4) Ensure lower lobe galley lift works properly.
(g) Task: Check of Cabin and Cabin Systems (Preflight)
Subtasks:
[[Page 1399]]
(1) Check circuit breakers located in the cabin.
(2) Check temperature and ventilation controls.
(3) Check lighting systems to ensure proper working condition.
(4) Check photo luminescent emergency pathway lighting systems, and
preflight and charging procedures.
(5) Ensure all lock-out mechanisms are engaged on emergency exit
seats.
(6) Stow inflight service and entertainment items.
2. Subject: Pre-Movement on the Surface
(a) Task: General (Pre-Movement on the Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure minimum required number of flight attendants are onboard
during the entire boarding process.
(2) Assume proper station during passenger boarding.
(3) Identify possible able bodied passengers.
(4) Provide all required announcements to passengers.
(5) Provide all required individual passenger briefings.
(b) Task: Passenger Boarding (Pre-Movement on the Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Observe passengers for acceptance according to regulation and
certificate holder policy (e.g., intoxicated passengers and
unaccompanied minors).
(2) Monitor carry-on baggage for excessive size, quantity, or
evidence of hazardous materials.
(3) Monitor exit seat occupants according to certificate holders
approved exit seat program.
(4) Monitor passenger behavior and maintain situational awareness.
(5) Report passengers who appear to be intoxicated or are otherwise
disruptive immediately to the PIC and customer service personnel.
(6) Ensure certificate holder procedures are followed regarding the
passenger use of Portable Oxygen Concentrators (POC).
(7) Ensure certificate holder procedures are followed regarding
child restraint systems.
(8) Ensure certificate holder procedures are followed regarding lap
held children.
(9) Ensure lap held children are distributed with regard to oxygen
availability.
(10) Comply with certificate holder procedures for child and infant
flotation equipment.
(11) Ensure certificate holder procedures are followed regarding
passenger count.
(12) Conduct compliance check to ensure carry-on baggage is
properly stowed.
(13) Ensure that use of portable electronic devices is in
compliance with certificate holder's procedures.
(14) Conduct appropriate passenger briefing for exit seat
occupants.
(15) Verify (must be verified by the assigned required crewmember)
that all exit seat occupants meet exit seat criteria, prior to aircraft
movement on the surface.
(16) Ensure proper handling of passengers with additional needs,
such as armed passengers, prisoners, escorts, passengers with personal
oxygen, and unaccompanied minors.
(17) Ensure any medical oxygen being used by a passenger was
supplied by the certificate holder and follow appropriate procedures
for use.
(18) Ensure the PIC is notified that medical oxygen or POC is in
use.
(19) Ensure the passenger using medical oxygen or POC is seated per
the certificate holder's procedures.
(20) Ensure the medical oxygen bottles or POC are properly located
and secured when they are being used and before and after use.
(21) Ensure no persons are allowed to smoke within 10 feet of any
oxygen or POC in use.
(22) Apply weight and balance procedures as directed by the PIC.
(23) Ensure compartment restraints are secured for compliance with
carry-on baggage regulation.
(24) Ensure all items carried on by the passenger are properly
stowed (e.g., purses and assistive devices).
(25) Ensure unusual items (e.g., organs for transplant) are stowed
in accordance with certificate holder's approved carry-on baggage
program.
(26) Follow approved method for removing carry-on baggage that
cannot be stowed.
(27) Verify (must be verified by assigned required crewmember) that
all carry-on baggage is stowed prior to closing last passenger entry
door.
(c) Task: Passengers With Disabilities (Pre-Movement on the Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Review part 382 of 14 CFR, Nondiscrimination on the Basis of
Disability in Air Travel.
(2) Review certificate holder responsibilities regarding compliance
with 14 CFR 382, including the role of the compliance resolution
official (CRO).
(3) Review crewmember responsibilities regarding compliance with 14
CFR 382.
(4) Review cabin accommodations, such as onboard wheelchairs,
accessible lavatories, movable armrests, and collapsible armrests.
(5) Review types of service animals, including unique service
animals, lap-held service animals, and emotional support service
animals.
(6) Review location and placement of service animals.
(7) Review types of assistive devices that are designed for, and
used by, people with disabilities.
(8) Review location and placement of assistive devices, including
specific certificate holder procedures regarding stowage of a
passenger's folding wheelchair in the cabin.
(9) Review exclusion of assistive devices from the number of carry-
on items that each passenger is allowed to bring onboard.
(10) Review use of orthotic positioning devices by people with
disabilities.
(11) Review passenger briefings for people with disabilities.
(12) Review procedures for handling passenger disputes regarding
compliance with 14 CFR 382.
(d) Task: Galley Security (Pre-Movement on the Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure all catering and galley supplies are stowed properly.
(2) Ensure latches and locks are positioned properly.
(3) Ensure secondary locking mechanisms are engaged.
(4) Ensure carts are secured on permanent tie downs for surface
movement and take-off.
(5) Ensure curtains and doors are properly secured.
(e) Task: Preparation of Exits (Pre-Movement on the Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure doors are closed.
(2) Ensure timely arming of exits, including positioning of warning
devices and cross check requirements.
(3) Ensure passengers are seated with seat belts fastened.
(4) Ensure no items are improperly stowed at jumpseats, passenger
seats, lavatories or galleys.
(5) Signal or communicate with flight crew regarding cabin
readiness for aircraft movement.
(f) Task: Compliance Check (Pre-Movement on the Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure that a normal or emergency means of egress is available
when passengers are on board the aircraft.
(2) Ensure proper closure of overhead compartments and closets.
(3) Ensure that all carry on baggage is properly stowed.
[[Page 1400]]
(4) Ensure that all passengers, except those meeting lap child
criteria, are seated with seat belts fastened.
(5) Ensure that seat belt extensions have been provided to all
passengers who need them.
3. Subject: Ground Movement
(a) Task: General (Ground Movement)
Subtask:
(1) Flight attendants must occupy assigned jumpseats during taxi
unless performing safety related duties.
(2) Flight attendants must understand the impact of conducting non-
safety related duties during taxi.
(b) Task: Passenger Information (Ground Movement)
Subtask:
(1) Use public address system properly.
(2) Provide appropriate information:
(i) Compliance with Fasten Seat Belt and No Smoking signs.
(ii) Stowage of tray tables.
(iii) Positioning seat backs in the upright position (leg rests
retracted).
(iv) Location of emergency exits.
(v) Proper use of portable electronic devices.
(vi) Stowage of carry-on baggage.
(vii) Smoking restrictions.
(viii) Use of oxygen (if applicable).
(ix) Availability of flotation devices.
(3) Use safety video correctly.
(4) Ensure safety demonstration is coordinated with announcement.
(5) Give safety demonstration from approved location.
(6) Assume proper position during the safety demonstration to
ensure even distribution of flight attendants.
(7) Give safety demonstration at individual seats if passengers'
view is obstructed.
(8) Ensure additional information regarding extended over water
flights is provided.
(9) Ensure that any passengers needing the assistance of another to
move quickly to an exit during an emergency and any attendants are
briefed on the routes to each appropriate exit, the most appropriate
time to begin moving to the exit, and inquire as to the most
appropriate way to assist that person.
(c) Task: Sterile Flight Deck Procedures (Ground Movement)
Subtask:
Comply with sterile flight deck procedures.
(d) Task: Compliance Check (Ground Movement)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure that all exits are accessible.
(2) Ensure carry-on baggage is stowed.
(3) Ensure that certificate holder procedures are followed
regarding child restraint systems.
(4) Ensure that portable electronic devices are turned off and
stowed.
(5) Ensure that overhead bins are closed and latched.
(6) Ensure tray tables are stowed and secured.
(7) Ensure seat backs are in the upright position (leg rests
retracted).
(8) Ensure seat belts are fastened.
(9) Ensure lap seated infants and children are held or secured in a
seat.
(10) Ensure all galley service items have been picked up and
stowed.
(11) Ensure galley equipment is secured.
(12) Ensure that all cabin divider systems are secured open.
(13) Ensure that all video screens are retracted.
(14) Ensure that all lavatories are vacant.
(15) Ensure that cabin lighting is adjusted as per certificate
holder procedures.
(16) Return to flight attendant jumpseat.
(17) Secure barrier strap.
(18) Don seat belt and shoulder harness.
(19) Signal or communicate with flight crew regarding cabin
readiness for take-off.
(20) Perform silent review.
(21) Assume flight attendant protective brace position.
4. Subject: Inflight
(a) Task: General (Inflight)
Subtask:
Secure flight attendant restraint system upon leaving jumpseat in
accordance with certificate holder procedures.
(b) Task: Inflight Procedures (Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Review flight deck entry and communication procedures.
(2) Review procedures for flight attendants to enter and secure
flight deck door, including requesting a briefing on the location,
donning and use of the fixed oxygen system available for the flight
attendant's emergency use when one flight crewmember has to leave the
flight deck.
(3) Check cabin and passengers periodically throughout the flight.
(4) Check lavatories periodically throughout the flight for
potential fire hazards, overly filled trash receptacles, flapper doors
that will not close, evidence of smoking or tampering with smoke
detectors.
(5) Collect and stow service items properly.
(c) Task: Passenger Information (Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Provide after take-off announcement(s).
(2) Provide seat belt announcement when seat belt sign is turned on
or off according to certificate holder procedures.
(3) Coordinate proper timing of passenger removal of shoulder
harnesses.
(d) Task: Passenger Handling Procedures (Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Follow proper certificate holder's alcohol procedures.
(2) Ensure passengers seated in exit seats meet exit seat criteria.
(3) Follow proper certificate holder's passenger handling and
reporting procedures.
(4) Follow the certificate holder's program outlining flight
attendant duties regarding the use of portable electronic devices
(PED).
(5) Ensure passengers are given information about times,
conditions, and limitations on PED use.
(6) Understand the regulations regarding PEDs, including the
effects of the use of PEDs on aircraft avionics during critical phases
of flight.
(7) Ensure passengers terminate the use of any devices suspected of
causing interference.
(8) Coordinate between cabin and flight deck with regard to PED
use.
(e) Task: Proper Use of Service Carts and Service Equipment (Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Secure unattended carts properly.
(2) Engage permanent tie-downs or pop-up tie-downs correctly.
(3) Secure galley compartments when not in use.
(4) Secure food and beverage items when not in use.
(5) Comply with galley lift restrictions.
(6) Ensure that at least one flight attendant is not more than 10
feet away from service cart when in use.
(7) Stow service carts properly.
(8) Set brakes properly.
(9) Latch cart doors and utilize secondary locks.
(10) Report any malfunctioning galley equipment including
restraints and brakes.
(f) Task: Communication and Coordination Procedures (Inflight)
Subtasks:
[[Page 1401]]
(1) Communicate with flight crew regarding turbulence.
(2) Communicate with flight crew regarding potential security
threats or disruptive passengers.
(3) Communicate with flight crew regarding any abnormal or
emergency situation.
(4) Report maintenance discrepancies (airworthiness and non-
airworthiness).
(g) Task: Pre-landing (Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Provide appropriate pre-landing announcements for initial
descent.
(2) Perform lavatory vacancy check.
(3) Adjust cabin lighting.
(4) Collect all service items.
(5) Close and secure galley compartments properly.
(6) Set primary and secondary locks.
(7) Ensure carts are secured on permanent tie downs for landing and
surface movement.
(8) Ensure curtains and doors are properly secured.
(9) Turn off electrical appliances not in use.
(10) Comply with Fasten Seat Belt signs.
(11) Re-verify that passengers seated in exit seats meet exit seat
criteria.
(12) Reengage lock out mechanism at exit seats.
(13) Ensure only approved child restraint systems are in use and
are properly positioned.
(14) Ensure lap infants are held or secured in seat.
(15) Ensure tray tables are stowed and secured.
(16) Place seat backs in the upright position (leg rests
retracted).
(17) Discontinue use of PEDs.
(18) Stow carry-on baggage.
(h) Task: Sterile Flight Deck Procedures (Inflight)
Subtask: Comply with sterile flight deck procedures.
(i) Task: Compliance Check (Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Provide appropriate pre-landing announcements for final
approach.
(2) Verify completion of all of the pre-landing activities required
by paragraph II.A.4.(g)(2) through (18) of this attachment.
(3) Verify that all exits are accessible.
(4) Verify that overhead bins are closed and latched.
(5) Verify that all video screens are retracted in accordance with
carrier procedures.
(6) Comply with certificate holder's charging procedures for
photoluminescent light path.
(7) Return to flight attendant jumpseat.
(8) Secure barrier strap.
(9) Don seat belt and shoulder harness.
(10) Signal or communicate with flight crew if the cabin is not
prepared for landing.
(11) Perform silent review.
(12) Assume flight attendant protective brace position.
5. Subject: Arrival
(a) Task: General (Arrival)
Subtasks:
(1) Perform all required arrival announcements.
(2) Make reminder announcements to any passengers who may stand or
place carry on bags in the aisle during taxi.
(3) Adjust cabin lighting.
(4) Perform only safety related duties during taxi.
(b) Task: Preparation of Exits (Arrival)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure that a normal or emergency means of egress is available
when passengers are on board the aircraft.
(2) Ensure crew coordination.
(3) Ensure exits are disarmed in accordance with applicable
regulations and aircraft specific procedures.
(4) Verify no cabin pressure warnings or indications are present on
the door.
(5) Open door and operate stairs.
(c) Task: Passenger Handling (Arrival)
Subtasks:
(1) Monitor passenger deplaning to ensure adherence to all
regulatory and certificate holder requirements.
(2) Coordinate with ramp, ground, and station agents and other
crewmembers as necessary.
(3) Assume proper position during passenger deplaning to ensure
even distribution of flight attendants.
(4) Ensure that the minimum required number of flight attendants
are onboard during entire passenger deplaning process.
(d) Task: Cabin Security (Arrival)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure all passengers have left the aircraft at flight
termination by checking the aircraft, including lavatories.
(2) Perform post-flight cabin checks.
6. Subject: During Stops
(a) Task: General (During Stops)
Subtasks:
(1) Follow duty assignments for flight attendants at intermediate
stops, including passenger supervision.
(2) Adhere to permissible reduction in the number of flight
attendants to at least half the minimum required number (rounded down
to the next lower number, but never fewer than one) when passengers
remain onboard and boarding or deplaning is not occurring.
(3) Adhere to permissible substitution for the required flight
attendants with other persons qualified in emergency evacuation
procedures for the airplane when passengers remain onboard and boarding
or deplaning is not occurring, if those persons are identified to the
passengers.
(b) Task: Aircraft Refueling (During Stops)
Subtasks:
(1) Review duties, regulatory requirements, and procedures
regarding refueling with passengers onboard.
(2) Review identification of potential hazards to occupants
associated with aircraft refueling.
(3) Review proper steps to be taken should problems develop during
refueling, including evacuation.
7. Subject: Federal Aviation Regulations
(a) Task: General
Subtasks:
(1) Comply with certificate holder procedures for interaction with
officers and agents of various governmental agencies, including FAA,
TSA, FBI, CIA, and NTSB.
(2) Comply with 14 CFR part 252: Smoking Aboard Aircraft.
(b) Task: Federal Aviation Regulations Pertinent to Flight Attendant
Performance of Assigned Duties
Subtasks: Understand the regulatory requirements for the following:
(1) Flight attendant duty period limitations and rest requirements.
(2) Crewmember protocols regarding drug and alcohol testing
programs, including regulatory requirements and certificate holder
policy regarding drug and alcohol testing programs.
(3) Hazardous material recognition and prohibitions.
(4) Admission to the flight deck.
(5) Manipulation of controls in the flight deck.
(6) Inoperable equipment.
(7) Carriage of cargo in passenger compartments.
(8) Exit seating.
(9) Carry on baggage.
(10) Passenger information requirements.
(11) Passenger briefings and demonstrations.
(12) Manual requirements.
(13) Training program requirements.
(14) Crewmember qualification requirements.
(15) Aviation Safety Inspector's credentials.
[[Page 1402]]
(16) Oxygen requirements.
(17) Restrictions regarding service of alcoholic beverages.
(18) Boarding restrictions regarding persons who appear to be
intoxicated.
(19) Retention of items of mass in passenger and crew compartments.
(20) Stowage of passenger service equipment.
(21) Closing and locking flight crew compartment door.
(22) Security Requirements.
(23) Sterile flight deck requirements.
(24) Required number of flight attendants.
(25) Crewmember requirements at stops where passengers remain on
board.
(26) Emergency equipment requirements.
(27) Lavatory fire protection.
(28) Communication systems.
(29) Flotation equipment.
(30) Flightcrew compartment access.
(31) Taxi requirements.
(32) Carriage and briefing of passengers requiring special
assistance.
(33) Fueling with passengers on board.
(34) Portable electronic devices.
(35) Flight attendant jumpseat requirements.
(36) Child restraint systems.
(37) Required placards and signs.
(38) Compliance with seat belt and smoking regulations.
(39) Use of medical oxygen and portable oxygen concentrators.
(40) Any other regulations relevant to flight attendant duties and
responsibilities.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
Discussion of the regulations should include why they are pertinent
to flight attendants and should also include discussion regarding the
role of other certificate holder employees and their part in ensuring
compliance with the regulations (e.g., gate agents, flight
crewmembers).
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
8. Subject: General Contents, Control and Maintenance of Applicable
Portions of the Certificate Holder's Manual
(a) Task: Flight Attendant Operating Manual (FAOM)
Subtasks: Understand the certificate holder's procedures for the
following:
(1) Currency requirements.
(2) Revision process.
(3) Bulletins or notices.
(4) List of effective pages.
(5) Accessibility during flight.
(6) Procedures to ensure manual is current.
(b) Task: Scheduling and Station Operations Policies and Procedures
Subtasks: Understand the certificate holder's procedures for the
following:
(1) Scheduling policies and procedures.
(2) Station operations policies and procedures.
9. Subject: Contents of the Certificate Holder's Operations
Specifications
(a) Task: General
Subtask: Understand information contained in the certificate
holder's operations specifications that is pertinent to the duties and
responsibilities of flight attendants.
(b) Task: Exit Seat Program and Procedures
Subtasks: Understand the certificate holder's procedures for the
following:
(1) Information regarding the certificate holder's exit seat
program.
(2) Selection criteria regarding the capabilities and conditions to
be applied to determine the suitability of persons to occupy an exit
seat.
(3) Performance functions which a person seated in an exit seat
must be willing and able to perform in the event of an emergency.
(4) Seat selection, assessment, and verification process.
(5) Individual exit seat briefings.
(6) Certificate holder procedures that ensure the suitability of
each person who occupies an exit seat.
(7) Assessment and verification of suitability by at least one
required crewmember prior to movement on the surface.
(8) Re-seating procedures.
(9) Dispute resolutions.
(10) Required announcements.
(11) Definition of an exit seat, including excess flight attendant
jumpseats and the location of all exit seats on each aircraft type.
(12) Assessment and verification of suitability prior to landing.
(c) Task: Carry-on Baggage Program and Procedures
Subtasks: Understand the certificate holder's procedures for the
following:
(1) The certificate holder's carry-on baggage program as described
in the FAOM, including carry-on baggage limitations, procedures for
baggage scanning, and procedures for handling carry-on baggage that
does not meet these limitations or cannot be accommodated in the
passenger cabin.
(2) Person(s) responsible and procedures for scanning for amount
and size.
(3) Weight and balance procedures and coordination with flight
crew.
(4) Safety implications of improperly stowed carry-on baggage.
(5) Types of articles exempt from carry-on baggage count.
(6) Procedures for handling and stowing carry on items exempt from
the carry-on baggage count.
(7) Definition of ``properly stowed,'' including that carry-on
baggage may not hinder access to emergency equipment.
(8) Methods of removing carry-on baggage from aircraft when
necessary.
(9) Procedures regarding proper stowage of carry-on baggage in the
passenger cabin, including underseat stowage.
(10) Procedures for handling cargo or unusual items in the cabin.
(11) Procedures for the handling of cargo and in-seat baggage in
the passenger compartment, including the types of cargo that may be
carried in the passenger cabin and the location of seats in which it
may be stowed.
(12) Procedures to ensure crewmember verification that each piece
of carry-on baggage is stowed properly prior to the last passenger
entry door being closed, including specific crewmember assignments and
responsibilities.
(13) Certificate holder procedures regarding the handling of carry-
on baggage during an aircraft evacuation.
(14) Importance of crew consistency in applying these regulations.
(d) Task: Minimum Equipment List (MEL)
Subtasks: Understand the certificate holder's procedures for the
following:
(1) Description of the purpose and scope of the MEL as applicable
to flight attendant duties.
(2) Crew coordination procedures for reporting inoperative
equipment.
(3) Implications of MEL required procedures due to certain pieces
of equipment being inoperative, and their effect on flight attendant
duties.
(4) Any other information relevant to flight attendant duties and
responsibilities.
10. Subject: Crew Resource Management
(a) Task: Authority of the Pilot in Command
Subtasks:
(1) The captain's authority, including responsibility for the
safety of flight in routine and emergency conditions.
(2) Chain of command and importance of chain of command.
[[Page 1403]]
(3) Chain of command as applicable to specific airplane.
(b) Task: Communication Processes and Decisions
Subtasks:
(1) Briefing.
(2) Inquiry, advocacy, and assertiveness.
(3) Self-critique.
(4) Communication with available personnel.
(5) Decisionmaking.
(6) Conflict resolution.
(c) Task: Building and Maintenance of a Flight Team
Subtasks:
(1) Leading and following, including the importance of crewmembers
functioning as a team.
(2) Use of interpersonal skills and leadership styles in a way that
fosters crew effectiveness.
(3) Significance of cultural differences.
(d) Task: Workload Management and Situational Awareness
Subtasks:
(1) Preparation and planning.
(2) Vigilance.
(3) Workload distribution.
(4) Distraction avoidance.
(e) Task: Communication and Coordination
Subtasks: Flight attendant must know notification and communication
procedures between the cabin and flight deck including:
(1) Flight deck and cabin chimes and interphone signals for routine
situations.
(2) Flight attendant notification to flight crew that aircraft is
ready for movement on the surface.
(3) Flight crew notification to flight attendant to be seated prior
to take-off.
(4) Flight attendant recognition of critical phases of flight.
(5) Crewmember coordination and notification regarding access to
flight deck.
(6) Notification to flight attendants of turbulent air conditions.
(7) Notification between flight crew and flight attendants of
emergency or unusual situations.
(8) Notification between flight crew and flight attendants of
inoperative equipment that is pertinent to flight attendant duties and
responsibilities.
(9) Normal and emergency communication procedures to be used in the
event of inoperative communication equipment.
(f) Task: Crewmember Briefing
Subtasks:
(1) Crewmember responsibilities regarding briefings.
(2) Flight crew to flight attendant(s) briefings.
(3) Flight attendant to flight attendant(s) briefings (e.g., when
PIC has not briefed the entire crew, or when a flight attendant joins a
working crew).
(4) Required information.
(5) Security procedures.
(6) Communication procedures.
(7) Emergency procedures.
(8) MELs affecting cabin safety equipment and procedures.
(9) Flight information.
(10) Content of crew briefing as applicable to specific aircraft.
(11) Responsibilities of flight attendants to brief new flight
attendant crew during a crew change regarding any unserviceability of
equipment, special passengers, and other safety matters pertinent to
the flight.
(g) Task: Communication and Coordination During a Passenger
Interference Situation
Subtasks:
(1) Certificate holder's written program regarding the handling of
passenger interference, including crewmember communication and
coordination.
(2) Importance of crewmembers and other employees working as a
team.
(3) Role of management and crewmember in follow-up.
(h) Task: Communication and Coordination During an Emergency Situation
Subtasks:
(1) Actions for each emergency situation.
(2) Importance of notification and who must be notified.
(3) Alternate actions if unable to notify.
(4) Communication during preparation for a planned emergency
evacuation: Time available, type of emergency, signal to brace, and
special instructions.
11. Subject: Theory of Flight
(a) Task: Components of Aircraft
Subtasks:
(1) Wing-leading edge, trailing edge, wing tip, wing root, winglet.
(2) Tail-fixed vertical stabilizer, rudder, elevator.
(3) Miscellaneous-fuselage, spoilers, speed brakes, main gear, nose
wheel.
(4) Flight control surfaces and their functions-ailerons, flaps,
rudder, elevator.
(b) Task: Principles of Flight
Subtasks:
(1) Forces acting on an aircraft-lift, weight, thrust, drag.
(2) Three axes and movement around each-yaw, pitch and roll.
(3) Weight and balance-weight distribution and center of gravity
and their effect on aircraft controllability and stability.
(c) Task: Critical Surfaces and Associated Hazards
Subtasks:
(1) Recognition of critical surfaces.
(2) Recognition of hazards to flight associated with contamination
of those surfaces.
(3) Awareness of conditions most likely to produce such
contamination (such as snow and ice, volcanic ash and dust).
(4) Importance of timely communication of observed hazards to
flight deck.
(5) Awareness of carrier procedures for decontamination of
surfaces.
(d) Task: Aviation Terminology
Subtasks:
(1) Identify and define aviation terminology common to the
certificate holder, including terms related to airports, ground
operations and flight operations.
(2) Identify any specific voluntary safety programs used by
certificate holder (such as ASRS, ASAP, FOQA) as they relate to flight
attendants.
(3) Identify standard measurement units used in aviation (such as
the 24 hour clock, Greenwich Mean Time, time zone changes).
B. Area of Instruction: Flight Attendant Duties and Responsibilities--
Abnormal Situations (see Sec. 121.1369)
1. Subject: Handling Passengers Whose Conduct May Jeopardize Safety
(a) Task: General
Subtasks:
(1) The flight attendant must know the certificate holder's
procedures for handling passengers who could threaten the safety of the
flight or the passengers, including how to do the following:
(i) Identify and manage potential problem passengers who could
threaten safety of the flight, passengers, or crew and monitor
passenger conduct.
(ii) Monitor and identify potential problem passengers during
boarding.
(iii) Identify baggage that may be considered suspect on board an
aircraft.
(iv) Recognize hazardous materials labels.
(v) Report hazardous materials to the flight crew.
(vi) Monitor lavatories periodically throughout the flight.
[[Page 1404]]
(vii) Perform cabin checks periodically throughout the flight.
(2) The flight attendant must know specific certificate holder
procedures for maintaining flight deck security.
(b) Task: Passenger Interference
Subtasks:
(1) The flight attendant must know the following requirements,
procedures, and all information for handling passengers who might
interfere with crewmembers in the performance of their duties and who
could threaten the safety of the flight or the passengers:
(i) Title 14 CFR 121.580, Prohibition on interference with
crewmembers.
(ii) Title 49 U.S.C. 46318, Interference with cabin or flight crew.
(iii) Certificate holder's program regarding the handling of
disruptive passengers.
(iv) Categories of disturbance and crewmember actions.
(v) How to diffuse the situation with difficult passengers.
(vi) Recommended crew coordination procedures.
(2) The flight attendant must be trained to manage the following:
(i) Address incidents of non-compliance immediately.
(ii) Inform passenger of regulatory requirements and certificate
holder policies.
(iii) Manage disruptive or problem passengers by using a team
approach or specific certificate holder techniques designed to defuse
such situations.
(iv) Maintain crewmember's personal security.
(v) Communicate with flight crew immediately to report non-
compliant passengers and maintain communications throughout the event.
(vi) Coordinate with other flight attendants regarding team concept
problem management.
(vii) Comply with certificate holder procedures regarding
involvement of law enforcement officials.
(viii) Obtain assistance from other crewmembers or passengers.
(ix) Restrain violent passengers as indicated in certificate holder
procedures.
(x) Appropriate use of equipment provided by the certificate
holder.
(xi) Complete all required certificate holder forms.
(xii) Be able to use techniques to recognize and diffuse passenger
panic situations.
(c) Task: Smoking Ban Violations
Subtasks: The flight attendant must know the following for handling
of passengers who smoke onboard the aircraft:
(1) Procedures for passengers who smoke while seated.
(2) Procedures for passengers who smoke in the lavatory.
(3) Procedures for passengers who tamper with a smoke detector.
(4) Required crew coordination and communication.
(5) Procedures to address a possible fire hazard from the discarded
cigarette.
(6) Reporting procedures.
(d) Task: Intoxication
Subtasks:
(1) The flight attendant must know the following for handling of
passengers who appear to be intoxicated:
(i) Required crew coordination, communication, and notification
procedures.
(ii) Prohibition against boarding passengers who appear to be
intoxicated.
(iii) Certificate holder procedures regarding the removal of a
passenger who has boarded the aircraft and appears to be intoxicated.
(iv) Prohibition against serving alcohol to passengers who appear
to be intoxicated.
(v) Prohibition against serving alcohol to persons who are
escorting a prisoner or who are being escorted.
(vi) Prohibition regarding passengers consuming alcohol not served
by the certificate holder and associated certificate holder procedures.
(vii) Prohibition against serving alcohol to any person carrying a
dangerous weapon.
(viii) Regulatory requirement to report any alcohol related
disturbance onboard an aircraft to the FAA within 5 days.
(ix) Reporting procedures.
(2) The flight attendant must be trained to manage the following:
(i) Passengers appearing to be intoxicated during boarding.
(ii) Passengers appearing to be intoxicated during flight.
(iii) Reseat passengers from exit seats if they appear to become
intoxicated in flight.
(iv) Inform passenger of regulatory requirements and certificate
holder policies as needed.
(v) Communicate with flight crew immediately to report non-
compliant passengers.
(vi) Follow certificate holder procedures when serving alcohol.
(e) Task: Passenger Misconduct
Subtasks:
The flight attendant must know how to diffuse the situation with
difficult passengers and recommended crew coordination procedures.
(f) Task: Security Procedures
Subtasks:
The certificate holder must develop a security program that meets
the standards of the TSA's security training program for flight
attendants. The certificate holder must document that the TSA has
approved the security training program for flight attendants and the
certificate holder must provide security training to each flight
attendant in accordance with a security program approved by the TSA.
2. [Reserved]
C. Flight Attendant Duties and Responsibilities--Emergency (See Sec.
121.1373)
1. Subject: Emergency Equipment
The flight attendant must know the preflight (if applicable),
location, function, operation, and limitations of the following
equipment in Tasks (a) through (e) of this section:
(a) Task: General Emergency Equipment
Subtasks:
(1) Flight attendant jumpseat and restraint system.
(2) Portable oxygen equipment.
(3) Megaphones.
(4) Protective breathing equipment.
(5) Communication systems (public address system, chimes,
interphone, visual indicators,).
(6) Lavatory smoke detector, flapper doors, and placards.
(7) Crash ax.
(8) Flashlights.
(9) Any additional portable emergency equipment or systems
pertinent to cabin safety.
(b) Task: Equipment Used in Land and Water Evacuation
Subtasks:
(1) Evacuation alarms.
(2) Emergency lighting systems.
(3) Evacuation slides and slide rafts.
(4) Escape ropes and escape tapes.
(5) ELTs.
(6) Survival kits.
(7) Signaling equipment.
(8) Flotation equipment.
(9) Adult and child life preservers.
(10) Infant flotation equipment.
(11) Rafts.
(12) Any specialized survival equipment specific to an aircraft
type or operation.
(c) Task: Emergency Medical Equipment
Subtasks:
(1) EMKs.
(2) First aid kits.
(3) Portable first aid and medical oxygen and oxygen systems.
(4) CPR equipment.
(5) AED.
(6) Universal precautions and associated equipment.
[[Page 1405]]
(7) Biohazard kit contents, use, and proper disposal procedures.
(8) Needle disposal kits.
(9) Any additional cabin safety equipment used during inflight
medical events.
(d) Task: Portable Fire Extinguishers
Subtasks:
(1) Installed fire extinguishers.
(2) Range and duration of each extinguisher.
(3) Classes of fires with emphasis on proper extinguisher for each
class of fire.
(e) Task: Emergency Exit Doors, Plugs and Hatches, Including Doors,
Window Exits, Floor Level Exits, Tailcone Exits, Ventral Stairs, Flight
Deck Exits, and Any Other Exit Designed for Passenger or Crewmember
Emergency Egress from the Aircraft
Subtasks:
(1) Each different emergency exit in the normal and emergency
modes, including the actions and forces required in the deployment of
the emergency slides or slide rafts.
(2) Signal and conditions under which door can be opened or closed
and locked or unlocked.
(3) Procedures to verify door status (open or closed and locked or
unlocked).
(4) Slide pressure gauge and door pressure gauge.
(5) Cabin pressurization indications and warnings.
(6) Exterior and interior obstacles or hazards to persons or the
exit during the opening or closing (e.g., jetway, stairs, mobile
passenger lounge, barrier straps).
(7) Signal for arming or disarming.
(8) Procedures to properly arm and disarm the exit.
(9) Procedures to verify girt bar placement for armed and disarmed.
(10) Procedures to verify door is in the correct mode including
window adjustments.
(11) Proper procedures and use of operating mechanism to open exit
and secure in locked position.
(12) Proper procedures, operation, and use of stair operating
mechanism for normal and emergency use.
(13) Proper use of safety straps.
(14) Proper use of barrier straps.
(15) Proper use of locking mechanisms.
(16) Proper use of escape ropes and escape tapes at overwing exits.
(17) Proper use of control handles to close exits and secure in
locked position.
(18) Proper use of door locking override systems.
(19) Proper use of slide override systems.
(20) Understanding of door hazards.
(21) Correct body position for door opening.
(22) Protective positions during an evacuation.
(23) Manual operations if pneumatic operations fail.
(24) Functions of door levers, door opening devices, windows, and
manual slide inflation systems.
(25) Operation of exits on the flight deck.
(26) Slide, raft, or slide raft transfer, including required steps
for girt detachment, bustle removal, safe handling, positioning, re-
attachment of girt, and inflation of slide raft.
(27) Use of slide, raft, or slide raft as application for other
survival needs.
(28) Use of following exits in normal and emergency modes:
(i) Exits with slides or slide rafts.
(ii) Exits without slides.
(iii) Window exits.
(iv) Tailcone exits.
(v) Ventral stairs.
(vi) Flight deck exits.
2. Subject: Emergency Situations
(a) Task: Emergency Assignments and Procedures Including Coordination
among Crewmembers
Subtask: The flight attendant must know emergency procedures for
each type of emergency, including unwarranted evacuations, and planned
and unplanned land and water evacuations.
(b) Task: Decompression and Physiological Effects of High Altitude
(Required When Flight Operations Are Authorized Over 10,000 Feet)
Subtasks: The flight attendant must know:
(1) Symptoms associated with hypoxia.
(2) Recognition of conditions in the cabin that a slow, rapid, or
explosive decompression has occurred.
(3) Principles of respiration and Time of Useful Consciousness and
why it is different for cabin and flight crewmembers.
(4) Gas expansion and gas bubble formation and how it could effect
the crewmember during a decompression.
(5) Incidents of decompression.
(6) Post decompression duties.
(7) Procedures for inter-crew communication and coordination.
(8) Identification of information to be relayed to the flight crew
via communication equipment.
(9) Communication with other crewmembers.
(10) Procedures for a slow, rapid, or explosive decompression while
the flight attendant is in the cabin.
(11) Procedures for a slow, rapid, or explosive decompression while
the flight attendant is in the flight deck.
(12) Awareness of possible flight crew response (e.g., rapid
descent) and its effect on the cabin.
(13) Certificate holder's procedures, including the following
actions:
(i) Don the nearest oxygen mask.
(ii) Fasten seat belt or hold on to something solid.
(iii) Await notification from the flight deck before moving around
the cabin.
(iv) Follow post decompression duties.
(v) Obtain and carry portable oxygen bottle.
(vi) Monitor condition of passengers.
(vii) Open passenger oxygen compartments that have not deployed if
supplemental oxygen is needed.
(viii) Administer first aid and first aid oxygen, if necessary.
(ix) Communicate with fellow crewmembers.
(x) Complete required carrier forms.
(c) Task: Fire Inflight or on the Surface
Subtasks:
(1) Classes of fires.
(2) Types of extinguishers appropriate to each class of fire.
(3) Properties of halon extinguishers, including that the potential
harmful effects on passengers and crew are negligible compared to the
safety benefits achieved by fighting inflight fires aggressively.
(4) Correct methods for fire fighting, including proper use of PBE.
(5) Methods of communication while wearing PBE and using aircraft
communication systems.
(6) Proper techniques for PBE hood removal once away from the fire
scene.
(7) Need for crewmembers to take immediate and aggressive action in
response to signs of an inflight fire.
(8) Requirement to notify the flight deck as soon as possible and
maintain constant communication and coordination.
(9) Procedures to identify smoke in cabin, galleys and lower-lobe
galleys, or lavatory.
(10) Procedures for handling fire or smoke of undetermined origin.
(11) Procedures for smoke removal, including crew communication and
coordination, as well as passenger management, including any
precautions.
(12) Procedures for handling fire hidden behind interior panels or
enclosed spaces, including removing or otherwise gaining access to the
area behind interior panels (e.g., crash ax or other tools) to
effectively apply extinguishing agents to the source of the fire.
[[Page 1406]]
(13) Procedures to respond to smoke detector activation in
lavatory.
(14) Odor of fire (e.g., electrical fire or burning cloth).
(15) Procedures to identify location and source of fire (e.g., in
ovens; volatile fuel vapors; light ballast; cabin furnishings; stowage
bins and hat racks; trash containers; clothing; APU; jetway; ramp
fires).
(16) Procedures to identify class of fire (if possible).
(17) Procedures to assess the intensity of the fire (if possible).
(18) Procedures to communicate with other crewmembers and
passengers and respond to the fire, including:
(i) Fight the fire and call flight crew to inform of fire.
(ii) Obtain assistance of other flight attendants.
(iii) Passenger handling.
(iv) Use of interphone and other communication devices.
(v) Use of passenger address system.
(vi) Assign a passenger to locate and inform another flight
attendant or flight crewmember, obtain back-up equipment and provide
support.
(vii) Locate and retrieve the nearest PBE.
(viii) Remove PBE from stowage, including container or pouch.
(ix) Don PBE and activate oxygen in proper sequence using proper
procedures.
(x) Locate and retrieve the nearest appropriate fire extinguisher.
(xi) Remove extinguisher from securing device.
(xii) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g., break tamper seal, pull
pins, release safety latches, and pressurize bottle).
(xiii) Approach source of fire using protective techniques.
(xiv) Maintain safe distance from fire with PBE on
(xv) Operate extinguisher discharge mechanism properly.
(xvi) Discharge extinguisher at base of fire using proper discharge
pattern, bottle position and flight attendant body position.
(xvii) Use aircraft communication system with PBE on (as
necessary).
(xviii) Maintain and ensure ongoing communication with flight crew.
(xix) Direct passengers to relocate away from fire location, as
appropriate.
(xx) Instruct passengers to breathe through clothing.
(xxi) Distribute wet towels, if possible.
(xxii) Relocate nearby portable oxygen bottles and canisters.
(xxiii) Use additional fire extinguishers and other firefighting
equipment.
(xxiv) Coordinate ongoing fire control activity with other flight
attendants and flight crewmembers.
(xxv) Accept replacement by another flight attendant with PBE and
extinguisher (as necessary) to perform continuous firefighting duties.
(xxvi) Use follow-up procedures once fire appears extinguished.
(xxvii) Monitor indications that PBE is reaching time limits of
operation.
(xxviii) Remove PBE as usefulness expires or need is eliminated.
(xxix) Position used PBE and extinguishers according to certificate
holder procedure.
(xxx) Check conditions of passengers in immediate area.
(xxxi) Report condition of fire and cabin to the flight crew.
(xxxii) Complete required reports.
(19) Training must also include:
(i) Fire Prevention: Flight attendant readiness; cabin checks
(including stowage of articles that could contribute to fire); articles
that may block air vents in the galley; lavatory checks (including
importance of material and condition of trash container, spring-loaded
flapper door, smoke detection systems, and fire extinguishers); galley
checks (including improper stowage of articles in the oven, safe oven
operations, cooking and heating limitations, proper stowage of
flammable materials around ovens and heating elements or lights and the
importance of keeping areas around vents clear); enforcement of smoking
regulations; and proper use of electrical equipment (including use of
circuit breakers). Crewmembers must also be alert to fires that can
occur on board the aircraft while the aircraft is on the ground (e.g.,
during boarding).
(ii) Characteristics of an aircraft fire: Flash-over and
criticality of time management; toxic fumes and chemical irritants;
review of function, use, and limitations of fire fighting equipment;
fire fighting techniques; special factors (including cabin material
flammability and toxicity); location of highly combustible and
flammable items and equipment; confined space; evacuation of personnel
from lower lobe galleys and cabin ventilation.
(iii) Electrical Equipment and Circuit Breakers: Procedures for
circuit breaker use associated with galleys, service centers, lifts,
lavatories, movie screens and other electrical equipment must be
emphasized as well as location of accessible (in the passenger cabin)
circuit breakers for each system.
(iv) External Fires on Ground: Crew coordination; role of flight
attendants for exterior aircraft fires; APU, jetway, ramp fires;
notification of appropriate airport personnel if necessary.
(d) Task: Land and Water Evacuation
Subtasks:
(1) Recognition of the need for evacuation.
(2) Crew communication and coordination.
(3) Recognition of the importance of maintaining situational
awareness and ability to anticipate and adapt as emergency progresses.
(4) Use of evacuation signals.
(5) Brace for impact position for self and passengers.
(6) Importance of selection and briefing of able bodied passengers.
(7) How to assess conditions.
(8) Initiation of evacuation.
(9) Decision not to evacuate.
(10) Use of commands.
(11) Use of protective position.
(12) Passenger behavior (e.g., passive, aggressive, negative and
positive panic, hysteria).
(13) Passenger flow control management.
(14) Evacuation of passengers or crewmembers who need the
assistance of others.
(15) Toxic smoke and flashover time criticality.
(16) Care of passengers following evacuation.
(17) Evacuation procedures for each type of evacuation, including
passenger preparedness, cabin preparation, and crew coordination
procedures in accordance with the certificate holder's procedures.
(18) Crew duties and responsibilities for each crew position on
each aircraft type on which the flight attendant will serve.
(19) Primary and secondary exit responsibilities.
(20) Raft responsibilities, including the importance of having an
effective raft commander.
(21) Launching and boarding of assigned raft.
(22) Passenger briefings for each assigned exit and duty position.
(e) Task: Illness, Injury or Other Abnormal Situations
Subtasks:
(1) The flight attendant must know the following:
(i) Procedures regarding the proper use of emergency medical
equipment.
(ii) Unique aircraft cabin conditions that make giving first aid
difficult.
(iii) Incapacitated crewmember procedures, including maintaining
coverage of minimum crew positions and responsibilities, reseating, and
briefing passengers who may be used for exit responsibilities.
(2) The flight attendant must be trained to do the following:
[[Page 1407]]
(i) Respond to request for assistance or identify ill or injured
individual in need of first aid.
(ii) Communicate and coordinate information with other crewmembers.
(iii) Use interphone to communicate with flight crewmembers.
(iv) Use interphone, public announcement system, or a passenger to
locate and inform other flight attendants or other passengers needed to
assist.
(v) Request assistance from onboard medical personnel.
(vi) Use proper techniques to move person to specified place on
that configuration of airplane, if needed.
(vii) Request assistance, if needed, from other flight attendants,
passengers, or flight crew.
(viii) Retrieve and use components of universal precaution
equipment, as needed.
(ix) Comply with procedures for taking universal precautions
against blood borne pathogens.
(x) Use gloves, mask, eye shield and other protective gear as
needed.
(xi) Properly dispose of biohazard.
(xii) Report possible exposure to blood borne pathogens.
(xiii) Retrieve and use contents of first aid kit, EMK, and other
emergency medical equipment, according to certificate holder
procedures.
(xiv) Retrieve portable oxygen bottle, if needed.
(xv) Request help from persons qualified to use EMK.
(xvi) Request help from ground (airline contact with medical
professionals on the ground).
(xvii) Assess condition of person who is ill or injured, including
conducting an interview to obtain medical history.
(xviii) Follow certificate holder's first response medical event
procedures.
(xix) Use CPR equipment.
(xx) Perform CPR.
(xxi) Follow procedures for passenger who requires CPR during
landing.
(xxii) Use AED.
(xxiii) Ensure someone is monitoring passenger who requires oxygen.
(xxiv) Follow procedures for passenger who requires oxygen during
landing.
(xxv) Properly stow, reposition and report the use of portable
oxygen bottle(s) and other emergency medical equipment.
(xxvi) Coordinate with Emergency Medical Personnel once on the
ground.
(xxvii) Follow procedures to handle other passengers onboard while
medical personnel board and care for ill or injured passenger.
(xxviii) Inform flight crewmember of equipment used.
(xxix) Complete required reports.
(3) The flight attendant must be trained to recognize and treat the
following:
(i) Bleeding.
(ii) Chest pain.
(iii) Burns.
(iv) Injuries to the extremities.
(v) Shock.
(vi) Unconsciousness.
(vii) Allergic reaction.
(viii) Hyperventilation.
(ix) Stroke.
(x) Seizures.
(xi) Diabetic emergencies.
(xii) Childbirth.
(xiii) Abdominal distress.
(xiv) Airsickness.
(xv) Injuries to the skull, spine, neck and chest.
(xvi) Eye injury.
(xvii) Ear distress.
(xviii) The effects of alcohol or drug abuse.
(xix) Infectious diseases and conditions.
(f) Task: Turbulence
Subtasks:
(1) Awareness of turbulence hazards, aircraft behavior in
turbulence and the need to maintain personal safety.
(2) Predeparture briefing regarding forecast turbulence related
weather conditions.
(3) Announcement requirements.
(4) Two way communication and coordination procedures between
flight crewmembers and flight attendants during all phases of flight,
including the use of the Fasten Seat Belt sign.
(5) Standardized phraseology and communications regarding
anticipated time, intensity and duration of turbulence encounters.
(6) Procedures promoting voluntary passenger seat belt use and
compliance with the Fasten Seat Belt sign.
(7) Review of certificate holder history regarding turbulence
encounters and injuries, as appropriate.
(8) Location and use of emergency handholds available in the cabin,
galley and lavatories (such as, handles, grab bars, or interior wall
cutouts) by flight attendants and passengers who are not seated and
restrained during turbulence.
(9) Procedures regarding anticipated and unanticipated turbulence
encounters, including:
(i) Flight attendant notification by the flight deck.
(ii) Assessing the severity of the turbulence and initiating
standard operating procedures based on that assessment.
(iii) Prioritization of flight attendant duties.
(iv) Securing galley and passenger cabin.
(v) Flight attendant's personal safety.
(vi) Handling flight attendants who may become incapacitated during
a turbulence encounter.
(10) Handling passengers who may become injured during a turbulence
encounter.
(g) Task: Hijacking or Other Unusual Situations
Subtask:
The certificate holder must develop a security program that meets
the standards of the TSA security training program for flight
attendants. The certificate holder must document that the TSA has
approved the security training program for flight attendants and the
certificate holder must provide security training to each flight
attendant in accordance with a security program approved by the TSA.
(h) Task: Aircraft Occurrences, Accidents, and Incidents
Subtasks:
(1) Importance of crewmember actions.
(2) How crewmember actions affect the outcome of accidents and
incidents.
(3) Review and discuss previous aircraft accidents and incidents.
(i) Task: Survival Skills
Subtasks:
(1) Effective survival skills to use in conditions relevant to the
certificate holder's route structure (e.g., arctic, desert, jungle).
(2) Specialized survival equipment on the aircraft.
III. Aircraft Specific Task Requirements (see Sec. 121.1369)
A. For Each Aircraft Type.
1. Subject: A General Description of the Aircraft
Description, location, function, and operation of the following:
(a) Task: Aircraft Characteristics and Description
Subtasks:
(1) Design.
(2) Major aircraft components and control surfaces.
(3) Principle dimensions.
(4) Interior configuration.
(5) Powerplant.
(6) Range.
(7) Speed.
(8) Altitude.
(9) Passenger seating capacity.
(b) Task: Cabin Configuration
Subtasks:
(1) Flight attendant panels.
(2) Flight attendant jumpseats and restraint systems.
[[Page 1408]]
(3) Passenger seating zones.
(4) Passenger seats.
(5) Galley.
(6) Lavatories.
(7) Stowage areas.
(8) Emergency exits.
(9) Oxygen mask compartments.
(10) Passenger service units.
(11) Passenger convenience panels.
(12) Passenger information signs.
(13) Required placards.
(14) Passenger-cargo configurations.
(15) Escape path lighting.
(c) Task: Passenger Seats
Subtasks:
(1) Seat belts.
(2) Shoulder harnesses.
(3) Armrests, footrests and seat recline controls.
(4) Tray tables.
(5) Passenger service units.
(6) Passenger convenience panels on armrests.
(7) Passenger information signs.
(8) Placards.
(9) Passenger entertainment systems.
(10) Passenger flotation equipment.
(11) Any other passenger seating equipment or systems relevant to
flight attendant duties and responsibilities.
(d) Task: Air Conditioning, Ventilation, and Pressurization Systems
Subtasks:
(1) Cabin pressurization indicators and systems.
(2) Aircraft environmental control systems.
(3) Any other air conditioning and pressurization equipment or
systems relevant to flight attendant duties and responsibilities.
(e) Task: Flight Attendant Jumpseats
Subtasks:
(1) Preflight.
(2) Automatic seat retraction.
(3) Jumpseat headrest.
(4) Restraint system integrity.
(5) Function and operation of the restraint system.
(6) Securing restraint system when not in use.
(7) Flotation equipment.
(8) Any other flight attendant station equipment or systems
relevant to flight attendant duties and responsibilities.
(f) Task: Flight Attendant Panels
Subtasks:
(1) Identification and function of controls, switches and
indicators on flight attendant panels.
(2) Preflight and use of controls and switches.
(3) Any other flight attendant panel equipment or systems relevant
to flight attendant duties and responsibilities.
(g) Task: Carry On Baggage Stowage
Subtasks:
(1) Overhead compartments.
(2) Open overhead racks.
(3) Closets.
(4) Stowage compartments.
(5) Underseat stowage restraint requirements.
(6) Weight restrictions.
(7) Restraint or latching requirements.
(8) Required placards.
(9) Location requirements for oversized items in the passenger
cabin.
(10) Designated areas for the carriage of pet containers in the
passenger cabin.
(11) Designated areas for the stowage of passenger assistance aids,
such as wheelchairs, canes and crutches.
(12) Any other carry on baggage stowage equipment or systems
relevant to flight attendant duties and responsibilities.
(h) Task: Communication Systems
Subtasks:
(1) Call system, including:
(i) Call light switches.
(ii) Chime and light indicators when a call is initiated.
(iii) Routine and emergency call light identification.
(iv) Resetting procedures for call light indicators.
(2) Interphone system, including:
(i) Location of handset controls and indicators.
(ii) Function and operation of routine and emergency controls and
indicators.
(iii) Interphone system inoperative procedures.
(3) Passenger address system, including:
(i) Location of handset and microphone controls and indicators.
(ii) Passenger address system inoperative procedures.
(iii) Any other communication equipment or systems relevant to
flight attendant duties and responsibilities.
(i) Task: Entertainment and Convenience Systems
Subtasks:
(1) Description of aircraft entertainment and convenience systems.
(2) Location and operation of controls and switches including
system indicators.
(3) Problem identification, including probable causes and
corrective action procedures.
(4) Location of accessible circuit breakers for each system.
(5) Any other entertainment and convenience equipment of systems
relevant to flight attendant duties and responsibilities.
(j) Task: Flight Deck Configuration
Subtasks:
(1) Flight crewmember and observer stations.
(2) Portable emergency equipment.
(3) Use of oxygen systems.
(4) Use of flight deck door securing devices and locking systems.
(5) Operation of observer's jumpseat, including function and
operation of the restraint system.
(6) Operation of flight deck door including emergency opening
procedures.
(7) Emergency exits and means of egress.
(8) Any other flight deck equipment or systems relevant to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities.
(k) Task: Galleys
Subtasks:
(1) Ovens.
(2) Refrigeration Units.
(3) Stowage compartments and latching devices.
(4) Carts and braking mechanisms and restraining devices.
(5) Electrical control panels and circuit breakers.
(6) Water system and water shutoff valves.
(7) Oxygen mask compartments.
(8) Lower lobe galleys including operation of escape exits and
lifts.
(9) Any other galley equipment or systems relevant to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities.
(l) Task: Lavatories
Subtasks:
(1) Washbasins.
(2) Supply compartments and latching devices.
(3) Oxygen mask compartments.
(4) Passenger information signs.
(5) Required placards.
(6) Automatic fire extinguishers.
(7) Fire detection systems.
(8) Water shut off valves.
(9) Water heater switches and indicators.
(10) Interior door locking mechanism and signs.
(11) Special lavatory components (e.g., doors that may be removed
to facilitate access to an incapacitated passenger, lavatory walls
which retract to allow for stretcher removal around corners and out of
certain exits).
(12) Any other lavatory equipment or systems relevant to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities.
(m) Task: Required Signs and Placards
Subtasks:
(1) Passenger information signs, including:
(i) No Smoking signs.
(ii) Fasten Seat Belt signs.
(iii) Lavatory Occupied signs.
[[Page 1409]]
(iv) Return To Seat signs in the lavatory.
(v) Exit signs.
(2) Aircraft markings, including:
(i) Interior emergency exit markings indicating location of each
passenger emergency exit.
(ii) Emergency exit handle markings indicating location of
operating handle and instructions for opening exit.
(iii) Emergency equipment markings to identify equipment location.
(3) Aircraft placards, including:
(i) Placards on each forward bulkhead and passenger seat stating
Fasten Seat Belt While Seated.
(ii) Placards in each lavatory stating Federal law provides for a
penalty for tampering with the smoke detector installed in this
lavatory.
(n) Task: Lighting and Electrical Systems
Subtasks:
(1) Interior and exterior lighting.
(2) Cabin lighting systems, including:
(i) Controls.
(ii) Switches.
(iii) Testing procedures, in accordance with certificate holder
procedures.
(3) Cabin circuit breakers, including:
(i) Means of access.
(ii) Switches.
(iii) Indicators.
(o) Task: Oxygen Equipment and Systems
Subtasks:
(1) Flightcrew and observer oxygen system, including:
(i) Location of oxygen regulators and quick-donning oxygen masks.
(ii) Emergency operation of oxygen regulator switches and
indicators.
(iii) Distinction between ``on demand'' and ``under pressure''
oxygen flow.
(iv) Proper use of oxygen masks.
(2) Passenger oxygen systems, including:
(i) Description and location of each type of oxygen mask and
compartment.
(ii) Location of extra masks.
(iii) Description and location of oxygen mask compartment door
latching indicators.
(iv) Method to manually open each type of oxygen mask compartment.
(v) Restrictions for repacking oxygen mask compartments.
(vi) Automatic and manual means of system activation.
(vii) Indicators of oxygen system activation.
(viii) Procedure for initiating oxygen flow to the mask(s).
(ix) Procedure for properly donning oxygen mask and testing for
oxygen flow.
(x) Procedure for resetting oxygen system in the event oxygen
system is not designed to shut off automatically.
(xi) Procedure for activating aircraft system for first aid oxygen,
if available.
(xii) Any other fixed oxygen equipment or systems relevant to
flight attendant duties and responsibilities.
(p) Task: Notification of Inoperative Equipment
Subtasks:
(1) MEL, including specific cabin equipment and systems pertinent
to flight attendant duties that may be inoperative, including the
importance of requesting this information during the preflight
briefing.
(2) Impact of inoperative cabin equipment and systems on flight
attendant duties and procedures.
(q) Task: Emergency Equipment Location
Location of emergency equipment, if not included in emergency
equipment training (see paragraph II.C.1 (a) through (d) of this
attachment).
(r) Task: Emergency Exit Doors, Plugs and Hatches, Including Doors,
Window Exits, Floor Level Exits, Tailcone Exits, Ventral Stairs, Flight
Deck Exits, and Any Other Exit Designed for Passenger or Crewmember
Egress From the Aircraft
Subtasks:
(1) Location and description of the normal and emergency operation
of each emergency exit if this information is not included in Emergency
Equipment Training (see paragraph II.C.1.(e) of this attachment).
(2) Any other exit designed for passenger or crewmember egress from
the aircraft.
(i) Procedures for using each exit in the normal mode (if
applicable).
(ii) Procedures for using each exit in the emergency mode.
(s) Crewmember Rest Facilities
Subtasks:
(1) Operation of emergency systems.
(2) Operation of escape exits.
(3) Operation of escape lifts.
(4) Oxygen systems.
(5) Communication systems.
(6) Restraint systems.
(7) Any additional equipment or systems in the crewmember rest
facilities on the aircraft on which the flight attendant serves.
2. [Reserved]
B. [Reserved]
IV. Emergency Training Drill Requirements (see Sec. 121.1373)
A. Each flight attendant must operate each exit on each aircraft
type on which the flight attendant is to serve in both the normal and
emergency modes, including the actions and forces required in the
deployment of emergency evacuation slides.
B. Each flight attendant must complete the following emergency
training drills during the specified training periods, using those
items of installed emergency equipment for each type of aircraft
operated by that part 119 certificate holder in which the flight
attendant is to serve.
C. Each piece of emergency equipment and training device must be in
its fully secured, pinned, or bracketed position, as installed on the
aircraft, prior to being operated by each flight attendant during each
drill (if the flight attendant does not complete the equipment
mountings drill for that piece of equipment) or prior to being operated
for each flight attendant during an observation drill.
D. Flight attendants must complete each drill according to the
standards and situational awareness markers (CRM competencies) provided
in each drill without manual reference or coaching.
E. Successful individual evaluation of each flight attendant's
performance by a person authorized to administer proficiency tests is
required. Flight attendants who cannot demonstrate the required level
of proficiency during testing must be retrained in accordance with the
certificate holder's procedures prior to retesting.
F. The operation of the equipment must be identical to that
installed in the certificate holder's aircraft on which the flight
attendant is to be qualified with respect to weight, dimensions,
appearance (e.g., color, placards and markings), features, charge
duration (if applicable), controls, types, and operation.
V. Emergency Training Drills--General (see Sec. 121.1373)
A. Subject: Job Performance Drills
1. Task: Operation of Each Type of Installed Hand Fire Extinguisher
(Job Performance)
(a) Environment: The extinguisher must be charged; however, it may
be charged with an environmentally friendly agent.
(b) Task: This drill is not required for the type of fire
extinguisher used in the
[[Page 1410]]
protective breathing equipment and firefighting drill (Task 8). Flight
attendants must fight an actual or simulated fire. The flight attendant
must complete the following during the drill, and be evaluated and
debriefed on the proper use of equipment and procedures:
(1) Remove fire extinguisher from the brackets (if not completed
during the equipment mountings drill).
(2) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g., rotate handle to
pressurize, break tamper seals, pull pin, release safety latch).
(3) Operate extinguisher discharge mechanism properly.
(4) Aim and discharge extinguisher at the base of the fire (actual
or simulated ``open flame'') or as close to the source as possible
(``hidden fire'') using proper discharge pattern, bottle position and
flight attendant body position.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Effective training scenarios for firefighting should include
realistic drills with emphasis on combating hidden fires. To provide
realistic training, drills should simulate locations of hidden fires,
such as behind sidewall panels, in overhead areas, air conditioning
vents, or overhead panels. For example, electrical fires, lavatory
fires or fires erupting from failures of lithium-ion batteries such as
those used within laptop computers. The intent of the training is to
provide crewmembers with the obstacles that would be encountered
onboard the aircraft, but it is not intended to have each student
remove sidewall panels. A training program should incorporate a method
to assess the hidden fire and to combat the hidden fire such as
locating the source of the fire, if possible, before applying an
extinguishing agent.
(e) Depending on the sophistication of the training device, the
flight attendant could utilize a manual release tool that is designed
to open the oxygen compartments to gain access to a fire that is
suspected in that region, remove a cabin ceiling speaker cover by
simply snapping it out of its fixture, or move carry-on baggage from an
overhead compartment.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
2. Task: Operation of Each Type of Portable Oxygen Equipment (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: The drill does not need to be repeated using each
type of portable oxygen bottle installed in the aircraft provided the
procedures, oxygen mask tubing, fittings, and the means to activate the
oxygen flow are the same from one bottle to the other, regardless of
the size of the portable oxygen bottle. Where types differ, the drills
must be repeated with the appropriate equipment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must complete the following during
the drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Remove the bottle or canister from the bracket or stowage (if
not completed during the equipment mountings drill).
(2) Retrieve oxygen mask and hose, attach coupling to the high and
low outlets.
(3) Use the carrying strap.
(4) Prepare the ``passenger'' for receiving oxygen administration
(i.e., no smoking, possibly relocating passenger, removing petroleum
products from passenger's face).
(5) Activate the oxygen and test for flow, position and secure the
mask to the passenger's face.
(6) Secure the oxygen bottle or canister and position it to monitor
the supply.
(7) Demonstrate proper handling techniques if using portable solid
state units.
(8) Demonstrate proper placement of hot generators, as per
certificate holder procedures, if using solid state units.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. The flight attendant must
also recognize indications regarding duration of oxygen supply.
3. Task: Operation of Each Type of Fixed Oxygen System in the Cabin
(Job Performance)
(a) Environment: The drill does not need to be repeated using each
type of fixed oxygen system installed in the aircraft provided the
procedures and the means to activate the oxygen flow, and the method to
manually open the compartment, are the same from one system to another.
Where types differ, the drills must be repeated with the appropriate
equipment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must complete the following during
the drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Each flight attendant must manually drop oxygen mask and follow
the crewmember coordination procedures.
(2) The flight attendant must demonstrate the ability to ``turn
on'' the oxygen system, if necessary.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate.
4. Task: Operation of Each Type of Protective Breathing Equipment (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: PBE consisting of a portable oxygen bottle and
full-face mask must be fully operational and charged. Self contained
PBE may be substituted with a training smoke hood that is not
operational.
(b) Task: This drill is not required for the type of PBE used in
the protective breathing equipment and firefighting drill (Task 8). The
flight attendant must complete the following during the drill, and be
evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of equipment and procedures:
(1) Remove PBE from stowage including stowage container (if not
accomplished during the equipment mountings drill) and pouch.
(2) Don PBE and activate oxygen in proper sequence and using proper
techniques.
(3) Verify proper seal.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. The flight attendant must
also recognize indications regarding duration of oxygen supply.
5. Task: Operation of Each Type of Installed Life Preserver and Each
Type of Individual Flotation Means (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F of this attachment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must complete the following during
the drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Remove life preserver from the sealed or closed (actual or
simulated) pouch.
(2) Don and secure life preserver and inflate using automatic
inflation of at least one chamber.
[[Page 1411]]
(3) Partially inflate or simulate inflation of second chamber of
life preserver orally.
(4) Practice deflation technique.
(5) Locate and review light activation.
(6) Demonstrate the procedures to use a life preserver for a child
(and infant, if applicable).
(7) Demonstrate proper arm placement and use of seat cushion.
(8) Demonstrate use of seat cushion by infant and small child.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. The flight attendant must
also:
(1) Recognize removal procedures for seat cushions, and also
recognize any equipment or furnishings that may complement or may
hinder the removal of the seat cushion.
(2) Recognize the hazards that can be associated with inflating
life preservers in the aircraft.
6. Task: Operation of Each Type of Automated External Defibrillator
(AED) (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F of this attachment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must complete the following during
the drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Remove the AED from the bracket or stowage (if not completed
during the equipment mountings drill).
(2) Prepare the AED for use and attach leads if necessary.
(3) Prepare the scene and ``passenger'' for use of an AED.
(4) Follow AED prompts for proper use, including the administration
of shocks, rescue breathing and the administration of cardiopulmonary
resuscitation (CPR) if so prompted, to include the use of the CPR mask.
(5) Detach leads, if required by certificate holder procedures.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. The flight attendant must
also recognize the need for defibrillation.
7. Task: Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)--Adult, Child, and Infant
(Job Performance)
(a) Environment: This drill must be performed using training
equipment that creates an effective environment for the accomplishment
of the performance drill.
(b) Task: This CPR drill is not required if the flight attendant
performs CPR during the operation of each type of installed automated
external defibrillator. The flight attendant must complete the
following during the drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and procedures:
(1) Administer CPR, to include the use of the CPR mask, for adult,
child and infant CPR.
(2) [Reserved].
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. The flight attendant must
also recognize the need for CPR.
8. Task: Protective Breathing Equipment and Firefighting Drill (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: This drill must be performed using training
equipment that creates an effective environment for the accomplishment
of performance drills using at least one type of hand fire extinguisher
that replicates the features and operating mechanisms of the installed
fire extinguishers, with the exception of the extinguishing agent, and
is appropriate for the type of actual fire being fought while using the
type of installed PBE required by Sec. 121.337 or an approved PBE
simulation device. A self-contained PBE may be substituted with a
training smoke hood which is not operational.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must complete at least one approved
protective breathing equipment and firefighting drill in which the
flight attendant combats an actual fire, during basic qualification
training.
(1) For recurrent training, the flight attendant must combat an
actual or simulated fire using at least one type of installed hand fire
extinguisher or approved training device that is appropriate for the
type of actual fire or simulated fire to be fought while using the type
of installed PBE required by Sec. 121.337 or an approved PBE
simulation device.
(2) Each 36 months, the flight attendant must combat at least one
``hidden fire'' that is actual or simulated (e.g., behind a panel, in a
lavatory or with an undisclosed source of origin).
(3) The flight attendant must complete the following during the
drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of equipment
and procedures:
(i) Locate source of fire and smoke.
(ii) Remove PBE from stowage container and pouch.
(iii) Don PBE and activate oxygen in proper sequence (activation of
oxygen may be simulated).
(iv) Verify seal.
(v) Demonstrate the use of aircraft communication systems (actual
or with a training device).
(vi) Select appropriate fire extinguisher.
(vii) Remove the fire extinguisher from brackets/secured position
(if not accomplished during the equipment mountings drill).
(viii) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g., rotate handle to
pressurize, break tamper seals, pull pin, release safety latch).
(ix) Approach fire or smoke.
(x) Fight fire using proper techniques (particularly in the case of
a ``hidden fire'').
(xi) Operate extinguisher discharge mechanism properly.
(xii) Demonstrate proper passenger handling/protection techniques.
(xiii) Ensure fire is extinguished.
(xiv) Use protective techniques to back away.
(xv) Use proper techniques for PBE removal.
(xvi) Properly secure equipment as per certificate holder's
procedures.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. The flight attendant must
also recognize the problem, be aware of PBE duration, and be aware of
signals that PBE is no longer generating oxygen to wearer.
9. Task: Cabin Preparation and Evacuation Drills (Land and Water
Evacuation) (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: This drill must be performed using training
equipment that creates an effective environment for the completion of
the performance drill.
(b) Task: Each flight attendant must participate as either a flight
attendant or a passenger in a full, complete, and uninterrupted cabin
preparation as outlined in the ``Cabin Preparation and Evacuation for a
Planned Land Evacuation'' drill. In addition, if the flight attendant
is to be qualified in extended overwater operations, that flight
attendant must participate as either a flight attendant or a passenger
in a full, complete and uninterrupted cabin preparation as outlined in
the ``Cabin Preparation and Evacuation for a Planned Water Landing
(Ditching)'' drill.
(c) For the purposes of recurrent training, flight attendants may
complete a ``Cabin Preparation and Evacuation for
[[Page 1412]]
a Planned Land Evacuation'' drill and a ``Cabin Preparation and
Evacuation for a Planned Water Landing (Ditching)'' drill during
alternate recurrent training cycles. If the flight attendant has not
participated as a flight attendant in one of the cabin preparation and
evacuation drills, then the flight attendant must participate as a
flight attendant in at least a portion of another evacuation drill.
(d) The flight attendant must participate as a crewmember or a
passenger in at least one of the following approved evacuation drills
to include crew coordination procedures, cabin preparation and
passenger preparation that is applicable to the certificate holder's
operations. The flight attendant must also apply tasks and procedures
following the prescribed sequence, as priorities allow.
(e) During the initiation phase of the cabin preparation for the
planned land evacuation and the planned water landing (ditching), the
flight attendant must:
(1) Receive notification from the flight deck, including:
(i) Use of emergency notification signal.
(ii) Confirmation from the flight deck that an emergency landing
and evacuation are anticipated.
(2) Communicate with PIC to obtain the following essential
information:
(i) Find out the amount of time remaining until landing.
(ii) Find out what type of landing is anticipated (e.g., aircraft
configuration, environmental conditions, which exits can be used).
(iii) Establish and confirm signal to assume brace for impact
position.
(iv) Confirm signal to evacuate.
(v) Coordinate with other flight attendants.
(3) Prepare the cabin as follows:
(i) Secure galley ensuring all galley components and supplies are
properly restrained.
(ii) Adjust cabin lights to full bright.
(iii) Deliver emergency announcement or demonstration.
(f) The flight attendant must complete the following during the
drills, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of equipment
and procedures.
(1) Conduct a Cabin Preparation and Evacuation for a Planned Land
Evacuation.
(i) Conduct initiation phase of the cabin preparation for the
Planned Land Evacuation (see paragraphV.A.9.(e) of this attachment.)
(ii) Instruct passengers to secure seatbelts low and tight and
review how to release seat belts.
(iii) Instruct passengers on brace for impact position(s) beginning
with the position to be assumed by the majority of passengers.
(iv) Conduct passenger review of passenger safety information card.
(v) Instruct passengers on location of exits (primary and
alternate).
(vi) Direct passenger attention to the location of escape path
lighting.
(vii) Instruct passengers on how to exit down slides or out
windows.
(viii) Instruct passengers on use of escape ropes or escape tapes
at overwing exits.
(ix) Direct passengers to leave everything behind.
(x) Direct passengers to stay low in a smoke filled cabin.
(xi) Reseat passengers as necessary.
(xii) Brief able bodied passengers on tasks.
(A) Exit operation.
(B) Signals or commands regarding starting the evacuation.
(C) Slide operation.
(xiii) Conduct compliance check.
(xiv) Prepare for landing.
(xv) Provide last minute instructions to passengers.
(xvi) Check exits to ensure they are ready for evacuation.
(xvii) Adjust cabin lighting to dim setting.
(xviii) Secure barrier strap.
(xix) Use proper techniques to fasten flight attendant restraint
system.
(xx) Inform PIC of cabin readiness.
(xxi) Perform silent review.
(xxii) Assume flight attendant protective brace position.
(xxiii) Command passengers to assume protective brace position and
continue brace commands until the aircraft has come to a complete stop.
(xxiv) Perform assigned duties following emergency landing, as
follows:
(A) Remain seated until the aircraft comes to a complete stop.
(B) Open seat belts.
(C) Assess conditions.
(D) Activate emergency lights.
(E) Aggressively initiate evacuation procedures using communication
protocols or manage passenger behavior if decision is made not to
evacuate.
(F) Activate evacuation signal.
(G) Shout evacuation commands to passengers.
(H) Conduct evacuation at floor level exits.
(1) Assess conditions at exit.
(2) Apply forces necessary to open door in emergency mode and under
possible adverse conditions.
(3) Take appropriate precautions for door hazard conditions.
(4) Hold onto assist handle.
(5) Open the exit in the armed mode.
(6) Use manual operation if pneumatic operations fail.
(7) Block and redirect, if necessary.
(8) Secure the exit in the fully open position.
(9) Hold passengers back until exit is open and ready for
evacuation.
(10) Pull the manual inflation handle and verify deployment,
inflation (e.g., ramp, slide).
(11) Ensure that stairs are positioned for evacuation.
(12) Maintain appropriate protective body and hand positions.
(13) Shout door commands to passengers.
(14) Use passenger flow management control.
(15) Open exits and manage flow control at more than one exit if
procedures require responsibility for opening more than one exit.
(16) Direct passengers to most usable doors.
(17) Give commands to able bodied passengers.
(I) Conduct evacuation at over wing exits.
(1) Go to exit (if part of assigned duties).
(2) Assess conditions at exit.
(3) Remove hatch.
(4) Dispose of hatch.
(5) Maintain appropriate protective body and hand positions.
(6) Give commands to passengers at over wing exit.
(7) Control passenger flow at over wing area.
(8) Use escape ropes or escape tapes.
(J) Ensure evacuation of passengers needing assistance.
(K) Evacuate crewmember through most appropriate exit, if
crewmember is incapacitated.
(L) Shout commands to helper passengers at the bottom of the
slides, stairs or exit.
(M) Remove emergency equipment.
(N) Check flight deck.
(2) Conduct a Cabin Preparation and Evacuation for a Planned Water
Landing (Ditching).
(i) Conduct initiation phase of the cabin preparation for the
Planned Water Landing (Ditching) (see paragraph V.A.9.(e) of this
attachment).
(A) Direct passengers to don life vests and instruct them on use.
(B) Don crew life vest.
(C) Instruct passengers to secure seatbelts low and tight and
review how to release seat belts.
(D) Instruct passengers on brace for impact position(s) beginning
with the position to be assumed by the majority of passengers.
(E) Conduct passenger review of passenger safety information card.
(F) Instruct passengers on location of exits (primary and
alternate).
[[Page 1413]]
(G) Direct passenger attention to the location of emergency floor
level lighting.
(H) Instruct passengers on how to exit down slides or out windows.
(I) Direct passengers to leave everything behind.
(J) Direct passengers to stay low in a smoke filled cabin.
(K) Reseat passengers as necessary.
(ii) Brief able bodied passengers on tasks:
(A) Exit operation.
(B) Signals or commands regarding starting the evacuation.
(C) Positioning raft according to carrier procedures.
(D) Use of slide raft as raft.
(E) Launching raft or slide raft.
(iii) Continue with cabin preparation:
(A) Complete compliance check.
(B) Prepare for landing.
(C) Provide last minute instructions to passengers.
(D) Check exits to ensure they are ready for evacuation.
(E) Adjust cabin lighting to dim setting.
(F) Secure barrier strap.
(G) Use proper techniques to fasten flight attendant restraint
system.
(H) Inform PIC of cabin readiness.
(I) Perform silent review.
(J) Assume flight attendant protective brace position.
(K) Command passengers to assume protective brace position and
continue to shout brace commands until the aircraft has come to a
complete stop.
(iv) Perform assigned duties following impact to include the
following:
(A) Remain seated until the aircraft has stopped.
(B) Open seat belts.
(C) Assess conditions (e.g., watch for water line).
(D) Activate emergency lights.
(E) Aggressively initiate evacuation using communication protocols.
(F) Activate evacuation signal.
(G) Shout commands to passengers.
(H) Conduct evacuation at floor level exits as follows:
(1) Assess conditions at exit.
(2) Apply forces necessary to open door in emergency mode and under
possible adverse conditions.
(3) Take appropriate precautions for door hazard conditions.
(4) Hold onto assist handle.
(5) Open the exit.
(6) Use manual operation if pneumatic operations fail.
(7) Block and redirect if necessary.
(8) Secure the exit in the fully open position.
(9) Hold passengers back until exit is open and ready for
evacuation.
(10) Pull the manual inflation handle(s) and verify deployment,
inflation.
(11) Review deployment procedures for inflated slide and launch
rafts if aircraft equipped with life rafts.
(12) Simulate evacuating passengers into raft, slide raft, or
water.
(13) Maintain appropriate protective body and hand positions.
(14) Shout door commands to passengers.
(15) Use passenger flow management control.
(16) Direct passengers to most useable doors.
(17) Give commands to able bodied passengers.
(18) Ensure evacuation of passengers needing assistance.
(19) Inflate crew life vest.
(I) Conduct evacuation at over wing exit.
(1) Go to exit (if part of assigned duties).
(2) Remove hatch.
(3) Dispose of hatch as per certificate holder procedures.
(4) Review raft launching procedures in overwing area.
(5) Use escape ropes or tapes at overwing area (if applicable).
(6) Give commands to passengers at over wing exit.
(7) Control passenger flow at over wing area.
(g) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. The flight attendant must
also:
(1) Demonstrate awareness of his or her duties as a crewmember and
duties of other crewmembers during an evacuation
(2) Review procedures for evacuation of passengers or crewmembers
needing assistance.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(h) To create a realistic training environment, a certificate
holder may choose to integrate variables into the scenarios that happen
during actual emergencies (e.g., running out of time prior to
completing a cabin preparation, change in the type of evacuation or
landing). For aircraft for which more than one flight attendant is
required, drills could also be conducted in which the flight attendant
finds himself or herself acting alone (simulating incapacitation of
other flight attendants). The ``solo'' drill demonstrates the ability
of the flight attendant to take command of a situation using available
safety equipment and the capacity to respond to changing situations
without the assistance of other crewmembers.
(i) While adding variable to the scenarios is a good training tool,
a scenario should not incorporate excessive variables that would
overload a flight attendant, nor be so limited on variables that there
is a reduced training value to the exercise.
(j) An effective practice is to provide flight attendants a
demonstration of ``textbook'' cabin preparation or evacuation drills
conducted in accordance with the certificate holder's procedures.
Certificate holders should also be aware of the desirability of flight
crewmembers and flight attendants performing evacuation scenarios
together. When this is not possible, certificate holders should include
information addressing the roles of other crewmembers during emergency
evacuation situations.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
10. Task: Evacuation Drills (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: This drill must be performed using training
equipment that creates an effective environment for the accomplishment
of performance drills.
(b) The flight attendant must complete the following during the
drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of equipment
and procedures:
(c) During the initiation phase of the Unplanned land evacuation
and the unplanned water evacuation drills, the flight attendant must:
(1) Issue brace for impact commands at the first sign a problem
exists that could lead to impact of evacuation.
(2) Remain seated until the aircraft comes to a complete stop.
(3) Open seat belts.
(4) Assess conditions.
(5) Activate emergency lights.
(6) Aggressively initiate evacuation procedures using communication
protocols or manage passenger behavior if decision is made not to
evacuate.
(7) Activate evacuation signal.
(8) Shout evacuation commands to passengers.
(9) Conduct evacuation at floor level exits.
(10) Assess conditions at exit.
(11) Apply forces necessary to open door in emergency mode and
under possible adverse conditions.
(12) Take appropriate precautions for door hazard conditions.
(13) Hold onto assist handle.
[[Page 1414]]
(14) Open the exit in the armed mode.
(15) Use manual operation if pneumatic operations fail.
(16) Block and redirect if necessary.
(17) Secure the exit in the fully open position.
(18) Hold passengers back until exit is open and ready for
evacuation.
(d) Task: Conduct an Unplanned Land Evacuation
(1) Conduct initiation phase of the unplanned land evacuation (See
paragraph V.A.10(c) of this attachment.)
(2) Pull the manual inflation handle(s) and verify deployment,
inflation (e.g., ramp, slide) (in the case of stairs, ensure they are
positioned for evacuation).
(3) Maintain appropriate protective body and hand positions.
(4) Shout door commands (land evacuation) to passengers.
(5) Use passenger flow management control.
(6) Open exits and manage flow control at more than one exit if
procedures require responsibility for opening more than one exit.
(7) Direct passengers to most useable doors.
(8) Give commands to able bodied passengers.
(9) Conduct evacuation at over wing exits.
(i) Go to exit.
(ii) Assess conditions at exit.
(iii) Remove hatch.
(iv) Dispose of hatch.
(v) Maintain appropriate protective body and hand positions.
(vi) Give commands to passengers on how to egress through exit.
(vii) Control passenger flow at over wing area.
(viii) Use escape ropes or escape tapes.
(10) Ensure evacuation of passengers needing assistance..
(11) Evacuate crewmember through most appropriate exit, if
crewmember is incapacitated.
(12) Shout commands to helper passengers at the bottom of the
slides, stairs or exit.
(13) Remove emergency equipment.
(14) Check flight deck.
(e) Task: Conduct an Unplanned Water Evacuation.
(1) Conduct initiation phase of the unplanned water evacuation (See
paragraph V.A.10(c) of this attachment.).
(2) Pull the manual inflation handle(s) and verify deployment and
inflation (if applicable).
(3) Review procedures to inflated slide and launch rafts if
aircraft equipped with life rafts.
(4) Evacuate passengers into raft, slide raft, or water.
(5) Maintain appropriate protective body and hand positions.
(6) Shout door commands (water evacuation) to passengers.
(7) Use passenger flow management control.
(8) Direct passengers to most useable doors.
(10) Give commands to able bodied passengers.
(11) Ensure evacuation of passengers needing assistance.
(12) Inflate crew life vest.
(13) Conduct evacuation at over wing exit.
(i) Go to exit.
(ii) Remove hatch.
(iii) Dispose of hatch as per certificate holder procedures.
(iv) Review procedures to launch rafts in over wing area.
(v) Use escape ropes or escape tapes at over wing area.
(vi) Give commands to passengers at over wing exit.
(vii) Control passenger flow at over wing area.
(viii) Ensure evacuation of passengers needing assistance.
(f) Task: Control An Unwarranted (Unneeded) Evacuation.
The flight attendant must perform the following:
(1) Take protective position if at door.
(2) Coordinate with crew.
(3) Stop evacuation; use strong commands.
(g) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. The flight attendant must
also review procedures for evacuation of passengers needing assistance.
11. Task: Equipment Mountings Drill (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: Each piece of emergency equipment or training
device must be in the fully secured or pinned position and using the
identical bracketing or securing system that is used on the aircraft
prior to being operated by each flight attendant during each drill or
prior to being operated by each flight attendant during the equipment
mountings drill.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must complete the following during
the drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Completely remove each piece of portable emergency equipment
from its bracket or securing system.
(2) Resecure each piece of portable emergency equipment in its
bracket or securing system or properly stow according to certificate
holder procedures.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. The flight attendant must
also recognize the importance of removing equipment as quickly as
possible.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) For realistic training, it is important that the emergency
equipment used in the drills is identical to the equipment found on the
aircraft in relation to the bracketing or securing systems. For
example, location of the equipment in overhead bins, emergency
equipment stowage doghouses, and the spacing of equipment relative to
other equipment.
(e) The FAA recognizes that some training equipment, facilities and
scenarios make this training requirement difficult to support. It is
important to give certificate holders maximum flexibility to comply
with the performance requirement that each flight attendant completely
remove and replace each piece of portable emergency equipment from the
bracket or securing system that is identical to those systems that a
flight attendant would find on each aircraft on which they are
qualified.
(f) It is acceptable that this performance requirement be completed
during the individual drills or the equipment mountings drill.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
12. Task: Ditching Survival Drill (Dry Training Environment) (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: The certificate holder may substitute a raft,
provided there are no substantive differences with respect to weight,
dimensions, appearance, features, and operations and the certificate
holder provides differences training approved by the FAA. However, when
flight attendants are trained and qualified on multiple aircraft types
that are extended overwater equipped, the flight attendant must
complete ``hands on'' drill training on each different raft and slide
raft on a training schedule acceptable to the FAA, not to exceed a 5
year recurrent training cycle.
[[Page 1415]]
(b) Task: The flight attendant must participate in the following
approved dry ditching drill as applicable to the certificate holder's
procedures and approved extended overwater operations. The flight
attendant may complete this drill in conjunction with the one time wet
ditching drill to initially qualify to serve on an aircraft that is
used for extended overwater operations. In addition, the flight
attendant must perform this drill during recurrent or requalification
training, as applicable.
(c) The flight attendant must complete the following during the
drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of equipment
and procedures:
(1) Identify boarding station and board raft.
(2) Review the need to crawl and stay low.
(3) Discuss the importance of distributing the load.
(4) Review the need to stay attached to the aircraft as long as
possible, and operation of the quick disconnect.
(5) Review the need to get clear of fuel-covered water and debris.
(6) Locate and deploy the sea anchor.
(7) Discuss the importance of upwind and downwind.
(8) Retrieve the survival kit and review contents.
(9) Identify inflation valve and review operation of inflation pump
and raft repair kit.
(10) Identify items such as bailing bucket and sponge for bailing
raft dry.
(11) Erect the canopy and discuss methods for collecting rain water
and water purification techniques.
(12) Demonstrate how canopy can be used in both hot and cold
climates.
(13) Review signaling devices located in survival kits or brought
to the raft.
(14) Discuss the cautions associated with flares and sea dye marker
and proper use.
(15) Point out raft lights.
(16) Review alternate signaling devices (e.g., mirrors).
(17) Locate and demonstrate use of heaving line. Review techniques
to retrieve survivors.
(18) Discuss raft management including distribution of duties to
passengers and ongoing physiological effects of the situation.
(19) Discuss long term water survival techniques or strategies.
(20) Discuss static line breaking strain.
(21) Discuss transporting incapacitated persons from the aircraft
into the rafts.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate.
13. Jumpseat Drill (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: Each flight attendant must complete a flight
attendant jumpseat drill by using at least one type of installed flight
attendant jumpseat from an aircraft on which the flight attendant will
be qualified to serve.
(b) Task: This is an emergency drill requirement that the flight
attendant must complete for the certificate holder for which the flight
attendant is employed. This drill is not required if the flight
attendant has completed any drill using at least one type of installed
flight attendant jumpseat from an aircraft on which the flight
attendant will be qualified to serve during an exit device operation
drill or evacuation drill. During the completion of proficiency drills,
the flight attendant must operate at least one exit starting from a
seated position on at least one type of installed flight attendant
jumpseat from an aircraft on which the flight attendant will be
qualified to serve during an exit device operation drill, evacuation
drill or flight attendant jumpseat drill.
(c) The flight attendant must complete the following during the
drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of equipment
and procedures:
(1) Preflight check of the flight attendant jumpseat.
(2) Properly secure restraint system.
(3) Demonstrate brace position appropriate for flight attendant
jumpseat location on aircraft, as per certificate holder procedures.
(4) Proper methods of releasing restraint device, in accordance
with per certificate holder procedures.
(5) Proper method of stowing flight attendant jumpseat and
restraint system, in accordance with certificate holder procedures.
(d) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate..
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(e) Proper use of the flight attendant jumpseat and restraint
system is integral to a flight attendant being able to initiate an
effective aircraft evacuation. The rule has a requirement for flight
attendants who receive initial or transition training on any aircraft
type to receive academic training on the use the flight attendant
jumpseat for that aircraft type. In addition, the rule requires job
performance training in each flight attendant jumpseat by aircraft type
during basic qualification training or Aircraft Operating Experience
(AOE).
(f) Flight attendants will not always be seated in their jumpseats
when they initiate the commands and actions to open an exit in the
emergency mode during an evacuation. For example, a flight attendant
could be in the cabin performing safety related duties during aircraft
taxi, or in the cabin of an aircraft that is parked at the gate during
boarding when an evacuation may need to be initiated. The drill allows
the certificate holder to give flight attendants the opportunity to
reinforce effective jumpseat techniques during exit operation, but
allows certificate holders the flexibility to incorporate other
``starting points'' into exit device operation scenarios.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
B. Subject: One Time Job Performance Drills
1. Ditching Survival Drill (Wet Training Environment) (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: The certificate holder may substitute a raft,
provided there are no substantive differences with respect to weight,
dimension, appearance, features, and operations, and the certificate
holder provides differences training approved by the Administrator.
(b) Task: This is a one-time emergency drill requirement that the
flight attendant must accomplish for the certificate holder for which
the flight attendant is employed. This one time drill must be given in
basic qualification or transition training, whichever training
initially qualifies the flight attendant to serve on an airplane that
is used for extended overwater operations.
(c) Activities prior to raft boarding may be done in classroom,
airplane, or airplane mockup. Raft boarding and subsequent activities
must be done in water.
(d) Task: The flight attendant must complete the following during
the drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Don and use life vest as a means of flotation.
(2) Use flotation seat cushion for adult and child or infant.
(3) Board the raft.
[[Page 1416]]
(4) Demonstrate effective raft management (e.g., distribute
passengers and deploy sea anchor).
(5) Use heaving lines and life lines.
(6) Erect the raft canopy.
(7) Manage passengers, including distribution of duties to
passengers.
(e) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate.
2. Emergency Evacuation Egress Slide Drill (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: Each flight attendant must complete an emergency
evacuation slide drill by egressing the aircraft or approved training
device using at least one type of installed emergency evacuation slide
from an aircraft on which the flight attendant will be qualified to
serve.
(b) Task: This drill is required when the flight attendant is
qualifying on an aircraft that is equipped with emergency evacuation
slides. This drill is not required if the flight attendant egresses the
aircraft or approved training device using at least one type of
installed emergency evacuation slide from an aircraft on which the
flight attendant will be qualified to serve during the evacuation
drill. (See paragraph V.A.10 of this attachment.)
(c) This is a one-time emergency drill requirement that the flight
attendant must complete for the certificate holder for which the flight
attendant is employed. This one time drill must be given in basic
qualification, transition training, or recurrent training, whichever
training initially qualifies the flight attendant to serve on an
aircraft with evacuation slides.
(d) The flight attendant must complete the following during the
drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of equipment
and procedures:
(1) Observe the airplane exits being opened in the emergency mode
and the associated exit slide or slide raft pack being deployed and
inflated or perform the tasks resulting in the completion of these
actions (if not completed during the emergency evacuation including the
use of a slide observation drill).
(2) Use the correct method to egress the aircraft and descend the
slide.
(e) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate.
3. Emergency Evacuation Egress Drill (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: Each flight attendant must complete an emergency
evacuation drill by egressing the aircraft or approved training device
using at least one type of installed emergency exit, from an aircraft
on which the flight attendant will be qualified to serve.
(b) Task: This is a one-time emergency drill requirement that the
flight attendant must complete for the certificate holder for which the
flight attendant is employed. This one time drill must be given in
basic qualification or transition, whichever training initially
qualifies the flight attendant to serve on an aircraft that is not
equipped with evacuation slides. An emergency exit that has stairs may
not be used.
(c) The flight attendant must complete the following during the
drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of equipment
and procedures:
(1) Observe the aircraft exits being opened in the emergency mode
or perform the tasks resulting in the completion of these actions
(2) Use the correct method to egress the aircraft, or training
device that is representative of the aircraft in relation to sill
height from the ground or window exit to the wing.
(d) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(e) If the flight attendant will be qualified to serve on an
aircraft with emergency evacuation slides (e.g., B-737), as well as an
aircraft that does not have emergency evacuation slides (e.g., CRJ),
then the flight attendant must complete both the emergency evacuation
egress slide drill and the emergency evacuation egress drill. To
achieve a realistic training environment, certificate holders are
encouraged to integrate these drills into other required performance
drill scenarios.
Examples:
(1) If a flight attendant qualifies on a B-737 and a CRJ in basic
qualification training, then the flight attendant must complete an
emergency evacuation egress slide drill and an emergency evacuation
egress drill.
(2) If a flight attendant qualifies on CRJ in basic qualification
training, then the flight attendant must complete an emergency
evacuation egress drill.
(3) If a flight attendant qualifies on B-737 in basic qualification
training and the certificate holder acquires a CRJ 2 years later and
the flight attendant has transition training on the CRJ, then the
flight attendant must complete and emergency evacuation egress slide
drill during basic qualification training and an emergency evacuation
egress drill during transition training on the CRJ.
(4) If a flight attendant qualifies on a CRJ in basic qualification
training, the certificate holder acquires B-737s 2 years later, and the
flight attendant has transition training on the B-737, then the flight
attendant must complete an emergency evacuation egress drill during
basic qualification training and an emergency evacuation egress slide
drill during transition training on the B-737.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
C. Subject: Observation Drills
1. Task: Removal From the Aircraft or Training Device and Inflation of
Each Type of Installed Life Raft (Observation Drill)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F. of this attachment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must complete the following during
the observation drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use
of equipment and procedures:
(1) Specific attachment points in the aircraft.
(2) How and where to attach life raft to aircraft.
(3) Safe inflation techniques.
(4) Launching points.
(5) Righting overturned rafts, if applicable.
2. Task: Deployment, Inflation and Detachment From the Aircraft of Each
Type of Installed Slide or Slide Raft Pack (Observation Drill)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F. of this attachment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must complete the following during
the observation drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use
of equipment and procedures:
(1) Proper use of the exit operating handle.
(2) Location and color of the inflation handle.
(3) Demonstration of forces and actions required to inflate slide
or slide raft.
(4) Sound of inflating slide or slide raft.
(5) Proper inflation and position of the slide or slide raft.
[[Page 1417]]
(6) Location of the ditching handle or laces.
(7) Demonstration of the forces and actions required to use the
ditching handle including secondary actions.
(8) Lanyard and the removal or cutting of lanyard using the
certificate holder's procedures.
(9) Righting overturned rafts, if applicable.
3. Task: Emergency Evacuation Including the Use of a Slide (Observation
Drill)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F. of this attachment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must complete the following during
the observation drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use
of equipment and procedures:
(1) Correct methods of evacuation.
(2) Correct methods of entering the slide.
(3) Necessity for helpers at the bottom of slide.
4. Task: Non-Floor Level Exits in the Flight Deck Through Which a
Crewmember May Egress the Aircraft (Observation Drill)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F. of this attachment.
(b) Task: Each flight attendant must observe the operation of any
additional exits in the flight deck that crewmembers may use to egress
the aircraft type for which the flight attendant is qualifying. The
flight attendant may receive AOE credit for observing the exit
operation on the aircraft or in an approved training device. The flight
attendant must complete the following during the observation drill, and
be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Assesses conditions outside the exit to determine exit
usability.
(2) Correct use of the exit operating mechanism including hand and
body position.
(3) Use of proper terms and procedures.
(4) Correct positioning of the escape device.
(5) Method to secure exit in fully opened position or ensuring
correct stowage position.
(6) Knows appropriate protective hand and body positions.
(7) Access to escape tapes, escape ropes or inertial reels.
5. Task: Flight Deck Fixed Oxygen System (Observation Drill)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F. of this attachment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must complete the following during
the observation drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use
of equipment and procedures:
(1) Access oxygen mask and remove from stowage.
(2) Use of proper procedures to don oxygen mask and activate oxygen
in proper sequence for an emergency.
(3) Re-securing of equipment.
(4) Observe the locations of the flight deck fixed oxygen system
during AOE flight.
VI. Emergency Training Drills--Aircraft Specific (see Sec. 121.1373)
A. Subject: Exit Device Operation
1. Task: Floor Level Door Exit Device Operation (Normal Mode) (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F. of this attachment. Equipment
may be substituted provided there is no substantive difference with
respect to weight, dimensions and appearance and the flight attendant
has been provided with training on differences between training
equipment and the actual aircraft exit. Equipment may not be
substituted if the forces and actions necessary to operate the
equipment are different or if the operating mechanism is different.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must complete the following during
the drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Identify signal and conditions under which each door can be
opened and closed.
(2) Assess the exterior and interior conditions for obstacles or
hazards to persons or the exit during the opening and closing (e.g.,
jetway, stairs, barrier straps).
(3) Follow procedure to ensure flight attendant awareness at armed
boarding door prior to aircraft pushback.
(4) Identify signal for arming and disarming.
(5) Coordinate and communicate.
(6) Properly arm and disarm the exit.
(7) Verify girt bar placement for armed and disarmed.
(8) Verify door is in the correct mode.
(9) Use proper techniques for the operating mechanism (such as door
handles to open exit and secure in locked position).
(10) Secure safety strap then unsecure safety strap; release
locking mechanism.
(11) Properly use control handles to close exit and secure in
locked position.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate.
2. Task: Floor Level Door Exit Device Operation (Emergency Mode) (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F. of this attachment. Equipment
may be substituted provided there is no substantive difference with
respect to weight, dimensions and appearance and the flight attendant
has been provided with training on differences between training
equipment and the actual aircraft exit. Equipment may not be
substituted if the forces and actions necessary to operate the
equipment are different or if the operating mechanism is different.
(b) Task: The drill and door operations must be performed in a
manner that resembles an actual evacuation. The flight attendant's
voice commands and actions during the drill must be aggressive and
easily understood. The flight attendant must complete the following
during the drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Position escape device.
(2) Verify the exit is in the correct mode.
(3) Recognize the signal for or the conditions under which the exit
is to be opened in the emergency mode.
(4) Use proper voice commands to passengers.
(5) Assess conditions outside the exit to determine the exit
usability (e.g., clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft attitude).
(6) Open the exit in the armed mode and secure the exit in the
fully open position.
(7) Hold onto assist handle.
(8) Pull the manual inflation handle(s) and verify deployment,
inflation (e.g., ramp, slide).
(9) Maintain appropriate protective body and hand positions.
(10) Follow crew coordination procedures.
(11) Access release handle(s) (e.g., Slide disconnect, jettison
tailcone, ventral stairs).
(12) Recognition of when it is appropriate to exit the aircraft.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. In addition, the flight
attendant must:
(1) Be aware of passenger flow and traffic to all exits during the
evacuation.
(2) Be aware of additional exit responsibilities.
[[Page 1418]]
3. Task: Cabin Window Exit Device and Plug or Hatch Exit Device
Operation (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F. of this attachment. Equipment
may be substituted provided there is no substantive difference with
respect to weight, dimensions and appearance and the flight attendant
has been provided with training on differences between training
equipment and the actual aircraft exit. Equipment may not be
substituted if the forces and actions necessary to operate the
equipment are different or if the operating mechanism is different.
(b) Task: The drill and door operations must be performed in a
manner that resembles an actual evacuation. Commands must be aggressive
and easily understood. Each flight attendant must operate each cabin
window exit device and plug or hatch exit device, which has a different
operating mechanism. The flight attendant must complete the following
during the drill, and be evaluated and debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Recognize the signal for or the conditions under which the exit
is to be opened.
(2) Assess conditions outside the exit to determine exit usability
(e.g., clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft attitude).
(3) Open and correctly stow the exit (if applicable).
(4) Give commands to passengers for exiting exit.
(5) Verbally describe correct exit placement following removal (if
applicable) if the training procedures differ from the operational
procedures.
(6) Pull the manual inflation handle (if applicable) and verify
deployment (e.g., slide ramp), if applicable.
(7) Assume and maintain appropriate protective body and hand
positions.
(8) Access escape tapes or escape ropes.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. In addition, the flight
attendant must:
(1) Be aware of passenger flow and traffic to all exits during the
evacuation.
(2) Be aware of additional exit responsibilities.
4. Task: Any Additional Emergency Exits Required for Type Certification
(Job Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F. of this attachment. Equipment
may be substituted provided there is no substantive difference with
respect to weight, dimensions and appearance and the flight attendant
has been provided with training on differences between training
equipment and the actual aircraft exit. Equipment may not be
substituted if the forces and actions necessary to operate the
equipment are different or if the operating mechanism is different.
(b) Task: The drill and door operations must be performed in a
manner that resembles an actual evacuation. Commands must be aggressive
and easily understood. Each flight attendant must operate any
additional emergency exit devices required for type certification
through which crewmembers or passengers may egress the aircraft. In the
case of some aircraft, an exit required for type certification may be
located on the flight deck. In this case, the flight attendant must
complete performance drills on that exit. The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill, and be evaluated and debriefed
on the proper use of equipment and procedures:
(1) Recognize the signal for or the conditions under which the exit
is to be opened.
(2) Assess conditions outside the exit to determine exit usability
(e.g., clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft attitude).
(3) Open and correctly stow the exit (if applicable).
(4) Give commands to passengers for exiting exit.
(5) Verbally describe correct exit placement following removal (if
applicable) if the training procedures differ from the operational
procedures.
(6) Pull the manual inflation handle (if applicable) and verify
deployment (e.g., slide ramp), if applicable.
(7) Assume and maintain appropriate protective body and hand
positions.
(8) Access escape tapes or escape ropes and access release
handle(s) (e.g., slide disconnect).
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as appropriate. In addition, the flight
attendant must:
(1) Be aware of passenger flow and traffic to all exits during the
evacuation.
(2) Be aware of additional exit responsibilities.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) The Type Certification Data Sheets for all aircraft are
available online at: http://www.airweb.faa.gov/Regulatory_and_Guidance_Library/rgMakeModel.nsf/MainFrame?OpenFrameSet.
B. [Reserved]
Attachment 3 of Appendix S to Part 121
Training and Evaluation Requirements for Flight Attendant Training
Curricula (Basic Qualification), Categories (New Hire, Initial,
Transition, Emergency, Recurrent, and Requalification), and Aircraft
Operating Experience
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
A. Training and Evaluation Requirements (see Sec. Sec. 121.1301,
121.1331, 121.1341, 121.1343, 121.1361)
1. How must the task requirements required for instruction and
evaluation in each curriculum be determined?
(a) To determine the tasks in which each flight attendant must be
trained and evaluated, the certificate holder must use the task
listings provided in the following table. The tasks must be specific to
the aircraft types (as appropriate), and must be adjusted for and kept
current with the certificate holder's operation as reflected in the FAA
approved operations specifications and FAOM, as amended.
(b) If the certificate holder adds tasks or environments to those
listed in Table 2A, it must further develop the tasks or environments
to include the requirement and frequency for training and evaluation in
each specific category of training listed in the table. These changes
must be submitted to the POI for approval.
(c) The recurrent curriculum requirements in the following table
also include the frequency during which each flight attendant must be
trained and evaluated in each task. The table indicates which tasks
must be completed by each flight attendant every 12 months. The table
also indicates which tasks must be completed by each flight attendant
once every 36 months.
2. Individuals authorized to administer flight attendant training,
evaluation, and aircraft operating experience
[[Page 1419]]
Table 3A--Persons Authorized To Administer Flight Attendant Training, Evaluation, and Observation Activities Under Subpart BB--SEE Sec. 121.1323 of
This Part for Special Limited Authorizations for Initial Cadre Personnel
[See Sec. Sec. 121.1291,121.1321, 121.1323, 121.1387]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employer and position
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other contractor Part 142 or other part 119 The part 119 certificate FAA
---------------------------- certificate holder holder -------------
Flight attendant training, evaluation, and observation -------------------------------------------------------- Aviation
activities under subpart BB (by aircraft type) Flight Subject Flight Flight safety
attendant matter attendant Check flight attendant Check flight inspector
instructor expert \3\ instructor attendant instructor attendant (cabin
\4\ \4\ \1\ \4\ \1\ safety)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Academic Training
(New Hire, Initial, Emergency, Differences, X X X X X X
Recurrent, and Requalification)..................
Proficiency Test \2\
(Emergency, Recurrent, Requalification)........... ............ ............ ............ ............ X X X
Supervision of Operating Experience................... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X ............
Proficiency Check
(Aircraft Operating Experience)................... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ X X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Requires authorization by the Administrator for specific duties to be performed.
\2\ Persons qualified to administer proficiency tests, with the exception of FAA Aviation Safety Inspectors (Cabin Safety), must meet the requirements
of Sec. 121.1387 of this part.
\3\ Subject Matter Experts, who meet the requirements of Sec. 121.1291 of this part and this QPS, may conduct specific flight attendant training.
\4\ Persons qualified to administer flight attendant training must meet the requirements of Sec. 121.1291 of this part.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(a) A flight attendant instructor may not be physically able to
perform certain performance drills due to injury, pregnancy, or
disability. Therefore, the FAA allows those individuals to complete the
required training to qualify as a flight attendant instructor, with the
exception of those performance drills the person can not physically
perform. However, the FAA only allows flight attendant instructors to
instruct in performance drills that they were able to physically
perform within the past 12 months as part of basic qualification or
recurrent flight attendant training.
(b) [Reserved]
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
3. The use of Subject Matter Experts
(a) Under Sec. 121.1291, a subject matter expert, with specific
technical knowledge on a subject, may be used to conduct training on
specific tasks, in accordance with the following:
(1) Except as provided in paragraph A.3.(a)(2) of this attachment,
when flight attendant training is provided by a subject matter expert,
a qualified flight attendant instructor must be present.
(2) Subject matter experts in certain subject areas may provide
flight attendant training on the following specific tasks without a
qualified flight attendant instructor present:
(i) Firefighting and firefighting equipment.
(ii) Emergency medical events and emergency medical equipment.
(iii) Hazardous materials recognition.
(b) [Reserved]
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
4. How to determine flight attendant eligibility for Requalification
Training
Table 3B--Flight Attendant: Requalification
[Sec. 121.1309]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
No person may serve as a flight attendant if that person becomes
unqualified by failing to meet Recurrent training requirements
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
To be requalified the flight attendant must complete Sec. 121.1301, as
applicable, or comply with the appropriate phase of Requalification
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the flight attendant has been Then the flight attendant may
unqualified for: requalify by completing:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 12 months:
A flight attendant who misses Recurrent Phase I Requalification (Sec.
training but does not miss a complete 121.1309(a)(1)):
Recurrent Flight Attendant Training Current Recurrent
Cycle. Flight Attendant Training
Cycle.
Base month not
changed.
A flight attendant that misses an Phase I Requalification (Sec.
entire Recurrent Flight Attendant 121.1309(a)(2)):
Training Cycle. Current Recurrent
Flight Attendant Training
Cycle.
Complete all study
materials and evaluations from
the previous Recurrent Flight
Attendant Training Cycle.
[[Page 1420]]
Flight attendants
qualified in extended
overwater operations must
participate in a cabin
preparation and evacuation
drill (water) if the drill is
not part of the current
Recurrent Flight Attendant
Training Cycle.
Base month may change.
12 months or more, but less than 24 Phase II Requalification:
months:
Current Recurrent
Flight Attendant Training
Cycle.
Complete all study
materials and evaluations from
the previous Recurrent Flight
Attendant Training Cycle.
Flight attendants
qualified in extended
overwater operations must
participate in a cabin
preparation and evacuation
drill (water) if the drill is
not part of the current
Recurrent Flight Attendant
Training Cycle.
Base month may change.
Ground based briefing
with a representative from the
certificate holder. The
purpose of this briefing is to
cover all new policies
procedures or security
requirements applicable to
flight attendant duties that
have been updated, modified or
implemented since the person
last served as a flight
attendant for that certificate
holder.
24 months or more: Phase III Requalification
Basic Qualification
Training.
Base month may change.
5 hours of aircraft
operating experience and two
operating cycles on at least
one aircraft type.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) When a flight attendant does not complete recurrent training
during the eligibility period, the flight attendant is unqualified on
the first day of the month following the grace month. For example, if a
flight attendant's base month is February, the flight attendant has
until March 31st to complete recurrent training. If the flight
attendant does not complete recurrent training by March 31st, the
flight attendant becomes unqualified and unable to serve on April 1st.
For purposes of determining the applicable phase of requalification,
the flight attendant's base month must be used without considering the
grace month. Therefore, in the example above, the base month (February)
instead of the grace month (March) would be used to determine the
applicable phase of requalification.
(b) [Reserved]
5. How to determine the requirements for Aircraft Operating Experience
The following chart illustrates the proposed requirements.
Table 3C--Aircraft Operating Experience (AOE)
(Sec. 121.1305)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------
On whose airplanes?.................. For the certificate holder for
which the flight attendant will
serve.
What kind of flight?................. Passenger carrying revenue flight
or in proving flights.
When must it be completed?........... AOE must be completed within 90
days of completing Initial
training.
Who supervises it?................... A check flight attendant.
How many people can one check flight Not more than four.
attendant supervise on one flight?.
How many check flight attendants can Not more than two.
supervise people on each flight?.
Are there any other limits on the The number of persons receiving
number of people accomplishing this aircraft operating experience on
on each flight?. an aircraft may not exceed twice
the number of flight attendants
required by Sec. 121.391 for
that aircraft.
What duties must people receiving AOE The assigned duties of a flight
perform?. attendant.
Can the person be a required flight No.
attendant?.
What is the requirement for At least 5 hours total combined
completing AOE?. AOE with at least two operating
cycles on each aircraft type. If
the flight attendant is
qualifying on one aircraft type,
the flight attendant must have
at least 5 hours of AOE on that
aircraft type and complete two
operating cycles on that
aircraft type. If the flight
attendant is qualifying on three
aircraft types, the flight
attendant must have at least 5
hours of AOE total and complete
six operating cycles, two on
each aircraft type.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. How to Determine the Requirements for Recency
The following chart illustrates the proposed requirements.
[[Page 1421]]
Table 3D--Flight Attendant: Recent Experience
(Sec. 121.1307)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------
To reestablish recent experience the person must do the following:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the person has not served as a Participate in a ground based
flight attendant for the certificate briefing with a person employed
holder for more than 6 months, but by the certificate holder. The
less than 36 months the person must. purpose of this briefing is to
(Sec. 121.1307(b)(2))............. cover any new policies,
procedures, and security
requirements pertinent to flight
attendant duties that have been
updated, modified or implemented
since the last time the person
served as a flight attendant for
that certificate holder.
If the person has not served as a (a) Participate in a ground based
flight attendant for the certificate briefing with a person employed
holder for 36 months or more the by the certificate holder. The
person must. purpose of this briefing is to
(Sec. 121.1307(b)(3))............. cover any new policies,
procedures, and security
requirements pertinent to flight
attendant duties that have been
updated, modified or implemented
since the last time the person
served as a flight attendant for
that certificate holder.
(b) Serve as a flight attendant
for one operating cycle on any
aircraft type for that
certificate holder, but not as a
required crewmember.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
BILLING CODE 4910-13-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.014
[[Page 1422]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.015
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.016
[[Page 1423]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.017
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.018
[[Page 1424]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.019
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.020
[[Page 1425]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.021
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.022
[[Page 1426]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.023
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.024
[[Page 1427]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.025
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.026
[[Page 1428]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.027
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.028
[[Page 1429]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.029
[[Page 1430]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.030
[[Page 1431]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.031
[[Page 1432]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.032
[[Page 1433]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.033
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.034
[[Page 1434]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.035
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.036
BILLING CODE 4910-13-C
[[Page 1435]]
34. Add appendix T to part 121 to read as follows:
Appendix T--Aircraft Dispatcher Qualification Performance Standards
Table of Contents
Introduction
A. What are Qualification Performance Standards (QPS)?
B. What types of materials are contained within this document?
C. Can the reader rely solely on this document for aircraft
dispatcher qualification and related training requirements?
D. How can I get answers to questions about the contents of this
appendix?
E. Why do we need a QPS for aircraft dispatchers?
F. Where can each type of standard be found in the QPS?
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be found?
H. What references are recommended?
I. What is the continuous analysis process and how is it
incorporated in this QPS?
J. How is Dispatch Resource Management (DRM) training incorporated
in this QPS?
K. Tables and Flowchart
Table 1, Baseline Programmed Hours for Aircraft Dispatchers:
Training Program and Qualification Requirements
Table 2, Minimum Programmed Hours for Aircraft Dispatchers: Training
Program and Qualification Requirements
Table 3, Requalification For Aircraft Dispatchers: Training Program
and Qualification Requirements
Table 4, Training Category Evaluation Requirements for Aircraft
Dispatchers
Table 5, Personnel Authorized To Administer Aircraft Dispatcher
Training and Evaluation, and To Conduct Observation Activities Under
Subpart CC
Flowchart 1, Flowchart for Initial and Combined Certification and
Initial Training Curriculum
Attachment 1. General Knowledge and Skills Requirements--Subjects
and Tests--For Initial, Combined Certification and Initial,
Recurrent, and Requalification Training Categories (see Sec. Sec.
121.1411; 121.1413; 121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1419; 121.1431;
121.1433; 121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451;
121.1453; 121.1455; and 121.1471)
Attachment 2. Basic Aircraft and Specific Aircraft Type Training
Requirements --Subjects and Tests--For Initial, Combined
Certification and Initial, Transition, Recurrent, Requalification,
Differences, and Special Training Categories (see Sec. Sec.
121.1411; 121.1413; 121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1431; 121.1433;
121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451; 121.1453;
121.1455, and 121.1471)
Attachment 3. Generic Training Requirements--Subjects and Tests--For
Certification (see Sec. Sec. 121.1411; 121.1413; 121.1415;
121.1417; 121.1419; 121.1421; 121.1423; 121.1425; 121.1431;
121.1433; 121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451;
121.1453; and 121.1471)
ttachment 4. Evaluation Requirements and Performance Standards For
Initial, Combined Certification and Initial, Transition, Recurrent,
Requalification, Differences, and Special Training Categories (see
Sec. Sec. 121.1411; 121.1413; 121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1419;
121.1421; 121.1423; 121.1425; 121.1431; 121.1433; 121.1435;
121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451; 121.1453; and 121.1471)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
Introduction
A. What are Qualification Performance Standards (QPS)?
The QPS defines the FAA standards by providing all of the tasks,
areas of training and evaluation, including activities, procedures, and
knowledge needed to qualify and certificate aircraft dispatchers for
performing in operations under this part. The QPS document for
dispatchers is part 121 appendix T: Aircraft Dispatcher Qualification
Performance Standards. This QPS will be used by certificate holders
operating under part 121, by training center certificate holders when
supporting certificate holders and other commercial operators that
operate under part 121 and by Flight Standards personnel during
approval, evaluation and surveillance of aircraft dispatcher training
programs. The QPS incorporates a continuous analysis process which
enables the certificate holder to maintain and refine the training
process by continually monitoring the effectiveness and efficiency of
the training program.
B. What types of materials are contained within this document?
This QPS contains Information and QPS Requirements.
1. Information: Explanations or suggestions, which clarify or
support regulatory requirements, found in the Code of Federal
Regulations or in this QPS document. Explanations or suggestions are
provided as guidance and are not regulatory (not mandatory). This
guidance appears under the heading ``BEGIN INFORMATION'' and uses the
terms ``should'' or ``may'' to indicate that it is not mandatory.
2. QPS Requirements: Aircraft Dispatcher QPS requirements are
regulatory and mandatory. These requirements appear under the heading
``BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENTS'' and use the terms ``must'' and ``may not.''
C. Can the reader rely solely on this document for aircraft dispatcher
qualification and related training requirements?
No, do not rely solely on this document for regulatory requirements
in these areas. The reader must also use 14 CFR part 121, subpart CC.
D. How can I get answers to questions about the contents of this
appendix?
1. You may contact: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal
Aviation Administration Flight Standards Service, Air Transportation
Division, AFS-210, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20591,
Telephone: (202) 267-8166, Fax: (202) 267-5229.
2. You may find answers to questions on the Flight Standards
Internet Web Site at: ``http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/avs/offices/afs/.'' On this Web Site you will
find Flight Standards Programs, Aviation Safety Inspector Handbooks and
Documents, the current Aviation Regulations (14 CFR), Advisory
Circulars, and other items of interest. Also linked from this site are
additional information sources and other FAA links.
E. Why do we need a QPS for aircraft dispatchers?
1. To provide the certificate holder with a minimum set of
standards for developing the following:
(a) Training and certification programs,
(b) Performance standards, and
(c) Evaluation criteria as they relate to the aircraft dispatcher
job function.
2. To provide the certificate holder with the requirements for a
continuous analysis process.
3. To provide routine and periodic update capability. This
capability is needed to respond to accidents, incidents, or rapidly
occurring changes to equipment and operations. All changes made to this
appendix will be subject to public notice and comment, unless good
cause exists to support a finding that notice and comment would be
impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.
F. Where can each type of standard be found in the QPS?
1. Attachment 1 has the general knowledge and skills requirements.
2. Attachment 2 has the basic aircraft and specific aircraft type
training requirements.
3. Attachment 3 contains generic training requirements for
certification. With this attachment, certificate holders would have the
option to provide additional training subjects, which
[[Page 1436]]
when combined with Attachments 1 and 2, would lead to the issuance of
an aircraft dispatcher certificate.
4. Attachment 4 has the required evaluation requirements and
performance standards for each task and knowledge area.
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be found?
The definitions relevant to this QPS appear in Sec. 121.1405.
Acronyms are as follows:
ACARS Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System
ADPM Aircraft Dispatcher Procedures Manual
AFD Airport Facility Directory
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AIM Aeronautical Information Manual
AIRMET Airman Meteorological Report
ARTCC Air Route Traffic Control Center
ASD Aircraft Situation Display
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATIS Automated Terminal Information System
CEP Central East Pacific
CRM Crew Resource Management
DPD Dispatch Program Designee
DRM Dispatch Resource Management
EFIS Electronic Flight Indicating Systems
EGPWS Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
ETOPS Extended Operations
ETP Equal Time Point
EWINS Enhanced Weather Information System
FCOM Flight Crew Operating Manual
FDC Flight Data Center
FMS Flight Management System
FSS Flight Service Station
GOM General Operating Manual
GPS Global Positioning System
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
HF High Frequency
IAP Initial Approach Point
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
INS Inertial Navigation System
IOS Instructor's Operating Station
LOFT Line Oriented Flight Training
LORAN Long Range Navigation
MEL Minimum Equipment List
METAR Meteorological Aviation Routine Weather Report
MNPS Minimum Navigation Performance Specification
NATS North Atlantic Track System
NDB Non-directional Radio Beacon
NOPAC North Pacific
PACOTS Pacific Organized Track System
PIC Pilot in Command
PRM Precision Radar Monitor
QPS Qualification Performance Standards
RNAV Area Navigation
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RVR Runway Visual Range
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum
SID Standard Instrument Departure
SIGMET Significant Meteorological Report
SFAR Supplemental Federal Aviation Regulation
STAR Standard Terminal Arrival Route
TAF Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
H. What references are recommended?
The following references (as amended) were used to prepare detailed
knowledge and skill standards for tasks. They are strongly recommended
for providing further details for lesson development.
1. 14 CFR part 1, Definitions and Abbreviations.
2. 14 CFR part 65, Certification: Airmen Other than Flight
Crewmembers.
3. 14 CFR part 91, General Operating and Flight Rules.
4. 14 CFR part 119, Certification: Air Carriers and Commercial
Operators.
5. 14 CFR part 121, Operating Requirements: Domestic, Flag, and
Supplemental Operations.
6. 14 CFR part 139, Certification of Airports.
7. AC 00-6, Aviation Weather.
8. AC 00-45E, Aviation Weather Services.
9. AC 25.1581-1, Airplane Flight Manual.
10. AC 60-22, Aeronautical Decision Making.
11. AC 60-28, English Language Skill Standards.
12. AC 61-27, Instrument Flying Handbook.
13. AC 61-84, Role of Preflight Preparation.
14. AC 120-28, Criteria for Approval of Category III Landing
Weather Minima.
15. AC 120-29, Criteria for Approving Category I and Category II
Landing Minima for Approach.
16. AC 120-42a, Extended Range Operations (ETOPS).
17. AC 120-55, TCAS II Operational Approval for Air Carriers.
18. AC 120-59, Air Carrier Internal Evaluation Programs.
19. AC 120-71, Standard Operating Procedures for Flight Deck
Crewmembers.
20. AC 120-88, Preventing Injuries Caused by Turbulence.
21. AC 121-32, Dispatch Resource Management Training.
22. NTSB 830, Notification and Reporting of Aircraft Accidents or
Incidents and Overdue Aircraft, and Preservation of Aircraft Wreckage,
Mail, Cargo, and Records.
23. Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM).
24. International Flight Information Manual (IFIM).
25. En route Low and High Altitude Charts.
26. Profile Descent Charts.
27. Standard Instrument Departure (SID).
28. Standard Terminal Arrival Routes (STAR).
29. Airport Facility Directory (AFD) and Instrument Approach
Procedure Charts (IAP).
30. National Flight Data Center Notices to Airmen (FDC NOTAM).
31. Integrated Measurement of Crew Resource Management and
Technical Flying Skills, DOT/FAA/RD-93/26.
32. Transportation Security Regulations (TSRs).
33. HMR 175, Hazardous Materials Regulations, Carriage by Aircraft.
34. FAA Order 8040.4, Safety Risk Management.
35. Air Transportation Operations Inspector's Handbook, 8400.10.
I. What is the continuous analysis process and how is it incorporated
in this QPS? (see Sec. Sec. 121.1437(a)(10) and 121.1441)
1. The continuous analysis process is a certificate holder internal
evaluation and improvement process. The continuous analysis process
will enable the certificate holder to maintain and refine the training
process by continually monitoring the effectiveness and efficiency of
the process. Various assessment tools (testing, checking, inspection,
documenting, evaluation, and analysis) will be used to validate the
effectiveness of a training program or the need to change a training
program.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
2. A continuous analysis process is incorporated in this QPS
through integration with the qualification and training program. The
certificate holder is responsible for designating responsibility for
the process. The certificate holder must ensure appropriate and
adequate assessment tools (testing, checking, critique, inspection,
observation, documenting, evaluation, and analysis) are utilized to
enable the certificate holder to validate the effectiveness of the
qualification and training program, or the need to change that program.
The certificate holder must describe the attributes of the continuous
analysis process in the certificate holder's FAA approved training
program.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
3. Components of a Continuous Analysis Process
(a) Qualification and training program as approved by the
Administrator.
(b) Attributes of the continuous analysis process.
[[Page 1437]]
(1) Who is responsible?
(2) Who has authority to change the process?
(3) Description of the process.
(4) Controls. Policy, procedure, training, evaluation.
(5) Documenting and measurement.
(6) Interfaces between Departments. Consistency (policy,
procedures, manuals).
(i) Across Departments.
(ii) Across Divisions.
(c) Assessment tools (adequate and appropriate).
(1) Testing.
(2) Checking.
(3) Critique.
(4) Inspection and observation.
(5) Documenting.
(6) Evaluation and analysis.
(d) Modification and adjustment of the qualification and training
program.
(e) Approval for modification and adjustment.
J. How is Dispatch Resource Management (DRM) training incorporated in
this QPS? (see Sec. 121.1433(b)(7))
1. DRM training is incorporated through the certificate holder's
aircraft dispatcher qualification and training program and the daily
application of on the job skills.
2. DRM Training and Evaluation requirements for initial, combined
certification and initial, recurrent, and requalification training
categories are contained in attachments 1, 3, and 4.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
3. DRM Training and Evaluation.
(a) Training. DRM training is a component of the initial, combined
certification and initial, recurrent, and requalification training
categories. drm training must consist of the requirements listed in
Attachment 4.
(b) Evaluation. Evaluation of an aircraft dispatcher's practical
application of DRM skills must occur as follows:
(1) During the proficiency test (for initial or combined
certification and initial training) and during the proficiency check
(for recurrent or requalification training).
(2) During the supervised operating experience delivered after
initial, combined certification and initial, or requalification
training.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
4. Daily Application of DRM for Job Skills.
(a) The following are examples of how the daily application of DRM
will assist in developing DRM skills:
(1) Briefing during the changeover period between an aircraft
dispatcher coming on duty, and the aircraft dispatcher going off duty.
(2) Briefing of the flight crews.
(3) The aircraft dispatcher's ability to manage risk and mitigate
potential problems.
(4) Obtaining required operational information.
(5) Performance feedback from operational control personnel on the
aircraft dispatcher's decision making process.
(6) The aircraft dispatcher's ability to handle abnormal situations
and emergencies.
(7) Interaction with fellow aircraft dispatchers.
(8) Interaction with various departments within the airline.
(b) Joint DRM Training:
(1) Certificate holders are discovering the value of revising DRM
training to reach varied employee groups and to combine those groups
during training. The objective is to improve the effectiveness and
safety of the entire operations team.
(2) Aircraft dispatchers are required to observe flightdeck
operations as part of initial, combined certification and initial,
recurrent, and requalification training. Some certificate holders
include familiarization visits to the aircraft dispatchers' operational
control center to provide the flight crewmembers insight into the joint
responsibility of the pilot in command and the aircraft dispatcher.
These familiarization visits have commonly been part of the special
training offered to the first time captains. The FAA encourages the use
of aircraft dispatchers in Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT).
(3) The certificate holder should provide realistic training
scenarios for aircraft dispatchers to improve their daily decision
making process.
(4) DRM refers to the effective use of all available resources
including, human resources, hardware, and information. Human resources
include all other groups routinely working with the airline operational
control center (or pilot in command) who are involved in decisions that
are required to operate a flight safely. DRM is not a single task. DRM
is a set of competencies that must be evident in all tasks in this QPS.
(5) DRM training is subject to the continuous analysis process
required by Sec. 121.1441 of this part.
(6) The DRM Advisory Circular (AC 121-32 as amended) discusses in
greater detail how to integrate DRM into operational control and
numerous departments within the certificate holder.
K. Tables and Flowchart
1. The following tables summarize aircraft dispatcher training
requirements for certificate holders.
2. Table 1 shows the baseline programmed hours for aircraft
dispatcher training programs. The Administrator considers the
certificate holder's training program, level of operational complexity,
and aircraft dispatcher responsibilities when determining whether to
increase the number of baseline programmed hours.
3. Table 2 shows the minimum progammed hours a certificate holder
may submit to the administrator for a training program with reduced
hours. The Administrator considers the certificate holder's training
program, level of operational complexity, and aircraft dispatcher
responsibilities when determining whether to approve a reduction in
programmed hours.
4. Table 3 shows the requalification training program and
qualification requirements. The table shows five phases based on the
number of months of lapsed currency. The certificate holder may
requalify a previously qualified dispatcher for up to 36 months. In
accordance with Sec. 121.1419, the training and evaluation must be
initiated and successfully completed prior to the end of the specific
lapsed period. Initial training is required when an aircraft dispatcher
has been out of currency for 36 months or more.
5. Table 4 shows the tasks in which each aircraft dispatcher must
be trained and evaluated. In Table 4 an ``X'' means that the aircraft
dispatcher must complete the task satisfactorily. An ``N/A'' means that
the task is not applicable.
6. Table 5 shows the ``Personnel Authorized To Administer Aircraft
Dispatcher Training and Evaluation and To Conduct Observation
Activities Under Subpart CC.''
7. Flowchart 1 is included to illustrate the curriculum path,
evaluations, and timeline for initial and combined certification and
initial training programs.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
[[Page 1438]]
Table 1--Baseline Programmed Hours for Aircraft Dispatchers: Training Program and Qualification Requirements
[See Sec. 121.1435]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Training categories
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Activity Initial for Combined
certificated Recurrent Transition certification and
dispatchers initial
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Generic Training (see attachment N/A............... N/A............... N/A............... 136.
3).
General Knowledge and Skills 48................ 16................ N/A............... 32.
Segment (see attachment 1).
Basic Aircraft (see attachment 32................ N/A............... N/A............... 32.
2).
Practical Test.................. N/A............... N/A............... N/A............... Required.
Specific Training per Aircraft 8................. 4................. 8................. 8.
Type (see attachment 2).
General Knowledge for Flag 8*................ N/A............... N/A............... 8*.
Operations (see attachment 1).
General Knowledge per Flag Area 2*................ 2*................ N/A............... 2*.
of Operation (see attachment 1).
Supervised Operating Experience, 8................. N/A............... N/A............... 8.
Domestic.
Supervised Operating Experience, 8*................ N/A............... N/A............... 8*.
per Flag Area of Operation.
Operating Familiarization....... Required.......... Required.......... N/A............... Required.
Proficiency Test................ Required.......... N/A............... Required.......... Required.
Proficiency Check............... N/A............... Required.......... N/A............... N/A.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The Administrator may require additional programmed hours contingent on the level of the training program,
operational complexity, and responsibilities of the dispatcher.
Table 2--Minimum Programmed Hours for Aircraft Dispatchers: Training Program and Qualification Requirements
[See Sec. 121.1435]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Training categories
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Activity Initial for Combined
certificated Recurrent Transition certification and
dispatchers initial
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Generic Training (see attachment N/A............... N/A............... N/A............... 136.
3).
General Knowledge and Skills 48................ 8................. N/A............... 32.
Segment (see attachment 1).
Basic Aircraft (see attachment 24................ N/A............... N/A............... 32.
2).
Practical Test.................. N/A............... N/A............... N/A............... Required.
Specific Training per Aircraft 4................. 2................. 4................. 4.
Type (see attachment 2).
General Knowledge for Flag 8................. N/A............... N/A............... 8.
Operations (see attachment 1).
General Knowledge per Flag Area 2................. 2................. N/A............... 2.
of Operation (see attachment 1).
Supervised Operating Experience, 8................. N/A............... N/A............... 8.
Domestic.
Supervised Operating Experience, 8................. N/A............... N/A............... 8.
per Flag Area of Operation.
Operating Familiarization....... Required.......... Required.......... N/A............... Required.
Proficiency Test................ Required.......... N/A............... Required.......... Required.
Proficiency Check............... N/A............... Required.......... N/A............... N/A.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3--Requalification Programmed Hours for Aircraft Dispatchers: Training Program and Qualification Requirements
[See Sec. 121.1419]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Months lapse in currency
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Activity Phase II at least 6 Phase III at least 12 Phase IV at least 24
Phase I less than 6 months, but less than months, but less than months, but less than Phase V 36 months or
months 12 months 24 months 36 months more
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Missed Recurrent Modules (see Required.............. Required.............. Required............. Required............. N/A.
attachments 1 and 2).
[[Page 1439]]
General Knowledge and Skills 0..................... 2..................... 4.................... 8.................... Initial.
Segment (see attachment 1).
Specific Training per Aircraft Type 0..................... 1..................... 2.................... 2.................... Initial.
(see attachment 2).
General Knowledge per Flag Area of 0..................... 2..................... 2.................... 2.................... Initial.
Operation (see attachment 1).
Supervised Operating Experience, 0..................... 4..................... 8.................... 8.................... Initial.
Domestic.
Supervised Operating Experience, 0..................... 2..................... 2.................... 2.................... Initial.
per Flag Area of Operation.
Operating Familiarization.......... Required if not Required if not Required............. Required............. Required.
completed in previous completed in previous
12 months. 12 months.
Proficiency Tests or Checks (see Proficiency Check Proficiency Check Proficiency Check Proficiency Check Proficiency Test
Table 4 and attachment 4). Required if not Required if not Required. Required. Required.
completed in previous completed in previous
12 months. 12 months.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4--Training Category Evaluation Requirements for Aircraft Dispatchers
[See Attachment 4]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proficiency test Proficiency
--------------------------------------------------- check
Area of evaluation tasks Combined ----------------
Initial Transition certification Recurrent and
and initial* requalified
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Area of Evaluation: General
A. Equipment Knowledge.................. X X X X
B. Aircraft Performance and Limitations X X X X
Knowledge..............................
C. Operating Requirements............... X N/A X X
D. National Weather System.............. X N/A X X
E. National NOTAM System................ X N/A X X
II. Area of Evaluation: Duty Period
Orientation
A. Operations Orientation............... X N/A X X
B. Dispatcher Shift Turnover............ X N/A X X
C. Shift Self Briefing.................. X N/A X X
D. Certificate Holder Manuals, X X X X
Procedures, and Operating Information..
III. Area of Evaluation: Planning and
Executing a Dispatch Release
A. Obtain Required Information.......... X N/A X X
B. Flight Planning...................... X X X X
C. Create and Issue Dispatch Release.... X N/A X X
D. Briefing Flight Crews................ X N/A X X
IV. Area of Evaluation: Flight Monitoring
A. Updating and Gathering Information... X N/A X X
B. Operational Control Decision-Making.. X N/A X X
C. Amend Dispatch Release............... X N/A X X
V. Area of Evaluation: Situation Management
A. Dispatch and Aircraft Abnormality or X X X X
Emergency..............................
B. Collection and Dissemination of X N/A X X
Information on Overdue or Missing
Aircraft...............................
VI. Area of Evaluation: Dispatch Resource
Management
A. Demonstrate and apply DRM concepts... X N/A X X
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*In addition to the Proficiency Test, a Practical Test is required as prescribed in Attachment 3.
[[Page 1440]]
Table 5--Personnel Authorized To Administer Aircraft Dispatcher Training and Evaluation, and To Conduct Observation Activities Under Subpart CC
[See Sec. Sec. 121.1421 and 121.1439]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employer and position
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other than employees of the part The part 119 certificate holder FAA
119 certificate holder -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aircraft dispatcher training, evaluation, and ----------------------------------
observation activities under subpart CC Non- Certificated Non- Dispatch Aviation safety
Certificated certificated dispatcher certificated Certificated Check program inspector
dispatcher dispatcher instructor dispatcher dispatcher dispatcher designee operations
instructor instructor instructor
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Training And Evaluation
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Generic Training, General Knowledge and Skills, and \a\ X \a\ X X \a\ X ............... X X ...............
Basic Aircraft.........................................
DRM, Certificate Holder Computer Systems, Computer ............... ............... X ............... ............... X X ...............
Flight Planning, Contingency Operations, Practical
Dispatch Applications..................................
Specific Aircraft Type.................................. \a\ X \a\ X X \a\ X ............... X X ...............
Flag and Flag Area of Operations........................ \a\ X ............... X ............... ............... X X ...............
Supervised Operating Experience......................... ............... ............... \b\ X ............... \b\ X X X ...............
Proficiency Test (Initial, Transition).................. ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... X X X
Proficiency Check (Recurrent, Requalification).......... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... X X X
Practical Test for Certificate.......................... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... X X
Proficiency Test (Combined Certification and Initial)... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... X X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Observation Activities
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Observation of Dispatch Program Designee (DPD).......... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Must be acceptable to the Administrator.
\b\ May be conducted by a check dispatcher or a person who meets the experience requirements of Sec. 121.1417.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
BILLING CODE 4910-13-P
[[Page 1441]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP12JA09.037
BILLING CODE 4910-13-C
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
END INFORMATION
Attachment 1 of Appendix T to Part 121
General Knowledge and Skills Requirements--Subjects and Tests--for
Initial, Combined Certification and Initial, Recurrent, and
Requalification Training Categories
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
A. General Knowledge and Skills Segment for Initial, Combined
Certification and Initial, Recurrent, and Requalification. (See
Sec. Sec. 121.1411; 121.1413; 121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1431; 121.1433;
121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451; 121.1453; 121.1455;
and 121.1471)
1. The general knowledge and skills segment introduces the student
to the certificate holder, its policies, and operations. The general
knowledge and skills segment also includes other pertinent information
that prepares the student for specific ground and skills training,
including how to use the certificate holder's operating manuals for
exercising operational control.
2. The general knowledge and skills segment includes required
subjects. In addition, some of the subjects have examples. These
examples are for clarification only and are not all inclusive.
3. For recurrent and requalification see the discussion under
general knowledge and skills segment for recurrent and requalification
in paragraph B of this attachment.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
4. The FAA Aircraft Dispatcher Knowledge Test is a requirement for
certification and the practical test. The certificate holder's testing
under this attachment is not a substitute for the FAA Aircraft
Dispatcher Knowledge Test.
5. Training is required for all subjects listed in each area of
instruction that pertain to the certificate holder's operations
specifications for persons in initial, combined certification and
initial, recurrent, and requalification training. Training is also
required for subjects not listed in each area of instruction, but that
pertain to a certificate holder's operation. The aircraft dispatcher
must understand the subjects required for the areas of instruction
listed in Attachment 1 of this appendix.
6. The certificate holder must administer a knowledge test for the
subjects in each area of instruction. The knowledge test must be
written or computer based. The FAA must approve the form and content in
each area of instruction. An individual must satisfactorily complete
the knowledge test. To satisfactorily complete a knowledge test, a
score of 80% or better in each area of instruction is required and a
qualified person must correct the test to 100%. Correction of missed
questions must include a discussion of which answer is correct, and why
the answer selected is incorrect. Retraining is required in each area
of instruction when a score of 80% or better is not achieved.
Retraining is followed by reevaluation of the student in each retrained
area of instruction. The form and content of the reevaluation must also
be approved by the FAA. The knowledge tests for each training category
must meet the following requirements:
(a) For initial and combined certification and initial, a knowledge
test must be comprised of the minimum number of questions required for
the subjects within each area of instruction.
(b) For recurrent training, a knowledge test must be comprised of
at least 20 questions selected from the applicable areas of
instruction.
(c) For requalification training that requires missed recurrent
training modules, each recurrent knowledge test must be comprised of at
least 20
[[Page 1442]]
questions per missed recurrent training module, selected from the
applicable areas of instruction. For each activity not completed as
part of recurrent training (as required by Table 3 of this appendix), a
test comprised of subjects selected from the applicable areas of
instruction must have at least 5 questions per required activity.
7. The FAA may allow distance learning for subjects in each area of
instruction unless otherwise indicated. However, the FAA will not
approve cumulative distance learning hours that equal more than 50% of
the total required programmed hours as listed in Tables 1, 2 or 3 of
this appendix.
8. General Knowledge required--Areas of Instruction--With Subjects:
(a) Area of Instruction: Introduction and Orientation. (5 questions
required)
Subjects:
(1) Course contents, schedules, and materials.
(2) Key personnel.
(3) Record keeping requirements.
(4) Drug testing and alcohol testing.
(5) Identification badges.
(6) Certificate holder publications.
(7) Schedule.
(8) Dispatcher's duties and responsibilities.
(9) Joint dispatcher and pilot in command responsibilities.
(b) Area of Instruction: Applicable Federal Regulations. (10
questions required)
Subjects:
(1) 14 CFR part 1.
(2) 14 CFR part 91.
(3) 14 CFR part 119.
(4) 14 CFR part 121.
(5) 14 CFR part 139.
(6) 49 CFR part 175 (HMR).
(7) 49 CFR part 830 (NTSB).
(8) Special Federal Aviation Regulations (SFARs).
(9) 49 CFR Chapter 12 (TSR).
(c) Area of Instruction: Manual overview. (10 questions required)
Subjects:
(1) The certificate holder's operations specifications.
(2) Manuals containing the following:
(i) Procedures established by FAA authorized exemptions to certain
Federal Aviation Regulations (if applicable).
(ii) Procedures established by FAA authorized deviations to certain
Federal Aviation Regulations (if applicable).
(iii) Minimum Equipment List (MEL).
(iv) Configuration Deviation List (CDL).
(v) Dispatch Deviation Guide (DDG) procedures.
(vi) Maintenance flight logs procedures.
(vii) Procedures for maintenance, test, training, and ferry
flights.
(viii) Deicing and anti-icing procedures.
(ix) The process for gathering safety related information such as
NOTAMs and weather.
(x) The certificate holder's approved training program.
(xi) Certificate holder security procedures and directives.
(xii) Certificate holder communications and procedures.
(xiii) Emergency procedures.
(xiv) Procedures for determining whether hazardous materials are on
board an aircraft and notification procedures in an emergency.
(xv) Dispatch procedures.
(xvi) Weight and balance procedures.
(xvii) Contents of the Airplane Flight Manual.
(xviii) Certificate holder operations (e.g., GOM, FOM).
(xix) Station operations procedures.
(xx) Crew operating procedures.
(d) Area of Instruction: Meteorology. (15 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Upper air meteorology.
(2) METAR.
(3) TAF.
(4) SIGMET-AIRMET.
(5) Area forecast.
(6) Winds aloft (high and low altitude).
(7) Surface meteorology.
(8) Thunderstorms.
(9) Tornadoes.
(10) Tropical weather (if applicable).
(i) Typhoons.
(ii) Tropical storms.
(iii) Hurricanes.
(11) Atmospheric hazards to aviation:
(i) Low level windshear.
(ii) Microburst.
(iii) Mountain waves (if applicable).
(iv) Turbulence (all types).
(v) Icing.
(vi) Reduced visibility (e.g., fog, ice fog, smog).
(vii) Volcanic ash.
(12) FAA approved weather service providers and approved sources.
(13) Interpretation and use of weather charts.
(14) Enhanced Weather Information System (EWINS), (if applicable).
(e) Area of Instruction: Approach plates and charts. (5 questions
required).
Subjects:
(1) SIDS and DP.
(2) STARS.
(f) Area of Instruction: Navigation Aids and Publications. (10
questions required).
Subjects:
(1) ILS/Localizer.
(2) ILS PRM (if applicable).
(3) VOR and VOR/DME.
(4) VOR Classification.
(5) NDB.
(6) RNAV (e.g., GPS, Inertial).
(7) Class I, Class II, or Performance Based Navigation (as
applicable).
(8) Terminal and en route charts and publications.
(9) Inoperative navigation aids.
(10) RADAR.
(g) Area of Instruction: Airport characteristics. (5 questions
required).
Subjects:
(1) Airports (emphasizing special or unique characteristics).
(2) Runway configurations (e.g., parallel runways, orientation).
(3) Runway surfaces (e.g., grooved, porous friction, runway weight
bearing capacity).
(4) Obstacles.
(5) Slope.
(6) Elevation.
(7) Terrain features.
(8) Methods of receiving information about airport operations and
conditions.
(9) Airport lighting and marking.
(h) Area of Instruction: Air Traffic Control. (15 questions
required).
Subjects:
(1) Air Traffic Control communication and coordination.
(2) Instrument approach procedures.
(3) Terminal departure procedures.
(4) Terminal arrival procedures.
(5) En route procedures (e.g., strategic and tactical planning
tools such as Coded Departure Routes (CDR), National Route Program
(NRP), Severe Weather Avoidance Procedures (SWAP)).
(6) Flow Control, ARTCC, approach, departure, tower, ground, FSS.
(7) National Airspace System.
(8) High Altitude Redesign (HAR).
(9) Airspace (Class A-G).
(10) Controlled and uncontrolled airspace and airports.
(11) Approved instrument approach procedures (operations
specifications).
(12) Information required on ATC Flight Plans (e.g., RNP, RVSM).
(13) Collaborative Decision Making (CDM) (as applicable).
(14) Certificate holder policy on reroutes and deviations and
impact on operational control.
(i) Area of Instruction: NOTAMS (as applicable) (10 questions
required).
Subjects:
(1) Local (L).
(2) Distant (D).
(3) FDC.
(4) Chart NOTAMs.
(5) Chart supplements.
(6) FIR boundary NOTAMs.
(7) Oceanic NOTAMs.
(8) ATC NOTAMs.
(9) Military NOTAMs.
(10) TFRs and prohibited airspace.
(11) Airport Facility Directory (AFD).
(12) Certificate holder.
[[Page 1443]]
(13) Field conditions.
(14) SFARs.
(15) Method for gathering and disseminating NOTAMs.
(16) Other NOTAM sources.
(j) Area of Instruction: Crewmember requirement, if applicable per
certificate holder procedures. (5 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Duty time requirements.
(2) Qualification.
(i) Aircraft.
(ii) Airports.
(iii) Areas.
(iv) Takeoff and landing minimums.
(k) Area of Instruction: Dispatch Resource Management (DRM)
Training.
Distance learning not allowed. (5 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Briefings.
(2) Assertiveness.
(3) Inquiry.
(4) Conflict resolution.
(5) Interdepartmental coordination process.
(6) Interpersonal relationships.
(7) Situational awareness.
(8) Preparation, planning, and vigilance.
(9) Time management (prioritizing).
(10) Tactical and strategic use of resources.
(11) Stress management.
(12) Decisionmaking process.
(13) Multi-tasking.
(14) Risk management.
(15) Leadership.
(16) Communication.
(l) Area of Instruction: Ground de-ice and anti-ice program (5
questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Types, purpose, characteristics, and effectiveness of de-ice
and anti-ice fluids.
(2) De-ice and anti-ice handling and performance implications.
(3) Aircraft surface contamination and critical area
identification.
(4) Use of holdover times.
(5) Aircraft de-ice and anti-ice procedures and checks to detect
contaminated surfaces.
(m) Area of Instruction: Computer System, as applicable. Distance
learning not allowed. (10 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Weather.
(2) Flight planning.
(3) Dispatch release.
(4) Irregular operations.
(5) Takeoff, en route, and landing gross weight calculations.
(6) Weight and balance.
(7) Flight monitoring, times, and schedule.
(8) Airborne and ground based aircraft situation displays (e.g.,
ASD).
(9) NOTAMs.
(10) Computer applications and technology required to perform
aircraft dispatcher duties.
(n) Area of Instruction: Contingency operations for maintaining
operational control in the event of single or multiple system failures
(e.g., power, communication). Distance learning not allowed. (5
questions required).
(o) Area of Instruction: Other required training. The hours for
other required training are in addition to approved programmed hours of
instruction stated in Table 1 of this appendix.
Subjects:
(1) Awareness training for hazardous materials (part 121, subpart
Z).
(2) Drug testing program and alcohol misuse prevention program
(part 121 appendices I and J).
(3) Security training (49 CFR part 1544).
9. Training for a specific type of operation, Domestic or Flag.
(a) Area of Instruction: Domestic operations: (15 questions
required).
Subjects:
(1) Definition of a domestic operation and what constitutes a
domestic operation.
(2) The certificate holder's approved operations specifications
related to Domestic operations. Examples:
(i) Special use airspace (e.g., Domestic RVSM).
(ii) Fuel reserves for domestic operations.
(iii) Operations specification A 12 (Operations to certain foreign
airports).
(iv) Exemptions or deviations (if applicable).
(v) Operations specification C 70 (Authorized airports).
(3) En route operations over routes and diversions, if applicable,
that may expose passengers and crew to extreme environmental
conditions. Examples:
(i) Western U.S. terrain clearance and driftdown.
(ii) Ozone and hazardous weather.
(4) Unique domestic instrument approach and departure procedures.
Examples:
(i) Missed approach procedures.
(ii) Unique local procedures.
(iii) Special instrument approach and departure procedures.
(iv) Specific SFAR requirements (if applicable).
(v) Engine out departure procedures.
(5) Required Navigation Performance (RNP) or Performance Based
Navigation.
(6) Domestic communications system; air to ground, radio relay.
(7) Procedures for determining alternate airport requirements.
Examples:
(i) Alternate airport selection.
(ii) Changes to alternates.
(8) Crewmember requirement, if applicable per certificate holder
procedures.
(i) Duty time requirement.
(ii) Qualification.
(A) Aircraft.
(B) Airports.
(C) Areas.
(D) Takeoff and landing minimums.
(9) Dispatch release and its validity time for an intermediate
airport.
(10) Other issues surrounding operational control of domestic
operations. Examples:
(i) Holding fuel requirements.
(ii) Dispatching into congested airspace.
(iii) Reanalysis of airborne flights.
(iv) Uncontrolled airspace authorizations, en route and terminal.
(b) Area of Instruction: General knowledge for Flag Operations: (10
questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Definition of a flag operation and what constitutes a flag
operation.
(2) Flag regulations.
(3) Class II navigation (e.g., Inertial, GPS).
(4) Equal Time Point (ETP), if applicable.
(5) Extended overwater.
(6) Fuel requirements.
(7) The practical application of the term ``Re-dispatch'' and
information required to be exchanged between the aircraft dispatcher
and the Pilot in Command, if applicable.
(8) International weather. Accessing international weather
information (unique problems associated with obtaining international
weather information).
(9) ICAO NOTAMS, as applicable.
(i) Chart NOTAMS.
(ii) Chart supplements.
(iii) The certificate holder's procedures for obtaining NOTAM
information.
(iv) Track messages.
(v) International ATC environments. Examples:
(A) Uncontrolled airspace.
(B) Airspace restrictions and procedures.
(C) Language barriers.
(vi) Operations over high terrain. Example: Driftdown
considerations (terrain clearance, oxygen, and alternate requirements).
(vii) Procedures for determining alternate airport requirements.
Examples:
(A) Alternate airport selection.
(B) Changes to alternates.
(viii) Crewmember requirement, if applicable per certificate holder
procedures.
[[Page 1444]]
(A) Duty time requirements.
(B) Qualification.
(1) Aircraft.
(2) Airports.
(3) Areas.
(4) Takeoff and landing minimums.
(ix) Compliance with foreign regulations and requirements that may
be more restrictive than U.S. regulations and requirements.
(x) Dispatch release and its validity time for an intermediate
airport.
(c) Area of Instruction: General Knowledge per Flag Area of
Operation. The following subjects must be used to build the training
for each flag area of operation. For training programs that include
multiple flag areas of operation, duplicate subjects (e.g., ETOPS, Flag
Regulations) need only be trained once. (10 questions required).
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
(1) Rules, regulations, operations specifications, procedures,
environmental issues, cultural issues, and other factors influence the
certificate holder's operations in different parts of the world. Flag
Area of Operation means a specific geographical area that may require
compliance with unique policies, procedures, regulations, and
requirements. Because of these varying operational complexities, the
required training is divided into 12 Flag Areas of Operation.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(2) Each Flag Area of Operation must contain the minimum number of
programmed hours as outlined in Tables 1, 2, or 3, as applicable.
(3) Flag Areas of Operation:
(i) Africa. Includes: Continental Africa, Cape Verde, Madagascar,
Mauritius, Reunion, Seychelles.
(ii) Asia-Eastern. Includes: Mainland China, Mongolia, Siberia.
(iii) Commonwealth of Independent States. Includes: Armenia,
Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russian
Federation, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uzbekistan.
(iv) Europe-Central. Includes: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Estonia,
Faroe Islands, Finland, France, Germany, Gibraltar, Greece, Ireland,
Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, Madeira Islands, Malta, Netherlands, Norway,
Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom.
(v) Europe-Eastern. Includes: Albania, Boznia-Herzegovinia,
Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Hungary, Macedonia, Poland, Romania,
Slovakia, Slovenia, Yugoslavia.
(vi) Latin America. Includes: Mexico, Central America, Caribbean
Islands and Cuba.
(vii) Middle East-South Asia. Includes: Afghanistan, Bahrain,
Bangladesh, Bhutan, Chagos Archipelago, Cyprus, India, Iran, Iraq,
Israel, Jordan, Maldives, Myanmar, Nepal, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi
Arabia, Sri Lanka, Syria, Thailand, Turkey, Indian Ocean.
(viii) North America. Includes: Alaska, Bermuda, Canada, Contiguous
United States.
(ix) Atlantic Basin. Includes: Special Contingency Routes, MNPS,
Greenland, Iceland, South Atlantic Ocean.
(x) Pacific Basin. Includes: Australia, New Zealand, New Guinea,
Aleutian Islands, Hawaiian Islands, Japan, Korea, Southeast Asia,
Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Pacific Islands.
(xi) Polar Routes, Area of Magnetic Unreliability, and any
applicable alternates.
(xii) South America. Includes: All Continental Countries.
(4) The certificate holder's approved operations specifications
related to flag operations.
(5) Long range navigation and associated special requirements.
Examples:
(i) Number of Long Range Navigation Systems (LRNS) required for a
specific airspace.
(ii) Contingency procedures.
(6) Long range communication and associated special requirements.
Examples:
(i) Number of Long Range Communication Systems (LRCS) required for
a specific airspace.
(ii) Types required for specific airspace (e.g., VHF, HF,
Satellite, data link).
(iii) Contingency procedures.
(7) Extended Operations (ETOPS), as applicable. Examples of
variables that must be considered:
(i) Fuel.
(ii) Weather.
(iii) Alternate airport requirements.
(iv) Adequate or suitable airports.
(v) Required equipment.
(vi) Maintenance status.
(vii) Entry and exit points.
(8) En route operations over routes and diversions, as applicable
that may expose passengers and crew to extreme environmental
conditions. Examples:
(i) Greenland.
(ii) Himalayas.
(iii) Polar.
(iv) Russian airspace.
(9) Special use airspace (e.g., Reduced Vertical Separation
Minimums (RVSM)).
(10) Required Navigation Performance (RNP) or Performance Based
Navigation.
(11) Unique international instrument approach and departure
procedures. Examples:
(i) Limited navigational aids.
(ii) Limited ATC facilities.
(iii) Missed approach procedures.
(iv) Unique local procedures.
(v) Special instrument approach procedures.
(vi) Specific SFAR requirements, as applicable.
(vii) Engine out departure procedures.
(12) Approved airports and landing rights.
(13) Over-fly permission.
(14) Unique characteristics and special conditions in international
airspace and at international airports. Examples:
(i) Performance limitations.
(ii) Mountainous terrain.
(iii) Navigation aids.
(15) Issues unique to flag area of operations into which the
certificate holder operates. Examples:
(i) Air traffic control.
(ii) Organized tracks.
(iii) Polar operations.
(iv) Uncontrolled airspace.
END QPS REQUIREMENTS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
B. General Knowledge and Skills Segment for Recurrent and
Requalification. (See Sec. Sec. 121.1419; 121.1431; 121.1433;
121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1455; and 121.1471).
The general knowledge and skills segment is designed to maintain
the currency of each aircraft dispatcher. It ensures the necessary
operational and procedural knowledge required for the dispatcher to
effectively exercise operational control.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
1. Training is required for dispatchers in recurrent or
requalification training programs for a certificate holder. Training
must address operational and procedural review of topics deemed
necessary by the certificate holder and approved by the Administrator.
Curricula must contain (but are not limited to) selected portions of
the following areas of instruction. The test that is required for
recurrent training must contain 20 questions. For requalification
training, the number of
[[Page 1445]]
questions required for testing is based on the number of missed
training modules. See paragraph A.6.(c) of this attachment for specific
requirements for requalification training.
2. General Knowledge required.
Areas of Instruction:
Subjects:
(a) Operations Specifications.
(b) General Operating Manual.
(c) Air Traffic Control and Instrument Approach Procedures.
(d) Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM).
(e) Certificate holder communications systems and procedures.
(f) Meteorology.
(g) NOTAMS.
(h) Maintenance procedures.
(i) Emergency procedures.
(j) Joint dispatcher and pilot in command responsibilities.
(k) Characteristics of appropriate airports.
(l) Prevailing weather phenomena.
(m) Approach plates and charts.
(n) Navigational aids and publications.
(o) Certificate holder computer systems (distance learning not
allowed).
(p) Computer flight planning (distance learning not allowed).
(q) Dispatch Resource Management (DRM) (distance learning not
allowed).
(r) Ground de-ice and anti-ice procedures and policies (must be
covered each year).
(s) Flag Areas of Operation--Selected subjects from paragraphs
A.9.(b) and (c) of this attachment.
3. Area of Instruction: Other required training.
The hours for other required training are in addition to approved
programmed hours of instruction stated in Table 1 of this appendix.
Subjects:
(a) Awareness training for hazardous materials (part 121, subpart
Z).
(b) Drug testing program and alcohol misuse prevention program
(part 121 appendices I and J).
(c) Security training (49 CFR part 1544).
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 2 of Appendix T to Part 121
Basic Aircraft and Specific Aircraft Type Training Requirements--
Subjects and Tests--for Initial, Combined Certification and Initial,
Transition, Recurrent, Requalification, Differences, and Special
Training Categories
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
A. General. (See Sec. Sec. 121.1411; 121.1413; 121.1415; 121.1417;
121.1431; 121.1433; 121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451;
121.1453; 121.1455, and 121.1471)
1. The basic aircraft segment introduces the student to the base
aircraft of the operator including aircraft systems and performance.
The specific aircraft segment is an overview of aircraft systems and
performance that prepares the student for specific application and
skills training to include how to use the certificate holder's aircraft
manual or manuals for conducting operational control of the airline.
2. The basic aircraft and specific aircraft segment includes
required subjects. In addition, some of the required subjects have
examples. These examples are for clarification only and are not all
inclusive.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
3. The FAA Aircraft Dispatcher Knowledge Test is a requirement for
certification and the practical test. The certificate holder's testing
under this attachment is not a substitute for the FAA Aircraft
Dispatcher Knowledge Test.
4. Training is required for all subjects listed in each area of
instruction that pertain to the certificate holder's operations
specifications for persons in initial, combined certification and
initial, transition, recurrent, requalification, difference, and
special training. Training is also required for subjects not listed in
each area of instruction, but that pertain to a certificate holder's
operation. The aircraft dispatcher must understand the subjects
required for the areas of instruction listed in Attachment 2.
5. The certificate holder must administer a knowledge test for the
subjects in each area of instruction. The knowledge test must be
written or computer based. The FAA must approve the form and content in
each area of instruction. An individual must satisfactorily complete
the knowledge test. To satisfactorily complete a knowledge test, a
score of 80% or better in each area of instruction is required and a
qualified person must correct the test to 100%. Correction of missed
questions must include a discussion of which answer is correct, and why
the answer selected is incorrect. Retraining is required in each area
of instruction when a score of 80% or better is not achieved.
Retraining is followed by reevaluation of the student in each retrained
area of instruction. The form and content of the reevaluation must also
be approved by the FAA. The knowledge tests for each training category
must be as follows:
(a) For initial and combined certification and initial, a knowledge
test comprised of the minimum number of questions required for the
subjects within each area of instruction.
(b) For recurrent training, a knowledge test comprised of at least
20 questions selected from the applicable areas of instruction. For
certificate holders with more than one aircraft type, aircraft systems
for each specific aircraft type may be covered over a 3 year cycle as
approved by the Administrator.
(c) For requalification training that requires missed recurrent
training modules, each recurrent knowledge test must be comprised of at
least 20 questions per missed recurrent training module, selected from
the applicable areas of instruction. For each activity required by
Table 3 of this appendix, a test comprised of subjects selected from
the applicable areas of instruction must have at least 5 questions per
required activity.
(d) For differences training at least 5 questions. Training and
evaluation is required in specific subject areas specified when
differences are required.
6. The FAA may allow distance learning for subjects in each area of
instruction unless otherwise indicated. However, the FAA will not
approve cumulative distance learning hours that equal more than 50% of
the total required programmed hours as listed in Tables 1, 2 or 3 of
this appendix.
B. Basic Aircraft Training Requirements for Initial or Combined
Certification and Initial. (See Sec. Sec. 121.1431; 121.1433;
121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451; 121.1453; 121.1455,
and 121.1471)
Areas of Instruction--With Subjects:
1. Area of Instruction: Basic Aircraft Systems Theory and
Performance. (10 questions required).
Subjects:
(a) Air conditioning.
(b) Pressurization.
(c) Auto flight.
(d) Communications.
(e) Electrical.
(f) Equipment and furnishings.
(g) Fire protection.
(h) Flight controls.
(i) Fuel.
(j) Hydraulics.
(k) Ice and rain protection.
(l) Instrumentation.
[[Page 1446]]
(m) Landing gear.
(n) Lights.
(o) Oxygen.
(p) Water and waste.
(q) Auxiliary power.
(r) Doors.
(s) Propellers.
(t) Engines.
(u) Weight and balance theory.
(v) Flight planning overview.
(w) Aircraft performance.
2. Area of Instruction: A general description of the aircraft
performance characteristics emphasizing the following as applicable: (5
questions required).
Subjects:
(a) Aircraft limitations that may affect the aircraft performance.
(b) Navigation equipment and required navigation performance.
(c) Communication equipment and required communication performance.
(d) Other factors affecting operating and performance
characteristics.
3. Area of Instruction: MEL and CDL specific applications and
appropriate operating manual procedures applicable to dispatch for: (10
questions required).
Subjects:
(a) Air conditioning.
(b) Pressurization.
(c) Auto flight.
(d) Communications.
(e) Electrical.
(f) Equipment and furnishings.
(g) Fire protection.
(h) Flight controls.
(i) Fuel.
(j) Hydraulics.
(k) Ice and rain protection.
(l) Instrumentation.
(m) Landing gear.
(n) Lights.
(o) Oxygen.
(p) Water and waste.
(q) Auxiliary power.
(r) Doors.
(s) Propellers.
(t) Engines.
4 Area of Instruction: Additional training in the following
subjects must be included (as applicable): (10 questions required).
Subjects:
(a) Instrument approach and communication equipment.
(b) Aircraft specific deicing procedures.
(c) Special considerations and authorizations for international
operations.
(d) Reduced separation standards.
(e) Special maintenance procedures.
(f) Flight manual specific emergency procedures and equipment.
(g) Weight and balance considerations.
(h) Basic aircraft performance dispatch requirements and
procedures.
(i) Flight planning including route, track and altitude selection,
en route performance, flight time analysis, weather considerations, and
fuel analysis.
(j) Aircraft specific emergency procedures.
(k) Mission capable considerations (e.g., over-water equipped).
C. Aircraft Type Specific Training Requirements for Initial, Combined
Certification and Initial, Transition, Recurrent, and Requalification.
(See Sec. Sec. 121.1431; 121.1433; 121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439;
121.1441; 121.1451; 121.1453; 121.1455, and 121.1471)
1. Aircraft Type Specific Training Requirements--Areas of
Instruction--With
Subjects:
(a) Area of Instruction: Systems Overview: (15 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Air conditioning.
(2) Pressurization.
(3) Auto flight.
(4) Communications.
(5) Electrical.
(6) Equipment and furnishings.
(7) Fire protection.
(8) Flight controls.
(9) Fuel.
(10) Hydraulics.
(11) Ice and rain protection.
(12) Instrumentation.
(13) Landing gear.
(14) Lights.
(15) Oxygen.
(16) Water and waste.
(17) Auxiliary power.
(18) Doors.
(19) Propellers.
(20) Engines.
(b) Area of Instruction: Performance. (5 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Take-off performance.
(2) En route performance.
(3) Landing performance.
(c) Area of Instruction: Other. (10 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Aircraft manuals.
(2) Aircraft limitations.
(3) Weight and balance.
(4) Emergency and abnormal procedures.
2. Differences training. (5 questions required)
Each training program must provide differences training if the
Administrator finds that, due to differences between aircraft of the
same type operated by the certificate holder, additional training is
necessary to ensure that each dispatcher is adequately trained to
perform the assigned duties. The programmed hours established for
differences training are in addition to the previously approved
programmed hours for the approved training program. For differences
training (Sec. 121.1471), the hours remain in the differences training
category. There are no programmed hours in Tables 1 and 2 of this
appendix for differences training.
3. Special training.
The programmed hours established for special training are in
addition to the previously approved programmed hours for the approved
training program. For special training (Sec. 121.1437(c)), the
certificate holder integrates the training into the existing categories
in Tables 1 and 2 of this appendix. There are no programmed hours in
Tables 1 and 2 for special training.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 3 of Appendix T to Part 121
Generic Training Requirements--Subjects and Tests--for Certification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
A. The Generic Training
This attachment lists those subject areas required to train and
evaluate persons who are not certificated dispatchers. In addition,
some of the required subjects have examples. These examples are for
clarification only and are not all inclusive. The areas of instruction
in this attachment will help prepare persons to take the aircraft
dispatcher practical test.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
B. General (See Sec. Sec. 121.1411; 121.1413; 121.1415; 121.1417;
121.1419; 121.1421; 121.1423; 121.1425; 121.1431; 121.1433; 121.1435;
121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451; 121.1453; and 121.1471)
1. The FAA Aircraft Dispatcher Knowledge Test is a requirement for
certification and the practical test. The certificate holder's testing
under this attachment is not a substitute for the FAA Aircraft
Dispatcher Knowledge Test.
2. Instruction and evaluation is required in all area subjects for
combined certification and initial training.
3. The certificate holder must administer a knowledge test for the
subjects in each area of instruction. The knowledge test must be
written or computer based. The FAA must approve the form and content in
each area of instruction. An individual must
[[Page 1447]]
satisfactorily complete the knowledge test. To satisfactorily complete
a knowledge test, a score of 80% or better in each area of instruction
is required and a qualified person must correct the test to 100%.
Correction of missed questions must include a discussion of which
answer is correct, and why the answer selected is incorrect. Retraining
is required in each area of instruction when a score of 80% or better
is not achieved. Retraining is followed by reevaluation of the student
in each retrained area of instruction. The form and content of the
reevaluation must also be approved by the FAA.
4. The FAA may allow distance learning for subjects in each area of
instruction unless otherwise indicated. However, the FAA will not
approve cumulative distance learning hours that equal more than 50% of
the total required programmed hours as listed in Tables 1 and 2 of this
appendix.
C. General Training Requirements Areas of Instruction--With Subjects:
(See Sec. Sec. 121.1411; 121.1413; 121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1419;
121.1421; 121.1423; 121.1425; 121.1431; 121.1433; 121.1435; 121.1437;
121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451; 121.1453; and 121.1471)
1. Area of Instruction: Regulations (10 questions required)
Subjects:
(a) 14 CFR part 65, subparts A and C.
(b) 14 CFR parts 1, 25, 61, 71, 91, 121, 139, and 175.
(c) 49 CFR part 830 (NTSB).
(d) General Operating Manual (GOM).
2. Area of Instruction: Meteorology (15 questions required).
Subjects:
(a) Basic Weather Studies.
(1) The earth's motion and its effects on weather.
(2) Analysis of the following regional weather types,
characteristics, and structures, or combinations thereof:
(i) Maritime.
(ii) Continental.
(iii) Polar.
(iv) Tropical.
(3) Analysis of the following local weather types, characteristics,
and structures or combinations thereof:
(i) Coastal.
(ii) Mountainous.
(iii) Island.
(iv) Plains.
(4) The following characteristics of the atmosphere:
(i) Layers.
(ii) Composition.
(iii) Global wind patterns.
(iv) Ozone.
(v) Tropopause.
(5) Pressure:
(i) Units of measure.
(ii) Weather systems characteristics.
(iii) Temperature effects on pressure.
(iv) Altimeters.
(v) Pressure gradient force.
(vi) Pressure pattern flying weather.
(6) Wind:
(i) Major wind systems and coriolis force.
(ii) Jetstreams and their characteristics.
(iii) Local wind and related terms.
(7) States of matter:
(i) Solids, liquid, and gases.
(ii) Causes of change of state.
(8) Clouds:
(i) Composition, formation, and dissipation.
(ii) Types and associated precipitation.
(iii) Use of cloud knowledge in forecasting.
(9) Fog:
(i) Causes, formation, and dissipation.
(ii) Types.
(10) Ice:
(i) Causes, formation, and dissipation.
(ii) Types.
(11) Stability and instability:
(i) Temperature lapse rate, convection.
(ii) Adiabatic processes.
(iii) Lifting processes.
(iv) Divergence.
(v) Convergence.
(12) Turbulence:
(i) Jetstream associated.
(ii) Pressure pattern recognition.
(iii) Low level windshear.
(iv) Mountain waves.
(v) Thunderstorms.
(vi) Clear air turbulence.
(13) Airmasses:
(i) Classification and characteristics.
(ii) Source regions.
(iii) Use of airmass knowledge in forecasting.
(14) Fronts:
(i) Structure and characteristics, both vertical and horizontal.
(ii) Frontal types.
(iii) Frontal weather flying.
(15) Theory of storm systems:
(i) Thunderstorms.
(ii) Tornadoes.
(iii) Hurricanes and typhoons.
(iv) Microbursts.
(v) Causes, formation, and dissipation.
(b) Weather, analysis, and forecasts.
(1) Observations:
(i) Surface observations.
(A) Observations made by certified weather observer.
(B) Automated weather observations.
(ii) Terminal forecasts.
(iii) Significant en route reports and forecasts.
(A) Pilot reports.
(B) Area forecasts.
(C) Sigmets, airmets.
(D) Center weather advisories.
(iv) Weather imagery.
(A) Surface analysis.
(B) Weather depiction.
(C) Significant weather prognosis.
(D) Winds and temperature aloft.
(E) Composite moisture stability chart.
(F) Surface weather prognostic chart.
(G) Radar meteorology.
(H) Satellite meteorology.
(I) Other charts as applicable.
(v) Meteorological information data collection systems.
(2) Data collection, analysis, and forecast facilities.
(3) Service outlets providing aviation weather products.
(c) Weather Related Aircraft Hazards.
(1) Crosswinds and gusts.
(2) Contaminated runways.
(3) Restrictions to surface visibility.
(4) Turbulence and windshear.
(5) Icing.
(6) Thunderstorms and microburst.
(7) Volcanic ash.
3. Area of Instruction: Navigation (10 questions required)
Subjects:
(a) Study of the Earth.
(1) Time reference and location (0 Longitude, UTC).
(2) Definitions.
(3) Projections.
(4) Charts.
(b) Chart Reading, Application, and Use.
(c) National Airspace Plan.
(d) Navigation Systems.
(e) Airborne Navigation Instruments.
(f) Instrument Approach Procedures.
(1) Transition procedures.
(2) Precision approach procedures.
(3) Non-precision approach procedures.
(4) Minimums and the relationship to weather.
(g) Special Navigation and Operations.
(1) North Atlantic.
(2) Pacific.
(3) Global differences.
4. Area of Instruction: Communications (5 questions required)
Subjects:
(a) Regulatory requirements.
(b) Communication Protocol.
(c) Voice and Data Communications.
(d) Notice to Airmen (NOTAMS).
(e) Aeronautical Publications.
(f) Abnormal Procedures.
5. Area of Instruction: Air Traffic Control (10 questions required)
Subjects:
(a) Responsibilities.
(b) Facilities and Equipment.
(c) Airspace classification and route structure.
(d) Flight Plans.
(1) Domestic.
[[Page 1448]]
(2) International.
(e) Separation Minimums.
(f) Priority Handling.
(g) Holding Procedures.
(h) Traffic Management.
6. Area of Instruction: Emergency and Abnormal Procedures. (5
questions required)
Subjects:
(a) Security measures on the ground.
(b) Security measures in the air.
(c) FAA responsibility and services.
(d) Collection and dissemination of information on overdue or
missing aircraft.
(e) Means of declaring an emergency.
(f) Responsibility for declaring an emergency.
7. Area of Instruction: Practical dispatch applications. (distance
learning not allowed)
Subjects:
(a) Human Factors.
(1) Decision-making:
(i) Situation assessment.
(ii) Generation and evaluation of alternatives.
(A) Tradeoffs and prioritization.
(B) Contingency planning.
(iii) Support tools and technologies.
(2) Human error:
(i) Causes.
(A) Individual and organizational factors.
(B) Technology-induced error.
(ii) Prevention.
(iii) Detection and recovery.
(3) Teamwork:
(i) Communication and information exchange.
(ii) Cooperative and distributed problem-solving.
(iii) Resource management.
(A) Air Traffic Control (ATC) activities and workload.
(B) Flight crew activities and workload.
(C) Maintenance activities and workload.
(D) Operations control staff activities and workload.
(b) Applied Dispatching.
(1) Briefing techniques, Dispatcher, Pilot.
(2) Preflight:
(i) Safety.
(ii) Weather analysis.
(A) Satellite imagery.
(B) Upper and lower altitude charts.
(C) Significant en route reports and forecasts.
(D) Surface charts.
(E) Surface observations.
(iii) NOTAMS and airport conditions.
(iv) Crew.
(A) Qualifications.
(B) Limitations.
(v) Flight planning.
(A) Route of flight.
(1) Standard Instrument Departures and Standard Terminal Arrival
Routes.
(2) En route charts.
(3) Operational altitude.
(4) Departure and arrival charts.
(B) Minimum departure fuel.
(1) Climb.
(2) Cruise.
(3) Descent.
(vi) Decision to operate the flight.
(vii) ATC flight plan filing.
(viii) Flight documentation.
(A) Flight plan.
(B) [Reserved]
(3) Authorize flight departure with concurrence of pilot in
command.
(4) In-flight operational control:
(i) Situational awareness.
(ii) Information exchange.
(iii) Amend original dispatch release as required.
(5) Post-flight:
(i) Arrival verification.
(ii) Weather debrief.
(iii) Flight irregularity reports as required.
8. Area of Instruction: Weight and balance subject: (5 questions
required)
Subject:
(a) Theory and application weight and balance.
(b) [Reserved]
9. Area of Instruction: Performance for the type of aircraft. (5
questions required)
END QPS REQUIREMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 4 of Appendix T to Part 121
Evaluation Requirements and Performance Standards for Initial, Combined
Certification and Initial, Transition, Recurrent, Requalification,
Differences, and Special Training Categories
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN INFORMATION
A. General
The following list provides a set of tasks and situations by area
of evaluation for the aircraft dispatcher. These are the areas and
tasks found in the introduction to the QPS in Table 4, Training
Category Evaluation Requirements for Aircraft Dispatchers, which
establishes the evaluation by task.
END INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
B. Evaluation Requirements. (See Sec. Sec. 121.1411; 121.1413;
121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1419; 121.1421; 121.1423; 121.1425; 121.1431;
121.1433; 121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451; 121.1453;
and 121.1471)
1. Evaluation is required for all tasks and situations listed in
each duty area that pertain to the certificate holder's operations
specifications for persons in initial, combined certification and
initial, transition, recurrent, requalification, difference, and
special training. Evaluation is also required for tasks and situations
that are not listed, but that pertain to a certificate holder's
operation. The aircraft dispatcher must understand, and where
applicable, satisfactorily complete the tasks required for the areas of
evaluation listed in Table 4 of this appendix.
2. The certificate holder must use Table 4 to determine the tasks
and situations on which each aircraft dispatcher must be trained and
evaluated for each training category. If the certificate holder adds
tasks or situations to those listed in Table 4, it must further develop
the tasks or situations to include the requirement and frequency for
training and evaluation in each specific category of training listed in
the table. These changes must be approved by the POI.
3. Evaluation Requirements for Initial, Combined Certification and
Initial, and Transition Training Categories.
(a) The proficiency test for initial and combined certification and
initial is a combination of knowledge evaluation and skills evaluation
during which additional training or practice is not allowed.
(b) The proficiency test for transition may be a knowledge
evaluation, a skills evaluation, or a combination of knowledge
evaluation and skills evaluation, during which additional training or
practice is not allowed.
(c) The knowledge evaluation portion of the proficiency test must
cover the subjects in each area of evaluation in Table 4 of this
appendix. The knowledge evaluation for initial and combined
certification and initial must be in the form of written or computer
based questions. The knowledge evaluation for transition must be in the
form of oral, written, or computer based questions. The knowledge
evaluation must contain the minimum number of questions addressing each
area of evaluation outlined in this attachment. The FAA must approve
the form and content in each area of evaluation. An individual must
satisfactorily complete the knowledge evaluation. To
[[Page 1449]]
satisfactorily complete a knowledge evaluation, a score of 80% or
better in each area of evaluation is required and a qualified person
must correct the test to 100%. Correction of missed questions must
include a discussion of which answer is correct, and why the answer
selected is incorrect. Retraining is required in each area of
evaluation when a score of 80% or better is not achieved. Retraining is
followed by reevaluation of the student in each retrained area of
evaluation. The form and content of the reevaluation must also be
approved by the FAA.
(d) The skills evaluation portion of the proficiency test must be
administered in either an actual or simulated dispatch work environment
and must cover the subjects in each area of instruction as depicted in
Table 4. Each area of evaluation must be satisfactorily demonstrated to
the Check Dispatcher, Dispatch Program Designee, or FAA Operations
Inspector, as applicable. Retraining is required for each task in each
area of evaluation that is not satisfactorily completed. Retraining is
followed by reevaluation of the student in each retrained area of
instruction. The FAA must also approve the form and content of the
reevaluation.
4. Evaluation Requirements for Recurrent and Requalification
Training Categories.
(a) For recurrent training and requalification training, the
proficiency check is a combination of knowledge evaluation and skills
evaluation of tasks listed in Table 4 and described in this attachment
during which additional training or practice is allowed. A portion of
the proficiency check must be administered in either an actual or
simulated dispatch work environment.
(b) The minimum number of questions addressing each task is listed
in each area of evaluation. These questions are only required for
knowledge evaluation portion of the proficiency check. The knowledge
evaluation portion of the proficiency check must be administered in the
form of oral, written, or computer based questions. To satisfactorily
complete a proficiency check, a score of 80% in each task area of
evaluation is required and a qualified person must correct the test to
100%. Correction of missed questions must include a discussion of which
answer is correct, and why the answer selected is incorrect. Retraining
is required in each area of evaluation when a score of 80% or better is
not achieved. Retraining is followed by reevaluation of the student in
each retrained area of evaluation. The form and content of the
reevaluation must also be approved by the FAA. The skills evaluation
portion of the proficiency check must be satisfactorily demonstrated to
the Check Dispatcher, Dispatch Program Designee, or FAA Operations
Inspector, as applicable.
5. Dispatch Resource Management (DRM) indicators must be evaluated
throughout the entire proficiency test or check.
6. The certificate holder must tailor the procedures in this
attachment for each aircraft type and approved operation. The
certificate holder must include these procedures in the manual(s)
provided to the aircraft dispatcher.
C. Tasks and Situations by Area of Evaluation (See Sec. Sec. 121.1411;
121.1413; 121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1419; 121.1421; 121.1423; 121.1425;
121.1431; 121.1433; 121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451;
121.1453; and 121.1471)
1. Area of Evaluation: General
(a) Task: Equipment Knowledge. (10 questions required).
The dispatcher must have an understanding and a basic knowledge
about the following subjects (systems and components) (as applicable):
(1) Landing gear, including: Extension and retraction systems,
brakes, anti-skid, tires, nose-wheel steering, and shock absorbers.
(2) Engine(s), including: Controls and indications, induction
system, carburetor and fuel injection, turbo-charging, cooling, fire
detection and protection, mounting points, turbine wheels, compressors,
de-icing, anti-icing, and other related components.
(3) Propellers, including: Type, controls, feathering and
unfeathering, auto feather, negative torque sensing, synchronizing, and
synchro-phasing.
(4) Fuel system, including: Capacity, controls; indicators; cross-
feeding; transferring; jettison; fuel grade, color and additives;
fueling and de-fueling procedures; and allowable fuel substitutions, if
applicable.
(5) Oil system, including: Grade and indicators.
(6) Hydraulic system, including: Capacity pumps, pressure,
reservoirs, grade, and regulators.
(7) Electrical system, including: Alternators, generators, battery,
circuit breakers and protection devices, controls, indicators, and
external and auxiliary power sources and ratings.
(8) Environmental systems, including: Heating, cooling,
ventilation, oxygen and pressurization, controls, indicators, and
regulating devices.
(9) Avionics and communications, including: Autopilot, flight
director, and Electronic Flight Indicating Systems (EFIS); Flight
Management System(s) (FMS); Long Range Navigation systems; Doppler
Radar; Inertial Navigation Systems (INS); Global Positioning System
(GPS, DGPS, WGPS); VOR, NDB, ILS, MLS, and RNAV systems and components;
indicating devices; transponder; and emergency locator transmitter.
(10) Ice protection (anti-ice and de-ice), including: Pitot-static
system, propeller (if appropriate), windshield, wing and tail surfaces.
(11) Flight controls, including: Ailerons, elevator(s), rudder(s),
control tabs, balance tabs, stabilizer, flaps, spoilers, leading edge
flaps and slats, and trim systems.
(b) Task: Aircraft Performance and Limitations Knowledge. (10
questions required)
(1) The dispatcher must understand and be proficient in the use of
(as appropriate to the aircraft) performance charts, tables, graphs, or
other data relating to the certificate holder's approved system for the
following:
(i) Accelerate--stop distance.
(ii) Accelerate--go distance.
(iii) Balanced field.
(iv) Takeoff performance, all engines and with engine(s)
inoperative, as appropriate.
(v) Climb performance including segmented climb performance; with
all engines operating; with one or more engine(s) inoperative, and with
other engine malfunctions as may be appropriate.
(vi) Service ceiling, all engines, with engines(s) inoperative,
including Drift Down and Terrain Clearance, if appropriate.
(vii) Cruise performance.
(viii) Fuel consumption, range, and endurance.
(ix) Descent performance.
(xi) Go-around from rejected landings.
(xii) The effects of meteorological conditions upon performance
characteristics with correct application of these factors to a specific
chart, table, graph or other performance data.
(xiii) How to determine longitudinal and lateral center-of-gravity
location for a specific load condition including how to add, remove, or
shift weight to meet longitudinal (forward and aft), and lateral
balance limits for takeoff, cruise, and landing.
(2) The aircraft dispatcher must know all of the limitations
appropriate to each aircraft type and the kind of operation the
dispatcher dispatches with respect to:
(i) Systems and components.
(ii) Performance.
[[Page 1450]]
(iii) MEL issues and how they may be different for a flag operation
or a domestic operation.
(c) Task: Operating Requirements (10 questions required).
The aircraft dispatcher must understand the certificate holder's
operating requirements as provided in:
(1) Operations Specifications.
(2) General Operating Manual.
(3) 14 CFR part 1.
(4) 14 CFR part 91.
(5) 14 CFR part 119.
(6) 14 CFR part 121.
(7) 14 CFR part 139.
(8) 49 CFR part 175 (HMR).
(9) 49 CFR part 830 (NTSB).
(10) Special Federal Aviation Regulations (SFARs).
(11) 49 CFR Chapter 12 (TSR).
(12) ATC System.
(13) Airport Facility Directory.
(d) Task: National Weather System. (5 questions required).
The aircraft dispatcher must know the National weather system
(international weather systems, if applicable) and be able to use the
system to assess weather conditions at departure, intermediate, en
route, destination, and alternate airports.
(e) Task: National NOTAM System. (5 questions required).
The aircraft dispatcher must know the National NOTAM system
(international NOTAM systems, if applicable) and be able to determine
the impact of these NOTAMs on en route flight planning and at
departure, intermediate, en route, destination, and alternate airports.
2. Area of Evaluation: Duty Period Orientation
(a) Task: Operations Orientation. (5 questions required).
The dispatcher must know how to use available information to create
an operations orientation that covers, as applicable:
(1) The location of all flights for which the dispatcher is
responsible.
(2) Planned flights and any special flights for the duty period.
(3) Knowledge of issues, such as anticipated ATC problems and
delays.
(4) NOTAMS, weather, and field conditions for regular and alternate
airports.
(5) Navigation facilities and any irregularities that may affect
the safety of flight.
(b) Task: Dispatcher Shift Turnover. (5 questions required).
The dispatcher must:
(1) Determine that his or her duty schedule complies with part 121
dispatcher duty regulations and certificate holder operating
procedures.
(2) Become thoroughly briefed at the beginning of duty period by
the dispatcher who is turning over operational control.
(3) Develop situational awareness and prioritize his or her
workload.
(4) Provide thorough briefing at the end of the duty period to the
relieving dispatcher.
(c) Task: Shift Self Briefing. (5 questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must use available information to
anticipate and respond to events that may occur during the duty period,
including:
(1) The general weather patterns.
(2) Weather information system status.
(3) EWINS status (if applicable).
(4) Radar imagery.
(5) Fuel status of current and planned flights.
(6) MEL status of current and planned flights.
(7) General airport conditions.
(d) Task: Certificate Holder Manuals, Procedures, and Operating
Information. (10 questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must understand and verify the currency of
the operational procedures contained in the following:
(1) Certificate holder manual containing Flight Crew Operating
Manual (FCOM) information.
(2) Airplane Flight Manual (AFM).
(3) Manual containing certificate holder operations procedures.
(4) Manual containing the Aircraft Dispatcher Procedures Manual
(ADPM).
(5) Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM).
(6) Certificate holder's operations specifications.
(7) Maintenance restrictions such as airworthiness directives.
(8) MEL.
(9) CDL.
3. Area of Evaluation: Planning and Executing a Dispatch Release
(a) Task: Obtain, Evaluate, and Disseminate Required Information.
(10 questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must do the following, as applicable:
(1) Obtain, evaluate, and disseminate to the flight crew all
pertinent weather information in the aircraft dispatcher's area of
responsibility as follows:
(i) Weather reports and forecasts.
(ii) Pilot and radar reports.
(iii) Surface analysis reports.
(iv) Radar summary charts.
(v) Significant weather prognostics.
(vi) Winds and temperature aloft.
(vii) Freezing level charts.
(viii) Turbulence reports and forecasts.
(ix) Icing reports and forecasts.
(x) Stability charts.
(xi) Severe weather outlook charts.
(xii) Constant pressure charts.
(xiii) Constant pressure prognostics.
(xiv) Tables and conversion graphs.
(xv) SIGMETS, convective SIGMETS, convective outlooks, weather
warnings, and AIRMETS.
(xvi) ATIS report.
(xvii) Satellite imagery.
(xviii) NOTAMs.
(xix) Field condition reports.
(2) Obtain, evaluate, and disseminate to the flight crew other
information in the aircraft dispatcher's area of responsibility, such
as the following:
(i) Aircraft status.
(A) Maintenance and MEL.
(B) Loading and fuel.
(C) Performance data.
(ii) ATC problems such as departure or arrival delays, flow control
and en route or altitude problems.
(iii) ATC tower closures, curfews, or other information, such as
noise abatement requirements at or near the arrival period.
(iv) Fuel and ground handling issues.
(v) Highlight restrictive MEL and CDL items.
(vi) Irregular operations plan of action (e.g., diversion).
(3) Obtain, review, and disseminate to the flight crew the
following:
(i) The suitability of runways, including whether closed runways or
runways with displaced thresholds are accounted for in the performance
computations.
(ii) All NOTAMs.
(iii) Information about field conditions (contact the station if
the information is not readily available) at airports to determine the
validity of the information and the impact on operations.
(iv) The fueling restrictions and any station equipment problems
(contact the station if the information is not readily available) for
the airports to determine the impact on planned operations.
(4) Review the aircraft dispatcher ``read file'' for updated
operational information.
(5) Review AIM.
(i) Navaids.
(ii) Airports and air navigation and lighting.
(iii) Airspace.
(iv) Air traffic control procedures including clearances.
(v) Airport operations.
(vi) Departure, en route, and arrival procedures.
(6) Review the Flight Crew Qualification for route to be flown
(i) Special airports.
(ii) Special use airspace.
(iii) High minimum captains and flight crew minimums.
[[Page 1451]]
(7) Review the aircraft status.
(i) Maintenance and MEL.
(ii) Loading and fuel.
(iii) Performance data.
(iv) Special areas of operation requirements.
(b) Task: Flight Planning. (15 questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must do the following, as applicable:
(1) Select an alternate airport.
(i) Use a flight movement forecast (FMF) under an approved EWINS
program.
(ii) Determine whether an alternate airport is required for the
destination airport in accordance with 14 CFR part 121, any existing
exemptions, deviations, operations specification requirements, and
procedures, for the certificate holder.
(iii) If weather conditions at the departure airport are below
landing minimums in the certificate holder's operation specifications
for that airport, specify a departure alternate in accordance with 14
CFR part 121, and the approved certificate holder procedures.
(iv) Ensure that each alternate airport selected (whether for
departure or destination airports) meets the requirements of 14 CFR
part 121, and the approved certificate holder procedures.
(v) Consider and plan for an unscheduled stop.
(vi) Determine the operational suitability of the planned alternate
by determining the following:
(A) Field conditions (e.g., wet runways, runway friction reports,
braking action reports).
(B) The MEL and CDL status of the aircraft and any potential
weather related condition or restriction.
(C) Crosswind and tailwind components.
(D) Weather reporting service is available.
(E) Approach chart does not prohibit its use as an alternate.
(F) The appropriate navigational facilities are monitored and
operational.
(G) The airport has an instrument approach procedure authorized for
use by the certificate holder.
(H) Tower closures and alternative procedures.
(2) Determine whether holding is anticipated at both the
destination and the appropriate alternate(s) by considering the
following:
(i) En route conditions.
(ii) ATC constraints.
(iii) Possible re-routes.
(iv) Marginal weather conditions at the arrival airports.
(v) MEL and CDL considerations.
(3) Determine the MEL and CDL status of the aircraft and its impact
on the flight plan.
(4) Plan the flight considering the following:
(i) The ATC preferred routing (e.g., High Altitude Redesign, RVSM,
RNP).
(ii) The performance requirements of part 121, subpart I.
(iii) The MEL or CDL status of the aircraft and any potential
weather related considerations of resultant restrictions.
(iv) The en route navigational facilities are monitored and
operational.
(v) Maintenance, test, training, and ferry flights (as applicable).
(5) Determine the fuel load requirements.
(i) Ensure that the flight is released with sufficient fuel on
board to comply with the requirements of 14 CFR and the certificate
holder's requirements for computing minimum fuel supply.
(ii) Consider the impact of underfueling or overfueling on the
dispatch release.
(iii) Comply with the requirements of any deviations or exemptions
used.
(6) Determine aircraft performance requirements. Ensure that the
flight is released at a weight and configuration that complies with the
requirements of 14 CFR part 121, subpart I and any additional
certificate holder requirements.
(c) Task: Create and Issue Dispatch Release. (5 questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must do the following, as applicable:
(1) Create and issue a dispatch release using the certificate
holder's approved system for issuing dispatch releases.
(2) Create and issue a dispatch release using the certificate
holder's approved back-up system for issuing dispatch releases.
(3) Ensure that the dispatch release meets the regulatory
requirements and contains or has attached to it the available weather
reports, weather forecasts (or a combination of these) for the
destination airport, any intermediate stops, and any alternate
airports.
(4) Ensure the dispatch release meets the approved certificate
holder requirements.
(d) Task: Briefing Flight Crews. (5 questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must demonstrate the ability to brief the
flight crew on the topics listed in paragraph C.3. of this attachment.
4. Area of Evaluation: Flight Monitoring
(a) Task: Updating and Gathering Information. (5 questions
required)
During the en route portion of the flight, the dispatcher must:
(1) Track changing weather and operating conditions.
(2) Determine the actual time the aircraft departed, progress of
flight, and its estimated time of arrival.
(3) Provide the PIC with necessary information for the safe conduct
of the flight, such as changing meteorological conditions or
irregularities of facilities and services. Provide this information
using the certificate holder's approved communication system(s).
(4) Advise the PIC of any changes in the operations environment as
follows:
(i) ATC constraints.
(ii) Updated NOTAMs that may affect the flight.
(iii) Change in operations and an alternate plan.
(iv) Field conditions and runway availability.
(b) Task: Operational Control Decisionmaking. (5 questions
required)
The aircraft dispatcher must do the following, as applicable:
(1) Understand the operational function of and interaction with
other departments, such as the following:
(i) Maintenance.
(ii) Crew scheduling.
(iii) Training.
(iv) Customer service.
(v) Airport and station.
(2) Process the operational function of and interaction with these
departments into an operational control decision in accordance with
approved certificate holder procedures.
(c) Task: Amend Dispatch Release. (5 questions required).
The aircraft dispatcher must demonstrate the following:
(1) Determine when an amendment to a dispatch release is required
(e.g., mechanical problem, alternate or destination changes).
(2) Amend the dispatch release in accordance with approved
certificate holder procedures.
(3) Record that amendment in accordance with approved certificate
holder procedures.
5. Area of Evaluation: Situation Management
(a) Task: Dispatch and Aircraft Abnormality or Emergency. (10
questions required).
The dispatcher must demonstrate the ability to do the following:
(1) Manage the following abnormal and emergency situations
generated from a source other that the flight crew:
(i) A bomb threat is received.
(ii) Inflight medical emergency.
(iii) Engine failure in flight.
(iv) Inflight fire.
(v) Overweight landings.
(vi) Low fuel emergencies.
[[Page 1452]]
(vii) Aircraft diversions.
(viii) Hijacking.
(ix) Sabotage threats.
(x) An aircraft has been involved in a major accident.
(xi) An aircraft is overdue or missing.
(xii) Actions or alerts issued by military or other security
agencies.
(xiii) Any other operational situation that affects the safety of
flight.
(2) Establish communication with the Aircraft through the normal
certificate holder air to ground communication system.
(3) Immediately notify the PIC of an emergency situation that
arises during flight that requires an immediate decision and action by
an aircraft dispatcher and record that decision.
(4) Determine whether the PIC has declared an emergency.
(5) Declare an emergency (if appropriate) in accordance with 14 CFR
in the event the aircraft dispatcher cannot communicate with the PIC.
(6) Maintain operational control of the flight experiencing the
abnormal or emergency situation.
(7) Notify certificate holder management of the abnormal or
emergency situation.
(8) Maintain operational control of all flights in the dispatcher's
control.
(9) Contact maintenance for mechanical situations.
(10) Determine the extent of the situation and attempt to classify
the type of situation in order to report it properly to the
authorities.
(11) Use of the appropriate certificate holder manuals (e.g., QRH,
emergency procedures manual).
(b) Task: Collection and dissemination of information on overdue or
missing aircraft. (5 questions required).
The aircraft dispatcher must:
(1) Know how to send a written report of any deviation (within 10
days of the emergency) through the certificate holder's operations
manager to the POI at the certificate holding district office in
accordance with 14 CFR.
(2) Know how to notify the nearest National Transportation Safety
Board (NTSB) office when an accident or any of the following occur:
(i) Flight control system malfunction or failure.
(ii) Inability of any required flight crewmember to perform normal
flight duties as a result of injury or illness.
(iii) Failure of structural components of a turbine engine
excluding compressor and turbine blades and vanes.
(iv) In-flight fire.
(v) Aircraft collide in flight.
(vi) Damage to property, other than the aircraft, estimated to
exceed $25,000 for repair (including materials and labor) or fair
market value in the event of total loss, whichever is less.
(vii) For large multiengine aircraft (more than 12,500 pounds
maximum certificated takeoff weight):
(A) In-flight failure of electrical systems which requires the
sustained use of an emergency bus powered by a back-up source such as a
battery, auxiliary power unit, or air-driven generator to retain flight
control or essential instruments;
(B) In-flight failure of hydraulic systems that results in
sustained reliance on the sole remaining hydraulic or mechanical system
for movement of flight control surfaces;
(C) Sustained loss of the power or thrust produced by two or more
engines; and
(D) An evacuation of an aircraft in which an emergency egress
system is utilized.
(viii) An aircraft is overdue and is believed to have been involved
in an accident.
6. Area of Evaluation: Dispatch Resource Management
(a) Evaluation. Evaluation of an aircraft dispatcher's practical
application of DRM skills must occur as follows:
(1) After the aircraft dispatcher has completed initial, combined
certification and initial, recurrent, and requalification training.
This evaluation must be completed during the proficiency test (for
initial and combined certification and initial training) and during the
proficiency check (for recurrent or requalification training).
(2) During the supervised operating experience delivered after
initial, combined certification and initial, and requalification
training.
(b) Task: Demonstrate and apply DRM concepts. (Evaluation must be
in the form of demonstration)
The aircraft dispatcher must know and be able to apply the
following DRM competencies:
(1) Briefings.
(2) Assertiveness.
(3) Inquiry.
(4) Conflict resolution.
(5) Interdepartmental coordination process.
(6) Interpersonal relationships.
(7) Situational awareness.
(8) Preparation, planning, and vigilance.
(9) Time management (prioritizing).
(10) Tactical and strategic use of resources.
(11) Stress management.
(12) Decisionmaking process.
(13) Multi-tasking.
(14) Risk management.
(15) Leadership.
(16) Communication.
PART 135--OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: COMMUTER AND ON-DEMAND OPERATIONS
35. The authority citation for part 135 continues to read as
follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 44113, 44701-44702, 44705, 44709,
44711-44713, 44715-44717, 44722.
36. Revise Sec. 135.1(a)(4) to read as follows:
Sec. 135.1 Applicability.
(a) * * *
(4) Each person who applies for initial or provisional approval of
an Advanced Qualification Program curriculum, curriculum segment, or
portion of a curriculum segment under subpart Y of part 121 of this
chapter and each person employed or used by a certificate holder to
perform training, qualification, or evaluation functions under an
Advanced Qualification Program under subpart Y of part 121 of this
chapter.
* * * * *
37. Revise Sec. 135.3(b) and (c) and add paragraph (d) to read as
follows:
Sec. 135.3 Rules applicable to operations under this part.
* * * * *
(b) Each certificate holder that conducts commuter operations under
this part with airplanes in which two pilots are required by the type
certification rules of this chapter must comply with subpart BB of part
121 of this chapter instead of the requirements of subparts E, G, and H
of this part.
(c) The rules in subpart BB of part 121 of this chapter are
considered a subpart of part 135 of this chapter for certificate
holders identified in paragraph (b) of this section.
(d) If authorized by the Administrator upon application, each
certificate holder that conducts operations under this part to which
paragraph (b) of this section does not apply, may comply with the
applicable sections of subpart BB of part 121 of this chapter instead
of the requirements of subparts E, G, and H of this part, except that
those authorized certificate holders may choose to comply with the
operating experience requirements of Sec. 135.244, instead of the
requirements of Sec. 121.1225 of this chapter.
PART 142--TRAINING CENTERS
38. The authority citation for part 142 continues to read as
follows:
[[Page 1453]]
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 40119, 44101, 44701-44703,
44705, 44707, 44709-44711, 45102-45103, 45301-45302.
Sec. 142.1 [Amended]
39. Remove and reserve Sec. 142.1(b)(2).
40. Revise Sec. 142.63(b) to read as follows:
Sec. 142.63 Privileges.
* * * * *
(b) Approved under subpart Y, Advanced Qualification Program, of
part 121 of this chapter, for meeting recency of experience
requirements.
Issued in Washington, DC, on December 4, 2008.
John M. Allen,
Acting Director, Flight Standards Service.
[FR Doc. E8-29584 Filed 1-9-09; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-P